Pirus 1 DTC

DIAGNOSTICS
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–1 TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–419

HOW TO PROCEED WITH PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–420
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–1 CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–421
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . DI–451
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–3 HOW TO PROCEED WITH
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . . DI–14 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–451
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–17 CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–452
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–18 PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–453
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–20 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . . DI–459
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–21 PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–461
HYBRID VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . DI–141 TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–462
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–142 THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–549
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–166 PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–551
HV BATTERY CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . DI–265 TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–555
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–266 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–574
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–274 PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–576
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH EBD & DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . . DI–579
RBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–306 PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–580
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–581
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–306 PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–582
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–307 CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–583
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–308 COMBINATION METER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . DI–596
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . . DI–313 HOW TO PROCEED WITH
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–316 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–596
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–318 CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–597
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–321 PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–598
ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER STEERING . . . DI–408 TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–600
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–409 BODY CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–611
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–613
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–614
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–615
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–616
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . DI–636
HOW TO PROCEED WITH
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–636
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . . DI–637
MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM . . DI–656
HOW TO PROCEED WITH
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–658
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . . DI–663
NAVIGATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–702
HOW TO PROCEED WITH
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–704
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–777
HOW TO PROCEED WITH
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–779
DI–1
DIAGNOSTICS – ENGINE
ENGINE
DI4DW–07
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING

When using hand–held tester, troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the following page.
Titles inside are titles of pages in

Vehicle Brought to Workshop this manual with the page number indicated
in the bottom portion. See the indicated
1 pages for detailed explanations.
Customer Problem Analysis P. DI–2
2 Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3 P. DI–3

If the display indicates a communication fault in the tool, inspect DLC3 P. DI–3
3 Check DTC and Freezed Frame Data (Precheck)

Record or Print DTC and Freezed Frame Data P. DI–3
4 Clear DTC and Freezed Frame Data P. DI–3
5 Visual Inspection
6 Setting the Check (Test) Mode Diagnosis P. DI–3
7 Problem Symptom Confirmation

If the engine does not start perform steps 10 and 12 first
Malfunction Malfunction does not occur.
occurs. 8 Symptom Simulation P IN–29.
9 DTC Check P. DI–3

Normal Malfunction code.
10 Basic Inspection P. DI–3 11 DTC Chart P. DI–14
12 Problem Symptom Table P. DI–20
14 Parts Inspection 13 Circuit Inspection P. DI–21 – DI–138
15 Check for Intermittent Problems P. DI–3
Identification of Problem
16 Adjustment, Repair
17 Confirmation Test
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–2
DI4DX–02
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Check Sheet Inspector’s
Name
Customer’s Name Model and Model

Year
Driver’s Name Frame No.
Data Vehicle
Brought in Engine Model
km
License No. Odometer Reading miles
Engine does Engine does not crank No initial combustion No complete combustion
not Start
Difficult to Engine cranks slowly

Start Other
Problem Symptoms
Incorrect first idle Idling rpm is abnormal High ( rpm) Low ( rpm)
Poor Idling
Rough idling Other
Poor Hesitation Back fire Muffler explosion (after–fire) Surging

Drivability Knocking Other
Soon after starting After accelerator pedal depressed

Engine Stall After accelerator pedal released During A/C operation
Shifting from N to D Other
Others
Datas Problem
Occurred
Constant Sometimes ( times per day/month) Once only
Problem Frequency
Other
Weather Fine Cloudy Rainy Snowy Various/Other
Outdoor
Hot Warm Cool Cold (approx. °F/ °C)
Problem Occurs
Condition When
Temperature
Highway Suburbs Inner City Uphill Downhill

Place
Rough road Other
Engine Temp. Cold Warming up After Warming up Any temp. Other
Starting Just after starting ( min.) Idling Racing

Engine Operation Driving Constant speed Acceleration Deceleration
A/C switch ON/OFF Other
Condition of check engine warning light

Remains on Sometimes light up Does not light up
(CHK ENG)
Normal mode Normal Malfunction code(s) (code )

(Precheck) Freezed frame data ( )
DTC Inspection
Normal Malfunction code(s) (code )
Check Mode
Freezed frame data ( )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–3
DI7O5–01
PRE–CHECK
1. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) Description
S When troubleshooting Euro–OBD vehicles, the
only difference from the usual troubleshooting pro-
cedure is that you connect to the vehicle the OBD
scan tool complying with ISO 15031–4 or hand–
held tester, and read off various data output from
FI2547
the vehicle’s engine ECU.
S Euro–OBD regulations require that the vehicle’s
on–board computer lights up the check engine
warning light on the instrument panel when the
computer detects a malfunction in the emission
control system / components or in the power train
control components which affect vehicle emissions,
or a malfunction in the computer. In addition to the
check engine warning light lighting up when a mal-
function is detected, the applicable Diagnostic
Trouble Codes (DTC) prescribed by ISO 15031–4
are recorded in the engine ECU memory (See page
DI–14). If the malfunction does not reoccur in 3 con-
secutive trips, the check engine warning light goes
off automatically but the DTCs remain recorded in
the engine ECU memory.
S When DTC P3190, P3191 are detected and the re-
main of the fuel is little, the computer judges the
cause as a fuel shortage, and after the next trip,
when the supply of fuel is confirmed, it turns off MIL,
but the memory of DTC still remains.
Hand–Held Tester S To check the DTCs, connect the OBD scan tool or
hand–held tester to Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3)
on the vehicle. The OBD scan tool or hand–held
tester also enables you to erase the DTCs and
check freezed frame data and various forms of en-
gine data. (For operating instructions, see the OBD
scan tool’s instruction book.)
DTCs include ISO controlled codes and manufac-
DLC3 I12054 turer controlled codes. ISO controlled codes must
be set as prescribed by the ISO, while manufacturer
controlled codes can be set freely by the manufac-
turer within the prescribed limits. (See DTC chart on
page DI–14)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–4
S The diagnosis system operates in normal mode

during normal vehicle use. It also has a check mode
for technicians to simulate malfunction symptoms
and troubleshoot. Most DTCs use 2 trip detection
logic* to prevent erroneous detection, and ensure
thorough malfunction detection. By switching the
engine ECU to check mode when troubleshooting,
the technician can cause the check engine warning
light to light up for a malfunction that is only detected
once or momentarily. (hand–held tester only) (See
step 2)
S *2 trip detection logic: When a malfunction is 1st de-
tected, the malfunction is temporarily stored in the
engine ECU memory. (1st trip) If the same malfunc-
tion is detected again during the second drive test,
this 2nd detection causes the check engine warning
light to light up. (2nd trip)
(However, the IG switch must be turned OFF be-
tween the 1st trip and the 2nd trip.)
S Freeze frame data:
Freeze frame data records the engine condition
when a misfire (DTCs P0300 – P0304) or fuel trim
malfunction (DTCs P0171, P0172) or other mal-
function (first malfunction only), is detected.
Because freeze frame data records the engine
conditions (fuel system, calculated load, engine
coolant temperature, fuel trim, engine speed, ve-
hicle speed, etc.) when the malfunction is detected,
when troubleshooting it is useful for determining
whether the vehicle was running or stopped, the en-
gine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or rich,
etc. at the time of the malfunction.
Priorities for troubleshooting:
If troubleshooting priorities for multiple DTCs are given in the
applicable DTC chart, these should be followed.
If no instructions are given troubleshoot DTCs according to the
following priorities.
(1) DTCs other than fuel trim malfunction (DTCs
P0171, P0172) and misfire (DTCs P0300 – P0304).
(2) Fuel trim malfunction (DTCs P0171, P0172).
(3) Misfire (DTCs P0300 – P0304).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–5
(b) Check the DLC3.

The vehicle’s engine ECU uses the ISO 9141–2 commu-
nication protocol. The terminal arrangement of DLC3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 complies with ISO 15031–03 and matches the ISO
9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 9141–2 format.
DLC3
A04550
Terminal No. Connection / Voltage or Resistance Condition

7 Bus ę Line / Pulse generation During transmission
4 Chassis Ground / ↔ Body Ground 1 Ω or less Always
16 Battery Positive / ↔ Body Ground 9 – 14 V Always
HINT:
If your display shows ”UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE”
when you have connected the cable of the OBD scan tool or
hand–held tester to DLC3, turned the ignition switch ON and
operated the hand–held tester, there is a problem on the vehicle
side or tool side.
S If communication is normal when the tool is connected to
another vehicle, inspect DLC3 on the original vehicle.
S If communication is still not possible is when the tool is
connected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in
the tool itself, so consult the Service Debarment listed in
the tool,s instruction manual.
2. INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Normal Mode)

(a) Check the check engine warning light.
(1) The check engine warning (CHK ENG) comes on
when the ignition switch is turned ON and the en-
gine is not running.
HINT:
If the check engine warning (CHK ENG) does not light up, trou-
bleshoot the combination meter.
FI2547 (2) When the engine is started, the check engine warn-
ing light should go off. If the lamp remains on, the
diagnosis system has detected a malfunction or ab-
normality in the system
(b) Check the DTC, using hand–held tester.
NOTICE:
Hand–held tester only:
When the diagnosis system is switched from normal mode
to check (test) mode, it erases all DTCs and freezed frame
data recorded in normal mode. So before switching modes,
always check the DTCs and freezed frame data, and note
them down.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–6
(1) Prepare the hand–held tester.

(2) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3.
(3) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the hand–
held tester main switch ON.
(4) Use the hand–held tester to check the DTCs and
freezed frame data; note them down. (For operating
instructions, see the hand–held tester,s instruction
book.)
(5) See page DI–14 to confirm the details of the DTCs.
(c) Clear the DTC.

The following actions will erase the DTCs and freezed
frame data.
S Operating the hand–held tester to erase the
codes. (See the hand–held tester’s instruc-
tion book for operating instructions.)
S Disconnecting the battery terminals or EFI
fuse.
NOTICE:
If the hand–held tester switches the engine ECU from nor-
mal mode to check mode or vice–versa, or if the ignition
switch is turned from ON to ACC or OFF during check
mode, the DTCs and freezed frame data will be erased.
3. INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Check (Test) Mode)

HINT:
Hand–held tester only:
Compared to the normal mode, the check mode has an in-
creased sensitivity to detect malfunctions.
Furthermore, the same diagnostic items which are detected in
the normal mode can also be detected in the check (test) mode.
(a) Check the DTC.
(1) Initial conditions
S Battery positive voltage 11V or more.
S Throttle valve fully closed.
S Transmission in ”P” or ”N” position.
S Air conditioning switched OFF.
(2) Turn ignition switch OFF.
(3) Prepare the hand–held tester.
(4) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3 on the at the
lower left of the instrument panel.
(5) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the push the
hand–held tester ON.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–7
(6) Switch the hand–held tester normal mode to check

(test) mode. (Check that the check engine warning
light (CHK ENG) flashes.)
Flashing (7) Start the engine. (The check engine warning (CHK
ON ENG) light goes out after the engine start.)
OFF (8) Simulate the conditions of the malfunction de-
scribed by the customer.
0.13 Second NOTICE:
FI3605 Leave the ignition switch ON until you have checked the
DTC, etc.
(9) After simulating the malfunction conditions, use the
hand–held tester diagnosis selector to check the
DTCs and freezed frame data, etc.
HINT:
Take care not to turn the ignition switch OFF. Turning the ignition
switch OFF switches the diagnosis system from check (test)
mode to normal mode. so all DTCs, etc. are erased.
(10) After checking the DTCs, inspect the applicable cir-
cuit.
Interface Box (b) Using break–out–box and hand–held tester

Vehicle Harness (1) Hook up the break–out–box and hand–held tester
to the vehicle.
(2) Read the engine ECU input/output values following
Engine the prompts on the tester screen.
ECU HINT:
Hand–held tester has a ”Snapshot” function. This records the
measured values and is effective in the diagnosis of intermittent
Break–Out–Box N09348 problems. Please refer to the hand–held tester/break–out–box
operator,s manual for further details.
4. FAIL–SAFE CHART
If any of the following codes is recorded, the engine ECU enters fail–safe mode.
DTC No. Fail–Safe Operation Fail–Safe Deactivation Conditions
P0105 S Ignition timing fixed at 5° BTDC Returned to normal condition
P0110 Intake air temp. is fixed at 20°C (68°F) Returned to normal condition
P0115 Water temp. is fixed at 80°(176°F) Returned to normal condition
The following condition must be repeated at least 2 times
consecutively
P0120 VTA is fixed at 0°
When closed throttle position switch is ON:
0.1 V x VTA and 0.95 V
P0325 Max. timing retardation IG switch OFF
High RPM for cut is prohibited Returned to normal condition
P0500
ISC control prohibited
P1300 Fuel cut Feturned to normal condition

P1305
P1310
P1315
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–8
5. CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

HAND–HELD TESTER only:
By putting the vehicle’s engine ECU in check (test) mode, 1 trip detection logic is possible instead of 2 trip
detection logic and sensitivity to detect open circuits is increased. This makes it easier to detect intermittent
problems.
(1) Clear the DTC (See step 3.).
(2) Set the check (test) mode (See step 3.).
(3) Perform a simulation test (See page IN–29).
(4) Check the connector and terminal (See page IN–40).
(5) Check the visual check and contact pressure (See page IN–40).
(6) Handle the connector (See page IN–40).
6. BASIC INSPECTION
When the malfunction code is not confirmed in the DTC check, troubleshooting should be carried out in the
order for all possible circuits to be considered as the causes of the problems. In many cases, by carrying
out the basic engine check shown in the following flow chart, the location causing the problem can be found
quickly and efficiently. Therefore, use of this check is essential in engine troubleshooting.
1 Is battery positive voltage 11V or more when engine is stopped ?
NO Charge or replace battery.
YES
2 Is engine cranked ?
NO Proceed to problem table on page DI–20.
YES
3 Does engine start ?
NO Go to step 7.
YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–9
4 Check air filter.
PREPARATION:
Remove the air filter.
Outside CHECK:
Visually check that the air filter is not excessively dirty or oily.
HINT:
If necessary, clean the filter with compressed air. First blow from
inside thoroughly, then blow from outside of filter.
Inside
P00495
NG Repair or replace.
OK
5 Check engine idle speed.
Tachometer PREPARATION:
DLC3
(a) Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
(b) Switch off all accessories.
9 (TAC) (c) Switch off air conditioning.
(d) Shift transmission into the ”P” position.
(e) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3 on the vehicle.
(f) If you have no hand–held tester, connect tachometer test
prove to terminal 9 (TAC) of DLC3.
SST Battery A09031 SST 09843–18030
(g) Transit to inspection mode.
NOTICE:
As some tachometer are not compatible with this ignition
system, we recommend that you confirm the compatibility
of your until before use.
CHECK:
Check the idle speed.
OK:
Idle speed: 950 – 1,050 rpm
NG Proceed to problem symptoms table on page

DI–20.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–10
6 Check ignition timing.
PREPARATION:
TC (a) Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
(b) Switch off all accessories.
(c) Switch off air conditioning
(d) Shift transmission into the ”P” position.
(e) Using SST, connect terminals 13 (TC) and 4 (CG) of
DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
CG (f) Using a timing light, connect the tester to No.1
high–tension cord.
(g) Transit to inspection mode.
CHECK:
Check ignition timing.
OK:
Ignition timing: 7 - 15° BTDC at idle
A04438
A13924 A14466
NG Proceed to page IG–1 and continue to trouble-

shoot.
OK
Proceed to problem symptoms table on page

DI–20.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–11
7 Check fuel pressure.
PREPARATION:
(a) Be sure that enough fuel is in the tank.
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON.
(c) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
(d) Use ACTIVE TEST mode to operate the fuel pump.
(e) If you have no hand–held tester, connect the positive (+)
and negative (–) leads from the battery to the fuel pump
connector (See page FI–6 ).
A14060 CHECK:
Check that there is pressure in the fuel inlet pipe from the fuel
line.
NG Proceed to page FI–6, and continue to trouble-

shoot.
OK
8 Check for spark.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove ignition coil.
(b) Remove the spark plug.
(c) Install the spark plug to the ignition coil, and connect the ignition coil connector.
(d) Disconnect the injector connector.
(e) Be sure to ground the screw of the spark plug securely.
CHECK:
Check if spark occurs while engine is being cranked.
NOTICE:
To prevent excess fuel being injected from the injectors during this test, don’t crank the engine for
more than 5 – 10 seconds at a time.
NG Proceed to page IG–1 and continue to trouble-

shoot.
OK
Proceed to problem symptoms table on page

DI–20.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–12
7. ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

NOTICE:
The values given below for ”Normal Condition” are representative values, so a vehicle may still be
normal even if its value from those listed here. So do not decide whether a part is faulty or not solely
according to the ”Normal Condition” here.
(a) CARB mandated signal.
Hand–held tester display Measurement Item Normal Condition*
Fuel System Bank 1
FUEL SYS #1 OPEN: Air–fuel ratio feedback stopped Idling after warming up: CLOSED
CLOSED: Air–fuel ratio feedback operating
Calculator Load:
Idling: 5.4 – 19.2 %
CALC LOAD Current intake air volume as a proportion of max.
Racing without load (2,250rpm): 6.9 – 16.2 %
intake air volume
COOLANT TEMP/WATER TEMP. Water Temp. Sensor Value After warming up: 80 – 95°C (176 – 203°F)
SHORT FT #1 Short–term Fuel Trim Bank 1 0 ± 20%
LONG FT #1 Long–term Fuel Trim Bank 1 0 ± 20%
Idling: 1.11 – 4.38 gm/sec.
MAF/AFM Air Flow Rate Through Mass Flow Meter Racing without load (2,250 rpm):
3.38 – 7.88 gm/sec.
ENGINE SPD Engine Speed Idling: 950 – 1,050 rpm
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle Speed Vehicle Stopped: 0 km/h (0 mph)
Ignition Advance:
IGN ADVANCE Idling: BTDC 7 – 15°
Ignition Timing of Cylinder No. 1
INTAKE AIR Intake Air Temp. Sensor Value Equivalent to Ambient Temp.
Voltage Output of Throttle Position Sensor
Throttle Fully Closed: 6 – 16 %
THROTTLE POS Calculated as a percentage:
Throttle Fully Open: 64 – 98 %
0 V → 0%, 5 V → 100%
Voltage Output of Oxygen Sensor
O2S B1, S1 Idling: 0.05 – 0.95 V
Bank 1, Sensor 1
Oxygen Sensor Fuel Trim Bank 1, Sensor 1

O2FT B1, S1 0 ± 20 %
(Same as SHORT FT #1)
Voltage Output of Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor

O2S B1, S2 Driving 50 km/h (31 mph): 0.05 – 0.95 V
2
(b) TOYOTA Enhanced Signals.

Hand–held tester display Measurement Item Normal Condition*1
Distance since activation of check engine warn-
MIL ON RUN DIST When there is no DTC: 0 km (0 mile)
ing light
INJECTOR Fuel injection time for cylinder No.1 Idling: 1.0 – 3.0 ms
Total number of ignition for every 1,000 revolu-
IGNITION 0 – 2,000
tions
CYL#1, CYL#2, CYL#3, CYL#4 Abnormal revolution variation for each cylinder 0%
A/C CUT SIG A/C Cut Signal A/C S/W OFF: ON
FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump Signal Idling: ON
EVAP (PURGE) VSV EVAP VSV Signal VSV operation: Above 30 %
Total Fuel Trim Bank 1: Average value for fuel
TOTAL FT B1 Idling: 0.8 – 1.2
trim system of bank 1
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–13
Oxygen Sensor Lean Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1: Re-

O2 LR B1 S1 sponse time for oxygen sensor output to switch Idling after warming up: 0 – 1,000 msec.
from lean to rich
Oxygen Sensor Rich Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1: Re-
O2 RL B1 S1 sponse time for oxygen sensor output to switch Idling after warming up: 0 – 1,000 msec.
from rich to lean
*: If no conditions are specifically stated for ”ldling”, it means the shift lever is at P position, the A/C switch
is OFF and all accessory switches are OFF.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–14
DI12C–17
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

SAE CONTROLLED
HINT:
S Parameters listed in the chart may not be exactly the same as your reading due to the type of instru-
ment or other factors.
If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check in check mode, check the circuit for that code
listed in the table below. For details of each code, turn to the page referred to under the ’’See page
’’ for the respective ’’DTC No.’’ in the DTC chart.
S When the ignition switch is ON and ”READY” indicator light is OFF, the bulb check of the ”CHE ENG”
warning light is performed (”CHE ENG” warning light is ON).
When ”CHE ENG” warning light is ON, but the DTC of the engine is not memorized, it may be because
of HV control system abnormality, so check HV control system beforehand.
DTC No.
Detection Item Trouble Area CHK ENG* Memory
(See Page)
S Open or short in air flow meter circuit

P0100 Mass Air Flow Circuit Malfunc-
S Air flow meter f f
(DI–21) tion
S Engine ECU
P0101 Mass Air Flow Circuit Range/
S Air flow meter f f
(DI–26) Performance Problem
S Open or short in intake air temp. sensor circuit
P0110 Intake Air Temp. Circuit
S Intake air temp. sensor (built into air flow meter) f f
(DI–26) Malfunction
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in water temp. sensor circuit
P0115 Engine Coolant Temp. Circuit
S Water temp. sensor f f
S Engine ECU
P0116 Engine Coolant Temp. Circuit S Engine coolant temp. sensor
f f
(DI–36) Range/PerformanceProbrem S Cooling system
S Open or short in throttle position sensor circuit

P0120 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/
S Throttle position sensor f f
(DI–37) Switch ”A” Circuit Malfunction
S Engine ECU
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/
P0121
Switch ”A” Circuit Range/Perfor- S Throttle position sensor f f
(DI–43)
mance Problem
S Air induction system
S Fuel pressure
S Injector injection
P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temp. for
S Gas leakage on exhaust system f f
(DI–44) Closed Loop Fuel Control
S Open or short in heated oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1)
circuit
S Oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1)
S EGR system
P0130 Oxygen Sensor Circuit S Fuel pressure
f f
(DI–49) Malfunction (Bank 1 Sensor 1) S Injector injection
S Open or short in heated oxygen sensor circuit
S Heated oxygen sensor

S EGR system
Oxygen Sensor Circuit S Fuel pressure
P0133
Slow Response S Injector injection f f
(DI–53)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) S Open or short in heated oxygen sensor circuit
S Heated oxygen sensor
S Engine ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–15
Oxygen Sensor Heater S Open or short in heater circuit of oxygen sensor

P0135
Circuit Malfunction S Oxygen sensor heater f f
(DI–56)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) S Engine ECU
P0136 Oxygen Sensor Circuit Malfunc- S Open or short in heater circuit of oxygen sensor
f f
(DI–58) tion (Bank 1 Sensor 2) S Oxygen sensor
P0141 Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit
S Same as DTC No. P0135 f f
(DI–56) Malfunction (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
S Air intake (hose loose)

S Fuel line pressure
Fuel Trim System too Lean
P0171 S Injector blockage
(Air–Fuel Ratio Lean Malfunc- f f
(DI–60) S Oxygen sensor malfunction
tion, Bank 1)
S Air flow meter
S Water temp. sensor
S Fuel line pressure

S Injector leak, blockage
P0172 System too Rich S Heated oxygen sensor malfunction
f f
(DI–60) (Fuel Trim) S Mass air flow meter
S Engine coolant temp. sensor
S Gas leakage on exhaust system
S Ignition system
P0300 Random/MultipleCylinder S Injector
(DI–66) Misfire Detected S Fuel pressure
S Com
Compression
ression pressure
ressure
S Valve clearance
P0301 Misfire Detected S Valve timing f f
P0302 – Cylinder 1 S Air flow meter
P0303 – Cylinder 2 S Water temp. sensor
P0304 – Cylinder 3 S Open or short in engine wire
(DI–66) – Cylinder 4 S Connector connection
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in knock sensor 1 circuit

P0325 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit
S Knock sensor 1 (looseness) f f
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in crankshaft position sensor circuit
P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor S Crankshaft position sensor
f f
(DI–75) ”A” Circuit Malfunction S Signal plate
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in camshaft position sensor circuit

P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor
S Camshaft position sensor f f
(DI–78) Circuit Malfunction
S Engine ECU
P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency
S Oxygen sensor f f
(DI–80) Below Threshould (Bank 1)
S Three–way catalytic converter
Evaporative Emission Control S Open or short in VSV circuit for EVAP
P0443
System Purge Control Vent S VSV for EVAP f f
(DI–83)
Control Malfunction S Engine ECU
S Combination meter
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor S Open or short in No.1 vehicle speed sensor circuit
f f
(DI–86) Malfunction S Engine ECU
S No.1 vehicle speed sensor
P0505 Idle Control System S Electric throttle control system

f f
(DI–88) Malfunction S Air induction system
S Open or short in throttle control motor circuit

P1125 Throttle Conrol Motor Circuit
S Throttle control motor f f
S ECM
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–16
P1127 ETCS Actuator Power Source S Open in ETCS power source circuit
f f
(DI–91) Circuit Malfunction S ECM
S Throttle control motor

P1128 Throttle Conrol Motor Lock
S Throttle body assembly f f
S ECM
P1129 Electric Throttle Conrol S Electric throttle control system
f f
(DI–94) System Malfunction S ECM
S Open or short in IGF and IGT1 circuit from ignition coil with
P1300 Igniter Circuit Malfunction igniter to Engine ECU
f f
(DI–95) (No.1) S No.1 ignition coil with igniter
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in IGF or IGT2 circuit from No.2 ignition coil with
P1305 Igniter Circuit Malfunction igniter to engine ECU
f f
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in IGF and IGT3 circuit from ignition coil with
P1310 Igniter Circuit Malfunction igniter to Engine ECU
f f
S Engine ECU
S Open or short in IGF or IGT4 circuit from No.4 ignition coil with
P1315 Igniter Circuit Malfunction igniter to engine ECU
f f
S Engine ECU
S Mechanical system (Jumping teeth of timing belt, belt

P1346 VVT Sensor Circuit
stretched) f f
(DI–102) Range/PerformanceProblem
S Engine ECU
S Valve timing
P1349 S OCV
VVT System Malfunction f f
(DI–103) S VVT controller assembly
S Engine ECU
P1525 Resolver Circuit S HV ECU

– f
(DI–109) Malfunction S Engine ECU
P1600 S Open in back up power source circuit
Engine ECU BATT Malfunction f f
(DI–111) S Engine ECU
P1633
ECU Malfunction (ETCS Circuit) S ECM f f
(DI–113)
P1636 S HV ECU
HV ECU Malfunction f f
P1637 S HV ECU
EGSTP Signal Malfunction – f
S Open or short in OCV circuit (bank 1)
P1656
OCV Circuit Malfunction S OCV f f
(DI–118)
S Engine ECU

S Throttle body
P3190
Poor Engine Power S Fuel pressure
(DI–121)
S Engine
S Mass air flow meter
f f
S Out of fuel
S Engine coolant temp. sensor
P3191
Engine dose not Start S Crankshaft position sensor
(DI–121)
S Camshaft position sensor
S Engine ECU
*: – Check engine warning light does not light up. f Check engine warning light lights up.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–17
DI68L–08
PARTS LOCATION
Engine ECU
Oxygen Sensor
Ignition Coil
(Bank1 Sensor1)
(with Igniter)
Oxygen Sensor (Bank1 Sensor2)
VSV for EVAP Injector
DLC3
Camshaft Oil
Control Valve
Air Flow
Meter
Knock Sensor
Crankshaft
Position Sensor
Fuel Pump
Camshaft Position
Sensor
Throttle Body
S Throttle Motor
S Throttle PositionSensor
Water Temperature
Sensor
A13617
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–18
DI7O6–01
TERMINALS OF ECU
E7 E8 E9 E10
F02094
Symbols (Terminal No.) Wiring Color Condition STD Voltage (V)

BATT (E8 – 3) – E1 (E8 – 17) R–W ↔ BR Always 9 – 14
+B (E8 – 4) – E1 (E8 – 17) B ↔ BR IG switch ON 9 – 14
+BM (E7 – 6) – E1 (E8 – 17) GR ↔ BR Always 9 – 14
IGSW(E10 – 9) – E1(E8 – 17) B–W ↔ BR IG switch ON 9 – 14
MREL (E9 – 25)
G–R ↔ BR IG switch ON 9 – 14
– E1(E8 – 17)
VC (E8 – 2) – E2 (E8 – 18) Y–R ↔ BR IG switch ON 4.5 – 5.5

IG switch ON
0.4 – 1.0
Throttle valve fully closed
VTA (E8 – 23) – E2 (E8 – 18) P ↔ BR
IG switch ON
3.2 – 4.8
Throttle valve fully open
IG switch ON
2.0 – 2.9
Accelerator pedal released
VTA2 (E8 – 21) – E2 (E8 – 18) L ↔ BR
IG switch ON
4.6 – 5.1
Accelerator pedal depressed
VG (E8 – 10) – EVG (E8 – 19) G↔R Idling, A/C switch OFF, Shift position in N or P position 0.5 – 3.0
THA (E8 – 22) – E2 (E8 – 18) R–B ↔ BR Idling, Intake air temp. 20°C (68°F) 0.5 – 3.4
THW (E8 – 14) – E2 (E8 – 18) W ↔ BR Idling, Engine coolant temp. 80°C (176°F) 0.2 – 1.0
IG switch ON 9 – 14
#10 (E8 – 5) – E01 (E7 – 21) Y ↔ W–B Pulse generation
Idling
(See page DI–66)
#20 (E8 – 6) – E01 (E7 – 21) B–R ↔ W–B Pulse generation
Idling
(See page DI–66)
#30 (E7 – 1) – E01 (E7 – 21) L–W ↔ W–B Pulse generation
Idling
(See page DI–66)
#40 (E7 – 2) – E01 (E7 – 21) R–W ↔ W–B Pulse generation
Idling
(See page DI–66)
Pulse generation
IGT1 (E7 – 11) – E1 (E8 – 17) Y–G ↔ BR Idling
(See page DI–95)
Pulse generation
IGT2 (E7 – 12) – E1 (E8 – 17) W ↔ BR Idling
(See page DI–95)
Pulse generation
IGT3 (E7 – 13) – E1 (E8 – 17) G ↔ BR Idling
(See page DI–95)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–19
Pulse generation
IGT4 (E7 – 14) – E1 (E8 – 17) Y ↔ BR Idling
(See page DI–95)
IG switch ON 4.5 – 5.5
IGF (E7 – 25) – E1 (E8 – 17) B–R ↔ BR Pulse generation
Idling
(See page DI–95)
Pulse generation
G2 (E7 – 10) – NEĜ (E8 – 24) R↔G Idling
(See page DI–75)
Pulse generation
NE+ (E8 – 16) – NE– (E8 – 24) R↔G Idling
(See page DI–75)
FC (E8 – 9) – E01 (E7 – 21) G–R ↔ W–B IG switch ON 9 – 14

EVP1 (E7 – 29) – E1 (E8 – 17) R–L ↔ BR IG switch ON 9 – 14
OX1A (E10 – 12) Maintain engine speed at 2,500 rpm for 2 min. after Pulse generation
W ↔ BR
– E2 (E8 – 18) warming up (See page DI–49)
OX1B (E10 – 11) Maintain engine speed at 2,500 rpm for 2 min. after Pulse generation
Y ↔ BR
– E2 (E8 – 18) warming up (See page DI–49)
Idling Below 3.0
HT1A (E10 – 1) – E1 (E8 – 17) P L ↔ BR
P–L
Idling Below 3.0
HT1B (E10 – 7) – E1 (E8 – 17) G Y ↔ BR
G–Y
Pulse generation
KNK1 (E7 – 28) – E2 (E8 – 18) B ↔ BR Idling
(See page DI–72)
SPD (E10 – 5) IG switch ON

V–W ↔ BR Pulse generation
– E1 (E8 – 17) Rotate driving wheel slowly
SPHV (E9 – 10) IG switch ON Pulse generation

O ↔ BR
– E1 (E8 – 17) Rotate driving wheel slowly (See page DI–109)
ESTP (E9 – 16) – E1 (E8 – 17) R–Y ↔ BR Idling 9 – 14
TAM (E9 – 23) – E2 (E8 – 18) W–G ↔ BR Outer air temp. –30 – 50°C 0.7 – 3.2
Idling 9 – 14
W (E10 – 6) – E1 (E8 – 17) G R ↔ BR
G–R
IG switch ON Below 3.0
A/C switch OFF Below 2.0
ACT (E10 – 5) – E1 (E8 – 17) P G ↔ BR
P–G
A/C switch ON at idling 9 – 14
OCV+ (E7 – 23) Pulse generation

Y R ↔ W–G
Y–R W G IG switch ON
– OCV – (E7 – 24) (See page DI–103)
M+ (E7 – 8) – E1 (E8 – 17) L ↔ BR Pulse generation

Idling
M– (E7 – 7) – E1 (E8 – 17) P ↔ BR (See page DI–89)
TC (E9 – 6) – E1 (E8 – 17) P–B ↔ BR IG switch ON 9 – 14
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–20
DI1IA–18
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE

Symptom Suspect Area See page
15.MG1 –
Engine does not crank (Does not start)
16.HV ECU IN–40
1. Engine immobiliser system BE–2

No initial combustion (Does not start) 2. ECU power source circuit DI–124
3. Fuel pump control circuit DI–129
No complete combustion (Does not start) 1. Fuel pump control circuit DI–129
Under normal condition (Difficult to start)
2. Compression EM–3
Cold engine (Difficult to start) 1. Fuel pump control circuit DI–129

Hot engine (Difficult to start) 1. Fuel pump control circuit DI–129
1. A/C signal circuit (Compressor circuit) DI–138
High engine idle speed (Poor idling)
2. ECU power source circuit DI–124

Low engine idle speed (Poor idling)
1. Compression EM–3
Rough idling (Poor idling)

Hunting (Poor idling)
Hesitation/Poor acceleration (Poor driveability) 1. Fuel pump control circuit DI–129

Surging (Poor driveability) 1. Fuel pump control circuit DI–129
1. Engine immobiliser system BE–2
Soon after starting (Engine stall)

During A/C operation (Engine stall)
2. Engine ECU IN–29
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–21
DI7O7–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC P0100 Mass Air Flow Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The air flow meter uses a platinum hot wire. The hot wire air flow meter consists of a platinum hot wire, tempa-
rature sensor and a control circuit installed in a plastic housing. The hot wire air flow meter works on the
principle that the hot wire and temparature sensor located in the intake air bypass of the housing detect any
changes in the intake air temperature.
The hot wire is maintained at the set temperature by controlling the current flow through the hot wire. This
current flow is then measured as the output voltage of the air flow meter.
The circuit is constructed so that the platinum hot wire and temparature sensor provide a bridge circuit, with
the power transistor controlled so that the potential of A and B remains equal to maintain the set temperature.
Temparature B+
sensor
Power Transistor
Platinum Hot Wire
A B Output
Voltage
Temparature
sensor
Platinum Hot Wire
FI6929
A09074 A09707
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Trouble Area

Open or short in air flow meter circuit with more than 3 sec.
engine speed less than 3,000 rpm S Open or short in air flow meter circuit
P0100 S Air
Ai flow
fl meter
t
Open or short in air flow meter circuit with more than 3 sec.
S Engine ECU
engine speed 3,000 rpm or more (2 trip detection logic)
HINT:
After confirming DTC P0100 use the hand–held tester to confirm the air flow ratio from CURRENT DATA.
Air Flow Value (gm/sec.) Malfunction
S Air flow meter power source circuit open
Approx. 0.0
S VG circuit open or short
271.0 or more S EVG circuit open
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–22
WIRING DIAGRAM
A6 Engine ECU
Air Flow Meter (Shielded)
10
B 1 3 G
E8 VG
19
2 R
Engine Room J/B E8 EVG
3 EFI Relay EFI 2

1A 3 5 1B
B
3 12 4 25
W–B 2 1 G–R G–R
1K 1F IA2 E9 MREL
W–B W–B
A (LHD)
(RHD)
J7
FL Block No. 1
J/C J8 A
1 1
A B–G
F13 F12 J/C
W–B
(LHD)
A FL Block No. 2 J9 A
A J1 1 MAIN
J/C B–R
IE Battery EB
A14023
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–23
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when
the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the vehicle was run-
ning or stopped, the engine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or rich, etc. at the time of the malfunction.
1 Connect hand–held tester, and read value of air flow rate.
PREPARATION:
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.
(c) Start the engine.
CHECK:
Read air flow rate on the hand–held tester.
RESULT:
Type I Type II
Air flow rata (gm/sec.) 0.0 271.0 or more
Type I Go to step 2.
Type II Go to step 5.
2 Check voltage of air flow meter power source.
PREPARATION:
ON (a) Disconnect the air flow meter connector.
CHECK:
3 (+) Measure voltage between terminal 4 of the air flow meter con-
nector and body ground.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
BE6653
A01589 A01588
NG Check for open in harness and connector be-

tween EFI main relay (Marking: EFI) and air flow
meter (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–24
3 Check voltage between terminals VG of engine ECU connector and body ground.
START PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
VG
(See page FI–58).
(b) Start the engine.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal VG of the engine ECU con-
(+) (–) nector and body ground while engine is idling.
OK:
A13618 Voltage:
0.5 – 3.0 V (P or N position and A/C switch OFF)
OK Check and replace engine ECU

(See page IN–40).
NG
4 Check for open and short in harness and connector between air flow meter and
engine ECU (See page IN–40).
NG Repair or replace harness or connector.
OK
Replace air flow meter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–25
5 Check continuity between terminal EVG of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
PREPARATION:
Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected (See
EVG
page FI–58).
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminal EVG of the engine ECU
connector and body ground.
OK:
Continuity (1 Ω or less)
A13619
NG Check and replace engine ECU

(See page IN–40).
OK
6 Check for open in harness and connector between air flow meter and engine
ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
Replace air flow meter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–26
DI7O8–01
DTC P0101 Mass Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance

Problem
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Refer to DTC P0100 on page DI–21.
After engine is warmed up, conditions (1) and (2) continue with
more than 10 sec. engine speed 1,500 rpm or less:
(2 trip detection logic)
1. 0.42 V x VTA x 0.86 V
2. Air flow meter output u 2.91 V
P0101 S Air flow meter
Conditions (1) and (2) continue with more than 10 sec.
engine speed 2,100 rpm or more:
1. VTA y 3.0 V
2. Air flow meter output t 1.0 V
HINT:
1 Are there any other codes (besides DTC P0101) being output?
NO Replace air flow meter.
YES
Go to relevant DTC chart (See page DI–14).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–27
DI7O9–01
DTC P0110 Intake Air Temp. Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The intake air temp. sensor is built into the air flow meter and
(fig. 1) senses the intake air temperature.
A thermistor built in the sensor changes the resistance value
30 according to the intake air temperature.
20
The lower the intake air temperature, the greater the thermistor
10 resistance value, and the higher the intake air temperature, the
lower the thermistor resistance value (See fig. 1).
5
Acceptable The intake air temp. sensor is connected to the engine ECU
Resistance kΩ
3
2 (See below ). The 5 V power source voltage in the engine ECU
is applied to the intake air temp. sensor from the terminal THA
1
(THAR) via resistor R.
0.5
0.3
That is, the resistor R and the intake air temp. sensor are con-
nected in series. When the resistance value of the intake air
0.2
temp. sensor changes in accordance with changes in the intake
0.1 air temperature, the potential at terminal THA (THAR) also
changes. Based on this signal, the engine ECU increases the
– 20 0 20 40 60 80 100
(– 4) 32 68 104 140 176 212 fuel injection volume to improve driveability during cold engine
Temp. °C (°F) operation.
FI4741

S Open or short in intake air temp. sensor circuit
P0110 Open or short in intake air temp. sensor circuit S Intake air temp. sensor (inside air flow meter)
S Engine ECU
HINT:
After confirming DTC P0110 use the hand–held tester to confirm the intake air temperature from CURRENT
DATA.
Temperature Displayed Malfunction
–40°C (–40°F) Open circuit
140°C ( 284°F ) or more Short circuit
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–28
WIRING DIAGRAM
A6 Engine ECU
Intake Air Temp. Sensor
(Inside air flow meter)
5V
R–B 22 R
4 THA
E8
BR 18
5 E2
E8
E1
A00328
HINT:
S If DTC P0110 (Intake Air Temp. Circuit Malfunction), P0115 (Water Temp. Circuit Malfunction), P0120
(Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch ”A” Malfunction) are output simultaneously, E2 (Sensor
Ground) may be open.
S Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions
when the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the vehicle
was running or stopped, the engine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or rich, etc. at the time
of the malfunction.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–29
1 Connect hand–held tester, and read value of intake air temperature.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Read temperature value on the hand–held tester.
OK:
Same as actual intake air temperature
HINT:
S If there is open circuit, hand–held tester indicates –40°C (–40°F).
S If there is short circuit, hand–held tester indicates 140°C (284°F) or more.
NG –40°C (–40°F)...Go to step 2

140°C (284°F) or more...Go to step 4.
OK
Check for intermittent problems (See page

DI–3).
2 Check for open in harness or engine ECU.
ON PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the air flow meter connector.
Connecting Engine ECU (b) Connect the sensor wire harness terminals together.
Intake Air
Temp. Sensor (c) Turn the ignition switch ON.
4 CHECK:
5 OK:
BE6653
Temperature value: 140°C (284°F) or more
A00347
A00348
OK Confirm good connection at sensor. If OK, re-

place air flow meter.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–30
PREPARATION:
ON
(See page FI–58).
(b) Connect between terminals THA and E2 of the engine
Intake Air Engine ECU ECU connector.
Temp. Sensor
5V HINT:
4
THA Air flow meter connector is disconnected.
E2 Before checking, do a visual and contact pressure check for the
5 E1 engine ECU connector (See page IN–40).
CHECK:
E2 Read temperature value on the hand–held tester.
THA
OK:
BE6653
A00360
A13620 A13621
OK Open in harness between terminals E2 or THA,
repair or replace harness.
NG
Confirm good connection at engine ECU.

If OK, check and replace engine ECU.
(See page IN–40)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–31
4 Check for short in harness and engine ECU.
ON PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the air flow meter connector.
Intake Air Engine ECU (b) Turn the ignition switch ON.
Temp. Sensor CHECK:
4 3
OK:
Temperature value: –40°C (–40°F)
5 9
BE6653
A00362 A00363
OK Replace air flow meter.
NG
5 Check for short in harness or engine ECU.
PREPARATION:
ON
(See page FI–58).
Intake Air Temp. Engine ECU (b) Disconnect the E8 connector of the engine ECU.
Sensor HINT:
5V
THA
Air flow meter connector is disconnected.
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON.
E2
E1
CHECK:
OK:
E8 Connector
A09085 A09091
OK Repair or replace harness or connector.
NG
Check and replace engine ECU (See page

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–32
DI7OA–01
DTC P0115 Water Temp. Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A thermistor built into the water temp. sensor changes the resistance value according to the water tempera-
ture.
The structure of the sensor and connection to the engine ECU is the same as in the DTC P0110 shown on
page DI–27.
S Open or short in water temp. sensor circuit
P0115 Open or short in water temp. sensor circuit S Water temp. sensor
S Engine ECU
HINT:
After confirming DTC P0115 use the hand–held tester to confirm the water temperature from CURRENT
DATA.
Temperature Displayed Malfunction
–40°C (–40°F) Open circuit
140C° (284°F) or more Short circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
E2
Engine Coolant
Temp. Sensor 5V
W 14
2 THW
E8
BR 18
1 E2
E8
E2
A00328
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–33
HINT:
(Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch ”A” Malfunction) are output simultaneously, E2 (Sensor
Ground) may be open.
of the malfunction.
1 Connect hand–held tester, and read value of water temperature.
PREPARATION:
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the hand–held tester main switch ON.
CHECK:
OK:
Same as actual water temperature
HINT:
S If there is open circuit, Hand–held tester indicates –40°C (–40°F).
S If there is short circuit, Hand–held tester indicates 140°C (284°F) or more.
NG –40°C (–40°F)...Go to step 2.

140°C (284°F) or more...Go to step 4.
OK
Check for intermittent problems (See page

DI–3).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–34
ON PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the water temp. sensor connector.
Engine ECU
(b) Connect sensor wire harness terminals together.
Water Temp. Sensor (c) Turn the ignition switch ON.
2 4 CHECK:
1 9 OK:
BE6653 Connecting
A00365
A00366
OK Confirm good connection at sensor. If OK, re-

place water temp. sensor.
NG
PREPARATION:
ON
(See page FI–58).
Engine Coolant (b) Connect between terminals THW, and E2 of the engine
Engine ECU ECU connector.
Temp. Sensor
5V HINT:
2 THW
Water temp. sensor connector is disconnected.
E2 Before checking, do a visual and contact pressure check for the
1 E1 engine ECU connector (See page IN–40).
THW E2
CHECK:
OK:
BE6653
OK Open in harness between terminals E2 or THW,
A00370 repair or replace harness.
A13622 A13623
NG
Confirm good connection at engine ECU.

If OK, check and replace engine ECU (See
page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–35
4 Check for short in harness and engine ECU.
ON PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the water temp. sensor connector.
Engine ECU (b) Turn the ignition switch ON.
Water Temp. Sensor
CHECK:
2
OK:
1
BE6653
A00372 A00373
OK Replace water temp. sensor.
NG
5 Check for short in harness or engine ECU.
PREPARATION:
ON
(See page FI–58).
Engine Coolant Engine ECU (b) Disconnect the E8 connector of the engine ECU.
Temp. Sensor HINT:
5V
THW
Water temp. sensor connector is disconnected.
E2
E1
CHECK:
OK:
E8 Connector
OK Repair or replace harness or connector.
A09085 A09091
NG

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–36
DI6UZ–02
DTC P0116 Water Temp. Circuit Range/Performance

Problem
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Refer to DTC P0115 on page DI-32.
When the fluctuations in the engine coolant tempeerature are
within 3 °C (37 °F)before and afrer the follwing conditions are
met:
1. IDL OFF time y 250 sec.
2. Vehicle speed change of 15 km/h (9 mph) or more occurs S Engine coolant temp. sensor
P0116
10 times or more. S Cooling system
3. –10 °C (14 °F) x Engine coolant temperature when the
ignition switch is turned ON < 60 °C (140 °F)
4. Intake air temperature after starting the engine y –6.7 °C
(20 °F)
HINT:
S If DTC P0115 and P0116 are output simultaneously, water temp. sensor circuit may be open. Perform
troubleshooting of DTC P0115 first.
S Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester or OBD scan tool. Because freeze frame records the
engine conditions when the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting it is useful for determining
whether the vehicle was running or stopped, the engine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or
rich, etc. at the time of the malfunction.
YES Go to relevant DTC chart.
NO
2 Check thermostat (See page CO–10).
NG Replace thermostat.
OK
Replace engine coolant temp. sensor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–37
DI2TV–03
DTC P0120 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch ”A”

Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Throttle position sensor is mounted on the throttle body and it have the 2 sensors to detect the throttle open-
ing angle and the malfunction of the throttle position sensor’s own.
The voltage applied to the terminals VTA and VTA2 of the engine ECU changes between 0 V and 5 V in
proportion to the opening angle of the throttle valve.
The engine ECU judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals input from termi-
nals VTA and VTA2, and the engine ECU controls the throttle motor to make the throttle valve angle properly
in response to driving condition.
If this DTC is stored, the engine ECU shuts down the power for the throttle motor, and the throttle valve is
fully closed by the return spring.
Movable Range Movable Range VTA2
Throttle Position Sensor
5 *1: Throttle valve

Output Voltage (V)
*1 fully closed
Usable
Usable Range *2: Throttle valve
Range *2
fully open
1.5
VTA
*1
*2 0 70 125
*1 *2
Usable Range
E2 VTA2 VTA VC Throttle Valve Opening Angle (deg)
A02395 A02396 A02624

Condition (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) continues for 2.0 seconds:
(a) VTA x 0.2 V
(b) VTA2 x 0.625 V
(c) VTA y 4.8 V S Open or short in throttle position sensor circuit
P0120 (d) When VTA y 0.2 V and x 2.0 V, and VTA2 y 4.97 V S Throttle position sensor
(e) VTA–VTA2 x 0.02 V S Engine ECU
Condition (a) or (b) continues for 0.4 seconds:
(a) VTA x 0.2 V and VTA2 x 0.5 V
(b) VTA–VTA2 x 0.02 V
HINT:
After confirming DTC P0120 use the hand–held tester to confirm the throttle valve opening
percentage .
Accelerator pedal position expressed as percentage and voltage
Accelerator pedal released Accelerator pedal depressed Trouble area
THROTTLE POS THROTTLE POS #2 THROTTLE POS THROTTLE POS #2
0% 0V 0% 0V VC line open
0% 2.0 – 2.9 V 0% 4.6 – 5.1 V VTA line open or grand short
8 – 20 % 0V 64 – 96 % 0V VTA2 line open or grand short
100 % 5V 100 % 5V E2 line open
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–38
WIRING DIAGRAM
J8 J/C Engine ECU
2
Y–R C C Y–R
E8 VC
1
VC Shielded
T2 23
2 P
Throttle
VTA1 E8 VTA
Position
Sensor 21
3 L
E8 VTA2
VTA2
E2
4
BR 18
BR
E8 E2
J9
J/C
A A
BR
EB
A14024
HINT:
(Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction) are output simultaneously, E2 (Sensor Ground) may be
open.
of the malfunction.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–39
Hand–held tester:
1 Connect hand–held tester, read throttle valve opening percentage.
PREPARATION:
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3.
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the hand–held tes-
ter main switch ON.
CHECK:
Read the throttle valve opening percentage for VTA circuit and
read the voltage for VTA2 circuit.
OK:
FI7052 Throttle valve opening
Voltage
Accelerator pedal position expressed
(VTA2)
as percentage (VTA)
Released 8 – 20 % 2.0 – 2.9 V
Depressed 64 – 96 % 4.6 – 5.1 V

(See page IN–40).
NG
2 Check voltage between terminals VC and E2 of engine ECU connector.
ON PREPARATION:
VC
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals VC and E2 of the engine
E2 ECU connector.
(+) (–)
OK:
A13624 Voltage: 4.5 – 5.5 V

(See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–40
3 Check voltage between terminals VTA, VTA2 and E2 of engine ECU connector.
ON PREPARATION:
VTA2 (See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals VTA, VTA2 and E2 of the
E2 engine ECU connector.
VTA OK:
A13625 Voltage
A
Accelerator
l t pedal
d l
VTA VTA2
Released 0.4 – 1.0 V 2.0 – 2.9 V
Depressed 3.2 – 4.8 V 4.6 – 5.1 V

(See page IN–40).
NG
4 Check throttle position sensor (See page FI–32).
NG Replace throttle position sensor

(See page FI–32).
OK
Check for open and short in harness and connector between engine ECU and throttle position
sensor (VC, VTA, VTA2, E2 line) (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–41
When not using hand–held tester
1 Check voltage between terminals VC and E2 of engine ECU connector.
ON PREPARATION:
VC
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals VC and E2 of the engine
E2 ECU
connector.
A13624 OK:
Voltage: 4.5 – 5.5 V

(See page IN–40).
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals VTA, VTA2 and E2 of engine ECU connector.
ON PREPARATION:
VTA (See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals VTA, VTA2 and E2 of the
E2 engine ECU connector.
VTA2 OK:
A13625 Voltage
Accelerator pedal
VTA VTA2
Released 0.4 – 1.0 V 2.0 – 2.9 V
Depressed 3.2 – 4.8 V 4.6 – 5.1 V

(See page IN–40).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–42
3 Check throttle position sensor (See page FI–32).
NG Replace throttle position sensor

(See page FI–32).
OK
Check for open and short in harness and connector between engine ECU and throttle position
sensor (VC, VTA, VTA2, E2 line) (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–43
DI1LI–10
DTC P0121 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch ”A”

Circuit Range/Performance Problem
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
While vehicle speed drops from 30 km/h (19 mph) or more to 0
S Throttle position sensor
P0121 km/h (0 mph), output value of throttle position sensor is out of
S Engine ECU
applicable range. (2 trip detection logic)
HINT:
Replace throttle body (See page FI–34).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–44
DI7J3–02
DTC P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temp. for Closed Loop

Fuel Control
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
To obtain a high purification rate for the CO, HC and NOx components of the exhaust gas, a three–way cata-
lytic converter is used, but for the most efficient use of the three–way catalytic converter, the air–fuel ratio
must be precisely controlled so that it is always close to the stoichiometric air–fuel ratio.
The oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) has the characteristic which its output voltage changes suddenly in
the vicinity of the stoichiometric air–fuel ratio. This characteristic is used to detect the oxygen concentration
in the exhaust gas and provide the engine ECU with feedback to control the air–fuel ratio.
When the air–fuel ratio becomes LEAN, the oxygen concentration in the exhaust increases and the oxygen
sensor informs the engine ECU of the LEAN condition (small electromotive force: < 0.45 V).
When the air–fuel ratio is RICHER than the stoichiometric air–fuel ratio the oxygen concentration in the ex-
haust gas is reduced and the oxygen sensor informs the engine ECU of the RICH condition (large electromo-
tive force: > 0.45 V). The engine ECU judges by the electromotive force from the oxygen sensor whether
the air–fuel ratio is RICH or LEAN and controls the injection time accordingly. However, if malfunction of the
oxygen sensor causes output of abnormal electromotive force, the engine ECU is unable to perform accu-
rate air–fuel ratio control. The oxygen sensors include a heater which heats the zirconia element. The heater
is controlled by the engine ECU. When the intake air volume is low (the temperature of the exhaust gas is
low) current flows to the heater to heat the sensor for accurate oxygen concentration detection.
Atmosphere
Ideal Air–Fuel Mixture
Housing
Platinum Electrode
Output Voltage
Solid Electrolyte
(Zirconia Element)
Platinum Electrode
Heater
Coating (Ceramic)
Richer – Air–Fuel Ratio – Leaner

Cover
P20302 Exhaust Gas
FI7210 A00798
DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area

S Open or short in oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) circuit
After engine is warmed up, oxygen sensors (bank 1, 2 sensor
1) output does not indicate RICH (y0.45 V) even once when
conditions (a), (b) and (c) continue for at least 50 sec.:
P0125 S Fuel pressure
(a) Engine speed: 800 rpm or more
S Injector
(b) Vehicle speed: 40 – 100 km/h (25 – 62 mph)
(c) 20 sec. or more after starting engine
S Engine ECU
HINT:
After confirming DTC P0125, use the hand-held tester to confirm voltage output of the oxygen sensor (bank
1 sensor 1) from the CURRENT DATA. If voltage output of the oxygen sensor is less than 0.1 V, oxygen sensor
circuit may be open or short.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–45
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine Room J/B Engine

ECU
12 4 25
G–R G–R
1F IA2 E9 MREL
EFI
Relay 3
1 2 W–B
1K H5 Heated
Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
EFI 3 18
5 3 B BR
1A E8 E2
2 4
2 7 1 1
1B P–L P–L P–L
IK1 IE1 E10 MT1A
1
13
1F (Shielded) 6 2 (Shielded) 12
W W W E10 OX1A
Fusible Link IK1 IE1
3
Block No. 1
1 1 B
B 1 22
F13 F12 BR
IK1 IE1
B–G A C (Shielded)
1 J7 J4
F18 J/C J/C BR
MAIN Fusible D J/C E 16
A C B BR
Link Block J20 J21 E10 E11
W–B IE1 12
No. 2
(LHD)
W–B B E E
A BR
(RHD) J21 J21
2 4
J1 A BR
J/C (Shielded)
11
Y
E10 OX1B
IE 3
Battery G–Y 7
E10 HT1B
H13 1
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 2) A14025
HINT:
S If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the air–fuel ratio is LEAN and DTC P0125 will be recorded. The CHK
ENG warning light then comes on.
S There is a possibility that P0125 is detected because of abnormal fuel system, so, when P0125 is mem-
orized, check P0171 and P0172 even if P0171 and P0172 are memorized.
when the malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, it is useful for determining whether the ve-
hicle was running or stopped, the engine was warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio was lean or rich, etc.
at the time of the malfunction.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–46
YES Go to relevant DTC chart (See page DI–14).
NO
2 Connect hand–held tester, and read value for voltage output of oxygen sensor
(bank 1 sensor 1).
PREPARATION:
(b) Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (above 75°C (169°F)).
CHECK:
Read the voltage output of the oxygen sensors when the engine is suddenly raced.
HINT:
Perform quick racing to 4,000 rpm 3 times using the accelerator pedal.
OK:
Oxygen sensor output a RICH signal (0.45 V or more) at least once.
OK Go to step 9.
NG
3 Check for open and short in harness and connector between engine ECU and
oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) (See page IN–40).
OK
4 Check whether misfire has occurred or not by monitoring DTC and data list.
NG Perform troubleshooting for misfire (See page

DI–20).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–47
5 Check air induction system (See page FI–1).
OK
6 Check fuel pressure (See page FI–6).
NG Check and repair fuel pump, pressure regulator,

fuel pipe line and filter.
OK
7 Check injector injection (See page FI–18).
NG Replace injector.
OK
8 Check gas leakage on exhaust system.
OK
Replace oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1).
9 Perform confirmation driving pattern (See page DI–49).
GO
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–48
10 Is there DTC P0125 being output again?
YES Check and replace engine ECU

(See page IN–40).
NO
11 Did vehicle runs out of fuel in past?
NO Check for intermittent problems

(See page DI–3).
YES
DTC P0125 is caused by shortage of fuel.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–49
DI7OB–01
DTC P0130 Oxygen Sensor Circuit Malfunction

(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Open or short in oxygen sensor circuit
S Oxygen sensor
Voltage output of oxygen sensor remains at 0.42 V or more, or
P0130 0.48 V or less, during idling after engine is warmed up (2 trip
S Fuel pressure
detection logic)
S Injector
S Engine ECU
HINT:
The oxygen sensor's output voltage and the short-term fuel trim value can be read using the hand-held
tester.
WIRING DIAGRAM
CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN

Vehicle
speed
Constant (d)
speed
Start
(c)
online
(a)(b)
IG SW
30 sec. 36 sec. Time
OFF
FI7130
A14461

(b) Switch the hand–held tester from normal mode to check mode (See page DI–3).
(c) Start the engine and pass 30 seconds or more.
(d) Drive the vehicle at constant speed for 36 seconds or more.
HINT:
If a malfunction exists, the CHK ENG warning light will be indicated on the multi information display during
step (d).
NOTICE:
If the conditions in this test are not strictly followed, detection of the malfunction will not be possible.
If you do not have a hand–held tester, turn the ignition switch OFF after performing steps (c) to (f),
then perform steps (c) to (d) again.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–50
HINT:
the malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, it is useful for determining whether the vehicle was run-
ning or stopped, the engine was warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio was lean or rich, etc. at the time of the
malfunction.
NO
2 Check output voltage of oxygen sensor during idling.
PREPARATION:
Warm up the oxygen sensor with the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for approx. 90 sec.
CHECK:
Use the hand–held tester to read the output voltage of the oxygen sensor during idling.
OK:
Oxygen sensor output voltage:
Alternates repeatedly between less than 0.4 V and more than 0.55 V (See the following table).
OK NG NG NG
1V
0.48 V
0.42 V
0V
A00292
OK Go to step 7.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–51
oxygen sensor (See page IN–40).
OK
OK

OK
OK
Replace oxygen sensor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–52
7 Perform confirmation driving pattern.
Go
NO Check for intermittent problems (See page

DI–3).
YES

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–53
DI57S–10
DTC P0133 Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response

(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Response time for oxygen sensor voltage output to change S Fuel pressure
from rich to lean, or from lean to rich, is 0.4 sec. or more during S Injector injection
P0133
constant vehicle speed after engine is warmed up S Open or short in heated oxygen sensor circuit
(2 trip detection logic) S Oxygen sensor
S Engine ECU
HINT:
Sensor 1 refers to the sensor closer to the engine body.
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
NO
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–54
2 Check output voltage of oxygen sensor during idling.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Use the hand–held tester to read the output voltage of the heated oxygen sensor during idling.
OK:
OK NG NG NG
1V
0.48 V
0.42 V
0V
A00292
OK Go to step 7.
NG
OK
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–55

fuel pipe line and filter (See page FI–1).
OK
OK
GO
NO Check for intermittent problems

(See page DI–3).
YES

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–56
DI2S8–10
DTC P0135 Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit

Malfunction (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
DTC P0141 Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit

Malfunction (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the heater operates, heater current exceeds 2 A
(2 trip detection logic) S Open or short in heater circuit of oxygen sensor
P0135
S Oxygen
O sensor heater
h t
P0141 Heater current of 0.2 A or less when the heater operates
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
1 Check voltage between terminals HT1A, HT1B of engine ECU connector and
body ground.
ON
PREPARATION:
HT1A (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
HT1B
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals HT1A, HT1B of the engine
ECU connector and body ground.
(–) (+)
HINT:
A13626 OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V

(See page IN–40).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–57
2 Check resistance of oxygen sensor heater (See page FI–54).
NG Replace oxygen sensor.
OK
Check and repair harness or connector

between main relay and oxygen
sensor and engine ECU (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–58
DI68O–06
DTC P0136 Oxygen Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1

Sensor 2)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Voltage output of heated oxygen sensor remains at 0.45 V or
S Open or short in heated oxygen sensor circuit
P0136 more or 0.55 V or less when vehicle is driven at 100 km/h (62
S Oxygen sensor
mph) or more after engine is warmed up (2 trip detection logic)
HINT:
Sensor 2 refers to the sensor farther away from the engine body.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Once Twice Nine times

40 sec. 40 sec. 40 sec.
Vehicle speed
or more or more or more
40 km/h
(25 mph) (d) (d) (d)
Idling(c) (e) (e) (e)

IG SW OFF
60 sec. 10 sec. 10 sec. 10 sec.

(a) (b) or more
A09300

(b) Switch the hand–held tester from the Normal Mode to the Check (Test) Mode (See page DI–3).
(c) Start the engine and let the engine idle for 60 seconds or more.
(d) Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 mph) or more for 40 seconds or more.
(e) Let the engine idle for 10 seconds or more.
(f) Preform steps (d) to (e) 9 times.
HINT:
S During performing the step (d) to (e) 9 times, drive the vehicle at over 90 km (56 mile) and make the
fuel cut happen for over 3 sec.
S If a malfunction exists, the CHK ENG warning light will be indicated on the multi information display
during step (f).
NOTICE:
If the conditions in this test are not strictly followed, detection of the malfunction will not be possible.
If you do not have a hand–held tester, turn the ignition switch OFF after performing steps (c) to (f),
then perform steps (c) to (f) again.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–59
HINT:
NO
OK
3 Check output voltage of oxygen sensor.
PREPARATION:
(b) Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
CHECK:
Read voltage output of the oxygen sensor when the engine suddenly raced.
HINT:
Perform quick racing to 4,000 rpm 3 min. using the accelerator pedal.
OK:
Oxygen sensor output voltage: Alternates from 0.4 V or less to 0.5 V or more.
OK Check that each connector is properly con-

nected.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–60
DI63Y–02
DTC P0171 System too Lean (A/F Lean Malfunction,

Bank 1)
DTC P0172 System too Rich (A/F Rich Malfunction,

Bank 1)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared to the basic injection time. Fuel trim includes
short–term fuel trim and long–term fuel trim.
Short–term fuel trim is the short–term fuel compensation used to maintain the air–fuel ratio at its ideal
theoretical value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor indicates whether the air–fuel ratio is RICH or
LEAN compared to the ideal theoretical value, triggering a reduction in fuel volume if the air–fuel ratio is rich,
and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
Long–term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long–term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short–term fuel trim form the central value due to individual engine differences, wear overtime and
changes in the usage environment.
If both the short–term fuel trim and long–term fuel trim are LEAN or RICH beyond a certain value, it is de-
tected as a malfunction and the CHK ENG warning light on the multi information display.
S Injector blockage
S Vacuum sensor
When air–fuel ratio feedback is stable after engine warming up, S Water temp. sensor
P0171 fuel trim is considerably in error on LEAN side S Fuel pressure
(2 trip detection logic) S Gas leakage on exhaust system
S Open or short in oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1)
S Engine ECU
S Injector leak, blockage
S Vacuum sensor
When air–fuel ratio feedback is stable after engine warming up, S Ignition system
P0172 fuel trim is considerably in error on RICH side S Fuel pressure
(2 trip detection logic) S Gas leakage on exhaust system
S Open or short in oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1)
S Engine ECU
HINT:
S When the DTC P0171 is recorded, the actual air–fuel ratio is on the LEAN side. When DTC P0172 is
recorded, the actual air–fuel ratio is on the RICH side.
S If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the air–fuel ratio is LEAN and DTC P0171 is recorded. The CHK ENG
warning light then comes on.
S If the total of the short–term fuel trim value and long–term fuel trim value is within ± 38 %, the system
is functioning normally.
S The oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) output voltage and the short–term fuel trim value can be read
using the hand–held tester.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–61
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hand–held tester:
HINT:
the malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the vehicle was run-
malfunction.
OK
OK
3 Check air flow meter (See page FI–30) and water temperature sensor (See page
FI–50).
OK
4 Check for spark and ignition (See page IG–1).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–62

OK
OK
7 Check output voltage of oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) during idling.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Used the hand–held tester to read the output voltage of the oxygen sensor during idling.
OK:
OK NG NG NG
1V
0.55 V
0.4 V
0V
A00292
OK Go to step 9.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–63
oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) (See page IN–40).
OK
Go
10 Is there DTC P0171 or P0172 being output again?
YES Check and replace engine ECU (See page

IN–40).
NO
11 Did vehicle runs out of fuel in past?
NO Check for intermittent problems (See page

DI–20).
YES
DTC P0171 or P0172 is caused by running out of fuel.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–64
OBD scan tool (excluding hand–held tester):
OK
NG Check and repair fuel pump, fuel pipe line and

filter (See page FI–27).
OK
OK
4 Check air flow meter sensor (See page FI–30) and water temperature sensor (See
page FI–50).
OK
5 Check for spark and ignition (See page IG–1).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–65
6 Does malfunction disappear when a good oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1)

installed?
YES Repair oxygen sensor.
NO

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–66
DI12T–12
DTC P0300 Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
DTC P0301 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Misfire: The engine ECU uses the crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor to monitor
changes in the crankshaft rotation for each cylinder.
The engine ECU counts the number of times the engine speed change rate indicates that misfire has oc-
curred. And when the misfire rate equals or exceeds the count indicating that the engine condition has deteri-
orated, the check engine warning light lights up.
If the misfire rate is high enough and the driving conditions will cause catalyst overheating, the check engine
warning light blinks when misfiring occurs.
Misfiring of random cylinders is detected during any particular S Ignition system

P0300
200 or 1,000 revolutions S Injector
S Fuel
F l pressure
For any particular 200 revolutions for engine, misfiring is de- S Compression pressure
tected which can cause catalyst overheating S Valve clearance
P0301 (This causes MIL to blink) (2 trip detection logic) S Valve timing
P0302 S Air flow meter
P0303 For any particular
articular 1,000 revolutions of engine, misfiring is de
de- S Water
W t temp.
t sensor
P0304 tected which causes a deterioration in emissions SOOpenen or short in engine wire
g S Connector
Connectorconnection
connection
S Engine ECU
HINT:
S When the 2 or more codes for a misfiring cylinder are recorded repeatedly but no random misfire code
is recorded, it indicates that the misfires were detected and recorded at different times.
S There is a case where the cylinder other than memorized has an accidental fire (the cylinder which is
one ahead of fired cylinder), so. at the time of checking all the checking items and if there is no ab-
normality, check the cylinder which is different from the recorded cylinder as fired.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–67
WIRING DIAGRAM
I5 Engine ECU
Injector No. 1 5
B–W B–W Y
E8 #10
1 2
B–W I6
2 IG2 Relay 9
W–R Injector No. 2 6
1A 1J B–W B–R
3 5 E8 #20
3 3 Instrument 1 2
W–B B–W B–W I7
1K 1J Panel J/B
2 1 Injector No. 3 1
2G 11 2G 1 B–W L–W
E7 #30
1 2
B–W I8
AM2
Injector No. 4 2
B–W R–W
2B 5 2C 2 E7 #40
1 2
1B 2
Ignition SW
Engine RoomJ/B B–W W–R
W–B (LHD)
6 IG2 AM2 7
B
W–B (RHD) A FL Block No. 1 FL Block No. 2
1 1 MAIN
J7 B–G
J/C F12 F13
A A
A W–B (LHD)
J1
J/C
IE Battery
A14026
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–68

(a) Connect the hand–held tester.
(b) Record DTC and the freeze frame data.
(c) Use the hand–held tester to set to Check Mode (See page DI–3).
(d) Drive the vehicle several times with the engine speed, load and its surrounding range shown with EN-
GINE SPD, CALC LOAD in the freeze frame data or MISFIRE RPM, MISFIRE LOAD in the data list.
If you have no hand–held tester, turn the ignition switch OFF after the symptom is simulated the first time.
Then repeat the simulation process again.
HINT:
In order to memorize DTC of misfire, it is necessary to drive around MISFIRE RPM, MISFIRE LOAD in the
data list for the following period of time.
Engine Speed Time
1000 rpm 3 minutes or more
2000 rpm 1 minutes 30 seconds or more
3000 rpm 1 minutes or more
(e) Check whether there is misfire or not by monitoring DTC and the freeze frame data. After that, record
them.
(f) Turn ignition switch OFF and least 5 seconds.
HINT:
S If is the case that DTC besides misfire is memorized simultaneously, first perform the troubleshooting
for them.
S Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame data records the engine condi-
tions when the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the
vehicle was running or stopped, the engine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or rich, etc. at the
time of the malfunction.
S When the vehicle is brought to the workshop and the misfire is not occurred, misfire can be confirmed
by reproducing the condition or freeze frame data. Also, after finishing the repair, confirm that there
is no misfire. (See the confirmation driving pattern)
S When either of SHORT FT #1, LONG FT #1, SHORT FT #2 or LONG FT #2 in the freeze frame data
is besides the range of ±20 %, there is a possibility that the air–fuel ratio is inclining either to RICH
(–20 % or less) or LEAN (+20 % or more).
S When COOLANT TEMP in the freeze frame data is less than 80°C (176°F), there is a possibility or
misfire only during warning up.
S In the case that misfire cannot be reproduced, the reason may be because of the driving with lack or
fuel, the use of improper fuel, a stain of ignition plug, and etc.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–69
1 Check wire harness, connector and vacuum hose in engine room.
CHECK:
(a) Check the connection conditions of wire harness and connector.
(b) Check the disconnection, piping and break or vacuum hose.
NG Repair or replace, then confirm that there is no

misfire (See confirmation driving pattern).
OK
2 Check spark plug and spark of misfiring cylinder.
PREPARATION:
Remove the spark plug (See page IG–1).
CHECK:
(a) Check the electrode of carbon deposits electrode.
(b) Check the electrode gap.
OK:
(a) No large carbon deposit present.
Not wet with gasoline or oil.
P03792 (b) Electrode gap: 1.0 – 1.2 mm (0.037 – 0.047 in.)
PREPARATION:
(a) Install the spark plug to the ignition coil.
(b) Disconnect the injector connector.
(c) Ground the spark plug.
CHECK:
Check if spark occurs while the engine is being cracked.
NOTICE:
To prevent excess fuel being injected from the injectors
during this test, don’t crank the engine for more than 5 – 10
seconds at a time.
OK:
Spark jumps across electrode gap.
NG Replace or check ignition system (See page

IG–1).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–70
3 Check voltage of engine ECU terminals for injector of failed cylinder.
ON
PREPARATION:
#40 #30 #20 #10 (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between applicable terminal of the engine
(+) (–) ECU connector and body ground.
OK:
A13627 Voltage: 9 – 14 V
Reference: INSPECTION USING OSCILLOSCOPE

With the engine idling, measure between terminals #10 – #40 and E01 of the engine ECU connector.
HINT:
The correct waveforms are as shown.
Injector Signal Waveform
(Magnification)
10 V/ 10 V/
Division Division
GND GND
FI6588 FI6538 100 msec./Division (Idling) 1 msec./Division (Idling)

Injection duration A00064
OK Go to step 4.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–71
4 Check resistance of injector of misfiring cylinder (See page FI–18).
OK
Check for open and short in harness and con-

nector between injector and engine ECU (See
page IN–40).

fuel pipe line and filter (See page FI–1).
OK
OK
7 Check mass air flow meter and water temp. sensor (See pages FI–30 and
FI–50).
OK
Check compression pressure, valve clear-

ance and valve timing.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–72
DI4EA–09
DTC P0325 Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Knock sensor are fitted to the cylinder block to detect engine knocking. This sensor contains a piezoelectric
element which generates a voltage when it becomes deformed, which occurs when the cylinder block vi-
brates due to knocking. If engine knocking occurs, ignition timing is retarded to suppress it.
S Open or short in knock sensor circuit
No knock sensor signal to engine ECU with engine speed
P0325 S Knock sensor (looseness)
1,280 rpm or more
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
K1 Engine
Knock Sensor (Shielded) ECU
1 28
1 B B
EA1 E8 KNK1
J8
J/C
BR BR
A A
EB
A14027
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–73
HINT:
Read freed frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when
1 Check continuity between terminal KNK1 of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
(See page FI–58).
KNK (b) Disconnect the E8 connector of engine ECU.
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminal KNK1 of engine ECU
OK:
E8 Connector A13628 Resistance: 1 MΩ or higher

KNK Signal Waveform
0.5 V/ S With the engine racing (4,000 rpm) measure between ter-
Division minal KNK1 of engine ECU and body ground.
HINT:
0V The correct waveform is as shown.
S Spread the time on the horizontal axis, and confirm that

period of the wave is 151 µsec.
(Normal mode vibration frequency of knock sensor:
5 msec./Division 8.1 kHz).
HINT:
0.5 V/
Division If normal mode vibration frequency is not 8.1 kHz the sensor is
malfunctioning.
0V
200 µsec./Division
A00068
OK Go to step 3 .
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–74
2 Check knock sensor (See page FI–52).ȡ
NG Replace knock sensor.
OK
knock sensor (See page IN–40).ȡ
OK
4 Does malfunction disappear when a good knock sensor is installed?ȡ
YES Replace knock sensor.
NO
Check and replace engine ECU

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–75
DI4EB–09
DTC P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit

Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Crankshaft position sensor (NE signal) consist of a signal plate and pick up coil.
The NE signal plate has 34 teeth and is mounted on the crankshaft. The NE signal sensor generates 34
signals of every engine revolution. The engine ECU detects the standard crankshaft angle based on the G2
signals, and the actual crankshaft angle the engine speed by the NE signals.
No crankshaft position sensor signal to engine ECU during SOOpen

en or short in crankshaft position
osition sensor circuit
cranking
ki S Crankshaft position sensor
P0335
S Starter
Open in NE– circuit S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
(Shielded) Engine ECU
10
R
E7 G2
C1 1
Camshaft
Position
Sensor 2 G
(Shielded)
24
G G
E8 NE–
C6 1
Crankshaft
Position
Sensor 2 16
R
E8 NE+
A J/C A
BR
J8 J8
A
BR
J9
BR
EB
A14028
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–76
HINT:
S Read freed frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions
of the malfunction.
S Perform troubleshooting of DTC P0335 first. If no trouble is found, troubleshoot the following mechani-
cal system.
1 Check resistance of crankshaft position sensor (See page IG–13).

G2+, NE Signal Waveforms
During cranking or idling, check between terminals G2 and
5 V/ NE–, NE+ and NE– of engine ECU.
G2 Division HINT:
NE
20 msec./Division (Idling) A14463

NG Replace crankshaft position sensor.
OK
crankshaft position sensor (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–77
3 Inspect sensor installation and teeth of signal plate.
NG Tighten the sensor. Replace signal plate.
OK

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–78
DI4EC–04
DTC P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit

Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Camshaft position sensor (G2 signal) consist of a signal plate and pick up coil. The G2 signal plate has one
tooth on its outer circumference and is mounted on the camshaft.
When the camshafts rotate, the protrusion on the signal plate and the air gap on the pick up coil change,
causing fluctuations in the magnetic field and generating an electromotive force in the pick up coil.
The NE signal plate has 34 teeth and is mounted on the crankshaft. The NE signal sensor generates 34
signals for every engine revolution. The engine ECU detects the standard crankshaft angle based on the
G2+ signals and the actual crankshaft angle and the engine speed by the NE signals.
No camshaft position sensor signal to engine ECU during S Open or short in camshaft position sensor circuit
cranking S Camshaft position sensor
P0340
S Starter
Open
O en in NE
NE– circuit
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
Read freed frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when
1 Check resistance of camshaft position sensor (Signal generator)

(See page IG–1).

G2+, NE Signal Waveforms
During cranking or idling, check between terminals G2 and
5 V/ NE–, NE+ and NE– of engine ECU.
G2 Division HINT:
NE
20 msec./Division (Idling) A14463
NG Replace camshaft position sensor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–79
camshaft position sensor (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Inspect sensor installation.
NG Tighten the sensor.
OK

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–80
DI643–03
DTC P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold

(Bank 1)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The engine ECU compares the waveform of the oxygen sensor located before the catalyst with the waveform
of the oxygen sensor located after the catalyst to determine whether or not catalyst performance has deterio-
rated.
Air–fuel ratio feedback compensation keeps the waveform of the oxygen sensor before the catalyst repeat-
edly changing back and forth from rich to lean.
If the catalyst is functioning normally, the waveform of the oxygen sensor after the catalyst switches back
and forth between rich and lean much more slowly than the waveform of the oxygen sensor before the cata-
lyst.
But when both waveform change at a similar rate, it indicates that catalyst performance has deteriorated.
Waveform of Oxygen Sensor Normal Catalyst Waveform of Oxygen Sensor

before Catalyst after Catalyst
FI7081

After engine and catalyst are warmed up, and while vehicle is S Gas leakage on exhaust system
P0420 driven within set vehicle and engine speed range, waveform of S Oxygen sensor
oxygen sensors have same amplitude (2 trip detection logic) S Three–way catalytic converter
CONFIRMATION ENGINE RACING PATTERN

Vehicle Speed
(3) (4)
89 km/h (55 mph)
Idling (2)
O
(1)
IG SW OFF
Warmed up Warmed up Check Time
5 min. or more FI7132
(1) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3, or connect the probe of the oscilloscope between
terminals OX1A, OX1B, and E1 of the engine ECU connectors.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–81
(2) Start the engine and warm it up with all the accessories switched OFF until engine coolant tem-
perature is stable.
(3) Drive the vehicle at 89 km/h (55 mph) or more for 5 min. or more.
(4) After confirming that the waveform of the oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) (OX1A), oscillate
around 0.5 V during feedback to the engine ECU, check the waveform of the oxygen sensor
(bank 1 sensor 2) (OX1B).
OX Signal Waveform (Oscilloscope) HINT:
1.0 V If there is a malfunction in the system, the waveform of the oxy-
gen sensor (bank 1 sensor 2) (OX1B) is as shown on the left.
There are some cases where, even though a malfunction ex-
0V ists, the CHK ENG warning light may either light up or not light
1.0 V up.
0V
500 msec./Division A14462
HINT:
malfunction.
1 Are there any other codes (besides P0420) being output?
NO
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–82
3 Check oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 1) (See page FI–54).
OK
4 Check oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor 2) (See page FI–54).
OK
Replace three–way catalytic converter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–83
DI644–05
DTC P0443 Evaporative Emission Control System Purge

Control Vent Control Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
To reduce HC emissions, evaporated fuel from the fuel tank is routed through the charcoal canister to the
intake manifold for combustion in the cylinders.
The engine ECU changes the duty signal to the VSV for the EVAP so that the intake quantity of HC emissions
is appropriate for the driving conditions (engine load, engine speed, vehicle speed, etc.) after the engine is
wamed up.
S Open or short in VSV circuit for EVAP
P0443 Proper response to engine ECU command does not occur S VSV for EVAP
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
ECU
12 4 25
G–R G–R
1F IA2 E9 MREL
EFI
Relay 3
1 2 W–B W–B (LHD)
1K
V1
EFI 3 VSV (EVAP) 29
5 3 B R–L
1A E7 EVP1
2 1
2 A
1B J7
Fusible Link J/C
F18 Fusible Link
Block No. 1 Block No. 1 A
1 1 W–B W–B
MAIN B–G B
F13 F12 (RHD) (LHD)
1
A
A J1
J/C
Battery IE
A14029
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–84
Hand–held tester:
HINT:
malfunction.
1 Connect hand–held tester and check operation of VSV for EVAP.
ON PREPARATION:
VSV is ON VSV is OFF
Air
Air
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tes-
ter main switch ON.
E E
(c) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.
CHECK:
Check the operation of the VSV when the VSV is operated by
F F the hand–held tester.
A12550 OK:
VSV is ON:
Air from port E flows out through port F.
VSV is OFF:
Air from port E is flows out through the air filter.
OK Check for intermittent problems (See page

DI–3).
NG
2 Check VSV for EVAP (See page FI–48).
NG Replace VSV for EVAP.
OK
3 Check for open and short in harness and connector between EFI main relay and
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–85

IN–40).
1 Check VSV for EVAP (See page FI–48).
NG Replace VSV for EVAP.
OK
2 Check voltage between terminal EVP1 of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
ON PREPARATION:
EVP1 (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminal EVP1 of the engine
(+) (–) ECU connector and body ground.
OK:
A13629 Voltage: 9 – 14 V
NG Check for open and short in harness and con-

nector between EFI main relay and engine ECU
(See page IN–40).
OK

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–86
DI4ED–08
DTC P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The vehicle speed sensor outputs a 4–pulse signal for every revolution of the rotor shaft, which is rotated
by the transmission output shaft via the driven gear. After this signal is converted into a more precise rectan-
gular waveform by the waveform shaping circuit inside the combination meter, it is then transmitted to the
Engine ECU. The EngineECU determines the vehicle speed based on the frequency of these pulse signals.
4–Pulse 4–Pulse
From
Speed Sensor ABS ECU ECM
Combination
Meter
A00022

S Combination meter
During vehicle is being driven, no vehicle speed sensor signal
S Open or short in No. 1 vehicle speed sensor circuit
P0500 to engine ECU
S No. 1 vehicle speed sensor
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
C10
Combination Engine ECU
Meter
Instrument Panel J/B
J/C
6 7 G G 5
13 L V–W V–W
2A 2B J25 J26 E10 SPD
A14030
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–87
1 Check operation of speedometer.
CHECK:
Drive the vehicle and check if the operation of the speedometer in the combination meter is normal.
HINT:
The ABS ECU is operating normally if the speedometer display is normal.
NG Check and replace combination meter (See

page BE–46).
OK
2 Check voltage between terminal SPD of engine ECU connector and body ground.
PREPARATION:
SPD
(See page FI–58).
(b) Drive the vehicle.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal SPD of the engine ECU
(–) (+) connector and body ground.
OK:
A14009 Voltage is generated intermittently.
4.5 – 5.5 V
0
A07133
NG Check and repair harness and connector be-

tween combination meter and engine ECU.
OK

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–88
DI2CR–04
DTC P0505 Idle Control System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The idle speed is controlled by the Electric Throttle Control System (ETCS).
ETCS is composed of the throttle motor to operate the throttle valve, the throttle position sensor to detect
the opening angle of the throttle valve, the accelerator pedal position sensor to detect the accelerator pedal
position, the engine ECU to control the ETCS and the one valve type throttle body.
The engine ECU controls the throttle motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly for the target
idle speed.
Idle speed continues to vary greatly from target speed S Air induction system
P0505
(2 trip detection logic) S Electric throttle control system
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester or OBD scan tool. Because freeze frame records the engine
conditions when the malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, it is useful for determining whether the
vehicle was running or stopped, the engine was warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio was lean or rich, etc.
1 Are there any other codes (besides P0505) being output?
NO
OK
Check electric throttle control system (See

page FI–32).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–89
DI7OC–01
DTC P1125 Throttle Control Motor Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Throttle motor is operated by the engine ECU and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor which is mounted on the
throttle body and it provides feedback to the engine ECU to control the throttle motor in order to the throttle
valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
Condition (a) and (b) continues for 0.5 seconds:
(a) Throttle control motor output duty y 80 %
(b) Throttle control motor current < 0.5 A S Open or short in throttle control motor circuit
P1125 S Throttle control motor
Throttle control motor current y 16 A
S Engine ECU
Under condition continue for 0.6 seconds:
Throttle control motor current y 7 A
WIRING DIAGRAM
Throttle Control Motor Engine ECU

with magnetic clutch (Shielded)
8
2 L
E7 M+
7
1 P
E7 M–
30
E7 GE01
A14031
HINT:
malfunction.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–90
1 Check throttle control motor circuit.
M+ Signal Waveform PREPARATION:

5V/ (a) Connect the oscilloscope between terminals M+ or M–
Division and E1 of the engine ECU connector.
CHECK:
Check the waveform between terminals M+ or M– and E1 of the
GND engine ECU when the engine is idling.
OK:
1 m sec./Division
HINT:
M– Signal Waveform
The waveform frequency varies depending on the throttle
5V/
opening.
Division
GND
(See page IN–40).
A03403
A03404 1 msec./Division A03675
NG
2 Check throttle control motor (See page FI–32).
NG Replace throttle control motor

(See page FI–37).
OK
3 Check for open and short in harness and connector between throttle control mo-
tor and engine ECU (See page IN–40).
OK

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–91
DI64A–02
DTC P1127 ETCS Actuator Power Source Circuit Mal-

function
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Battery positive voltage is supplied to terminal BM of the engine ECU even once when the ignition switch
is OFF for the electric throttle control system.
S Open in ETCS power source circuit
P1127 Open in ETCS power source circuit
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
FL Block No. 1 Engine Room J/B

1 1 2 THRO 8 6
B GR
F13 F12 1B 1A E7 +BM
B–G
FL Block No. 2
1 MAIN
Battery
A14032
HINT:
malfunction.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–92
1 Check THRO fuse.
Engine Room J/B PREPARATION:

Remove the THRO fuse from the engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check the continuity of the THRO fuse.
THRO Fuse
OK:
Continuity
A13630 NG Check for short in all harness and components

connected to THRO fuse.
OK
2 Check voltage between terminal+ BM of engine ECU connector and body

ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
BM Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected (See
page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminal+ BM of the engine ECU
(+) (–) OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
A13631

(See page IN–40).
NG
Check and repair harness or connector be-

tween battery and ETCS fuse, and ETCS fuse
and engine ECU (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–93
DI7OD–01
DTC P1128 Throttle Control Motor Lock Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Throttle motor is operated by the ECU and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The opening angle of the
throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor which is mounted on the throttle body and it provides
feedback to the engine ECU to control the throttle motor in order the throttle valve opening angle properly
in response to driving condition. If this DTC is stored, the engine ECU shuts down the power for the throttle
motor, and the throttle valve is fully closed by the return spring.
Lock throttle control motor during control throttle S Throttle control motor
P1128
control motor S Throttle body
HINT:
malfunction.
1 Check throttle control motor (See page FI–32).
NG Replace throttle control motor

(See page FI–37).
OK
2 Visually check throttle valve.
PREPARATION:
Remove the air cleaner.
CHECK:
Check whether or not a foreign body is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
NG Remove a foreign body and clean throttle body.
OK
Replace throttle body.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–94
DI64C–02
DTC P1129 Electric Throttle Control System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Electric Throttle Control System (ETCS) is composed of the throttle motor to operate the throttle valve, the
throttle position sensor to detect the opening angle of the throttle valve, the accelerator pedal position sensor
to detect the accelerator pedal position, the engIne ECU to control the ETCS and the one valve type throttle
body.
The engIne ECU controls the throttle motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response
driving condition.
The throttle position sensor which is mounted on the throttle body detects the opening angle of the throttle
valve, and it provides feedback to the engIne ECU to control the throttle motor.
If the ETCS has a malfunction, the engIne ECU shuts down the power for the throttle motor, and the throttle
valve is fully closed by the return spring.
Throttle opening angle continues to vary great from target S Electric throttle control system
P1129
throttle opening angle S EngIne ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
malfunction.
NO
Replace engIne ECU, and clear DTC. If DTC P1129/89 is memorized again, and then replace
throttle body.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–95
DI68S–04
DTC P1300 Igniter Circuit Malfunction (No. 1)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A Direct Ignition System (DIS) has been adopted. The DIS improves the ignition timing accuracy, reduces
high–voltage loss, and enhances the the overall reliability of the ignition system by eliminating the distributor.
The DIS is a 1–cylinder ignition system which ignites one cylinder with one ignition coil. In the 1–cylinder
ignition system, the one spark plug is connected to the end of the secondary winding. High voltage generated
in the secondary winding is applied directly to the spark plug. The spark of the spark plug pass from the center
electode to the ground electrode.
The engine ECU determines ignition timing and outputs the ignition signals (IGT) for each cylinder. Based
on IGT signals, the power transistors in the igniter cuts off the current to the primary coil in the ignition coil
is supplied to the spark plug that are connected to the end of the secondary coil. At the same time, the igniter
also sends an ignition confirmation signal (IGF) as a fail–safe measure to the engine ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–96
From Battery
Engine ECU Igniter
No. 1 Ignition Coil with Igniter
IGT1
No. 1 Cylinder
Crankshaft IGF
Position
Spark Plug
Sensor Ignition Coil
IGT2 No. 2
No. 2 Cylinder
Camshaft Ignition Coil
Position with Igniter
Sensor
IGT3 No. 3
Ignition Coil No. 3 Cylinder
with Igniter
Various
Sensor
IGT4 No. 4
Ignition Coil
No. 4 Cylinder
with Igniter
TAC
To Tachometer
A09058

P1300 S Open or short in IGF and IGT1 – 4 circuit from
P1305 ignition coil with igniter
No IGF signal to engine ECU while engine is running
P1310 S No. 1 – No. 4 ignition coil with igniter
P1315 S Engine ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–97
WIRING DIAGRAM
Ignition Coil and Engine ECU

Igniter No. 4 14
B–W B–W Y
E7 IGT4
1 3
IG2 Relay W–B
2 9
W–R 4 2
1A 1J Ignition Coil and B–R
3 5
3 3 Igniter No. 3 13
W–B W–B G
1K 1J E7 IGT3
2 1 B–W 4 3
B–W B–R
2 AM2 W–B
1 1 2
1B Instrument Ignition Coil and B–R
Panel J/B B–W
Igniter No. 2 12
Engine Room J/B W–B W
B 2G 11 2G 1 E7 IGT2
4 3
B–W B–R
1 2
W–B B–R
2B 5 2C 2 B–W Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 1 25
W–B A J7 B–W W–R B–W B–R B–R
(LHD) J/C E7 IGF
F12 1 1 2
A 11
W–B Y–G
6 IG2 AM2 7 E7 IGT1
4 3
Ignition SW
W–B W–B F13 1
(RHD) (LHD)
FL Block No. 1 B–W
B–G
1
FL Block
A W–B
MAIN No. 2
A J1
J/C 1
N1
IE Battery EA
Noise Filter
A14033
HINT:
S If DTC P1300 is displayed, check No. 1 ignition coil with igniter circuit.
of the malfunction.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–98
1 Check spark plug and spark (See page IG–1).
NG Go to step 4.
OK
2 Check for open and short in harness and connector in IGF and IGT signal circuit
between engine ECU and ignition coil with igniter (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Disconnect ignition coil with igniter connector, and check voltage between
terminals IGF of engine ECU connector and body ground.
ON
PREPARATION:
IGF (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
(b) Disconnect the ignition coil with the igniter connector.
CHECK:
(+) (–) Measure voltage between terminals IGF of the engine ECU
A13632 OK:
OK Replace ignition coil with igniter.
NG

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–99
4 Check for open and short in harness and connector in IGT signal circuit between
engine ECU and ignition coil with igniter (See page IN–40).
OK
5 Check voltage between terminals IGT1 – 4 of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
PREPARATION:
ON
Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected (See
IGT4 IGT3 IGT2
IGT1 page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals IGT1 – 4 of the engine
ECU connector and body ground when the engine is cranked.
(+) (–) OK:
Voltage: More than 0.1 V and less than 4.5 V
A13633

IGT Signal Waveform
2 V/ During cranking or idling, check waveform between terminals
Division IGT1 – 4 and E1 of the engine ECU connector.
IGT
HINT:
GND Correct waveform appears as shown, with rectangle waves.
IGF
GND
20 msec./Division
A03401
NG Check and replace engine ECU (See page
IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–100
6 Disconnect ignition coil with igniter connector, and check voltage between ter-
minals IGT1 – 4 of engine ECU connector and body ground.
PREPARATION:
ON
IGT4 IGT3 IGT2
IGT1 (See page FI–58).
(b) Disconnect the ignition coil with the igniter connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals IGT1 – 4 of the engine
(+) (–) ECU connector and body ground when the engine is cranked.
OK:
A13633 Voltage: More than 0.1 V and less than 4.5 V

IN–40).
OK
7 Check ignition coil with igniter power source circuit.
PREPARATION:
1
Disconnect the ignition coil the with the igniter connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal 1 of the ignition coil with the
ON igniter connector and body ground when the ignition switch is
(+) (–) turned to ON and START position.
START OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
A09045
OK Repair ignition coil with igniter power source

circuit.
NG
8 Check for open and short in harness and connector between ignition switch and
ignition coil with igniter (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–101
9 Check EFI main relay (Marking: EFI) (See page FI–45).
NG Replace EFI main relay.
OK
Replace ignition coil with igniter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–102
DI1MB–09
DTC P1346 VVT Sensor (Camshaft Position Sensor) Cir-

cuit Range/Performance Problem
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
VVT sensor (G2 signal) consist of a signal plate and pickup coil.
The G2 signal plate has 1 tooth on its outer circumference and is mounted on the intake camshafts.
When the camshafts rotate, the protrusion on the signal plate and the air gap on the pickup coil change,
causing fluctuations in the magnetic field and generating an electromotive force in the pickup coil.
The actual camshaft angle is detected by the VVT sensor and it provides feedback to the engine ECU to
control the intake valve timing in response to during condition.
DTC No. Detection Item Trouble Area
S Mechanical system malfunction (Skipping teeth of timing
Deviation in crankshaft position sensor signal and VVT sensor
P1346 chain, chain stretched)
signal (2 trip detection logic)
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
1 Check valve timing (Check for loose and jumping teeth of timing chain)
(See page EM–21).
NG Adjust valve timing (Repair or replace

timing chain).
OK

IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–103
DI7I6–02
DTC P1349 VVT System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
VVT system controls the intake valve timing to proper timing in response to driving condition.
Engine ECU controls OCV (Oil Control Valve) to make the intake valve timing properly, and, oil pressure con-
trolled with OCV is supplied to the VVT controller, and then, VVT controller changes relative position between
the camshaft and the crankshaft.
Condition (a) or (b) continues for after the engine is S Valve timing
warmed up and engine speed at 400 – 4,000 rpm: S Oil control valve
P1349
(a) Valve timing does not change from of current valve timing S VVT controller assembly
(b) Current valve timing is fixed S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
Oil Control
Valve
Y–R 23
E7 OCV+
1
24
W–G
E7 OCV–
2
A09060
HINT:
Hand–held tester:
1 Check valve timing (See page EM–21).
NG Repair valve timing.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–104
2 Check operation of OCV.
PREPARATION:
(a) Start the engine and warmed it up.
(b) Connect the hand–held tester and select VVT from ACTIVE TEST menu.
CHECK:
Check the engine speed when operate the OCV by the hand–held tester.
OK:
VVT system OFF to ON (OCV OFF to ON):
Engine speed increases.
VVT system ON to OFF (OCV ON to OFF):
Engine is stalled.
OK VVT system is OK.*
*: DTC P1349 are also output after the foreign object is caught
in some part of the system in the engine oil and the system re-
turns to normal in a short time. As engine ECU controls so that
foreign objects are ejected, there is no problem about VVT.
There is also no problem since the oil filter should get the for-
eign object in the engine oil.
NG
3 Check voltage between terminals OCV+ and OCV– of engine ECU connector.
OCV Signal Waveform Reference: INSPECTION USING OSCILLOSCOPE

5 V/ Turn the ignition switch ON, and check waveform between ter-
Division minals OCV+ and OCV– of the engine ECU connector.
(A) (A) (A) HINT:
S The correct waveform is as shown.
GND S The waveform frequency (A) is lengthened as the engine
speed becomes higher.
1 m sec./Division
A02397

IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–105
4 Check valve timing controller assembly (See page EM–33).
NG Replace VVT controller assembly, and then

go to step 5.
OK
5 Check oil control valve (See page FI–43).
NG Replace oil control valve, and then go to step 6.
OK
6 Check blockage of oil control valve, oil check valve and oil pipe.
OK
7 Check whether or not DTC P1349 is stored.
PREPARATION:
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–3).
(b) Perform simulation test.
CHECK:
Check whether or not DTC P1349 is stored (See page DI–3).
OK:
DTC P1349 is not stored
*: DTC P1349 are also output after the foreign object is caught
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–106
NG
Replace engine ECU
1 Check valve timing (See page EM–21).
NG Repair valve timing.
OK
(a) PREPARATION:
Start the engine.
CHECK:
(a) Check the engine speed when disconnecting the OCV
connector.
(b) Check the engine speed when applying battery positive
OCV Connector voltage between terminals of OCV.
RESULT:
Result Check (a) Check (b)
(b) 1 Normal engine speed Rough idle or engine stall

2 Except 1
A14061
A14062 A14465
2 Go to step 4.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–107
3 Check voltage between terminals OCV+ and OCV– of engine ECU connector.
OCV Signal Waveform Reference: INSPECTION USING OSCILLOSCOPE

5 V/ Turn the ignition switch ON, check waveform between terminals
Division OCV+ and OCV– of the engine ECU connector.
(A) (A) (A) HINT:
S The correct waveform is as shown.
GND S The waveform frequency (A) is lengthened as the engine
speed becomes higher.
1 msec./Division
A02397 OK VVT system is OK.*
*: DTCs P1349 are also output after the foreign object is caught
NG

IN–40).
4 Check valve timing controller assembly.
NG Replace VVT controller assembly, and then

go to step 5.
OK
5 Check oil control valve (See page FI–43).
NG Replace oil control valve, and then go to step 6.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–108
6 Check blockage of oil control valve, oil check valve and oil pipe No. 1.
OK
7 Check whether or not DTC P1349 is stored.
PREPARATION:
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–3).
(b) Perform simulation test.
CHECK:
Check whether or not DTC P1349 is stored (See page DI–3).
OK:
DTC P1349 is not stored
*: DTCs P1349 are also output after the foreign object is caught
NG
Replace engine ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–109
DI7OE–01
DTC P1525 Resolver Vehicle Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Engine ECU
When signals of vehicle speed is not input from the resolver for
P1525 S Wire harness
16 sec. or more while rurining at a speed of 20 km/h or more
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HV ECU Engine ECU
6 10
O
SPDO H18 E9 SPHV
F02660
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–110
1 Check voltage between terminal SPHV of engine ECU and body ground.
PREPARATION:
SPHV (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
(b) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h (12 mph).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between SPHV of engine ECU connector
(+) (–) and body ground.
OK:
A14010 Voltage is generated intermitlently.
4.5 – 5.5 V
0
A07133
OK Replace engine ECU.
NG
2 Check for open and short in harness and connector between SPHV of engine
ECU and SPDO of HV ECU.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–111
DI1ME–13
DTC P1600 ECM BATT Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Battery positive voltage is supplied to terminal BATT of the engine ECU even when the ignition switch is OFF
for use by the DTC memory and air–fuel ratio adaptive control value memory, etc.
S Open in back up power source circuit
P1600 Open in back up power source circuit
S Engine ECU
HINT:
If DTC P1600 appear, the engine ECU does not store another DTC.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
Engine Room J/B
FL Block No. 1
1 1 2 EFI 4 3
B R–W
F13 F12 1B 1A E8 BATT
B–G
FL Block No. 2
1 MAIN
Battery
A14034
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–112
HINT:
1 Check voltage between terminal BATT of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
BATT Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected (See
page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal BATT of the engine ECU
(+) (–) OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
A13634
OK Check and replace engine ECU (See page

IN–40).
NG
2 Check EFI fuse of engine room J/B.

Remove the EFI fuse from the engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of the EFI fuse.
OK:
Continuity
NG Check for short in all harness and components

connected to EFI fuse.
EFI Fuse
A13630
OK

tween battery and EFI fuse, and EFI fuse and
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–113
DI1MF–06
DTC P1633 Engine ECU Malfunction (ETCS Circuit)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
P1633 Engine ECU malfunction S Engine ECU
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester or OBD scan tool. Because freeze frame records the engine
conditions when the malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, it is useful for determining whether the
vehicle was running or stopped, the engine was warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio was lean or rich, etc.
Replace engine ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–114
DI7OF–01
DTC P1636 HV ECU Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Wire harness
When communication with HV ECU is interrupted for 1.5 sec.
P1636 S Engine ECU
or more
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
HV ECU
19 19
Y
HTE+ H18 E9 HTE+
29 18
BR
HTE– H18 E9 HTE–
I06573
1 Check voltage between terminal HTE+ and HTE– of engine ECU.
ON PREPARATION:
HTE+
(See page FI–58).
(b) Turn the ignition swith ON.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal HTE+ and HTE– of the en-
gine ECU.
HTE– (–) (+) OK:
A14011

2 V/
Turn the ignition swith ON, check waveform between terminals
Div.
HTE+ and HTE– of the engine ECU.
HINT:
GND The correct waveform is as shown.
2 msec./
Div.
A14012
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–115
NG
2 Check for open and short in harness and connector between HTE+ and HTE– of
engine ECU and HTE+ and HTE– of HV ECU.
OK Replace HV ECU.
NG
Repair or replace harness or connector.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–116
DI7OG–01
DTC P1637 ESTP Signal Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Wire harness
When signal of ESTP is not input from the HV ECU for 2 sec.
P1637 S HV ECU
or more
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HV ECU Engine ECU
8 16
R–Y
ESTP H19 E10 ESTP
F02660
1 Check voltage between terminal ESTP of engine ECU and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
ESTP (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminal ESTP of engine ECU
(–) (+) and body ground.
OK:
A14013 Voltage: 9 – 14 V
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–117
2 Check for open and short in harness and connector between ESTP of engine
ECU and HV ECU (See page IN–40).
OK Replace HV ECU.
NG
Repair or replace harness or connector.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–118
DI1MH–12
DTC P1656 OCV Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Open or short in oil control valve circuit
P1656/39 Open or short in oil control valve circuit S Oil control valve
S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Refer to DTCs P1349 on page DI–103.
HINT:
Hand–held tester:
1 Check OCV circuit.
PREPARATION:
(b) Connect the hand–held tester and select VVT from ACTIVE TEST menu.
CHECK:
Check the engine speed when operate the OCV by the hand–held tester.
OK:
VVT system OFF to ON (OCV OFF to ON):
Engine speed increases.
VVT system ON to OFF (OCV ON to OFF):
Engine is stalled
HINT:
The change of engine speed lasts only few seconds.
OK Check for intermittent problems

(See page DI–3).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–119
PREPARATION:
(b) Disconnect the OCV connector.
(c) Apply battery positive voltage between terminals of the
OCV.
CHECK:
Check the engine speed.
OK:
A14062 Rough idle or engine stalled.
NG Replace OCV.
OK
3 Check voltage between terminals OCV+ and OCV– of engine ECU connector
(See page DI–103).

(See page IN–40).
OK
4 Check for open and short in harness and connector between OCV and engine
OK
Check for intermittent problems

(See page DI–3).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–120
PREPARATION:
(b) Disconnect the OCV connector.
(c) Apply battery positive voltage between terminals of the
OCV.
CHECK:
Check the engine speed.
OK:
A14062 Rough idle or engine stalled
NG Replace OCV.
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals OCV+ and OCV– of engine ECU connector

(See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check for open and short in harness and connector between OCV and engine
OK
Check for intermittent problems

(See page DI–3).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–121
DI7OH–01
DTC P3190 Poor Engine Power
DTC P3191 Engine dose not Start
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
From the HV ECU, the engine ECU receives data such as power output required for the engine (required
output), estimated torque produced by the engine (estimated torque), engine RPM of control target (target
RPM), whether the engine is in start mode or not. Then, based on the required output and target RPM, the
engine ECU calculates a target torque that is to be produced by the engine and compares it with the esti-
mated torque.
If the estimated torque is very low compared with the target torque, or the engine start mode continues at
the engine RPM or for the duration calculated by water temperature, an abnormal condition is detected.
Following condition (a) to (e) continues at a fixed engine RPM
or a fixed length of time:
(a) Communication with HV ECU is normal. S Air induction system
(b) Engine RPM is a fixed value or more. S Throttle body
P3190 S Fuel pressure
(c) Engine star mode is not active.
(d) Target torque is a fixed value or more. S Engine
(e) Ratio of estimated torque against target torque is less than S Air flow meter
20 %. S Out of fuel
S Water
W t temp.
t sensor
Following condition (a) to (c) continues at a fixed engine RPM
S Crankshaft position sensor
or for a fixed length of time:
S Camshaft position sensor
P3191 (a) Vommunication with HV ECU is normal.
S Engine ECU
(b) Engine RPM is a fixed value or more.
(c) Engine start mode is active.
HINT:
When DTC P3190, P3191 are detected and the remain of the fuel is little, the computer judges the cause
as a fuel shortage, and after the next trip, when the supply of fuel is confirmed, it turns off MIL, but the memory
of DTC still remains.
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 Are there any other codes begin output?
YES Go to relevant DTC chart.
NO
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–122
2 Check remaining amount of fuel.
NG Supply fuel.
OK
OK
4 Check for umusual noise or vibration when starting engine or racing.
OK
NG Check and repair fuel pump and fuel pipe line.
OK
6 Check air flow meter (See page FI–30) and water temp. sensor
(See page FI–50).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–123
7 Check crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor

(See page IG–1).
OK
8 Check throttle control motor and throttle position sensor (See page FI–32).
OK
Chack and replace engine ECU

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–124
DI7OI–01
Engine ECU Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the ignition switch is turned ON, battery positive voltage is applied to terminal IGSW of the engine ECU
and the EFI main relay (Marking: EFI MAIN) control circuit in the engine ECU sends a signal to the terminal
MREL of the engine ECU switching on the EFI main relay.
This signal causes current to flow to the coil, closing the contacts of the EFI main relay and supplying power
to terminals +B of the engine ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
4
B
E8 +B
Engine Room J/B
3 EFI Relay
1A
3 5
3 12 4 25
W–B G–R G–R
1K 1F IA2 E9 MREL
2 1
EFI
2 AM2 9
B
1B 1J
W–R
FL Block No. 1 2G 1 Instrument

1 1 Panel J/B
B–G
F12 F13
2C 2 J/C
J7 9
W–B A 7 6 B–W
(LHD) J/C J22 J23 E10 IGSW
W–R AM2 IG2
B–W
A FL Ignition SW
W–B W–B Block
(RHD) (LHD) No. 2
A
A J1
J/C
IE Battery
A14035
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–125
1 Check voltage between terminals +B and E1 of engine ECU connectors.
PREPARATION:
ON
+B (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminals +B and E1 of the en-
gine ECU connectors.
(+) (–) E1
OK:
A13635 Voltage: 9 – 14 V
OK Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on

problem symptoms table (See page DI–20).
NG
2 Check for open in harness and connector between terminal E1 of engine ECU
and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check voltage between terminal IGSW of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
ON PREPARATION:
IGSW (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminal IGSW of the engine
(–) (+) ECU connector and body ground.
OK:
A13636 Voltage: 9 – 14 V
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–126
OK Go to step 8.
NG
4 Check AM2 fuse.

Remove the AM2 fuse from the engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check the continuity of the AM2 fuse.
OK:
Continuity
AM2 Fuse
A13630
NG Replace AM2 fuse.
OK
5 Check ignition switch (See page BE–17).
NG Replace ignition switch.
OK
Check and repair harness and connector be-

tween battery and ignition switch, and igni-
tion switch and engine ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–127
6 Check voltage between terminal MREL of engine ECU connector and body
ground.
PREPARATION:
ON
MREL
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminal MREL of the engine
(–) (+) ECU connector and body ground.
OK:
A14004 Voltage: 9 – 14 V

IN–40).
OK
7 Check EFI fuse.

Remove the EFI fuse from the engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check the continuity of the EFI fuse.
OK:
Continuity
EFI Fuse
A13630 NG Check for short in all harness and components
connected to EFI1 fuse.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–128
8 Check EFI main relay (Marking: EFI MAIN) (See page FI–45).
NG Replace EFI main relay.
OK
9 Check for open and short in harness and connector between terminal MREL of
engine ECU and body ground (See page IN–40).
NG Repair and replace harness or connector.
OK

tween EFI fuse and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–129
DI7HB–02
Fuel Pump Control Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When starting the engine with ignition switch:
HV ECU receives ST signal and decides to start the engine, and send the signal of the engine start prior
signal to the engine ECU by the communicatio between the engine ECU and HV ECU.
Engien ECU receives that signal and turns ON the circuit opening relay slightly earlier, then turns the fuel
pump.
When starting the engine in an intermittent operation:
With the cranking by MG1, NE signal comes in immediately, so the engine ECU receives the generation of
NE signal and turns the fuel pump. (At this time, no refernce of the communication from HV ECU)
When stopping the fuel pump:
When the signal to stop the engine comes in to the engine ECU from HV ECU from HV ECU side, the fuel
pump stops.
At the time of the fuel cut opetation such as deceleration by the engine brake, the fuel pump stops.
WIRING DIAGRAM

Cir OPN Relay ECU
10 9
1 2 G–R G–R
1A E8 FC
1 14
5 3 B–R B–R
1F IA1
12 4 25
G–R G–R
1F IA2 E9 MREL
EFI
Relay 3 B–R
1 2 W–B
1K
EFI W–B W–B
5 3 (RHD)
(LHD)
4
2 F16
1B A Fuel
F18 Pump
Fusible Link Block No. 2 Fusible Link Block No. 1 J7 5
B–G 1 1 J/C
MAIN B
F13 F12 A
1 W–B W–B
(LHD)
A A
A J1 J17
J/C J/C
Battery IE IG
A14036
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–130
1 Check fuel pump operation.
PREPARATION:
ON
FC (b) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main
switch ON.
(c) Select the active test mode on the hand–held tester.
(d) If you have no hand–held tester, connect the terminal be-
tween FC of the engine ECU and body ground.
OFF CHECK:
Check that the there is pressure in the fuel inlet tube from the
ON fuel line.
OK:
Pressure in the fuel inlet tube.

A14005
B10046
A14006
NG
2 Check for engine ECU power source circuit (See page DI–124).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–131
3 Check circuit opening relay.
PREPARATION:
Remove the circuit opening relay from the instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals of circuit opening relay
shown below.
OK:
Terminals 3 and 5 Open
Continuity
Terminals 1 and 2
(Reference value 74 Ω)
CHECK:
(a) Apply battery positive voltage between terminals 1 and 2.
(b) Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
OK:
Terminals 3 and 5 Continuity
A03632
A03633
A03634 A05448
NG Replace circuit opening relay.
OK
4 Check voltage between terminal FC of engine ECU and body ground.
ON
PREPARATION:
FC (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
(b) Turn ignition switch ON.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal FC of engine ECU and body
(+) (–) ground.
OK:
A14007 Voltage: 9 – 14 V
NG Check for open in harness and connector

between EFI main relay and circuit opening
relay, circuit opening relay and engine ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–132
5 Check fuel pump operation.
NG Repair or replace fuel pump.
OK
6 Check for open in harness and connector between circuit opening relay and fuel
pump, and fuel pump and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–133
DI6QO–04
CHK ENG Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If the engine ECU detects trouble, the CHK ENG warning lights up. At this time, the engine ECU records
a DTC in memory.
HINT:
When the ignition switch is ON and ”READY” indicator light is OFF, the bulb check of the ”CHE ENG” warning
light is performed (”CHE ENG” warning light is ON).
When ”CHE ENG” warning light is ON, but the DTC of the engine is not memorized, it may be because of
HV control system abnormality, so check HV control system beforehand.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Instrument Panel J/B Engine ECU
Combination Meter
1 IG1 Relay GAUGE 5 22 Check Engine 4 6
W L G–R
2H 2A C10 C11 E10 W
5 3
8 6
W–B B–Y
2K 2D
2 1
Ignition SW
AM1 3
W–G
2B
2 4
AM1 IG1
A
1
DC/DC 1 B–G 1 MAIN J11
F11 F13 J/C
FL Block No. 1 FL Block No. 2

Battery ID
A14037
HINT:
Troubleshoot in accordance with the chart below for each trouble symptom.
Start inspection from step 1 in case of using hand–held tester and
CHK ENG does not light up
start from step 2 in case of not using hand–held tester
After inspection of step 3, start inspection from step 4 in case of

CHK ENG remains on using hand–held tester and start from step 5 in case of not using
hand–held tester
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–134
1 Check operation of CHK ENG warning light.
PREPARATION:
(c) Switch the hand–held tester from the normal mode to the check mode.
CHECK:
Check if the CHK ENG warning light blinks.
OK:
The CHK ENG warning light blinks.

IN–40).
NG
2 Check CHK ENG warning light.
See combination meter troubleshooting (See page BE–2).
NG Repair or replace bulb or combination meter as-

sembly.
OK
3 Check that engine ECU connectors are securely connected to engine ECU.
NO Connect connector to engine ECU.
YES
Check for open circuit in harness and connector between combination meter and engine ECU
(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–135
4 Check operation of CHK ENG (See step 1).

IN–40).
NG
5 Is DTC output?
Check DTC on page DI–3.
YES Repair circuit indicated by output code.
NO
6 Check ignition relay (Marking: IG1).
OK Replace IG1 relay.
NG
Check for short circuit in harness and connector between DLC3 and engine ECU (See page
IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–136
DI6SV–06
TC Terminal Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Terminal TC and CG are located in the DLC3. When connecting these terminals, DTCs in normal mode or
test mode can be read through the check engine warning light in combination meter by flashing it.
WIRING DIAGRAM
D5 DLC3 J24 J/C J16 J/C Engine ECU
2 6
P–B E E P–B P–B C C P–B
TC ID1 E9 TC
13
J22 Instrument Panel J/B
J/C
8 8
W–B A A W–B W–B
CG 2D 2K
4 A W–B
J11
J/C
ID
A14038
HINT:
S Even though terminal TC is not connected with terminal CG, the CHK ENG (MIL) blinks.
S For the above phenomenon, an open or short in the wire harness, or malfunction inside the engine
ECU is the likely cause.
1 Check voltage between terminals TC and CG of DLC3.
ON PREPARATION:
Turn the ignition switch ON.
CG CHECK:
(–) Measure the voltage between terminals TC and CG of the
DLC3.
OK:
(+) Voltage: 9 – 14 V
TC OK Check and replace engine ECU

F08565
(See page IN–40).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–137
2 Check continuity between terminal CG of DLC3 and body ground.
OK
3 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between engine ECU
and DLC3, and DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–138
DI70F–02
A/C Cut Control Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit cuts air conditioning operation during vehicle acceleration in order to increase acceleration per-
formance. During acceleration with the vehicle speed at 25 km/h (16 mph) or less, engine speed at 1,600
rpm or less and throttle valve opening angle at 60° or more, the A/C magnetic switch is turned OFF for several
seconds.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU
A/C Amplifier
B+
5 22 ACT
P–G
A9 E10
E1
FI7012 A11860
HINT:
Read freeze flame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze flame records the engine conditions when
Hand–held tester:
1 Connect the hand–held tester and check operation of air conditioning cut con-
trol.
PREPARATION:
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main switch ON.
(c) Start the engine and air conditioner switch ON.
HINT:
A/C magnetic clutch is turned ON.
(d) Select the active test mode on the hand–held tester.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–139
CHECK:
Check operation of A/C magnetic clutch cut when air conditioning cut control is operated by the hand–held
tester.
OK:
A/C magnet clutch is turned OFF.

NG
A/C control assembly (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check voltage between terminal ACT of engine ECU and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
ACT (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page FI–58).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal ACT of engine ECU con-
(–) (+) nector and body ground when A/C switch is turned to ON and
OFF.
A14008 OK:
A/C switch condition Voltage
ON 9 – 14 V
OFF 0–2V
NG Repair or replace engine ECU (See page

IN–40).
OK
Check and replace A/C control assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–140
1 Check voltage between terminal ACT of engine ECU and body ground
ON PREPARATION:
ACT (a) Remove the engine ECU with connector still connected
(See page xx–xxx).
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal ACT of engine ECU con-
(–) (+) nector and body ground when A/C switch is turned to ON and
OFF.
A14008 OK:
A/C switch condition Voltage
ON 9 – 14 V
OFF 0–2V

IN–40).
OK
A/C control assembly (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace A/C control assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–141
DIAGNOSTICS – HYBRID VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM
HYBRID VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM

DI82I–01

Inside are shown titles and page numbers
in this manual.
Vehicle Brought to Workshop See the indicated pages for details.
1 Customer Problem Analysis P. DI–266

3 Check DTC, INF. code and Freeze Frame Data (Precheck)

Record or Print DTC and Freeze Frame Data P. DI–268

Malfunction code.
5 DTC Chart P. DI–272
6 Circuit Inspection P. DI–274
8 Confirmation Test
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–142
DI82J–01

Prius Problem Check Sheet Person in Charge at Person in Charge
Name of Dealer
Headquarters at Dealer
Office
Please fill in the blanks within bold frame.
Model Code NHW11– Problem Occurrence Date . . . : Km–reading km
Specifications
Frame No. NHW11– Service Entry Date . . Registration date . .

Vehicle
Unit No. etc. Vehicle Delivery Date . .
Option ( ) Navigation (equipped by ( ) MOP ( ) dealer) ( ) Cold climate specification

( ) others( )
Contents of complaint (Status when and before/after occurring in Characteristics of Customer

the order of events as correct as possible)
Gender ( ) Male ( ) Female

Age
Occupation
Vehicle used before
Main use area city area ( )%

suburbs ( )%
mountain area ( )%
Others ( ) ( )%
times/day or
Frequency in use
Interview Results
week or month
Others
Driving Condition Road Condition Vehicle Condition Others
Vehicle Speed ( ) flat road ( ) when starting HV Battery Warning light Weather:
km/h ( ) right after indication (MIL)
( ) up hill ( ) down Temperature:
hill incline of starting ( ) 4/4 ( ) 3/4 ( ) ON ( ) OFF
( ) when starting °C
° /% ( ) until min. ( ) 2/4 ( ) 1/4
( ) when according distance after starting ( ) unidentified
km ( ) until min. ( ) PS Brake operation
( ) When Shift position ( ) main battery ( ) brake slowly
after starting
normal driving (indication) ( ) HV! ( ) Brake suddenly
of driving
( ) when ( ) dry paved road
( )P ( )R ( )N ( ) use two pedals
decelerating ( ) wet paved road ( ) when shopping ( )D ( )B system
system ( ) engine
( ) when braking ( ) when operating
( ) rough paved road ( ) charge
→
( ) when shopping ( ) unpaved road ( ) output Frequency in
Status of engine control occurrence
( ) when parking ( ) snowy/frozen ( ) no indication ( ) always
( ) brake
( ) while shopping ( ) unidentified ( ) sometimes
( ) when tuming road ( ) ABS
engine ( ) only once
( ) bump/curb ( ) when starting ( ) others
( ) when A/C status
ABS actuating engine ( ) A/C ( ) FULL ( )
( ) others
( ) others ( ) ( ) when revolving ( ) OFF
( ) engine ( ) unidentified
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–143
Verification Results of Warning Light Verification Results of Diagnostic Code
( ) ON ( ) OFF Engine
( ) engine ( ) HV
HV
( ) HV battery
INF. code
( ) output control warning light
HV battery
( ) charge ( ) PS
( ) brake ( ) ABS Brake
Vehicle Verification Results
( ) others
PS
( )
Vehicle Inspection Results (Verification items, reason to identify/presume the cause parts, etc.) Reproduction Status
( ) always
( ) sometimes condition
when occurring
( ) no reproduction
Replacemect Parts Confirmation Results

After Repair
( ) Normal
( ) reproduction
( ) others ( )
problem parts: No/Yes (Sending date: . . )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–144
DI82K–01
PRE–CHECK
1. PRECAUTION
(a) When distinguishing trouble and replace the defective
part, take necessary preventive measures against an
electric shock (See page IN–4).
(b) Some portions of the wiring harness in the THS vehicle
have circuits to which a high voltage is applied. To prevent
an electrical shock, be sure to observe the following:
B04757
(1) Wear insulated gloves during inspection.
(2) Remove a service plug and do not start any repair
operation before 5 minutes have passed. Then,
confirm that the voltage at the output terminals has
dropped down to 12 V or less.
(3) Use insulated tools during inspection.
(4) When disengaging the wiring connectors, hold the
connector bodies to avoid pulling the wires. When
engaging the wiring connectors, be sure to engage
them securely.
(c) Do not leave the tools or parts (bolts, nuts, etc.) inside the
cabin.
(d) Do not carry metallic objects such as mechanical pencils
or scales.
2. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) Description
S The HV control ECU has a self–diagnosis system
by which malfunction in the computer itself or in
THS components is detected and the Hybrid ve-
hicle warning light in the multi–information display
are lighted up.
A14091
Hand–held tester S To check the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC), con-

nect the hand–held tester to the Data Link Connec-
tor 3 (DLC3) on the vehicle. The hand–held tester
also enables you to erase the DTC and check
freeze frame data and various forms of THS data.
As the freeze frame data records the driving condi-
DLC3
tion when a malfunction is detected, when trouble-
F12397 shooting, it is useful for determining whether the ve-
hicle was running, braked, stopped or reversed.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–145
(b) Check the DLC3.

The HV control ECU conforms to ISO 14230 for commu-
nication.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SAEJ1962 and matches the ISO 14230 format.
DLC3
A04550
Terminal No. Connection/Voltage or Resistance Condition

7 Bus ę Line/Pulse generation During transmission
4 Chassis Ground ↔ Body Ground/1 Ω or less Always
5 Signal Ground ↔ Body Ground/1 Ω or less Always
16 Battery Positive ↔ Body Ground/10 – 15 V Always
HINT:
If your display shows UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE
when you have connected the cable of the hand–held tester to
the DLC3, turned the motor switch ON and operated the tester,
there is a problem in the vehicle or tool.
another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.
S If communication is still not possible when the tool is con-
nected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the
tool itself, so consult the Service Department.
3. INSPECT DIAGNOSIS
(a) Check the auxiliary battery.
(1) Measure the voltage of the auxiliary battery.
Voltage: 10 – 15 V
(2) Inspect the auxiliary battery, fuses, fusible links, wir-
ing harness, connectors and ground.
(b) Check the master warning light.

(1) Turn the ignition switch ON and confirm that the
master warning light comes on.
HINT:
If the master warning light does not come on, suspect a burnt
fuse, burnt bulb, or open in wiring harness.
A14089
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–146
(2) When the ”READY” light is ON, the master warning

light should go off.
If the lamp remains on, the diagnosis system has detected a
malfunction in the system or the meassage such as ”When you
park your care, make sure you shift to Park P.” and ”The batter-
ies will not charge if the shifter is N” appears on the multi–in-
formation display.
B12009
Hand–held tester
(c) Check the DTC.
(1) Prepare a hand–held tester.
(2) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
(3) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held
tester main switch ON.
(4) Use the hand–held tester to check the DTC, in-
formation code and freeze frame data and note
DLC3
them down. (For operating instructions, see the
F12397 hand–held tester operator’s manual).
(5) See a related page to confirm details of the DTC.
Hand–held tester (d) Clear the DTC.
(2) Operate the hand–held tester to erase the DTC
(See the hand–held tester operator’s manual.).
DLC3
F12397
4. FAIL–SAFE CHART
If any of the following codes is recorded, the HV ECU enters the fail safe mode.
DTC code INF. code Trouble are Driving condition
B2799 101 ImmobilizerMalfunction Impossible to drive
C2692 102 Regenerative Brake Check –
C2693 103 Regenerative Brake Check –
104 Limited driving
105 Limited driving
106 Limited driving
107 Limited driving
108 Limited driving
Accelerator Pedal Position
P1120 109 Limited driving
Sensor Circuit Malfunction
110 Limited driving
111 Limited driving
112 Limited driving
113 Limited driving (Creep vehicle speed)
114 Limited driving (Creep vehicle speed)
P1520 115 Stop Light Switch Malfunction Cruise control driving impossible
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–147
Cruise Control System Mal-

P1566 116 Cruise control driving impossible
function
P1600 117 BATT Malfunction Normal driving

118 Impossible to drive/Normal driving when shift position is fixed
119 Neutral Start Switch System Impossible to drive/Normal driving when shift position is fixed
P1780
120 Malfunction Impossible to drive
121 Impossible to drive/Normal driving when shift position is fixed
123 Limited driving
125 Limited driving
P3000 HV Battery
B tt M lf
Malfunction
ti
388 Limited driving
389 Limited driving
P3001 129 HV Battery ECU Malfunction Limited driving
130 Limited driving
131 Impossible to drive
P3004 Power Cable Malfunction
132 Normal driving
133 Limited driving
127 Limited driving
128 Limited driving
136 Normal driving
137 Normal driving
138 Limited driving
139 Normal driving
P3100 HV ECU Malfunction
148 Normal driving
149 Normal driving
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–148

165 Limited driving
166 Normal driving
167 Limited driving
168 Limited driving
169 Limited driving
170 Limited driving
174 Normal driving
175 Normal driving
176 Normal driving
P3100 185 HV ECU Malfunction Impossible to drive
188 Limited driving
189 Limited driving
190 Limited driving
191 Limited driving
192 Limited driving
193 Limited driving
194 Limited driving
195 Limited driving
196 Limited driving
197 Limited driving
198 Normal driving
199 Limited driving
200 Limited driving
201 Limited driving
202 Limited driving
203 Limited driving
271 Normal driving
310 Limited driving
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–149
204 Limited driving

P3101 205 Engine
g System
y Malfunction Limited driving
238 Limited driving
206 Limited driving
Battery ECU Communication
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction
208 Limited driving
209 Limited driving
210 Limited driving
Engine ECU Communication
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction
212 Limited driving
394 Limited driving
213 Normal driving
Airbag ECU Communication
P3107 214 Normal driving
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction
215 Normal driving
216 A/C Amplifier
Am lifier Communication Normal driving
P3108
217 Circuit Malfunction Normal driving
218 Regenerative brake ineffective
Battery ECU Communication
P3109 220 Regenerative brake ineffective
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction
P3110 223 IGCT Relay Malfunction Normal driving
224 System Main Relay Malfunc-
Malfunc Normal driving
P3115
225 tion Normal driving
System Main Relay Malfunc-
P3115 229 Impossible to drive
tion
232 Limited driving
236 Normal driving
237 Limited driving
239 Limited driving
241 Normal driving
P3120 242 HV Transaxle Malfunction Limited driving
243 Limited driving
244 Limited driving
245 Limited driving
246 Limited driving
247 Normal driving
248 Normal driving
249 Normal driving
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–150
250 Normal driving

253 Limited driving
254 Limited driving
255 Limited driving
P3120 256 HV Transaxle Malfunction Limited driving
257 Normal driving
258 Normal driving
259 Normal driving
260 Normal driving
263 Normal driving
264 Normal driving
265 Normal driving
266 Limited driving
267 Limited driving
268 Limited driving
269 Limited driving
270 Limited driving
272 Normal driving
273 Normal driving
274 Normal driving
275 Normal driving
276 Normal driving
277 Normal driving
278 Limited driving
280 Limited driving
281 Limited driving
Converter & Inverter Assem-
bly Malfunction
283 Limited driving
285 Limited driving
286 Limited driving
287 Limited driving
288 Limited driving
289 Limited driving
290 Limited driving
291 Limited driving
292 Limited driving
293 Limited driving
294 Limited driving
295 Limited driving
296 Limited driving
297 Limited driving
298 Limited driving
299 Limited driving
300 Limited driving
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–151
301 Limited driving

302 Limited driving
303 Limited driving
304 Limited driving
305 Limited driving
306 Limited driving
307 Limited driving
309 Limited driving
311 Normal driving
312 Normal driving
313 Normal driving
314 Normal driving
315 Normal driving
316 Limited driving
317 Limited driving
318 Limited driving
319 Limited driving
320 Limited driving
321 Limited driving
322 Limited driving
323 Converter & Inverter Assem
Assem- Limited driving
P3125
324 bly Malfunction Limited driving
325 Limited driving
326 Limited driving
327 Limited driving
328 Limited driving
329 Limited driving
330 Limited driving
331 Limited driving
332 Limited driving
333 Limited driving
334 Limited driving
335 Limited driving
336 Limited driving
337 Limited driving
338 Limited driving
339 Limited driving
340 Limited driving
341 Limited driving
342 Limited driving
343 Limited driving
344 Limited driving
345 Limited driving
346 Inverter Cooling System Mal
Mal- Normal driving
P3130
347 function Normal driving
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–152
348 Circuit Breaker Sensor Mal

Mal- Normal driving
P3135
349 function Normal driving
350 Normal driving
P3140 InterlockMalfunction
Interlock Malfunction
351 Normal driving
Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit
P3145 352 Cruise control driving impossible
Malfunction

(a) Perform a simulation test (See page IN–40).
(b) Check the connector and terminal (See page IN–40).
(c) Handle the connector (See page IN–40).
6. HAND–HELD TESTER DISPLAY ITEMS
Hand–held tester display Measurement Item
1 BEF LATST OR Number of operation of 1 trip before last
1 BEF LATST TRP Number of trips bear last
2 BEF LATST OR Number of operation 2 trips before last
2 BEF LATST TRP Number of trips 2 bear last
ABNML CON BR–HV Communication malfunction between HV ECU and brake
ACC SENSOR MAIN Main accelerator sensor
ACC SENSOR SUB Sub accelerator sensor
ACC TENT TRBLE Tentative trouble of accelerator
ACC THROTTLE Accelerator throttle
ACCEL MODE History of acceleration and reduction
AIR CON REQUEST Air conditioner request
AUX. BATT LOW Auxiliary battery becomes week
AUX. BATT V Voltage of auxiliary battery
BATT HIGH TEMP Temperature of the battery is too high
BATT HIGH VOLT Voltage of the battery is too high
BATT LOW BOLT Voltage of the battery is low
BATT OVER LOAD Battery is overloaded
BATT SAVE RQST Request to save the main battery
BATTERY FULL Battery full
BRAKE TORQ Brake torque
CELL TEMP–MAX Highest temperature of all battery cells
CELL TEMP–MIN Lowest temperature of all battery cells
CHG RESTRICTION Charge restriction
COOLANT TEMP Water temperature
CRUISE CONTROL Condition of the cruise control
DC/DC CONV STOP DC/DC converter stop signal
DC/DC CONV STOP Factors causing DC/DC converter to stop
DC/DC STOP FACT DC/DC converter has stopped at least once
DC/DC V UNSET DC/DC voltage is unsettled
DCHG RQST SOC Discharge request to adjust SOC
DISCHAG INHIBIT Battery is inhibited to discharge
0: When engine is stopped
DRIVE CONDTION 1: When stopping engine
2: When starting engine
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–153
3: When cranking engine or engine is operating

4: While generating power or load driving
DRIVE CONDITION
5: –
6: While racing engine in P range
DRIVING PATTEM1 History of driving pattern 1
DRIVING PATTERN HIstory of driving
ECU TYPE ECU type
ENG INDPDET RQ Factors causing engine to run independently
ENG STOP RQST Engine stop request
ENG SEP INHIBIT Engine stop inhibition
ENG WARM UP RQT Engine warming up request
ENGINE FUEL CUT Engine fuel cut
ENGINE SPD Engine speed
EXCLUSIVE INFO1 Exclusive information 1
FUEL SHORTAGE Low fuel
HCAC ABSRT RQST HCAC OBD request
HV BATT CH RQST Request from HV ECU to charge the battery
HV ECU INTERMITTENT HV ECU intermittent problems
IDLING REQUEST Engine idling request
IG OFF IN DRVIN Turning IG OFF while driving the car
IG OFF TIME IG OFF time
ILK OPERATION Interlock operation
INFORMATION 1–5 Information code
INPUT V LOW Input voltage is too low
INPUT V OVER Input voltage is too high
INTAKE AIR Intake air temperature
INVERT TEMP–MG1 Temperature of MG1
INVERT TEMP–MG2 Temperature of MG2
LATEST OPER Latest number of operation
LATEST TRIP Latest number of trips (IG ON–OFF)
LOAD CONDITION Indicating which of MG1 or MG2 the vehicle uses more
MAIN BATT LOW SOC of main battery becomes low
MCYL CTRL POWER Torque for controlling oil pressure of master cylinder
MG1 TEMP HIGH Temperature MG1 is too high
MG2 TEMP HIGH Temperature MG2 is too high
MG1 CURRENT V Electric current of MG1 V phase
MG1 CURRENT W Electric current of MG1 W phase
MG1 INV TEMP HI Temperature of inverter MG1 is high
MG1 REV MG1 revolution
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–154
MG1 TEMP Motor temperature of MG!

MG1 TEMP HIGH Temperature fo MG1 is too high
MG2 TEMP HIGH Temperature fo MG2 is too high
MG1 CURRENT V Electric cuurent of MG1 is V phase
MG1 CURRENT W Electric cuurent of MG1 is W phase
MG1 INV TEMP HI Temperature of inverter MG1 is higt
MG1 TEMP Motor temperature of MG1
MG1 TEMP HIGH Temperature of MG1 is high
MG1 TORQ MG1 torque
MG2 CURRENT V Electric cuurent of MG2 is V phase
MG2 CURRENT W Electric cuurent of MG2 is W phase
MG2 INV TEMP HI Temperature of inverter MG2 is higt
MG2 TEMP Motor temperature of MG2
MG2 TEMP HIGH Temperature of MG1 is high
MG2 TORQ MG2 torque
N RANGE OVR TIME Leaving shift gear into N range over a period of time
N RANGE CTRL1 N range control due to incomplete shift gears
N RANGE CTRL2 N range control due to rapid shift gear (D–R)
OCCURRENCE ORDR Order in which the trouble occurs
OCCURRNCE TRIP Number of trips when this error occurred
OUTPUT STOP Output stop
OUTPUT V OVER Output voltage is too high
OVER CURRENT Electric current of the batytery is too high
OVER VOLTAGE Voltage of the battery is too high
OVR HEAT PRTECT Overheat protection
POWER RQST Power output requested by HV ECU
PWR RESOURCE IB Power resource IB
PWR RESOURCE VM power resource VM
RAPID SPD CHANG Vehicle speed is changed too rapidly
REGEN EXEC TORQ Torque volue of regenerative brake
REGEN IH FACTOR Inhibiting factor of regeneration
REGEN RQST TORQ Torque valueof regenerative brake requested by HV ECU
REGN BRK INEFCT Regenerative brake is ineffective
RESIST OVR HEAT Restriction resist is overheating
SG B IN REDUCIN Shifting gear into ”B” in reducing the speed
SG N IN REDUC/P Shifting gear into ”N” reducing the speed
SHIFT BEF READY Shifting gear before ”READY” light turns on
SHIFT POSITION Shift position
SHIFT SENSOR1 Shift sensor 1
SHIFT SENSOR2 Shift sensor 2
SOC Stated of charge
STEP ACC&BRAKE Stepping both accelerator & brake at the same time
STEPP ACC IN N Stepping accelerator in N range
STOP SW COND Condition of stop switch
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–155
STP CIRCIT OPEN STP circuit short

STP IN CIR MLF STP circuit malfunciton
TACHO METER Engine rpm
TARGET ENG SPD Target engine speed
TEMP TRBLE FACT Factors causing temporay trouble
VEHICLE SPD Vehicle speed
WIN CTRL POWER Power value of charge control
WOUT CTRL POWER Power value of discharge control
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–156
DI82L–01

HINT:
Parameters listed in the chart may not be exactly the same as your reading due to the type of instrument
or other factors.
If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check in the check mode, check the circuit for that code
listed in the table below. For the details of each code, turn to the page referred to under the ’’See page’’ for
the respective ’’DTC No.’’ in the DTC chart.
Hybrid
DTC No. System
Detection Item Trouble Area Memory
(See page) Warning
Light*
S Wire Harness
B2799
ImmobilizerMalfunction S HV ECU f f
(DI–169)
S Transponder Key ECU
C2692
Regenerative Brake Check – f f
(DI–171)
C2693
Regenerative Brake Check – X f
(DI–171)
P1120 Accelerator Pedal Position S Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

f f
(DI–172) Sensor Circuit Malfunction S Wire Harness
S Stop Light Switch

P1520 Stop Light Switch (Cruise Con-
S Wire Harness X f
(DI–174) trol System) Malfunction
S HV ECU
P1566 Cruise Control System Malfunc- S HV ECU
X f
(DI–176) tion S Brake ECU
P1600 S HV Fuse
BATT Malfunction f f
(DI–177) S Wire Harness
P1780 Neutral Start Switch System Mal- S Neutral Start Switch

f f
(DI–179) function S Wire Harness
S HV Battery
P3000 S Fuse
HV Battery Malfunction f/X f
(DI–181) S Power Cable
S HV Battery Cooling System
P3001
HV Battery ECU Malfunction S Battery ECU f f
(DI–182)
S Power Cable
S HV Battery System
P3004
Power Cable Malfunction S Main Fuse f/X f
(DI–183)
S Service Plug
S System Main Relay
S Wire Harness
S HV ECU
P3100 S Engine ECU
HV ECU Malfunction f f
(DI–187) S Battery ECU
S Ignition Switch
S Converter & inverter Assembly
P3101 S Engine
Engine System Malfunction f f
(DI–196) S HV Transaxle
S Battery ECU
P3105 Battery ECU Communication Cir-
S Wire Harness f f
(DI–197) cuit Malfunction
S HV ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–157
S Engine ECU
P3106 Engine ECU Communication Cir-
S Wire Harness f/X f
S HV ECU
S Airbag Sensor
P3107 Airbag ECU Communication Cir-
S Wire Harness f f
S HV ECU
S A/C Amplifier
P3108 A/C Amplifier Communication
S Wire Harness X f
(DI–204) Circuit Malfunction
S HV ECU
S Brake ECU
P3109 Brake ECU Communication Cir-
S Wire Harness f f
S HV ECU
S IGCT Relay
P3110
IGCT Relay Malfunction S Wire Harness f f
(DI–207)
S HV ECU
P3115 S System Main Relay
System Main Relay Malfunction f f
(DI–209) S Wire Harness
S HV Transaxle
P3120
HV Transaxle Malfunction S Wire Harness f f
(DI–212)
S HV ECU
S Converter & Inverter Assembly
P3125 Converter & Inverter Assembly
S Wire Harness f f
S HV ECU
S Inverter Water Pump
P3130 Inverter Cooling System Mal- S Electric Cooling Fun System
f f
(DI–255) function S Wire Harness
S IG2 Relay
P3135 Circuit Breaker Sensor Malfunc- S Circuit Breaker Sensor

f f
(DI–258) tion S Wire Harness
S Interlock Switch
P3140 S Inverter Terminal Cover
Interlock Switch Malfunction f f
(DI–260) S Sensor Cover
S Wire Harness
S Combination Meter
P3145 Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit
S Wire Harness X f
S HV ECU
*: f: Hybrid system warning light lights up. X: Hybrid system warning light does not light up.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–158
INFORMATION CODE (Hand–held tester only)

DTC NO. INF. Code Detection Item Detecting Condition
B2799 101 ImmobilizerMalfunction No input of signal from transponder key ECU
C2692 102 Regenerative Brake Check Regenerative brake check
C2693 103 Regenerative Brake Check Regenerative brake check
104 Open or short in main accelerator sensor circuit
105 +B short in main accelerator sensor circuit
106 Main sensor internal error
107 Open or short in sub accelerator sensor circuit
108 +B short in sub accelerator sensor circuit
Accelerator Pedal Position
P1120 109 Sub sensor internal error
Sensor Circuit Malfunction
110 When difference between main sensor value and sub sensor value is large
111 When sub sensor value changes while main sensor value does not
112 When main sensor value changes while sub sensor value does not
113 When any of the information code 104 – 112 continues to appear
114 Accelerator pedal not smoothly returning to original position
Cruise Control System
P1520 115 Open or short in stop light switch circuit
Malfunction
Cruise Control System When STP signal of HV ECU is inconsistent with that of brake ECU, with
P1566 116
Malfunction cruise control indicator ON
P1600 117 BATT Malfunction HV ECU back–up power source circuit malfunction
118 When more than 2 main signals are ON
119 When main signal is not turned ON even though sub signal has been input
Neutral Start Switch System
P1780 120 Open or short in sub sensor circuit
Malfunction
When shift position detected by main signal is different from that detected
121
by sub signal
123 Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU (HV battery system malfunction)
HV Battery Malfunction
125 Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU (high voltage fuse blown out)
P3000 Discharge Inhibition Control Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU (discharge inhibition control
388
Malfunction malfunction)
389 Drop of High Voltage Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU (drop of high voltage)
P3001 129 HV Battery ECU Malfunction Battery ECU malfunction
130 HV Battery Malfunction When HV battery voltage becomes lower than inverter voltage
When main fuse is blown out, service plug is disconnected or limiter resis-
131
P3004 Power Cable Malfunction tance is cut off
132 When voltage sensor is malfunctioning or limiter resistance is broken
133 HV Battery Malfunction Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU
134 HV ECU Internal Error
HV ECU Internal Error
135 HV ECU Internal Error
136 GO Signal Error Open or short in GO signal circuit
Engine Speed Sensor
137 Engine speed sensor malfunction
P3100 Malfunction
127 +B short in IB terminal circuit of HV ECU
128 Open or short in IB terminal circuit of HV ECU
IB Circuit Malfunction
When the difference between battery current of HV ECU and current of
138
battery is more than 10A
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–159

139 IG Signal Circuit Malfunction HV EcU internal error
140 RAM Breaked HV ECU internal error
141 ROM Breaked HV ECU internal error
142 ST Signal Circuit Malfunction When ST signal of HV ECU is ON, with ignition switch turned OFF
143 ImmobilizerMalfunction HV ECU internal error
144 HV ECU internal error
Primary Check Malfunction
Motor CPU Malfunction
HV CPU Operation Malfunc-
tion
HV CPU Malfunction
153 Motor CPU Malfunction HV ECU internal error
P3100 157 HV ECU internal error
Motor CPU Malfunction
159 Motor ECU Communication HV ECU internal error
160 Circuit Malfunction HV ECU internal error
Motor ECU Power Source
Malfunction
Motor PWN Line Connection
271 Open or short in inverter switching wiring (MUU, MVU, MWU)
Malfunction
168 Motor R/D Malfunction HV ECU internal error
172 Motor REF Signal
g Malfunction HV ECU internal error
174 Motor Inverter Current Sen
Sen- HV ECU internal error
175 sor Malfunction HV ECU internal error
Motor Gate Shutdown Signal
Line Connection Malfunction
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–160

178 Motor Main CPU Malfunction HV ECU internal error
Rotation Angle Check CPU
Malfunction
187 Important RAM Malfunction HV ECU internal error
P3100 192 Generator CPU Malfunction HV ECU internal error

Generator PWN Line Con-
310 Open or short in inverter switching wiring (GUU, GVU, GWU)
nection Malfunction
Generator R/D Malfunction
Generator Shutdown Signal
Line Connection Malfunction
Charge Inhibition Control Mal-
function
204 Input of abnormal signal from engine ECU (abnormal engine output)
Engine System Malfunction
205 Input of abnormal signal from engine ECU (engine unable to start)
P3101
When engine speed is less than 500rpm with vehicle speed more than
238 Transaxle Malfunction
10km/h and generator torque more than 20 N·m
206 Battery ECU Communication When communication between battery ECU and HV ECU is abnormal 1
P3105
207 Circuit Malfunction sec. after ignition is turned ON
209
When communication between engine ECU and HV ECU is abnormal 1
210
Engine ECU Communication sec after ignition is turned ON
sec.
P3106 211
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction
212 Input of abnormal signal from engine ECU
394 When engine ECU is malfunctioning
213
Airbag ECU Communication When communication between airbag ECU and HV ECU is abnormal 10
P3107 214
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction sec after ignition is turned ON
sec.
215
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–161

216 A/C Amplifier
Am lifier Communication
P3108 When communication between A/C amplifier and HV ECU is abnormal
217 Circuit Malfunction
218
219
Brake ECU Communication When communication between brake ECU and HV ECU is abnormal 1.5
P3109 220
CircuitMalfunction
Circuit Malfunction sec after ignition is turned ON
sec.
221
222
P3110 223 IG Circuit Malfunction When IGCT relay is always closed
224 +B short in system main relay NO. 1 circuit
SMR Cont1
C t1 MMalfunction
lf ti
225 Open or short in system main relay No. 1 circuit
226 +B short in system main relay NO. 2 circuit
SMR Cont2
C t2 MMalfunction
lf ti
P3115 228 +B short in system main relay NO. 3 circuit
SMR Cont3
C t3 MMalfunction
lf ti
231 System main relay + terminal deposited
232 Deposit of SMR System main relay – terminal deposited
233 System main relay + & – terminal deposited
234 Small reduction of motor magnetism
235 Large reduction of motor magnetism
E
Energy B l
Balance M
Malfunction
lf ti
236 Small reduction of generator magnetism
237 Large reduction of generator magnetism
239 Shaft damaged
240 Generator locked
HV Transaxle
T l Malfunction
M lf ti
241 Torque limiter sliding
242 Planetary gear locked
243 Motor resolver inter–phase short
Motor resolver inter–phase short (When there is a history that the state of
244
malfunction continued during inverter fail safe mode)
M t Resolver
Motor R l M lf
Malfunction
ti
245 Open or short in motor resolver circuit
Open or short in motor resolver circuit (When there is a history that the
246
state of malfunction continued during inverter fail safe mode)
P3120
247 GND short in motor temperature sensor
248 Motor Temperature
Tem erature Sensor Motor temperature sensor malfunction
249 Malfunction Open or +B short in motor temperature sensor
250 Motor temperature sensor performance problem
253 Generator resolver inter–phase short
Generator resolver inter–phase short (When there is a history that the
254
Generator Resolver Malfunc
Malfunc- state of malfunction continued during inverter fail safe mode)
255 tion Open or short in generator resolver circuit
Open or short in generator resolver circuit (When there is a history that the
256
state of malfunction continued during inverter fail safe mode)
257 GND short in generator temperature sensor
258 Generator Tem
Temperature
erature Sen
Sen- Generator temperature sensor malfunction
259 sor Malfunction Open or +B short in generator temperature sensor
260 Generator temperature sensor performance problem
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–162

263 +B short in DCDC converter NODD wiring
264 DCDC Converter Malfunction DCDC converter malfunction
265 Open or GND short in DCDC converter NODD wiring
266 Open or GND short in inverter voltage signal circuit
267 +B short in inverter voltage signal circuit
268 Inverter voltage signal is inconsistent with battery voltage
269 VM Malfunction Inverter voltage sensor malfunction
Abnormality of line connection of inverter voltage signal circuit (When there
270 is a history that the state of malfunction continued during inverter fail safe
mode)
Motor PWN Line Connection Abnormality of line connection of motor PWM (When there is a history that
272
Malfunction the state of malfunction continued during inverter fail safe mode)
Motor Inverter Gate Malfunc-
273 Motor inverter gate malfunction
tion
274 Open or +B short in motor inverter temperature sensor
Motor Inverter Temperature
275 GND short in motor inverter temperature sensor
276 Motor inverter temperature sensor malfunction
SensorMalfunction
Sensor Malfunction
277 Motor inverter temperature sensor performance problem
278 +B short in motor inverter stop signal circuit
Motor Inverter Sinv
279 Over–voltage of inverter
280 Open or GND short in motor inverter stop signal circuit
281 Motor Inverter Sinv Voltage drop of inverter power source
282 Inverter circuit broken
P3125 283 +B short in motor inverter fail signal circuit
284 Inverter overheating
285 Motor Inverter Finv Open or GND short in motor inverter fail signal circuit
287 Inverter internal short
288 Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase sub sensor)
289 Open in motor inverter current sensor (V phase sub sensor)
290 Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase main sensor)
(when there is a history that the state of malfunction continued during in-
291
verter fail safe mode)
292 Open in motor inverter current sensor (V phase main sensor)
293
294 Motor inverter current sensor V phase performance problem
Motor Inverter Current Sen-
Sen
295 sor Malfunction
296 Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase sub sensor)
297 Open in motor inverter current sensor (W phase sub sensor)
298 Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase main)
299
300 Open in motor inverter current sensor (W phase main sensor)
301
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–163

302 Motor inverter current sensor W phase performance problem
Motor Inverter Current Sen-
Sen
303 sor Malfunction
304 Motor Gate Shutdown Signal +B short in motor gate shutdown signal circuit
305 Line Connection Malfunction Open or GND short in motor gate shutdown signal circuit
Failure in Monitoring Motor
306 Failure in monitoring motor torque performance
Torque Performance
Abnormal Current Value of
307 Abnormal current value of motor
Motor
308 Detection of Collision Signal Input of collision signal from airbag or inverter
Motor PWM Line Connection Abnormality of generator PWM line connection (when there is a history that
309
Malfunction the state of malfunction continued during fail safe mode)
Generator Inverter Gate Mal-
311 Generator inverter gate broken
function
312 Open or +B short in generator inverter temperature sensor
313 Generator Inverter Tem
Tempera-
era GND short in generator inverter temperature sensor
314 ture Sensor Malfunction Generator inverter temperature sensor malfunction
315 Generator inverter temperature sensor performance problem
316 +B short in generator inverter stop signal circuit
317 Over–voltage of inverter
318 Generator Inverter Sinv Open or GND short in generation inverter stop signal circuit
319 Voltage drop of inverter power source
P3125 321 +B short in generator inverter fail signal circuit
323 Generator Inverter Finv Open or GND short in generator inverter fail signal circuit
326 Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase sub sensor)
327 Open in generator inverter current sensor (V phase sub sensor)
328 Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase main sensor)
329
330 Open in generator inverter current sensor (V phase main sensor)
331
332 Generator inverter current sensor V phase performance problem
Generator Inverter Current
333 Sensor Malfunction
334 Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase sub sensor)
335 Open in generator inverter current sensor (W phase sub sensor)
336 Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase main sensor)
337
338 Open in generator inverter current sensor (W phase main sensor)
339
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–164

340 Generator inverter current sensor W phase performance problem
Generator Inverter Current
341 Sensor Malfunction
342 Motor Gate Shutdown Signal +B short in generator gate shutdown signal circuit
P3125 343 Line Connection Open or GND short in generator gate shutdown signal circuit
Failure in Monitoring Genera-
344 Failure in monitoring generator torque performance
tor Torque Performance
Abnormal Current Value of
345 Abnormal current value of generator
Generator
346 Inverter Cooling System Mal
Mal- Water pump system malfunction
P3130
347 function Radiator fan system malfunction
348 GND short in circuit breaker sensor
P3135 Detection of Collision Signal
349 Open or +B short in circuit breaker sensor
350 Safety devices operating with vehicle speed less than 5 km/h
Detection of Open in Interlock
P3140 Open in interlock signal circuit while vehicle is running (with vehicle speed
351 Switch
more than 5 km/h)
Cruise Control System Mal-

P3145 352 No input of vehicle speed signal during cruise control driving
function
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–165
DI82M–01
PARTS LOCATION
Battery ECU Service Plug
Converter & Inverter

Assembly
Engine Room R/B No.2

IGCT Relay
System Main Relay
Power Cable
Circuit Breaker Sensor
Ignition Switch
Transponder Key ECU
Engine ECU
HV ECU
Airbag Sensor
Spot Light Switch

A14129
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–166
DI82N–01
TERMINALS OF ECU
HV ECU Terminals
H18 H17 H16 H15 H14
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
21 2019 1817161514 1312 11 10 16 151413 12 1110 9 8 12 1110 9 8 7 19 18171615141312 11 10 15 141312 1110 9 8
3130 29 2827 262524 2322 24 2322 2120 1918 17 1716 151413 28 2726 2524 23 222120 22 212019 18 17 16
A02508 A04997
Symbols (Terminals No.) Wiring Color Condition STD Voltage (V)

BATT (H18–3) –
G–Y ↔ W–B Always 9 – 14
GND1 (H18–31)
+B1 (H18–4) – GND1 (H18–31) W–G ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON and ”READY” light ON 9 – 14
+B2 (H18–5) – GND1 (H18–31) W–G ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON and ”READY” light ON 9 – 14
IGSW (H17–7) – GND1
B–W ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON 9 – 14
(H18–31)
ST2 (H17–6) – GND1 (H18–31) R–W ↔ W–B Ignition switch ST 9 – 14

Brake pedal is depressed Below 0.5
ST1 (H18–2)
(H18 2) – GND1 (H18–31)
(H18 31) B Y ↔ W–B
B–Y W B
Brake pedal is released 9 – 14
Brake pedal is depressed 9 – 14
STP (H18–1)
(H18 1) – GND1 (H18–31)
(H18 31) G W ↔ W–B
G–W W B
Brake pedal is released Below 0.5
VCP1 (H18–13) – GND1
Y ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON Approx. 5
(H18–31)
VPA1 (H18
(H18–14)
14) – GND1 Ignition switch ON and accelerator pedal is released Approx. 1
G ↔ W–B
W B
(H18–31) Ignition switch ON and accelerator pedal is fully depressed Approx. 4
EP1 (H18–12) – GND1
L ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON Below 0.5
(H18–31)
VCP2 (H18–23) – GND1
B ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON Approx. 5
(H18–31)
VPA2 (H18
(H18–15)
15) – GND1 Ignition switch ON and accelerator pedal is released Approx. 1
W ↔ W–B
W B
(H18–31) Ignition switch ON and accelerator pedal is fully depressed Approx. 4
EP2 (H18–22) – GND1
R ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON Below 0.5
(H18–31)
Shift lever is P range Below 1
P (H17–15)
(H17 15) – GND1 (H18–31)
(H18 31) L R ↔ W–B
L–R W B
Except shift lever is P range 4 or more
Shift lever is R range Below 1
R (H17–14)
(H17 14) – GND1 (H18
(H18–31)
31) R B ↔ W–B
R–B W B
Except shift lever is R range 4 or more
Shift lever is N range Below 1
N (H17–13)
(H17 13) – GND1 (H18
(H18–31)
31) L W ↔ W–B
L–W W B
Except shift lever is N range 4 or more
Shift lever is D range Below 1
D (H17–23)
(H17 23) – GND1 (H18
(H18–31)
31) L B ↔ W–B
L–B W B
Except shift lever is D range 4 or more
Shift lever is B range Below 1
B (H17–22)
(H17 22) – GND1 (H18–31)
(H18 31) LG R ↔ W–B
LG–R W B
Except shift lever is B range 4 or more
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–167
Shift lever is P range Approx. 0.5

Shift lever is R range Approx. 2.8
SFT (H17–11) – GSFT
B–R Shift lever is N range Approx. 3.4
(H17 21)
(H17–21)
Shift lever is D range Approx. 4.0
Shift lever is B range Approx. 4.5
VSFT (H17–12) – GSFT
W–R Ignition switch ON 4 or more
(H17–21)
SPDI (H16–8) – GND1

V–W ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON and rotor driving wheel slowly Pulse generation
(H18–31)
ESTP (H18
(H18–8)
8) – GND1 Engine stop is not required 9 – 14
R Y ↔ W–B
R–Y W B
(H18–31) Engine stop is required Below 1
SPDO (H18–6) – GND1
O ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON and rotor driving wheel slowly Pulse generation
(H18–31)
When converter is in normal operation 5–7
NODD (H16–4) – GND1
L–O ↔ W–B When converter is improper 2–4
(H18 31)
(H18–31)
When converter is required to stop 0.1 – 0.5
Ignition switch ON and interlock switch ON Below 1
ILK (H17–4)
(H17 4) – GND1 (H18
(H18–31)
31) O ↔ W–B
W B
Ignition switch ON and interlock switch OFF 4 or more
AS1G (H16–14) – AS1
BR–B ↔ G–R Ignition switch ON 2.5 – 2.9
(H16–15)
Ignition switch OFF Below 1
IB (H18–25)
(H18 25) – GB (H18
(H18–26)
26) B L ↔ R–W
B–L R W
Ignition switch from ON to ST (”READY” light ON) 0.5 – 4.5
ABFS (H17–3) – GND1
L ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON and ”READY” light ON 2.7 – 3.2
(H18–31)
MREL (H16–7) – GND1

O ↔ W–B Ignition switch ON 9 – 14
(H18–31)
Communication Line
Symbols (Terminals No.) Wiring Color Connecting Part or Symbol (Terminal No.)
GSNG (H14–11) G MG1, GSNG (M1–7)
GSN (H14–4) R MG1, GSN (M1–2)
GRF (H14–10) B MG1, GRF (M1–1)
GRFG (H14–17) W MG1, GRFG (M1–6)
GCS (H14–5) Y MG1, GCS (M1–3)
GCSG (H14–12) BR MG1, GCSG (M1–8)
GMTG (H14–8) G–W MG1, GMTG (M1–9)
GMT (H14–1) B–R MG1, GMT (M1–4)
MSNG (H14–20) G MG2, MSNG (M2–5)
MSN (H14–13) R MG2, MSN (M2–2)
MRF (H14–19) P MG2, MRF (M2–1)
MRFG (H14–18) L MG2, MRFG (M2–4)
MCS (H14–14) B MG2, MCS (M2–3)
MCSG (H14–21) W MG2, MCSG (M2–6)
MMTG (H14–9) R–W MG2, MMTG (M3–3)
MMT (H14–2) GR MG2, MMT (M3–1)
MSIV (H15–21) G Inverter, M–SINV (I10–7)
MSDN (H15–13) Y Inverter, M–SDOWN (I9–4)
MIT (H15–11) L Inverter, M–INVT (I9–5)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–168
MWU (H15–6) G Inverter, M–WU (I9–3)

MUU (H15–4) R Inverter, M–UU (I9–1)
MVU (H15–5) W Inverter, M–VU (I9–2)
MIVG (H15–26) B Inverter, M–GINV (I9–6)
MIVA (H15–16) B Inverter, M–IVA (I10–1)
MIVB (H15–7) W Inverter, M–IVB (I10–3)
MIWB (H15–17) G Inverter, M–IWB (I10–4)
VB (H15–20) Y Inverter, VB (I10–5)
MIWA (H15–25) R Inverter, M–IWA (I10–2)
GIVA (H15–19) B Inverter, G–IVA (I12–1)
GIVB (H15–8) W Inverter, G–IVB (I12–4)
GIWB (H15–18) G Inverter, G–IWB (I12–4)
GIWA (H15–28) R Inverter, G–IWA (I12–2)
GSDN (H15–12) Y Inverter, G–SDOWN (I11–4)
GIT (H15–23) L Inverter, G–INVT (I11–5)
GWU (H15–3) G Inverter, G–WU (I11–3)
GVU (H15–2) W Inverter, G–VU (I11–2)
GUU (H15–1) R Inverter, G–UU (I11–1)
GIVG (H15–27) B Inverter, G–GINV (I11–6)
MFIV (H15–14) B Inverter, M–FINV (I10–8)
GSIV (H15–15) G Inverter, G–SINV (I12–7)
GFIV (H15–24) B Inverter, G–FINV (I12–8)
ETH+ (H18–28) P Engine ECU, ETH+ (E9–28)
ETH– (H18–27) L Engine ECU, ETH– (E9–27)
E TE+ (H18–19) Y Engine ECU, H TE+ (E9–19)
E–TE– (H18–29) BR Engine ECU, H TE– (E9–18)
HTB+ (H18–20) LG Brake ECU, HV+ (B10–24)
HTB– (H18–30) V Brake ECU, HV– (B10–16)
BTH+ (H18–18) G Brake ECU, HVO+ (B10–14)
BTH– (H18–17) R Brake ECU, HVO– (B10–22)
FCVC (H18–7) B–W Transponder Key ECU, HEVC (T5–8))
CON1 (H16–13) V System Main Relay (S6–3)
CON2 (H16–2) GR System Main Relay (S6–4)
CON3 (H17–1) P System Main Relay (S6–5)
HTD+ (H17–2) W Battery ECU, HTD+ (B16–6)
HTD– (H17–20) B Battery ECU, HTD– (B16–7)
DTD+ (H17–19) R Battery ECU, DTD+ (B16–18)
DTD– (H17–18) G Battery ECU, DTD– (B16–19)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–169
DI82O–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC B2799 Immobilizer Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the condition of the communication from the transponder key ECU.
DTC B2799 – Information code 101
INF. code. Detecting Condition Trouble Area
S Wire harness
101 No input of signal from transponder key ECU S HV ECU
S Transponder key ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
T4
Hybrid Vehicle
Transponder
Control ECU
Key ECU
7
8 B–W
HEVC H18 FCVC
A14140
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–170
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between HV ECU FCVC terminal and
transponder key ECU HEVC terminal (See page IN–40).
NG Repair or replace wire harness.
OK
2 Check immobilizer system (See page BE–99).
NG Repair or replace immobilizer system.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–171
DI82P–01
DTC C2692/C2693 Regenerative Brake Check
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
These codes are used to check the regenerative brake at the manufacturing plant.
DTC C2692 – Information code 102
DTC C2693 – Information code 103
102
Regenerative brake check –
103
HINT:
Since these are the codes that are used at the manufacturing plant, clear the DTC unless other DTC are
recorded.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–172
DI82Q–01
DTC P1120 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit

Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The accelerator pedal position sensor mounted on the accelerator pedal has main and sub sensors and de-
tects the accelerator pedal position and the malfunction of the accelerator position sensor itself.
HINT:
S When using an OBD-6 scan tool other than hand–held tester, check all the steps.
S When using hand–held tester, confirm the information code and check it.
DTC P1120 – Information code 104, 105, 107, 108
104 Open or short in main accelerator sensor circuit
105 +B short in main accelerator sensor circuit S Accelerator pedal
edal position
osition sensor
107 Open or short in sub accelerator sensor circuit S Wire harness
108 +B short in sub accelerator sensor circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
A14 Accel Position Hybrid Vehicle

Sensor Control ECU
13
VCP1 Y
H18 VCP1
6
14
VPA1 G
H18 VPA1
5
12
EP1 L
H18 EP1
3
23
VCP2 B
H18 VCP2
4
15
VPA2 W
H18 VPA2
2
22
EP2 R
H18 EP2
1
A14132
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–173
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU and accel-
erator pedal position sensor (See page IN–40).
Terminals for checking open and short:

Accelerator pedal position sensor
HV ECU Terminals
Terminals
VCP1 VCP1
VPA1 VPA1
EP1 EP1
VCP2 VCP2
VPA2 VPA2
EP2 EP2
HINT:
The acceleration pedal position sensor circuit has +B short if the voltage at the HV ECU VPA1 or VPA2 termi-
nal is more than 5V with the ignition ON.
OK
Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.
DTC P1120 – Information code 106, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114
106 Main sensor internal error
109 Sub sensor internal error
When difference between main sensor value and sub sensor
110
value is large
When sub sensor value changes while main sensor value does
111
not S Accelerator pedal position sensor
When main sensor value changes while sub sensor value does
112
not
When any of the information code 104 – 112 continues to ap-
113
pear
114 Accelerator pedal not smoothly returning to original position
If the information code 106 or 109 – 114 is output, replace the accelerator pedal position sensor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–174
DI82R–01
DTC P1520 Stop Light Switch (Cruise Control System)

Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the cruise control system and inhibits the operation of the cruise
control.
HINT:
DTC P1520 – Information code 115
S Stop light switch
115 Open or short in stop light switch circuit S Wire harness
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
S3
Hybrid Vehicle
Stop Light
J/C Control ECU
SW
E D 1
R–B G–W J14 G–W
J15 H18 STP
2 1
J/C
B B 6 2
B–W B–W B–Y
J22 J23 ID1 H18 ST1–
3 4
B–W
I15
Instrument Panel J/B Engine Room J/B
Ignition SW
2 1 9 AM2 2
IG2 AM2 W–R W–R
2C 2G 1J 1B
6 7
B
9 STOP 1
R–B 2H W
2K
F11 1 F12 1
Fusible Link
Block No. 1
1 1 DC/DC
MAIN B–G
F18 F13
Fusible Link Block No. 1

Battery
A14147
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–175
1 Is DTC of brake ECU being output?
YES Check DTC of brake ECU (See page DI–313).
NO
2 Check stop light switch (See page BE–36).
NG Replace stop light switch.
OK
3 Check for open and short in wire harness between stop light switch and HV ECU
(See page IN–40).
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–176
DI82S–01
DTC P1566 Cruise Control System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Refer to DTC P1520.
HINT:
When STP signal of HV ECU is inconsistent with that of brake S Brake ECU
116
ECU, with cruise control indicator ON. S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Refer to DTC P1520.
1 Is DTC of brake ECU being output (See page DI–306)?
NG Check DTC of brake ECU (See page DI–306).
OK
2 Check for +B short in wire harness between stop light switch and HV ECU
(See page IN–40).
HINT:
Under the normal condition, the voltage of the HV ECU STP terminal is 0V when the brake pedal is released
with the ignition OFF. If there is any output of voltage at this time, the stop light switch circuit has +B short.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–177
DI82T–01
DTC P1600 BATT Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Since the ECU back–up power source is used for DTC and freeze frame data memory, the back–up power
source (BATT) continues to be supplied to the HV ECU even though the ignition switch is turned OFF.
S Wire harness
117 HV ECU back–up power source circuit malfunction
S HV Fuse
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Control ECU
J/C
B B 4 3
G–Y G–Y
J2 J3 IA1 H18 BATT
G–Y Fusible Link

Engine Room J/B Block No. 1
11 HV 1 1 1
B
1F 1B F12 F13
B–G
Fusible Link
Block No. 2
1
MAIN
F18
Battery
A14146
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–178
1 Check continuity of HV fuse of engine room J/B.
OK:
Continuity
NG Check for short in all harness and parts con-

nected to HV fuse.
OK
Repair or replace wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–179
DI82U–01
DTC P1780 Neutral Start Switch System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The neutral start switch sends both main sensor signal (switch signal) and sub sensor signal (analogue val-
ue) to the HV ECU. The HV ECU uses those signals to detect the shift lever position (P, R, N, D or B) and
to control the forward and backward movement of the vehicle.
HINT:
118 When more than two main signals are ON
When main signal is not turned ON even though sub signal has
119
been input S Neutral start switch
120 Open or short in sub sensor circuit S Wire harness
When shift position detected by main signal is different from

121
that detected by sub signal
WIRING DIAGRAM
N2 Hybrid Vehicle
Neutral Start SW Control ECU
15
L–R
H17 P
2
13
L–W
H17 N
5
23
L–B
H17 D
6
22
LG–R
H17 B
7
14
R–B
H17 R
4
12
W
H17 VSFT
9
11
B
H17 SFT
8
21
R
H17 FSFT
3
A14130
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–180
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between neutral start switch and HV

Neutral Start Switch Terminals HV ECU Terminals
2 P
5 N
6 D
7 B
4 R
9 VSFT
8 SFT
3 GSFT
OK
Check and repair neutral start switch (See page HT–48).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–181
DI82V–01
DTC P3000 HV Battery Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU gives warning to the driver and performs the fail safe control, according to the abnormal signal
received from the battery ECU.
HINT:
DTC P3000 – Information code 123, 125
Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU (HV battery system S HV battery system
123
malfunction) S High voltage fuse
Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU (high voltage fuse S HV battery cooling system
125 S Power Cable
blown out)
If the information code 123 or 125 is output, after confirming the DTC of the HV battery system, check and
repair the applicable DTC. After repairing it, record the DTC of the HV ECU, freeze frame data and history
of operation. Then, clear the DTC and check it one more time after starting the system again (”READY” light
ON).
When charged battery is low due to leaving the vehicle in N
388 –
range, gas shortage or HV system malfunction
If the information code 388 is output, check if other information codes are being output and then check and
repair the applicable code. After that, confirm the gas is affluent and it is OK if you can crank the engine again.
When main battery is dead or main battery is dead due to HV
389 –
system malfunction
If the information code 389 is output, check if other information codes are being output and then check repair
the applicable code. After that, replace the main battery and it is OK if you can crank the engine again.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–182
DI82W–01
DTC P3001 HV Battery ECU Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
129 Battery ECU malfunction S Battery ECU
1 Is DTC of battery ECU being output (See page DI–272)?
YES Check DTC of battery ECU.
NO
Replace the battery ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–183
DI82X–01
DTC P3004 Power Cable Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
HINT:
INF. Code. Detecting Condition Trouble Area
130 When HV battery voltage becomes lower than inverter voltage Converter & inverter assembly
If the above information code is output, replace the converter & inverter assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–184

When condition (a), (b) or (c) is detected:
S Main fuse
(d) Main fuse blown out
131 S Service plug
(e) Service plug disconnected
S Limiter resistance
(f) Limiter resistance cut off
1 Check continuity of main fuse in the service plug.
NG Check the cause of open circuit and replace

main fuse.
OK
2 Check the condition of service plug terminal (Loosened, poor contact, etc.).
NG Replace service plug.
OK
3 Check the continuity of power cable.
NG Replace the power cable.
OK
Replace the system main relay.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–185
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When inverter voltage sensor is malfunctioning or limiter resis- S Converter & inverter assembly
132
tance value increases. S System main relay
1 Are other information codes recorded?
YES Check applicable information code (See page

DI–265).
NO
2 Check continuity of power cable.
OK:
Continuity: Less than 1Ω
NG Replace power cable.
OK
Replace system main relay.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–186
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU gives warning to the driver and performs the fail safe control, according to the abnormal signal
received from the battery ECU.
133 Input of abnormal signal from battery ECU S HV battery system
If the information code 133 output, after confirming the DTC of the HV ECU, check and repair the applicable
DTC. After repairing it, record the DTC of the HV ECU, freeze frame data and history of operation. Then,
clear the DTC and check it one more time after starting the system again (”READY” light ON).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–187
DI82Y–01
DTC P3100 HV ECU Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
HINT:
136 Open or short in GO signal circuit S Wire harness

S HV ECU
137 Engine speed sensor malfunction S Engine speed sensor
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Engine ECU Control ECU
21 9 10
G G
GO E9 IA2 H16 GO
A14150
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–188
1 Is DTC of engine ECU being output (See page DI–1)?
Yes Check applicable DTC (See page DI–1).
NO
2 Check for open and short in wire harness between GO terminal of HV ECU and
GO terminal of engine ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–189
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the current value of the battery and detects malfunction.
127 +B short in IB terminal circuit of HV ECU
S Wire harness
128 Open or short in IB terminal circuit of HV ECU
S HV ECU
When the difference between battery current of HV ECU S Battery ECU
138
and current of battery is large.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Battery ECU Control ECU
16 6 25
B–L B–L
IB B16 IB1 H18 IB
17 10 26
R–W R–W
GB B16 IB1 H18 GB
A14734
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–190
1 Is DTC of battery ECU being output (See page DI–265)?
Yes Check applicable DTC (See page DI–265).
NO
2 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU IB and GB
terminals and battery ECU IB and GB terminals (See page IN–40).
HINT:
The HV ECU IB terminal has +B short if there is no open in wire harness and the voltage of the IB or GB
terminal is more than 5 V with the ignition ON.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–191
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the ST signal and detects malfunction. If the ST signal has +B short, the ST will always
be ON. Therefore, even with the IG ON when starting the THS, the system will start. To prevent this from
happening, the HV ECU detects the malfunction of the ST signal.
S Wire harness
When ST signal of HV ECU is ON, with ignition switch
142 S HV ECU
turned OFF.
S Ignition switch
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
I15 Control ECU
Ignition SW
2 2 6
W–R W–R R–W
2G 2C H17 ST2
7 AM2 ST2 8
Engine Room J/B Fusible Link

Block No. 1
9 AM2 2 1 1
B
1J 1B F12 F13
Fusible Link B–G

Block No. 2
1
MAIN B–G
F18
Battery
A14148
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–192
1 Check ignition switch (See page BE–17).
NG Replace ignition switch (See page SR–11).
NO
2 Check for +B short in wire harness between ignition switch ST2 terminal and HV
ECU ST2 terminal (See page IN–40).
HINT:
The HV ECU ST circuit has +B short if battery voltage is supplied to the ST2 terminal with the ignition ON.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–193
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the inverter switching wiring (MUU, MVU and MWU) and detects
malfunction.
271 Motor PWM line connection malfunction S Converter & inverter assembly
If any of these information codes is output, replace the converter & inverter.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the inverter switching wiring (GUU, GVU and GWU) and detects
malfunction.
310 Generator PWM line connection malfunction S Converter & inverter assembly
If any of these information codes is output, replace the converter & inverter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–194
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the internal operation of the ECU and detects malfunction.
DTC P3100 – Information code 134, 135, 139, 140, 141, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152,
153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173,
174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194,
195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 390, 391, 392, 393
134 HV ECU internal error S HV ECU
135
139
140
141
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–195

170 HV ECU internal error S HV ECU
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
390
391
392
393
If any of the above information codes is output, replace the HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–196
DI82Z–01
DTC P3101 Engine System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU performs the fail safe control, according to the abnormal signal from the engine ECU.
HINT:
Input of abnormal signal from the engine ECU (abnormal
204
engine output)
S Engine
Input of abnormal signal from the engine ECU (engine un-
205
able to start)
If any of the above information codes is output, after confirming the DTC of the engine ECU, check and repair
the applicable DTC. After repairing it, record the DTC of the HV ECU, freeze frame data and history of opera-
tion. Then, clear the DTC and check it one more time after starting the system again (”READY” light ON).
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the seizure of the engine or transmission gear and a foreign material and performs the
fail safe control.
S Engine
238 When engine does not start even though cranking it.
S HV transaxle
If the above information code is output, investigate what has caused the revolution resistance of the trans-
axle and engine to become greater.
S Check the engine lubrication system and transaxle lubrication system.
S Check the engine coolant and transaxle coolant.
S Check for any breakdowns in engine itself and transaxle itself.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–197
DI830–01
DTC P3105 Battery ECU Communication Circuit Mal-

function
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU performs multiple checks to avoid any malfunction that may occur through the communication
with the battery ECU due to a noise, etc.
DTC P3105 – Information code 206, 207, 208
206 S Wire harness
When communication between battery ECU and HV ECU is
207 S HV ECU
abnormal 1 sec.
sec after ignition is turned ON
208 S Battery ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Battery ECU Control ECU
18 4 19
R R
BEH+ B16 IF2 H17 DTH+
19 3 18
G G
BEH– B16 IF2 H17 DTH–
A14734
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–198
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between HV ECU terminals (DTH+,
DTH–) and battery ECU terminals (BEH+, BEH–) (See page IN–40).
OK
2 Check battery ECU (See page DI–265).
NG Replace battery ECU circuit.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–199
DI831–01
DTC P3106 Engine ECU Communication Circuit Mal-

function
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
with the engine ECU due to a noise, etc.
HINT:
209 S Wire harness
When communication between engine ECU and HV ECU is
210 S HV ECU
abnormal 1 sec.
sec after ignition is turned ON
211 S Engine ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Engine ECU Control ECU
28 P 28
ETH+ E9 H18 ETH+
27 27
L
ETH– E9 H18 ETH–
A14738
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–200
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between HV ECU terminals (ETH+,
ETH–) and engine ECU terminals (ETH+, ETH–) (See page IN–40).
OK
2 Check engine ECU (See page DI–1).
NG Replace engine ECU circuit.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–201
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
212 Input of abnormal signal from engine ECU S Engine ECU
If the information code 212 is output, after confirming the DTC of the engine ECU, check and repair the appli-
cable DTC. After repairing it, record the DTC of the HV ECU, freeze frame data and history of operation.
Then, clear the DTC and check it one more time after starting the system again (”READY” light ON).
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
394 When engine ECU does not operate S Engine ECU
If the information code 394 is output, check and repair the engine ECU power source circuit. If there is no
problem in the power source circuit, replace the engine ECU. After the repair, record the DTC of the HV ECU,
freeze frame data and history of operation and clear them. Then, start the system one more time (”READY”
light ON) and check the DTC again.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–202
DI832–01
DTC P3107 Airbag ECU Communication Circuit Mal-

function
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the collision signal circuit from the airbag and gives warning to the
driver.
213 S Wire harness
When communication between airbag ECU and HV ECU is
214 S HV ECU
abnormal 10 sec
sec. after ignition is turned ON
215 S Airbag sensor
WIRING DIAGRAM
Airbag Sensor Hybrid Vehicle

Assembly Control ECU
23 3
L
GSW2 A19 H17 ABFS
A14139
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–203
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU ABFS ter-
minals and airbag ECU GSW 2 terminal (See page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the battery voltage is always applied to the HV
ECU ABFS terminal with the ignition ON, the airbag signal circuit has +B short.
OK
2 Check airbag sensor (See page DI–451).
NG Replace airbag sensor circuit.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–204
DI833–01
DTC P3108 A/C Amplifier Communication Circuit Mal-

function
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the abnormal signal from the A/C amplifier and records it.
216 S Wire harness

When communication between A/C amplifier
am lifier and HV ECU
S HV ECU
217 is abnormal.
S A/C ECU
If the information code 216 or 217 is output, after confirming the DTC of the A/C amplifier, check and repair
the applicable DTC. After repairing it, record the DTC of the HV ECU, freeze frame data and history of opera-
tion. Then, clear the DTC and check it one more time after starting the system again (”READY” light ON).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–205
DI834–01
DTC P3109 Brake ECU Communication Circuit Malfunc-

tion
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
with the brake ECU due to a noise, etc.
DTC P3109 – Information code 218, 219, 220, 221, 222
218
219 When communication between brake ECU and HV ECU is S Wire harness
220 abnormal 1.5 sec. after ignition
g is turned ON S HV ECU
221 S Brake ECU
222
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Brake ECU Control ECU
24 LG 20
HV1+ B10 H18 HTB+
16 30
V
HV1– B10 H18 HTB–
14 G 18
HVO+ B10 H18 BTH+
22 17
R
HVO– B10 H18 BTH–
A14137
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–206
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU terminals
(HTB+, HTB–, BTH+, BTH–) and brake ECU terminals (HV1+, HV1–, HVO+, HVO–)
(See page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the voltage of each HV ECU terminals (HTB+,
HTB–, BTH+ and BTH–) is always more than 5 V with the ignition ON, the brake ECU communication circuit
has +B short.
OK
2 Check brake ECU (See page DI–306).
NG Replace brake ECU circuit.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–207
DI835–01
DTC P3110 IGCT Relay Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the IGCT relay and detects malfunction.
When IGCT relay is always closed.
S Wire harness
223
S IGCT relay
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Engine Room R/B No. 2
Control ECU
IGCT Relay 12 4
G–Y W–G W–G
2 2 IA1 H18 +B1
5 3
7
O
1F 11 Engine 2 2 H16 MREL
Room J/B 2 1
HV W–B
(LHD) W–B (RHD)
J1
A J/C
1B 1 J7 W–B (LHD)
J/C
A A A
Fusible Link Fusible Link
B Block No. 1 Block No. 2
1 MAIN
B–G W–B
F12 F13 F18
Battery IE EC
A14151
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–208
1 Check IGCT relay.
Continuity PREPARATION:
Remove the IGCT relay from the engine room R/B No. 3.
Ohmmeter 2 Ohmmeter CHECK:
1
(a) Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity be-
5
tween terminals 1 and 2.
(b) Check that there is no continuity between terminals 3 and
5.
3
(c) Apply battery voltage across terminals 1 and 2. Using an
No Continuity
ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between termi-
nals 3 and 5.
OK:
2 Ohmmeter
1 (a) Continuity
(b) No continuity
5
(c) Continuity
3
Battery
Continuity S04947 NG Replace IGCT relay.
S04946
A14712
OK
Check for +B short in wire harness between HV ECU and IGCT relay (See page IN–40)
Repair or replace wire harness.
HINT:
The HV ECU MREL terminal has +B short if the battery voltage is always applied to the HV ECU +B1 or MREL
terminal with the ignition OFF.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–209
DI836–01
DTC P3115 System Main Relay Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks that the system main relay (No. 1, No. 2, No. 3) is normally operating and detects mal-
function.
HINT:
DTC P3115 – Information code 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229
224 Open or +B short in system main relay No. 1 circuit
225 Short in system main relay No. 1 circuit
226 Open or +B short in system main relay No. 2 circuit S Wire harness
S System
S t main
i relay
l
S HV ECU
228 Open or +B short in system main relay No. 3 circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
System Main Relay Control ECU
3 8 13
V V
S6 IH1 H16 CON1
4 9 2
GR GR
S6 IH1 H16 CON2
5 11 1
P P
S6 IF1 H17 CON3
A14143
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–210
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU terminals
(Cont1, Cont2, Cont3) and system main relay terminals (See page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the battery voltage is always applied to the HV
ECU Cont1, Cont2 and Cont3 terminals with the ignition ON (”READY” light OFF), the system main relay
has +B short.
OK
2 Is any of the information code 231, 232 or 233 recorded?
NO Replace HV ECU.
YES
Replace system main relay.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–211
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If the system main relay is deposited, it might be impossible to shut down the high voltage system. Therefore,
the HV ECU checks the system main relay and stops the system if malfunction is detected.
231 System main relay + terminal deposited
S System main relay
232 System main relay – terminal deposited
S HV ECU
233 System main relay + & – terminal deposited
If any of these information codes is output, replace the system main relay.
If one of the information codes above and any of the information codes 224 – 229 are recorded at the same
time, also replace the HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–212
DI837–01
DTC P3120 HV Transaxle Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the energy balance and detects abnormality if the magnetism of the motor or generator
greatly decreases.
HINT:
234 Small reduction of motor magnetism
S HV transaxle (motor)
235 Large reduction of motor magnetism
236 Small reduction of generator magnetism
S HV transaxle (generator)
237 Large reduction of generator magnetism
1 Is DTC of HV battery ECU being output?
YES Check applicable DTC.
NO
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–213
2 Check main current sensor. (In SMR)
Measurement of Resistance between SMR S6 Connector Ter-

minals
Terminal No. (Tester +) Terminal No. (Tester –) Resistance
7 2 30 – 50 kΩ
7 6 More than 10 MΩ
2 7 30 – 50 kΩ
2 6 More than 10 MΩ
6 7 300 – 400 kΩ
6 2 3 – 5 MΩ
NG Replace system main relay.
OK
Replace HV transaxle motor or generator.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the transmission system. Judging from a malfunction symptom, it
records one of the four information codes.
239 Shaft damaged
240 Generator locked
S HV transaxle
241 Torque limiter sliding
242 Planetary gear locked
If any of these information codes is output, replace the defective part inside the HV transaxle.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–214
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the motor resolver and detects malfunction.
243 Motor resolver inter–phase short
Motor resolver inter–phase short (when there is a history
244 that the state of malfunction continued during inverter fail
safe mode) S HV transaxle
245 Open or short in motor resolver circuit S Wire harness
Open or short in motor resolver circuit (when there is a

246 history that the state of malfunction continued during invert-
er fail safe mode)
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Motor Generator No. 2 Control ECU
5 20
G
MSNG M2 H14 MSNG
2 13
R
MSN M2 H14 MSN
3 14
P
MCS M2 H14 MCS
6 21
L
MCSG M2 H14 MCSG
1 19
B
MRF M2 H14 MRF
4 18
W
MRFG M2 H14 MRFG
A14122
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–215
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between HV transaxle and HV ECU
(See page IN–40).

MG2 Terminals HV ECU Terminals
MSNG MSNG
MSN MSN
MCS MCS
MCSG MCSG
MRF MRF
MRFG MRFG
OK
Check for open in motor resolver or inter–phase short and then replace HV transaxle motor.
Check motor resolver (See page HV–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–216
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the motor temperature and controls the load limitation in order to prevent the motor from
overheating. Also, it detects the abnormality of the line connection of the motor temperature sensor and mal-
function of the sensor itself.
247 GND short in motor temperature sensor S HV transaxle
249 Open or +B short in motor temperature sensor S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
3 9
R–W
MMTG M3 H14 MMTG
1 2
GR
MMT M3 H14 MMT
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–217
1 Check open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV transaxle motor
temperature sensor MMT and MMTG terminals and HV ECU MMT and MMTG ter-
minals (See page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the voltage of the HV ECU MMT terminal is always
more than 5V with the ignition ON, the motor temperature sensor circuit has +B short.
OK
Check for open in motor temperature sensor and then replace HV transaxle motor.
Check motor temperature sensor (See page HV–40).
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
248 Motor temperature sensor malfunction
S HV transaxle motor
250 Motor temperature sensor performance problem
If the information code 248 or 250 is output, replace the HV transaxle motor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–218
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the generator resolver and detects malfunction.
253 Generator resolver inter–phase short
Generator resolver inter–phase short (when there is a histo-
254 ry that the state of malfunction continued during inverter fail
safe mode) S HV transaxle (generator)
255 Open or short in generator resolver circuit S Wire harness
Open or short in generator resolver circuit (when there is a

256 history that the state of malfunction contained during invert-
er fail safe mode)
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
7 11
G
GSNG M1 H14 GSNG
2 4
R
GSN M1 H14 GSN
1 10
B
GRF M1 H14 GRF
6 17
W
GRFG M1 H14 GRFG
3 5
Y
GCS M1 H14 GCS
8 12
BR
GCSG M1 H14 GCSG
A14122
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–219
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between HV transaxle and HV ECU
(See page IN–40).

MG1 Terminals HV ECU Terminals
GSNG GSNG
GSN GSN
GCS GCS
GCSG GCSG
GRF GRF
GRFG GRFG
OK
Check for open in generator resolver or inter–phase short and then replace HV transaxle genera-
tor.
Check generator resolver (See page HV–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–220
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the generator temperature and controls the load limitation in order to prevent the gener-
ator from overheating. Also, it detects the abnormality of the line connection of the generator temperature
sensor and the malfunction of the sensor itself.
257 GND short in generator temperature sensor S HV transaxle
259 Open or +B short in generator temperature sensor S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
4 1
B–R
GMT M1 H14 GMT
9 8
G–W
GMTG M1 H14 GMTG
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–221
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV transaxle gener-
ator temperature sensor GMT and GMTG terminals and HV ECU GMT and GMTG
terminals (See page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the voltage of the HV ECU GMT terminal is always
more than 5V with the ignition ON, the generator temperature sensor circuit has +B short.
OK
Check for open in generator temperature sensor and then replace HV transaxle generator.
Check generator temperature sensor (See page HV–40).
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
258 Generator temperature sensor malfunction
S HV transaxle generator
260 Generator temperature sensor performance problem
If the information code 258 or 260 is output, replace the HV transaxle generator.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–222
DI838–01
DTC P3125 Converter & Inverter Assembly Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If driving the vehicle with the DCDC converter malfunctioning, the voltage of the auxiliary battery will drop,
which will make it impossible to keep driving the vehicle. Therefore, HV ECU checks the operation of the
DCDC converter and gives warning to the driver if malfunction is detected.
HINT:
263 +B short in DCDC converter NODD wiring S Converter & inverter assembly
265 Open or GND short in DCDC converter NODD wiring S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
C4
Control ECU
Converter
4
L–O
NODD H16 NODD
4
A14140
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–223
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU NODD ter-
minal and converter & inverter NODD terminal (See page IN–40).
HINT:
The converter has +B short if the battery voltage is always applied to the HV ECU NODD terminal with the
ignition ON.
OK
Replace converter & inverter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–224
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
264 DCDC converter malfunction S Converter & inverter assembly
If any of the above information code is output, replace the converter & inverter assembly.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the inverter voltage and detects malfunction.
DTC P3125 – Information code 266, 267, 268, 269, 270
266 Open or GND short in inverter voltage signal circuit
267 +B short in inverter voltage signal circuit
268 Inverter voltage signal is inconsistent with battery voltage
S Converter & inverter assembly
269 Inverter voltage sensor malfunction S Wire harness
Abnormality of line connection of inverter voltage signal
270 circuit (when there is a history that the state of malfunction
continued during inverter fail safe mode
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Inverter Control ECU
5 20
Y
VB I10 H15 VB
6 26
B
M–GINV I9 H15 MIVG
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–225
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU VB and
MIVG terminals and converter & inverter assembly VB and M–GINV terminal (See
page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the voltage between the HV ECT VB or MIVG
terminal and body ground is always more than 5V with the ignition ON, the inverter voltage signal circuit has
+B short.
OK
Replace converter & inverter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–226
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Abnormality of line connection of motor PWM (when there S Wire harness
272 is a history that the state of malfunction continued during S Converter & inverter assembly
inverter fail safe mode) S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
3 6
G
M–WU I9 H15 MWU
1 4
R
M–UU I9 H15 MUU
2 5
W
M–VU I9 H15 MVU
A14124
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–227
1 Check open and short in wire harness between HV ECU terminals (MUU, MVU,
MWU) and inverter terminals.
OK
2 Check voltage between inverter terminals (MUU, MVU, MWU) and body ground,
with ignition turned ON.
OK:
Standard voltage: 13 – 17 V
NG Replace inverter.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–228
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
273 Motor inverter malfunction S Converter & inverter assembly
If any of the above information code is output, replace the converter & inverter assembly.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the inverter temperature and controls the load limitation in order to prevent the inverter
from overheating. Also, it detects the abnormality of the line connection of the inverter temperature sensor
and the malfunction of the sensor itself.
274 Open or +B short in motor inverter temperature sensor
275 GND short in motor inverter temperature sensor S Converter & inverter assembly
S Wire
Wi harness
h
276 Motor inverter temperature sensor malfunction
S HV ECU
277 Motor inverter temperature sensor performance problem
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
5 11
L
M–INVT I9 H15 MIT
6 26
B
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–229
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU MIT and
MIVG terminals and converter & inverter M–INVT, M–GINV terminals (See page
IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. If the voltage between the HV ECU MIT or MIVG
terminal and body ground is always more than 5V with the ignition ON, the motor inverter temperature sensor
circuit has +B short.
OK
Check for open in motor inverter temperature sensor and then replace converter & inverter as-
sembly. Check motor inverter temperature sensor (See page HV–14).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–230
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the motor inverter stop signal circuit and enters the fail safe mode
(limited output driving) if malfunction is detected.
278 +B short in motor inverter stop signal circuit S Converter & inverter assembly
280 Open or GND short in motor inverter stop signal circuit S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Inverter Hybrid Vehicle Control ECU

7 21
G
M–SINV I10 H15 MSIV
6 26
B
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–231
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU MSIV and
MIVG terminals and converter & inverter assembly M–SINV and M–GIVN termi-
nals (See page IN–40).
HINT:
The motor inverter stop signal circuit has +B short if the voltage between the HV ECU MSIV or MIGV terminal
and body ground is always more than 13 V with the ignition ON (”READY” light OFF).
OK
Replace converter & inverter assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–232
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
279 Over voltage of inverter
281 Voltage drop of inverter power source S Converter & inverter assemblyy
If the information code 279 or 281 is output, check if other information codes are recorded. If they are re-
corded, check and repair those codes first.
If the information code 279 or 281 alone is recorded, replace the converter & inverter assembly.
If the information code 282 is output, replace the converter & inverter assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–233
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the motor inverter fail signal circuit and detects malfunction.
283 +B short in motor inverter fail signal circuit S Converter & inverter assembly
285 Open or GND short in motor inverter fail signal circuit S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM

6 26
B
8 14
B
M–FINV I10 H15 MFIV
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–234
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU MFIV and
MIVG terminals and converter & inverter assembly M–FINV and M–GINV termi-
HINT:
The motor inverter fail signal circuit has +B short if the voltage between the HV ECU MIVG or MFIV terminal
and body ground is always more than 13 V with the ignition ON (”READY” light OFF).
OK
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
286 Inverter circuit broken S Converter & inverter assemblyy
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–235
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the motor inverter current sensor. It detects the malfunction of the
sensor system, not of the high voltage system.
DTC P3125 – Information code 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300,301, 302,
303
289 Open in motor inverter current sensor (V phase sub sensor)
Open in motor inverter current sensor (V phase main sen-
292
sor)
Open in motor inverter current sensor (W phase sub sen-
297
sor)
Open in motor inverter current sensor (W phase main sen-
300
sor)
Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase sub
288
sensor)
Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase main
290
sensor)
Motor inverter current sensor V phase performance prob-
294
lem S Converter & inverter assembly
S Wire harness
Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase sub
296
sensor)
Motor inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase main
298
sensor)
Motor inverter current sensor W phase performance prob-
302
lem
291
293
295 (when there is a history that the state of malfunction contin-
contin
299 ued during inverter fail safe mode)
301
303
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–236
WIRING DIAGRAM
6 26
B
1 16
B
M–IVA I10 H15 MIVA
3 7
W
M–IVB I10 H15 MIVB
4 17
G
M–IWB I10 H15 MIWB
2 25
R
M–IWA I10 H15 MIWA
A14123
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–237
1 Check continuity of wire harness between HV ECU and converter & inverter as-
sembly (See page IN–40).
OK:
Continuity: Less then 1 Ω
HV ECU Terminals Inverter Terminals
MIVA M–IVA
MIVB M–IVB
MIWA M–IWA
MIWB M–IWB
MIVG M–GINV
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–238
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the motor inverter current sensor. It detects the malfunction of the
sensor system, not of the high voltage system.
306 Failure in monitoring motor torque performance
307 Abnormal current value of motor
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If the HV ECU detects the collision signal from the airbag or inverter, the HV ECU recognizes it as the destruc-
tion of the vehicle and then shuts down the high voltage system to ensure safety.
308 Input of collision signal from airbag or inverter –
HINT:
When the vehicle collision occurs and the airbag is deployed, this information code will be recorded and the
high voltage system will be shut down.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–239
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the motor gate shutdown signal circuit and detects malfunction.
304 +B short in motor gate shutdown signal circuit S Converter & inverter assembly
305 Open or GND short in motor gate shutdown signal circuit S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
4 13
Y
M–SDOWN I9 H15 MSDN
A14120
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–240
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU MSDN ter-
minal and converter & inverter assembly M–SDOWN terminals (See page
IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. The motor gate shutdown signal circuit has +B short
if the battery voltage is always applied to the HV ECU MSDN terminal with the ignition ON.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–241
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Wire harness
Open or short in generator inverter switching wiring (GUU,
309 S Converter & inverter assembly
GVU, GWU)
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
3 3
G
G–WU I11 H15 GWU
2 2
W
G–VU I11 H15 GVU
1 1
R
G–UU I11 H15 GUU
A14124
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–242
1 Check for open and short in wire harness between HV ECU terminals (GUU, GVU,
GWU) and inverter terminals.
OK
2 Check voltage between inverter terminals (GUU, GVU, GWU) and body ground,
with ignition turned ON.
OK:
Standard voltage: 13 – 17 V
NG Replace inverter.
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–243
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the generator temperature and controls the load limitation in order to prevent the gener-
ator from overheating. Also, it detects the abnormality of the line connection of the generator temperature
sensor and the malfunction of the sensor itself.
312 Open or +B short in generator inverter temperature sensor
313 GND short in generator inverter temperature sensor S Converter & inverter assembly
314 Generator inverter temperature sensor malfunction S Wire harness
S HV ECU
Generator inverter temperature sensor performance prob-
315
lem
WIRING DIAGRAM
5 23
L
M–INVT I11 H15 GIT
6 27
B
M–GINV I11 H15 GIVG
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–244
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU GIT and
GIVG terminals and converter & inverter G–GINV or G–GINV terminals (See page
IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. The generator inverter temperature sensor circuit
has +B short if the voltage between the HV ECU GIT or GIVG terminal and body ground is always more than
5V with the ignition ON.
OK
Check for open in generator inverter temperature sensor and then replace converter & inverter
assembly. Check generator inverter temperature sensor (See page HV–14).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–245
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the generator inverter stop signal circuit and enters the fail safe
mode (limited driving) if malfunction is detected.
316 +B short in generator inverter stop signal circuit S Converter & inverter assembly
318 Open or GND short in generator inverter stop signal circuit S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
6 27
B
G–GINV I11 H15 GIVG
7 15
G
G–SINV I12 H15 GSIV
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–246
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU GSIV and
GIVG terminals and converter & inverter assembly G–SINV and G–GINV termi-
HINT:
The generator inverter stop signal circuit has +B short if the voltage between the HV ECU GSIV or GIVG
terminal and body ground is always more than 13 V with the ignition ON (”READY” light OFF).
OK
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
317 Over voltage of inverter
319 Voltage drop of inverter power source S Converter & inverter assemblyy
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–247
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the generator inverter fail signal circuit and detects malfunction.
321 +B short in generator inverter fail signal circuit S Converter & inverter assembly
323 Open or GND short in generator inverter fail signal circuit S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
6 27
B
G–GINV I11 H15 GIVG
8 24
B
G–FINV I12 H15 GFIV
A14121
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–248
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU GFIV and
GIVG terminals and converter & inverter assembly G–FINV and G–GINV terminals
(See page IN–40).
HINT:
The generator inverter fail signal circuit has +B short if the voltage between the HV ECU GFIV or GIVG termi-
nal and body ground is always more than 13 V with the ignition ON (”READY” light OFF).
OK
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
324 Inverter circuit broken S Converter & inverter assemblyy
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–249
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the generator inverter current sensor. It detects the malfunction of
the sensor system, not of the high voltage system.
DTC P3125 – Information code 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340,
341
Open in generator inverter current sensor (V phase sub
327
sensor)
Open in generator inverter current sensor (V phase main
330
sensor)
Open in generator inverter current sensor (W phase sub
335
sensor)
Open in generator inverter current sensor (W phase main
338
sensor)
Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase sub
326
sensor)
Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (V phase
328
main sensor)
Generator inverter current sensor V phase performance
332 S Converter & inverter assembly
problem
S Wire harness
Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase
334
sub sensor)
Generator inverter current sensor malfunction (W phase
336
main sensor)
Generator inverter current sensor W phase performance
340
problem
329
331
333 (when there is a history that the state of malfunction contin-
contin
337 ued during inverter fail safe mode)
339
341
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–250
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
1 19
B
G–IVA I12 H15 GIVA
3 8
W
G–IVB I12 H15 GIVB
4 18
G
G–IWB I12 H15 GIWB
2 28
R
G–IWA I12 H15 GIWA
5 23
L
G–INVT I11 H15 GIT
A14123
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–251
1 Check continuity of wire harness between HV ECU and converter & inverter as-
sembly (See page IN–40).
OK:
Continuity: Less then 1 Ω
HV ECU Terminals Inverter Terminals
GIVA G–IVA
GIVB G–IVB
GIWA G–IWA
GIWB G–IWB
GIVG G–GINV
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–252
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU detects the malfunction of the generator inverter current sensor. It detects the malfunction of
the sensor system, not of the high voltage system.
344 Failure in monitoring generator torque performance
345 Abnormal current value of generator
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–253
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the generator gate shutdown signal circuit and detects malfunc-
tion.
342 +B short in generator gate shutdown signal circuit
Open or GND short in generator gate shutdown signal cir-
343 S Wire harness
cuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
4 12
Y
G–SDOWN I11 H15 GSDN
A14120
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–254
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between HV ECU GSDN ter-
minal and converter & inverter assembly G–SDOWN terminals (See page
IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. The generator gate shutdown signal circuit has +B
short if the battery voltage is always applied to the HV ECU GSDN terminal with the ignition ON.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–255
DI839–01
DTC P3130 Inverter Cooling System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the operation of the inverter water pump and detects malfunction.
HINT:
S Water pump
346 Water pump system malfunction S IG2 relay
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine Room J/B

2 1 9 IG2 Relay 2 14
W–R W–R B–W B–W
2C 2G 1J 1A IK1 2 W3
5 3 J7 Water
J/C Pump
5 11 3 3
2G
B–W W–B W–B W–B 1 Motor
2B 1J 1K
1 2
(LHD) A(LHD)
A
A
I15 2 AM2
Ignition SW B–W 1B
AM2 IG2
Fusible Link W–B W–B W–B
7 6 B (RHD) (LHD) (LHD)
Block No. 1
1 1
F12 F13
J1
Fusible Link A J/C
B–G
Block No. 2
MAIN 1 A A
F18
IE
Battery
A14152
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–256
1 Check wire harness (See page IN–40).
HINT:
After removing the IG2 relay, check the electrical condition of each terminal.
S No. 1 terminal: With the IG switch ON, 10 – 14 V
S No. 2 terminal : Continuity between the IG2 relay No. 2 terminal and body ground (less than 1 Ω )
S No. 3 terminal: Continuity between the IG2 relay No. 3 terminal and water pump No. 2 terminal (less
than 1 Ω )
S No. 5 terminal: Always 10 – 14 V
Continuity between the water pump No. 1 terminal and body ground (less than 1 Ω )
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–257
2 Check IG2 relay.
Continuity PREPARATION:
2 Remove the IG2 relay from the engine room J/B.
Ohmmeter Ohmmeter
CHECK:
1
(a) Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity be-
5
tween terminals 1 and 2.
(b) Check that there is no continuity between terminals 3 and
5.
3
(c) Apply battery voltage across terminals 1 and 2. Using an
No Continuity ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between termi-
nals 3 and 5.
2
Ohmmeter OK:
1 (a) Continuity
(b) No continuity
5
(c) Continuity
3
Battery
Continuity S04947 NG Replace IG2 relay.
S04946
A14712
OK
Confirm that water pump is defective and then replace it.

Check water pump (See page HV–26).
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
347 Radiator fan system malfunction S Radiator fan system
If this information code is output, check the radiator fan system (See page CO–21).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–258
DI83A–01
DTC P3135 Circuit Breaker Sensor Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU checks the line connection of the circuit breaker sensor (collision signal) and gives warning
to the driver if malfunction is detected.
348 GND short in circuit breaker sensor S Circuit breaker sensor

S Wire
Wi harness
h
349 Open or +B short in circuit breaker sensor S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Control ECU
14
BR–B
H16 AS1G
1
C3
Circuit
Breaker
Sensor
2
15
G–R
H16 AS1
A14136
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–259
1 Check for open, short and +B short in wire harness between circuit breaker sen-
sor No. 1 and No. 2 terminals and HV ECU AS1G and AS1 terminals
(See page IN–40).
HINT:
Confirm that there is no open circuit in the wire harness. The circuit breaker sensor circuit has +B short if
the voltage of the HV ECU AS1 terminal is more than 5V with the ignition ON.
OK
Check for open in resistance between circuit breaker sensor terminals and then replace circuit
breaker sensor (Circuit breaker sensor resistance: 820 ± 82 Ω).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–260
DI83B–01
DTC P3140 Interlock Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If the HV ECU detects the operation of the safety devices (removal of the service plug, inverter terminal cover
and sensor cover) while the vehicle is not running (with the vehicle is stopped), it will shut down the system
main relay. It the safety devices are correctly installed, it will resume the normal operation after the power
source is supplied again. If it does not, there is a possibility of an open circuit, so perform the same inspection
as the information code 351.
HINT:
Safety devices operating with vehicle is stopped (ILK signal
350 –
ON)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–261
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The HV ECU records the information code 351 and gives warning to the driver when it detects an open circuit
in the interlock signal circuit while the vehicle is running . In this case, it does not shut down the high voltage
system.
S Interlock switch
S Inverter terminal cover
351 Open circuit in interlock signal circuit while vehicle is running S Sensor cover
S Wire harness
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Inverter I17 Control ECU
Interlock
6 4 SW 10 4
V–R V–R 0 0
CVRSW I10 IH1 IF1 H17 ILK
2 1
A14141
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–262
1 Check installation condition of inverter terminal cover and sensor cover.
NG Install them correctly.
OK
2 Check continuity of wire harness between interlock switch No. 1 terminal and HV
ECU ILK terminal and interlock switch No. 2 terminal and inverter CVRSW termi-
nal (See page IN–40).
OK:
Continuity: Less than 1 Ω
OK
3 Check continuity between inverter CVRSW terminal and body ground

(See page IN–40).
OK:
NG Replace converter & inverter assembly.
OK
Confirm that interlock switch is defective and replace it.

Check interlock switch (See page HV–38)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–263
DI83C–01
DTC P3145 Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Wire harness
352 No input of vehicle speed during cruise control driving S Combination meter
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
C10 Hybrid Vehicle

Combination Control ECU
Meter
Instrument
Panel J/B
J/C
6 7 G G 19 8
L V–W V–W V–W
2A 2B J25 J26 IE1 H16 SPDI
13
A14138
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–264
1 Is DTC P0500 of engine ECU being output?
NG Check DTC P0500.
OK
2 Check continuity of wire harness between J26 J/B G terminal and HV ECU SPDI
terminal (See page IN–40).
OK:
OK
Replace HV ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–265
DIAGNOSTICS – HV BATTERY CONTROL SYSTEM
HV BATTERY CONTROL SYSTEM

DI81G–01

Inside shown titles and page numbers
in this manual.
Vehicle Brought to Workshop See the indicated pages for details.
1 Customer Problem Analysis P. DI–266

3 Check DTC and Freezed Frame Data (Precheck)

Record or Print DTC and Freezed Frame Data P. DI–268
5 DTC Chart P. DI–272
6 Circuit Inspection P. DI–274
8 Confirmation Test
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–266
DI81H–01

Prius Problem Check Sheet Person in Charge at Person in Charge
Name of Dealer
Headquarters at Dealer
Office
Please fill in the blanks within bold frame.
Model Code NHW11– Problem Occurrence Date . . . : Km–reading km
Specifications
Frame No. NHW11– Service Entry Date . . Registration date . .

Vehicle
Unit No. etc. Vehicle Delivery Date . .
Option ( ) Navigation (equipped by ( ) MOP ( ) dealer) ( ) Cold climate specification

( ) others( )
Contents of complaint (Status when and before/after occurring in Characteristics of Customer

the order of events as correct as possible)
Gender ( ) Male ( ) Female

Age
Occupation
Vehicle used before
Main use area city area ( )%

suburbs ( )%
mountain area ( )%
Others ( ) ( )%
times/day or
Frequency in use
Interview Results
week or month
Others
Driving Condition Road Condition Vehicle Condition Others
Vehicle Speed ( ) flat road ( ) when starting HV Battery Warning light Weather:
km/h ( ) right after indication (MIL)
( ) up hill ( ) down Temperature:
hill incline of starting ( ) 4/4 ( ) 3/4 ( ) ON ( ) OFF
( ) when starting °C
° /% ( ) until min. ( ) 2/4 ( ) 1/4
( ) when according distance after starting ( ) unidentified
km ( ) until min. ( ) PS Brake operation
( ) When Shift position ( ) main battery ( ) brake slowly
after starting
normal driving (indication) ( ) HV! ( ) Brake suddenly
of driving
( ) when ( ) dry paved road
( )P ( )R ( )N ( ) use two pedals
decelerating ( ) wet paved road ( ) when shopping ( )D ( )B system
system ( ) engine
( ) when braking ( ) when operating
( ) rough paved road ( ) charge
→
( ) when shopping ( ) unpaved road ( ) output Frequency in
Status of engine control occurrence
( ) when parking ( ) snowy/frozen ( ) no indication ( ) always
( ) brake
( ) while shopping ( ) unidentified ( ) sometimes
( ) when tuming road ( ) ABS
engine ( ) only once
( ) bump/curb ( ) when starting ( ) others
( ) when A/C status
ABS actuating engine ( ) A/C ( ) FULL ( )
( ) others
( ) others ( ) ( ) when revolving ( ) OFF
( ) engine ( ) unidentified
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–267
Verification Results of Warning Light Verification Results of Diagnostic Code
( ) ON ( ) OFF Engine
( ) engine ( ) HV
HV
( ) HV battery
INF. code
( ) output control warning light
HV battery
( ) charge ( ) PS
( ) brake ( ) ABS Brake
Vehicle Verification Results
( ) others
PS
( )
Vehicle Inspection Results (Verification items, reason to identify/presume the cause parts, etc.) Reproduction Status
( ) always
( ) sometimes condition
when occurring
( ) no reproduction
Replacemect Parts Confirmation Results

After Repair
( ) Normal
( ) reproduction
( ) others ( )
problem parts: No/Yes (Sending date: . . )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–268
DI81I–01
PRE–CHECK
1. PRECAUTION
(a) To distinguish a trouble and replace a defective part, take
necessary preventive measures against an electric shock
(See page IN–4).
(b) Some portions of the wiring harness in the THS vehicle
have the circuits, to which a high voltage is applied. To
prevent an electrical shock, be sure to observe the follow-
B04757
ing:
(1) Wear insulated gloves during inspection.
(2) Remove a service plug and do not start any repair
operation before 5 minutes have passed, then con-
firm that the voltage at the output terminals has
dropped down to 12 V or less.
(3) Use insulated tools during inspection.
(4) When disengaging wiring connectors, hold the con-
nector bodies to avoid pulling the wires. When en-
gaging wiring connectors, be sure to engage them
securely.
(c) Do not leave tools or parts (bolts, nuts, etc.) inside the
cabin.
(d) Do not carry metallic objects such as mechanical pencils
or scales.
2. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) Description
S The HV control ECU has a self–diagnosis system
by which malfunction in the computer itself or in
THS components is detected and the master warn-
ing light in the combination meter and the HV bat-
tery warning light in the multi–information display
lights up.
A14089
A14090
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–269
Hand–held tester S To check the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC), con-

nect the hand–held tester to the Data Link Connec-
tor 3 (DLC3) on the vehicle. The hand–held tester
also enables you to erase the DTC and check
freeze frame data and various forms of THS data.
Freeze frame data records the driving condition
DLC3
when a malfunction is detected. When trouble-
F12397 shooting it is useful to determine whether the ve-
hicle was running, braked, stopped or reversed.
(b) Check the DLC3.
The HV control ECU conforms to ISO 14230 for commu-
nication.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SAEJ1962 and matches the ISO 14230 format.
DLC3
A04550
Terminal No. Connection/Voltage or Resistance Condition

7 Bus ę Line/Pulse generation During transmission
4 Chassis Ground ↔ Body Ground/1 Ω or less Always
5 Signal Ground ↔ Body Ground/1 Ω or less Always
16 Battery Positive ↔ Body Ground/10 – 15 V Always
HINT:
If your display shows UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE
when you have connected the cable of the hand–held tester to
the DLC3, turned the motor switch ON and operated the tester,
there is a problem in the vehicle or tool.
another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.
S If communication is still not possible when the tool is con-
nected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the
tool itself, so consult the Service Department.
3. INSPECT DIAGNOSIS
(a) Check the auxiliary battery.
(1) Measure the voltage of the auxiliary battery.
(2) Inspect the auxiliary battery, fuses, fusible links, wir-
ing harness, connectors and ground.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–270
(b) Check the master warning light.

(1) Turn the ignition switch ON and confirm that the
master warning light comes on.
HINT:
If the master warning light does not come on, suspect a burnt
fuse, burnt bulb, or open in wiring harness.
A14089
(2) When the ”READY” light is ON, the master warning

light should go off.
If the lamp remains on, the diagnosis system has detected a
malfunction or abnormality in the system.
B12009
Hand–held tester (c) Check the DTC.

(1) Prepare a hand–held tester.
(3) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held
tester main switch ON.
(4) Use the hand–held tester to check the DTC and
freeze frame data and note them down. (For operat-
DLC3
ing instructions, see the TOYOTA hand–held tester
F12397 operator’s manual).
(5) See a related page to confirm details of the DTC.
Hand–held tester (d) Clear the DTC.

(2) Operate the hand–held tester to erase the DTC
(See the hand–held tester operator’s manual.).
DLC3
F12397
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–271

(a) Perform a simulation test (See page IN–29).
(b) Check the connector and terminal (See page IN–40).
(c) Handle the connector (See page IN–40).
5. HAND–HELD TESTER DISPLAY ITEMS
TOYOTA hand–held tester display Measurement Item
BATTERY SOC Battery capacity SOC
AVERAGE TEMP Average battery temperature
ONB CHARGE TIME Cumulative number of times of on–board uniform charging
BATERY LO TIME Cumulative number of times of low uniform charging
BC INHIBIT TIME Cumulative number of times of BC inhibition
IB MAIN BATTERY IB main battery current (with correction)
BATT BLOCK V# Battery block voltage #
BAT BLOCK MIN V Battery block minimum voltage
MIN BAT BLOCK # Minimum voltage battery block
BAT BLOCK MAX V Battery block maximum voltage
MAX BAT BLOCK # Maximum voltage battery block
BATT INSIDE AIR Ambient temperature inside battery pack
BATTERY TOO HI # Cumulative number of times of too–high battery voltage
VMF FAN VOLTAGE VMF fan voltage
AUX. BAT V Auxiliary battery voltage
WIN Charge restriction value
WOUT Discharge restriction value
DELTA SOC ʤ SOC
SBL FAN STP RQST SBL cooling fan stop request signal
COOLING FAN HI Cooling fan operation in high speed
COOLING FAN MID Cooling fan operation in middle speed
COOLING FAN LO Cooling fan operation in low
CCTL CFRS outer air intake request signal (changed by CCTL)
EQC0 DF RELAY EQC0 dead front relay
EQTR CHARGE ST EQTR uniform charging start signal
AX BATT CHARGE Auxiliary battery charging status
ONBORD CHARGE Outside uniform charging status
PRE ONBORDE CH Pre–On–board charging status
TEMPERATURE LO Stand–by status at low temperature
NORMAL STATUS Normal status
INSIDE RESIST # Inside resistance
BATT TEMP # Battery temperature
ECU CODE ECU code
IG OFF HOWR Average time of IG OFF
IG ON HOWR Average time of IG ON
ET OFF CHG HR Estimation of time to finish OFF BOARD
DTC The number of stored DTC
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–272
DI81J–01

Master
DTC No.
Detection Item Trouble Area Warning Memory
(See Page)
Light
P1600 S Open in back up power source circuit
BATT malfunction f f
(DI–278) S Battery ECU
P3001
Battery ECU malfunction S Battery ECU f f
(DI–280)
S Battery ECU
P3002 HV serial communication mal-
S HV ECU f f
(DI–281) function
S Communication bus
P3005 S High voltage fuse
High voltage fuse snapped X f
(DI–284) S Power cable
P3006
Battery levels are unusually S Battery pack f f
(DI–285)
P3007 Battery levels are becoming dif-

– X f
(DI–286) ferent
S Battery cover
S SMR
S Power cable
P3009 S Converter & inverter assembly
Leak detective X f
(DI–287) S Battery temperature sensor
S Battery ECU
S HV transaxle
S Busbar module
P3010
Battery becomes weak S Battery pack f f
(DI–294)
P3011–P3029
Battery block # becomes weak S Battery pack f f
(DI–295)
S Open in battery voltage detective line

P3030 Battery voltage detective line
S Connector f f
(DI–296) snapped
S Busbar module
P3060 Battery temperature sensor mal-
S Battery temperature sensor f f
(DI–298) function
S Duct
P3076 Abnormal air flow by battery
S Blower fan f f
(DI–299) cooling fan
S Battery ECU
S Battery fan relay
P3077 S Battery fan blower controller
Battery fan circuit malfunction f f
(DI–301) S Blower fan
S Wire harness
P3115 S SMR
SMR malfunction f f
(DI–304) S Wire harness
S HV battery conditioner
S Wire harness
C2552 Malfunction in external uniform
S Adaptor for charger X f
(DI–274) charging
S Battery ECU
S SMR
*:f ··· Master warning light lights up. X ··· Master warning light does not lights up.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–273
DI81K–01
PARTS LOCATION
Service Plug
Battery ECU
SMR
Battery Fan Relay
HV ECU
Blower Motor
Battery Fan Blower

Controller
Power Cable
A14088
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–274
DI81L–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC C2552 Malfunction in External Uniform Charging
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When a HV battery is depleted and its charging rate is low, it can be recharged using an external uniform
charger.
S HV battery conditioner not applicable
S Wire harness
c2552 Charged current is beyond a fixed range. S Adaptor for charger
S Battery ECU
S SMR
1 Check that HV battery conditioner is applicable.
NG Replace the HV battery conditioner
OK
2 Check CCTL line.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the adapter for charger.
(b) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tes-
ter main switch ON.
(d) Set the CCTL line to HI in the active test.
CHECK:
Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between terminal CCTL
and body ground.
OK:
Standard voltage: More than 5 V
OK Go to step 4
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–275
3 Check that wire harness is open.
PREPARATION:
Remove the wire harness between the battery ECU and HV
battery conditioner.
CHECK:
Using an ohmmeter, check the wire harness continuity.
OK:
Continuity
NG Repair or replace the wire harness.
OK
4 Check CCTL line.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the adapter for charger.
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tes-
ter main switch ON.
(d) Set the CCTL line to LO in the active test.
CHECK:
Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between terminal CCTL
and body ground.
OK:
Standard voltage: 1V or less
OK Go to step 6
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–276
5 Check that wire harness is open.
PREPARATION:
Remove the wire harness between the battery ECU and adapt-
er for THS charger.
CHECK:
Check for short circuit between CCTL terminal and other termi-
nals.
OK:
Short circuit is not identified.
OK
6 Check high voltage connector for charge
CHECK:
Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage between terminal CEZ
and CBZ.
OK:
Standard voltage: 200V or more
OK HV battery conditioner malfunction.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–277
7 Check power cable for battery pack
PREPARATION:
Remove the battery cover (See page HV–2).
CHECK:
Check the power cable inside the battery pack for damage.
OK
Replace the SMR.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–278
DI81M–01
DTC P1600 BATT Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Battery positive voltage is supplied to terminal AM of the Battery ECU even when the ignition switch is OFF
to read the DTC memory and freeze frame data adaptive control value memory, etc.
S Open in back up power source circuit
P1600 Open in back up power source circuit
S Battery ECU
HINT:
If DTC P1600 appears, the Battery ECU does not store any other DTC.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Battery ECU
Engine Room J/B
J2 J/C
1 HV 1 5 1
G–Y G–Y G–Y
1B 1F IH1 B16
B B

1 1
B–G
F12 F13
MAIN 1
F18
Battery
A14078
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–279
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using a hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when
the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting, it is useful to determine whether the vehicle was running
or stopped, the engine was warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio was lean or rich, etc. at the time of malfunc-
tion.
1 Check voltage between terminal AM of Battery ECU connector and body ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
AM Remove the luggage trim.
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminal AM of the Battery ECU
(+) OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
(–)
A14081 OK Check and replace Battery ECU
(See page IN–40).
NG
2 Check HV fuse of engine room J/B.

Remove the HV fuse from the engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check the continuity of the HV fuse.
OK:
Continuity

HV Fuse A14082
connected to HV fuse.
OK

tween battery and HV fuse, and HV fuse and
Battery ECU (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–280
DI81N–01
DTC P3001 Battery ECU Abnormally
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
P3001 Battery ECU Malfunction S Battery ECU
CAUTION:
To avoid receiving an electric shock, obseve the instructions written in PRECAUTION on page
DI–268.
Replace battery ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–281
DI81O–01
DTC P3002 HV ECU Communication Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The battery ECU inputs information of the AC ECU, SMR connection signals, etc. sent from the HV ECU,
and outputs information such as errors inside the battery pack, MIL Light lighting request, etc.
S Communication bus line
P3002 No serial signals transmitted from HV ECU S Battery ECU
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Battery ECU
HV ECU
2 W 1 6
W
HTD+ H17 IF2 B16
20 B 2 B 7
HTD– H17 IF2 B16
19 R 4 18
R
DTH+ H17 IF2 B16
18 G 3 G 19
DTH– H17 IF2 B16
A14076
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–282
1 Inspect communication bus line.
HV ECU Side : PREPARATION:

Disconnect the connector from the battery ECU and the HV
ECU
CHECK:
Check that the communication bus line is not short or open.
OK:
No open or short.
Battery ECU Side :
A14083
OK
2 Check if noise affect operation or not.
CHECK:
Using an oscilloscope, inspect the communication signal between the battery ECU and the HV ECU.
OK:
Communication signals of 0 – 5 V are transmitted from the HV ECU to the battery ECU.
NG Seek for a cause of the noise occurrence.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–283
3 Check communication signal.
Using an oscilloscope, check the communication signal between the battery ECU and the HV ECU.
OK:
Communication signals of 0 – 5 V are transmitted from the HV ECU to the battery ECU.
NG Replace the HV ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–284
DI81P–01
DTC P3005 High Voltage Fuse Snapped
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A fuse is set in the service plug to protect high–voltage system parts.
Although interlock switch is connected, voltage of battery bolck S High voltage fuse
P3005
No. 10 is less than specified. S Power cable
NO Go to relevant DTC chart.
OK
2 Check continuity between fuse terminals in service plug.
NO Repair or replace the power cable.
OK
Replace the fuse.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–285
DI81Q–01
DTC P3006 Battery Levels Are Unusual
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Through the battery voltage detective line, charging rate of each battery is detected.
S SOC becomes high (42 % or more)
P3005 S Amount of scatter in charging rate becomes large. S Battery pack
NO Replace the battery pack assembly, and initial-

ize the battery ECU by performing an active test.
YES
Go to relevant DTC chart.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–286
DI81R–01
DTC P3007 Battery Levels Are Becoming Different
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This code is output when charging rates are scattering after a vehicle has been left without driven for a long
period. Therefore, it does not indicate any failure of the vehicle.
S Scattering of charging rate identified after leaving vehicle
P3005 alone for long period. –
S SOC is 42 % or more.

YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–287
DI81S–01
DTC P3009 Leak Detected
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Electric leak from the high–voltage system, which may seriously harm the human body, is detected by this
code.
S Power cable
S HV transaxle
Electric leak from high–voltage system S Battery cover
P3009
(Insulating resistance of power cable is 100 kΩ or less.) S SMR
S Battery temperature sensor
S Battery ECU
S Busbar module
1 Check that P3001 is not detected.
NG Troubleshoot against P3001.
OK
2 Check for recurrence
PREPARATION:
(a) With the shift lever in P, delete this DTC using a hand–held tester.
(b) Then, turn the ’’READY’’ light ON and wait for 1 min.
CHECK:
Check that P3009 is not detected again.
OK:
No continuity.
NG Repeat this check.
HINT:
When this DTC is not detected again, the following causes are
plausible.
S Water or foreign matter in the battery pack assembly.
S Water or foreign matter in the inverter or converter.
S Failure inside the inverter, converter or battery ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–288
3 Check power cable
PREPARATION:
(a) Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(b) Remove the auxiliary battery negative terminal.
(c) Remove the service plug.
(d) Disconnect the power cable between the inverter and SMR.
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between the power cable and body.
OK:
Standard resistance: 10 MΩ or more
OK
4 Check HV transaxle
CHECK:
(a) Check that the voltage between each of 6 connecting points of the power cable which connects the
inverter to HV transaxle, and body ground.
(b) Check the resistance between each of the 6 terminals and HV transaxle itself.
OK:
(a) Standard voltage: 0V
(b) Standard resistance: 10 MΩ or more
NG Replace the HV transaxle.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–289
5 Check inverter
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the power cable connector from the inverter and SMR.
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between each of the 8 contact points (including 6 points connecting the in-
verter to HV transaxle and 2 points connecting the SMR to inverter) and the inverter itself.
NG Replace the Converter & inverter assembly.
OK
6 Check cover for high voltage contacting part
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the auxiliary battery negative terminal.
(b) Remove the service plug.
(c) Remove the battery carrier catch bracket (See page HV–4).
(d) Connect the auxiliary battery negative terminal (with the service plug removed) and delete the DTC
with TOYOTA hand–held tester.
(e) Then, turn the ignition switch ON–OFF–ON (Do not turn it to ST) and wait for 1 min.
CHECK:
Check if P3009 is detected or not.
NG Check for foreign matter or water inside the con-

verter. Inspect the power cable. If necessary, re-
place.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–290
7 Check battery cover
PREPARATION:
(c) Remove the battery cover (See page HV–5).
with a hand–held tester.
CHECK:
NG Check if the battery cover is contact with high

voltage part or not. If necessary, replace.
OK
8 Check high voltage cables in battery pack
PREPARATION:
(c) Remove the service plug.
(d) Disconnect the high voltage cables in the battery pack from the battery (both ends of the vehicle front
side, 2 places on the center of the rear side).
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between each of 4 cables and the body ground.
OK:
NG Replace the high voltage cable.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–291
9 Check SMR
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between each of 4 connecting points (2 on the battery side and 2 on the
vehicle side) of the high voltage cable for SMR and body ground.
OK:
NG Replace SMR.
OK
10 Check battery temperature sensor.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector for battery temperature sensor from the battery ECU (See page HV–5).
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between each terminal and the body ground.
OK:
NG Replace the battery temperature sensor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–292
11 Check battery ECU
PREPARATION:
(c) Disconnect the connector for high voltage from the battery ECU (See page HV–5).
with TOYOTA hand–held tester.
CHECK:
NG Replace the battery ECU.
OK
12 Check busbar module
PREPARATION:
(c) From the part connected to the battery module (on the vehicle front side), remove all of wire harness
used only for module voltage detection.
(d)
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between each terminal of orange colored connector on the battery ECU con-
necting side and the body ground.
OK:
NG Replace the busbar module.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–293
13 Check left half of battery module
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between the terminal on the left end of the battery module and the body
ground.
OK:
OK
14 Check right half of battery module
CHECK:
Check the insulating resistance between the terminal on the right end of the battery module and the body
ground.
OK:
OK
Repeatedly check and observe the result.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–294
DI81T–01
DTC P3010 Battery Becomes Weak
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Depletion of the whole HV battery is detected from its internal resistance.
P3009 Total resistance of battery becomes large. S Battery pack
1 Are there any other codes (besides DTC P3010) being outputs?

YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–295
DI81U–01
DTC P3011–P3029 Battery Block # Becomes Weak
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Internal resistance of each battery module is measured, detecting battery depletion for each module block,
1 to 19.
Nineteen block of battery modules are arranged in the order of 1 to 19 from the ECU side.
P3009 Battery internal resistance is abnormal. S Battery pack
1 Are there any other codes (besides DTC P3011–P3029) being outputs?

YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–296
DI81V–01
DTC P3030 Battery Voltage Detective line Snapped
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A voltage sensor set in a busbar module circuit measures a voltage of a pair of battery packs and sends
signals to the battery ECU.
S Open in battery voltage detective line
P3030 Open in battery voltage detective line S Connector
S Busbar module
WIRING DIAGRAM
Battery ECU
Busbar Module
GR – B 14
V–Y 2
GR 15
O 3
LG – B 16
L–O 4
LG 17
P 5
Y–B 18
L–W 6
L 7
LG – R 20
Y 8
P–L 21
G 9
L–R 22
G–W 10
R 23
W 11
L–B 24
A14077
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–297
1 Are there any other codes (besides DTC P3030) being outputs?
OK
2 Check if connector is properly connected.
NG Connect properly, repair or replace.
OK
3 Check busbar module
CHECK:
Check the tightening of the nuts of the busbar modules before and behind the battery block which voltage
is 2 V or less.
OK:
The nut is not loosened.
NG Tighten the nut.
OK
Replace the busbar module.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–298
DI81W–01
DTC P3060 Battery Temperature sensor Circuit Malfunc-

tion
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A thermistor in the sensor set in a battery pack changes its resistance according to battery bemperature.
As the battery temperature falls or rises, the sesistance rises or falls accordingly.
S Open or short in battery temperature sensor circuit
S Battery temperature sensor
P3030 S Battery temperature sensor circuit range/performance prob-
S Connector
lem
OK
2 Check if connector is properly connected.
OK
Replace the battery temperature sensor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–299
DI81X–01
DTC P3076 Abnormal Air Flow by Battery Cooling Fan
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Duct clogged or disconnected.
P3076 Rotating fan does not lower battery temperature. S Mechanical failure of fan
S Battery ECU
1 Connect hand–held tester, and perform active test.
PREPARATION:
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC 3.
CHECK:
Operating the fan forcibly, put your hand on the inlet to check that air is being inhaled by the fan.
OK:
Air is inhaled.
OK Replace the battery ECU.
NG
2 Check if duct is correctly installed.
NG Repair or replace the duct.
OK
3 Check duct for clog.
NG Repair or replace the duct.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–300
4 Check blower fan.
NG Repair or replace the blower fan.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–301
DI81Y–01
DTC P3077 Battery Cooling Fan Motor Circuit Malfunc-

tion
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
To control rise in battery temperature during driving and charging, the battery fan operation is controlled in
3 levels depending on battery temperature.
S Battery blower motor
Electric error in battery cooling fan motor circuit continues for
S Battery fan relay
P3002 10 sec.
S Battery fan blower controller
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Battery ECU
LG – R 8
B17
B18
Battery Fan Relay 2
B14 L–B
B17
1 2 Battery
Blower
7 L–R Motor L – B L–R 9
3 5 L 1 4 2
IH1 B17
2
L–R L 3 1
Engine Room J/B W–B
B15 W–B
BATT FAN Battery Blower
8 2
Motor Controller
1J 1B C J31
B
13 J/C J31
Fusible Link Block No. 1 J/C
1 1
B
F13 F12 B J32
B–G
1 MAIN W–B W–B
F18
Battery
BJ BI
A14079
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–302
1 Check FAN fuse of engine room J/B.
Engine Room J/B

PREPARATION:
Remove the FAN fuse from the engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check the continuity of the FAN fuse.
OK:
Continuity

FAN Fuse A14084
connected to FAN fuse. Check that the motor is
not locked. If locked, replace the motor.
OK
2 Check wire harness open or short (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check blower fan relay (See page HV–35).
NG Replace the blower fan relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–303
4 Check blower fan operation.
PREPARATION:
Remove the blower fan (See page HV–32).
CHECK:
Apply battery voltage to the power supply terminal of the fan,
and check the fan rotation.
OK:
The fan rotates normally.
NG Replace the blower fan.
OK
Replace battery fan blower controller.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–304
DI81Z–01
DTC P3115 SMR Assembly Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The SMR connects or breaks electric power in high voltage circuit according to instructions from the HV ECU.
The battery ECU inputs signals from a current sensor in the SMR and controls the output current.
S SMR
P3115 Current sensor in SMR is defective.
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
S6 Battery ECU
SMR
7 Y 4
B17
2 Y–B 10
B17
6 Y–R 3
B17
A14075
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–305
OK
2 Check if connector is properly connected
OK
3 Check wire harness
PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the connector from the battery ECU.
(b) Disconnect the connector from the SMR.
CHECK:
Check that the wire harness between the battery ECU and the SMR is short and open.
OK:
No short and open
OK
Replace the SMR.
NOTICE:
S If the DTC, P3115 is output from the battery ECU, check the HV ECU for DTC.
S If the DTC, P3115 is also output from the HV ECU, replace the SMR. Erase the DTC from the HV
ECU and check the DTC.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–306
DIAGNOSTICS – ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH EBD & RBS
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH EBD & RBS

DI7MJ–01

Troubleshoot in accordance with the procedure on the following pages.
Vehicle Brought to Workshop

Items inside are titles of pages in this manual,
with the page number in the bottom portion. See
1 Customer Problem Analysis the pages for detailed explanations.
P. DI–307
2 Check and Clear DTC (Precheck)

P. DI–308
Symptom
does not occur
3 4 Symptom Simulation
Problem Symptom Confirmation
P. IN–29
Symptom
occurs
5 DTC Check Normal code

P. DI–308
Malfunction code
6 DTC Chart 7 Problem Symptoms Table

P. DI–313 P. DI–321
9
8 Circuit Inspection Sensor Check Check for Fluid Leakage
P. DI–322 – DI–405 P. DI–407
10
Repair
11
Confirmation Test
Step 2, 5, 8, 9, 11: Diagnostic steps permitting the use of the
hand–held tester.
End
Fail safe function:
When a failure occurs in the ABS & RBS system, the ABS warning light is lit and the ABS & RBS operation is prohibited.
In addition to this, when the failure which disables the EBD operation occurs, the brake warning light is lit as well and
the EBD operation is prohibited.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–307
DI7MK–01
ABS Check Sheet Inspector’s

:
Name
Registration No.
Customer’s Name Registration Date / /
Frame No.
Date Vehicle Odometer Reading km

/ / miles
Brought In
Date Problem First Occurred / /
Frequency Problem Occurs Continuous Intermittent ( times a day)
ABS does not operate.
ABS does not operate intermittently.
EBD does not operate.

Symptoms
RBS does not operate.
ABS Warning Light Remains ON Does not Light Up

Abnormal
Brake Warning
Light Abnormal Remains ON Does not Light Up
ABS Warning Light Normal Malfunction Code (Code )

Check Item
Brake Warning
Normal Does not Light Up
Light
1st Time Normal Code Malfunction Code (Code )

DTC Check
2nd Time Normal Code Malfunction Code (Code )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–308
DI7ML–01
PRE–CHECK
1. PRECAUTION
(a) To distinguish trouble and repair it, perform necessary
electrical shock prevention operation (See page
IN–4).
(b) Some portions of the wiring harness belong to the 288 V
circuit, to which a high voltage is supplied. To avoid re-
ceiving an electrical shock, be sure to observe the follow-
ing:
(1) Wear insulating gloves during inspection.
(2) Before removing or installing parts and connectors,
remove the service plug and conform that the volt-
age at the output terminals has dropped down to 0
V.
(3) When disengaging wiring connectors, hold the con-
nector bodies to avoid pulling the wires. When en-
gaging wiring connectors, be sure to engage them
securely.
2. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
LHD:
(a) Release the parking brake pedal.
(b) Check the indicator.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, check that the ABS
warning light and brake warning light goes on for approx.
3 seconds.
HINT:
S When the parking brake is applied or the level of the brake
fluid is low, the brake warning light is lit.
S If the indicator check result is not normal, proceed to trou-
RHD: bleshooting for the ABS warning light circuit or brake
warning light circuit (See page DI–394 or DI–398).
(c) Check the warning buzzer.
When depressing the brake pedal repeatedly it may turn
on the brake warning buzzer.
HINT:
If the warning buzzer check result is not normal, proceed to
troubleshooting for the brake warning buzzer circuit (See page
F12427 DI–401).
(d) In case of not using hand–held tester:

DLC3
Check the DTC.
Tc
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.
(3) Read the DTC from the ABS warning light on the
combination meter.
HINT:
CG
F09750 S If no code appears, inspect the diagnostic circuit or ABS
warning light circuit (See page DI–403 or DI–394).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–309
S As an example, the blinking patterns for normal code and

Normal Code codes 11 and 21 are shown on the left.
2 sec. (4) Codes are explained in the code table on page
0.25 sec.
DI–313.
0.25 sec.
(5) After completing the check, disconnect terminals Tc
and CG, and turn off the display.
ON
If 2 or more malfunctions are indicated at the same time the low-
est numbered DTC will be displayed 1st.
OFF
Code 11 and 21
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
1.5 sec.
4 sec. 2.5 sec.
ON
OFF
Code 11 Code 21
R01346
Hand–held Tester (e) In case of using hand–held tester:

Check the DTC.
(1) Hook up the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
(3) Read the DTC by following the prompts on the tes-
ter screen.
HINT:
DLC3 Please refer to the hand–held tester operator’s manual for fur-
F12397 ther details.
(f) In case of not using hand–held tester:

Clear the DTC.
SST 09843–18040
(3) Clear the DTC stored in ECU by depressing the
brake pedal 8 or more times within 5 seconds.
(4) Check that the warning light shows the normal
BR3890 code.
(5) Remove the SST from the terminals of DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–310
Hand–held Tester (g) In case of using hand–held tester:

Clear the DTC.
(3) Operate the hand–held tester to erase the codes.
HINT:
Please refer to the hand–held tester operator’s manual for fur-
DLC3 ther details.
F12397
3. SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK (TEST MODE)

Tc HINT:
Ts DLC3
If the ignition switch is turned from ON to ACC or LOCK during
test mode, DTC will be erased.
(a) In case of not using hand–held tester:
Check the sensor signal.
(1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(2) Using SST, connect terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.
CG
F09750 SST 09843–18040
(3) Start the engine.
(4) Check that the ABS warning light blinks.
HINT:
0.13 sec. 0.13 sec. If the ABS warning light does not blink, inspect the ABS warning
light circuit and Ts terminal circuit (See page DI–394,
ON
DI–405).
(5) Keep the vehicle in the stationary condition and the
brake pedal in free condition for 1 sec. or more.
OFF (6) Keeping the vehicle in the stationary condition, de-
BR3904 press the brake pedal with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) or
more for 1 sec. or more.
(7) Drive vehicle straight forward.
When driving the vehicle at the speed faster than 45
km/h (28 mph) for several seconds, check that the
ABS warning light comes off.
HINT:
There is a case that the sensor check is not completed if the ve-
hicle has its front wheels spun or its steering wheel steered dur-
ing this check.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–311
(8) Stop the vehicle.

SST 09843–18040
(10) Read the number of blinks of the ABS warning light.
HINT:
S See the list of DTC shown on the next page.
S If every sensor is normal, a normal code is output (A cycle
of 0.25 sec. ON and 0.25 sec. OFF is repeated).
S If 2 or more malfunctions are indicated at the same time,
the lowest numbered code will be displayed 1st.
Malfunction Code (Example Code 72, 76)

7 2 7 6
ON
OFF
1.5 sec. 2.5 sec. 4 sec.
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec. Repeat
BR3893
(11) After doing the check, turn ignition switch OFF, and
disconnect the SST from terminals Ts and CG, Tc
and CG of DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
Hand–held Tester (b) In case of using hand–held tester:

Check the DTC.
(2) Do step (3) to (8) on the previous page and this
page.
ter screen.
DLC3
HINT:
F12397 Please refer to the hand–held tester operator’s manual for fur-
ther details.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–312
DTC of sensor check function:

Code No. Diagnosis Trouble Area
S Right front speed sensor
C1271/71 Low output voltage of right front speed sensor S Sensor installation
S Right front speed sensor rotor
S Left front speed sensor
C1272/72 Low output voltage of left front speed sensor S Sensor installation
S Left front speed sensor rotor
S Right rear speed sensor
C1273/73 Low output voltage of right rear speed sensor S Sensor installation
S Right rear speed sensor rotor
S Left rear speed sensor
C1274/74 Low output voltage of left rear speed sensor S Sensor installation
S Left rear speed sensor rotor
Abnormal change in output voltage of right front speed sen-
C1275/75 Right front speed sensor rotor
sor
Abnormal change in output voltage of left front speed

C1276/76 Left front speed sensor rotor
sensor
Abnormal change in output voltage of right rear speed

C1277/77 Right rear speed sensor rotor
sensor
C1278/78 Abnormal change in output voltage of left rear speed sensor Left rear speed sensor rotor
Master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor output signals is
C1281/81 Master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor
faulty
C1282/82 Regulator (REG) pressure sensor output signal is faulty Regulator (REG) pressure sensor
C1283/83 Front (FR) pressure sensor output signal is faulty Front (FR) pressure sensor
C1284/84 Rear (RR) pressure sensor output signal is faulty Rear (RR) pressure sensor
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–313
DI7MM–01

NOTICE:
When removing the part, turn the ignition switch OFF.
HINT:
S Using SST 09843–18040, connect the terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.
S If any abnormality is not found when inspecting parts, inspect the ECU.
S If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed that code. For details
of each code, turn to the page referred to under the ”See page” for respective ”DTC No.” in the DTC
chart.
DTC No.
Detection Item Trouble Area
(See Page)
C0200/31*1
Right front wheel speed sensor signal malfunction
(DI–322)
C0205/32*1
Left front wheel speed sensor signal malfunction S Right front, left front, right rear and left rear speed sensor
(DI–322)
S Each
E h speed d sensor circuit
i it
C0210/33*1
Right rear wheel speed sensor signal malfunction S Sensor rotor
(DI–322)
C0215/34*1
Left rear wheel speed sensor signal malfunction
(DI–322)
C0226/21 S SFRR or SFRH circuit
Malfunction in ABS solenoid (SFR) circuit
(DI–329) S Brake actuator
C0236/22 S SFLR or SFLH circuit

Malfunction in ABS solenoid (SFL) circuit
C0246/23 S SRR or SRH circuit

Malfunction in ABS solenoid (SR) circuit
C0278/11
Open circuit in ABS solenoid relay circuit
(DI–332) S ABS solenoid relay
C0279/12 S ABS solenoid relay circuit
Short circuit in ABS solenoid relay circuit
(DI–332)
S Brake fluid level

C1202/58 Brake fluid level low
S Brake fluid level warning switch
(DI–336) Open circuit in brake fluid level warning switch circuit
S Brake fluid level warning switch circuit
C1211/61 S SLA+ or SLA– circuit
Malfunction in linear solenoid (SLA) circuit
C1212/62 S SLR+ or SLR– circuit

Malfunction in linear solenoid (SLR) circuit
S HVI+ or HVI– circuit

C1213/63
Malfunction in HV ECU communication circuit S HVO+ or HVO– circuit
(DI–340)
S HV ECU
S Each pressure sensor
C1214/64
Malfunction in hydraulic system S Each pressure sensor circuit
(DI–342)
S Fluid leakage
C1215/15
Low voltage of linear solenoid S Battery
(DI–343)
S Charging
Ch i systemt
C1216/16
High voltage of linear solenoid S Power source circuit
(DI–343)
C1217/25 S Regenerative solenoid (SMC1) circuit
Malfunction in regenerative solenoid (SMC1) circuit
C1218/26 S Regenerative solenoid (SMC2) circuit

Malfunction in regenerative solenoid (SMC2) circuit
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–314
C1219/27 S Regenerative solenoid (SS) circuit

Malfunction in regenerative solenoid (SS) circuit
C1220/46
Malfunction in regulator (REG) pressure sensor
(DI–348)
S Each pressure sensor
C1221/46
Malfunction in front (FR) pressure sensor S Each pressure sensor circuit
(DI–348)
S Brake actuator
C1222/46
Malfunction in rear (RR) pressure sensor
(DI–348)
S Battery
C1241/41
Low or abnormally high battery positive voltage in IG1 circuit S Charging system
(DI–353)
S Power source circuit
S Battery
C1242/42*2
Open circuit in IG2 circuit S Charging system
(DI–356)
C1246/46 S Master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor
Malfunction in master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor
(DI–348) S Master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor circuit
C1249/49 S Stop light switch

Open circuit in stop light switch circuit
(DI–359) S Stop light switch circuit
C1251/51*2
Malfunction in hydraulic brake booster pump motor Hydraulic brake booster pump motor
(DI–362)
S Hydraulic brake booster pump motor
C1252/52*2
Hydraulic brake booster pump motor ON time abnormally long S Hydraulic brake booster pump motor circuit
(DI–366)
S Pressure switch (PH or PL)
C1253/53*2 S Hydro motor relay
Malfunction in hydro motor relay circuit
(DI–373) S Hydro motor relay circuit
C1254/54*2 S Pressure switch (PH or PL)

Malfunction in pressure switch
(DI–378) S Pressure switch circuit
S Accumulator
C1256/56*2
Malfunction of accumulator low pressure S Pressure switch (PH or PL)
(DI–381)
C1257/57*2 S Battery
Malfunction in power supply drive circuit
(DI–387) S Power Source circuit
C1259/59 S HV control system

Malfunction in regenerative of HV ECU
(DI–390) S HV ECU
S Battery
Always ON S Charging system
Malfunction in brake ECU
(DI–391) S Power source circuit
S Brake ECU
*1: As the DTC cannot be erased by replacing parts alone do either of the following operations.
(1) Clear DTC (See page DI–308).
(2) At the vehicle speed of 20 km/h (12 mph), drive the vehicle for 30 sec. or more.
2
* : Using the following table, troubled parts can be specified.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–315
Table of Trouble Part and DTC:
DTC C1242/42 C1251/51 C1252/52 C1253/53 C1254/54 C1256/56 C1257/57
Brake warning light and buzzer Light Buzzer Light Buzzer Light Buzzer Light Buzzer Light Buzzer Light Buzzer Light Buzzer
PH f f f f f
Pressure switch
PL f f f f f
Pump motor f f f f
MTT wire harness f f f
Pump motor circuit
MT+ wire harness f
MT– wire harness f
Accumulator malfunction f f
MR1 open circuit f
MR2 open circuit f

Motor relay circuit
MR1 welded contact f f f
MR2 welded contact f f f
Hydraulic brake booster Pressure leaks f f f f
Power source* IG2 open circuit f
ECU Power suplly circuit f
*: When IG1 circuit is open, ABS warning light and brake warning light come on.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–316
DI7MN–01
PARTS LOCATION
LHD:
Engine Room R/B No. 2 Hydro Motor Relay No. 1
Hydro Motor Relay No. 2
ABS Solenoid Relay
Fluid Level Switch
Front Speed
Sensor
Rear Speed Sensor
Sensor Rotor
Front Speed Sensor
Hydraulic Brake Booster Sensor Rotor

Brake Actuator
ABS Warning Light
Brake Warning Light
Brake ECU
Brake Warning
Buzzer
Stop Light Switch
DLC3
Parking Brake Switch
F12430
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–317
RHD:
Engine Room R/B No. 2 Hydro Motor Relay No. 1
Hydro Motor Relay No. 2
ABS Solenoid Relay
Fluid Level Switch
Front Speed
Sensor
Rear Speed Sensor
Sensor Rotor
Front Speed Sensor
Hydraulic Brake Booster Sensor Rotor

Brake Actuator
ABS Warning Light
Brake Warning Light
Brake ECU
Brake Warning
Buzzer
DLC3
Parking Brake Switch Stop Light Switch

F12437
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–318
DI7MO–01
TERMINALS OF ECU
B9 B10 B11 B12
F02094

SFRH (B9 – 1) – GND (B9 – 6,
R–B ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SFRR (B9 – 2) – GND (B9 – 6,

R–W ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SMC2 (B9 – 3) – GND (B9 – 6,

G–B ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF (Brake pedal released) 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SMC1 (B9 – 4) – GND (B9 – 6,
G–W ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF (Brake pedal released) 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SS (B9 – 5) – GND (B9 – 6, 31,

G–O ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF (Brake pedal released) 10 – 14
B10 – 8, 17)
SFLR (B9 – 7) – GND (B9 – 6,

R–G ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SRRH (B9 – 8) – GND (B9 – 6,

R–Y ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SRRR (B9 – 9) – GND (B9 – 6,
R–L ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
VCM (B9 – 10) – GND (B9 – 6,

B ↔ W–B IG switch ON 4.5 – 5.5
31, B10 – 8, 17)
PH (B9 – 11) – GND (B9 – 6, Vehicle stops, pump motor rotates 5–7
GR ↔ W–B
W B
31, B10 – 8, 17) Vehicle stops, pump motor stops Below 1.0
SG1 (B9 – 12) – GND (B9 – 6,
Shielded ↔ W–B IG switch OFF Continuity
31, B10 – 8, 17)
FR+ (B9 – 14) – FR– (B9 – 13) P↔L IG switch ON, slowly turn right front wheel Pulse generation
FL+ (B9 – 16) – FL– (B9 – 15) R↔G IG switch ON, slowly turn left front wheel Pulse generation
MT– (B9 – 18) – GND (B9 – 6,
Y ↔ W–B IG switch OFF Continuity
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SR (B9 – 19) – GND (B9 – 6,

B–L ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF Below 1.5
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SFLH (B9 – 21) – GND (B9 – 6,

Y–B ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
PMC (B9 – 22) – GND (B9 – 6,
W ↔ W–B IG switch ON, stop light switch OFF Below 1.0
31, B10 – 8, 17)
E2 (B9 – 23) – GND (B9 – 6,

R ↔ W–B IG switch OFF Continuity
31, B10 – 8, 17)
FSS (B9 – 24) – GND (B9 – 6,

BR ↔ W–B IG switch OFF Continuity
31, B10 – 8, 17)
MTT (B9 – 27) – GND (B9 – 6, IG switch ON, pump motor rotates Above 8.0
W L ↔ W–B
W–L W B
31, B10 – 8, 17) IG switch ON, pump motor stops Below 1.5
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–319
MT+ (B9 – 28) – GND (B9 – 6,

Y–G ↔ W–B IG switch ON (Motor relay is OFF) Below 1.5
31, B10 – 8, 17)
MR1 (B9 – 29) – GND (B9 – 6,

LG–R ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS motor stops 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
STP (B10 – 1) – GND (B9 – 6, Stop light switch OFF Below 1.5
G W ↔ W–B
G–W W B
31, B10 – 8, 17) Stop light switch ON 8 – 14
SP1 (B10 – 2) – GND (B9 – 6,
V–R ↔ W–B Vehicle driving at about 30 km/h (19 mph) Pulse generation
31, B10 – 8, 17)
Tc (B10 – 3) – GND (B9 – 6, 31,

P–B ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
B10 – 8, 17)
Ts (B10 – 4) – GND (B9 – 6, 31,

GR–G ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
B10 – 8, 17)
BRL (B10 – 5) – GND (B9 – 6, 10 – 14 for about 3

R–Y ↔ W–B IG switch OFF → ON (Parking brake switch OFF)
31, B10 – 8, 17) sec., then Below 2
IG1 (B10 – 6) – GND (B9 – 6,
B–Y ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
R1+ (B10 – 7) – GND (B9 – 6,

Y–B ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
D/G (B10 – 10) – GND (B9 – 6,

W–L ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
RR+ (B10 – 11) – RR– (B10 –

Y ↔ BR IG switch ON, slowly turn right rear wheel Pulse generation
12)
HVO+ (B10 – 14) – GND (B9 –
G ↔ W–B IG switch ON About 2.5
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
RLO (B10 – 15) – GND (B9 – 6,

W ↔ W–B Vehicle driving at about 30 km/h (19 mph) Pulse generation
31, B10 – 8, 17)
HVI– (B10 – 16) – GND (B9 –

V ↔ W–B IG switch ON About 2.5
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
WA (B10 – 18) – GND (B9 – 6, IG switch ON, ABS warning light ON 10 – 14

B W ↔ W–B
B–W W B
31, B10 – 8, 17) IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF Below 2.0
RL+ (B10 – 19) – RL– (B10 –
P↔L IG switch ON, slowly turn left rear wheel Pulse generation
20)
RSS (B10 – 21) – GND (B9 – 6,
BR–B ↔ W–B IG switch OFF Continuity
31, B10 – 8, 17)
HVO– (B10 – 22) – GND (B9 –

R ↔ W–B IG switch ON About 2.5
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
RRO (B10 – 23) – GND (B9 –

B ↔ W–B Vehicle driving at about 30 km/h (19 mph) Pulse generation
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
HVI+ (B10 – 24) – GND (B9 –

LG ↔ W–B IG switch ON About 2.5
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
IG2 (B11 – 1) – GND (B9 – 6,
B–W ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
LBL (B11 – 7) – GND (B9 – 6,

LG–R ↔ W–B IG switch ON, fluid in master cylinder reservoir above MIN level 4.5 – 6.4
31, B10 – 8, 17)
VFR (B11 – 9) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
PKB (B11 – 13) – GND (B9 – 6, IG switch ON, parking brake switch ON Below 1.5
R Y↔W
R–Y W–B
B
31, B10 – 8, 17) IG switch ON, parking brake switch OFF 10 – 14
SG2 (B11 – 15) – GND (B9 – 6,
31, B10 – 8, 17)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–320
VREG (B11 – 16) – GND (B9 –

6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
SG3 (B11 – 18) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
BZ (B11 – 20) – GND (B9 – 6, IG switch ON, buzzer sounds Below 1.5
G ↔ W–B
W B
31, B10 – 8, 17) IG switch ON, buzzer does not sound 10 – 14
EREG (B11 – 24) – GND (B9 –
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
PREG (B11 – 25) – GND (B9 –

W ↔ W–B IG switch ON, brake pedal released Below 1.0
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
EFR (B11 – 27) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
PFR (B11 – 28) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
SLA+ (B12 – 1) – GND (B9 – 6,
L ↔ W–B IG switch ON Pulse generation
31, B10 – 8, 17)
MR2 (B12 – 2) – GND (B9 – 6, IG switch ON, pump motor rotates Below 1.0
Y G ↔ W–B
Y–G W B
31, B10 – 8, 17) IG switch ON, pump motor stops 10 –14
R2+ (B12 – 3) – GND (B9 – 6,
L–O ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
VRR (B12 – 5) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
AST (B12 – 6) – GND (B9 – 6,

B–O ↔ W–B IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SLR– (B12 – 7) – GND (B9 – 6,
V ↔ W–B IG switch ON Below 1.5
31, B10 – 8, 17)
SLA– (B12 – 8) – GND (B9 – 6,

LG ↔ W–B IG switch ON Below 1.5
31, B10 – 8, 17)
PL (B12 – 9) – GND (B9 – 6, IG switch OFF, depress brake pedal more than 40 times → IG
Y–R ↔ W–B 6.5 – 10 → 2.5 – 5.0
31, B10 – 8, 17) switch ON
PRR (B12 – 13) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
SLR+ (B12 – 16) – GND (B9 –
P ↔ W–B IG switch ON Pulse generation
6, 31, B10 – 8, 17)
SG4 (B12 – 19) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
ERR (B12 – 20) – GND (B9 – 6,

31, B10 – 8, 17)
+BS (B12 – 22) – GND (B9 – 6,

L ↔ W–B IG switch ON 10 – 14
31, B10 – 8, 17)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–321
DI7MP–01

If a normal code is displayed during the DTC check but the problem still occurs, check the circuits for each
problem symptom in the order given in the table below and proceed to the relevant troubleshooting page.
NOTICE:
When replacing brake ECU, sensor or etc., turn the IG switch OFF.
Only when 1. to 4. are all normal and the problem is still
occurring, replace the brake ECU.
5. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal code is DI–308
output.
6. IG power source circuit DI–353
ABS does not operate
7. Speed sensor circuit DI–322
8. Check the hydraulic brake booster with a hand–held BR–61
tester.
If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit for leakage
output.
2. Speed sensor circuit DI–322
ABS does not operate efficiently
3. Stop light switch circuit DI–359
tester.
Only when 1. to 5. are all normal and problem is still occur-
ring, replace brake ECU.
output.
RBS does not operate. 3. Master cylinder pressure sensor circuit DI–348
4. Wheel cylinder pressure sensor circuit DI–348
tester.
1. ABS warning light circuit DI–394

ABS warning light abnormal
2. Brake ECU
1. Brake warning light circuit DI–398
Brake warning light abnormal
2. Brake ECU
Only when 1. and 2. are all normal and the problem is still
DTC check cannot be done
1. ABS warning light circuit DI–394
2. Tc terminal circuit DI–403
1. Ts terminal circuit DI–405

Speed sensor signal check cannot be done
2. Brake ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–322
DI7MQ–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC C0200/31 – C0215/34 Speed Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The speed sensor detects wheel speed and sends the ap-
Speed Sensor propriate signals to the ECU. These signals are used for control
Rotor N S Magnet of both the ABS & EBD control system. The front and rear rotors
Coil
each have 48 serrations.
To ECU When the rotors rotate, the magnetic field emitted by the perma-
nent magnet in the speed sensor generates an AC voltage.
Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct propor-
Low Speed
tion to the speed of the rotor, the frequency is used by the ECU
High Speed to detect the speed of each wheel.
+V
BR3583 –V
BR3582 F00010

Detection of any of conditions 1. through 4.:
1. At vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) or more, pulses are
not input for 15 sec. or more.
2. While a vehicle is driven at a speed of 15 km/h (24 mph)
C0200/31
or more, pulse signals from the speed sensor are S Right front, left front, right rear and left rear speed sensor
C0205/32
instantly omitted 7 times or more. S Each speed sensor circuit
C0210/33
3. While a vehicle is driven at a speed of 20 km/h (32 mph) S Sensor rotor
C0215/34
or more, error signals from the speed sensor are trans-
mitted consecutively 75 time or more within 5 min.
4. When the ignition switch is ON, an open circuit in the
speed sensor continues for 0.5 sec. or more.
HINT:
DTC No. C0200/31 is for the right front speed sensor.
DTC No. C0205/32 is for the left front speed sensor.
DTC No. C0210/33 is for the right rear speed sensor.
DTC No. C0215/34 is for the left rear speed sensor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–323
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
(Shielded)
16
2 R
A4 B9 FL+
Speed Sensor 15
Front LH G
B9 FL–
1
24
BR
B9 FSS
(Shielded)
14
2 P
A5 B9 FR+
Speed Sensor 13
Front RH L
B9 FR–
1
5 (Shielded)
IB1
(Shielded)
1 19
1 P P
A20 IB1 B10 RL+
Speed Sensor 2 20
Rear LH L L
IB1 B10 RL–
2
21
(Shielded) BR–B
B10 RSS
11
1 Y
A21 B10 RR+
Speed Sensor 12
Rear RH BR
B10 RR–
2
(Shielded)
F12670
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–324
HINT:
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not
1 Check output value of speed sensor.
PREPARATION:
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON, and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.
(c) Select the DATALIST mode on the hand–held tester.
CHECK:
Check that there is no difference between the speed value output from the speed sensor displayed on the
hand–held tester and the speed value displayed on the speedometer when driving the vehicle.
OK:
There is almost no difference from the displayed speed value.
HINT:
There is tolerance of ± 10 % in the speedometer indication.
OK Check and replace brake ECU.
NG
2 Check speed sensor.
Front:
PREPARATION:
1 (a) Remove the front fender liner.
(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the connector
2 lock part and connecting part of the connector.
(c) Disconnect the speed sensor connector.
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed sensor
R14205 connector.
OK:
Resistance: 0.6 – 2.5 kΩ
CHECK:
OK:
Resistance: 10 MΩ or higher
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–325
Rear:
1 PREPARATION:
(a) Make sure that there is no looseness at the connector
lock part and connecting part of the connector.
(b) Disconnect the speed sensor connector at hub bearing .
2 CHECK:
connector.
F10179 OK:
Resistance: 0.7 – 2.2 kΩ
CHECK:
OK:
Connector 1 Rear speed sensor sub–wire harness:

PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the seat cushion and seatback.
(b) Make sure that there is no looseness at the connector
1 lock part and connecting part of the connector.
2
(c) Disconnect the speed sensor connector inside vehicle.
1 2
CHECK:
(a) Measure resistance between terminal 1 of connector 1
Connector 2 F10180 and terninal 2 of connector 2.
(b) Measure resistance between terminal 2 of connector 1
and terninal 1 of connector 2.
OK:
Resistance: below 1 Ω
CHECK:
connector 1 and body ground.
OK:
NG Replace speed sensor or sub–wire harness.
NOTICE:
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–308).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–326
3 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between each speed
sensor and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
4 Check speed sensor installation.
CHECK:
Front
Check the speed sensor installation.
OK:
The installation bolt is tightened properly and there is
no clearance between the sensor and steering
knuckle or rear axle carrier.
Torque:
Front speed sensor: 8.0 N·m (82 kgf·cm, 71 in.·lbf)
OK
NG
BR3795
Rear
F10178
OK
NG
F10452
NG Replace speed sensor.
NOTICE:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–327
5 Check speed sensor and sensor rotor serrations.
Normal Signal Waveform REFERENCE: INSPECTION USING OSCILLOSCOPE

PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the brake ECU with connectors still connected.
(b) Connect the oscilloscope to the terminals FR+, FL+, RR+
GND or RL+ and GND of the brake ECU.
CHECK:
Drive the vehicle with about 20 km/h (12 mph), and check the
signal waveform.
2 m/s / Division
1 V / Division W04200 HINT:
S As the vehicle speed (rpm of the wheels) increases, a
cycle of the waveform becomes shorter and the fluctua-
tion in the output voltage becomes greater.
S When noise is identified in the waveform on the oscillo-
scope, error signals are generated due to the speed sen-
sor rotor’s scratches, looseness or foreign matter depos-
ited on it.
NG
6 Check sensor rotor and sensor tip.
Front:
PREPARATION:
Remove the front drive shaft (See page SA–17).
CHECK:
Check the sensor rotor serrations.
OK:
No scratches or missing teeth or foreign objects.
PREPARATION:
R00948 Remove the front speed sensor (See page BR–73).
CHECK:
Check the sensor tip.
OK:
No scratches or foreign objects on the sensor tip.
HINT:
If foreign matter (including that on the sensor rotor side) is iden-
tified, remove it and after reassembling, check the output wave-
form.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–328
Rear:
PREPARATION:
Remove the rear speed sensor (See page BR–76).
CHECK:
Check the sensor rotor serrations.
OK:
No scratches or missing teeth or foreign objects.
HINT:
W04846 If the sensor rotor is damaged or deformed, replace the hub as-
sembly.
CHECK:
Check the sensor tip.
OK:
No scratches or foreign objects on the sensor tip.
HINT:
If foreign matter (including that on the sensor rotor side) is iden-
tified, remove it and after reassembling, check the output wave-
form.
NG Replace sensor rotor or speed sensor.
NOTICE:
OK
Check and replace brake ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–329
DI7MR–01
DTC C0226/21 – C0246/23 ABS Solenoid Circuit
DTC C1217/25 – C1219/27 Regenerative Solenoid Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This solenoid goes on when signals are received from the ECU and controls the pressure acting on the wheel
cylinders thus controlling the braking force.
Open or short circuit in SFRH or SFRR circuit continues for S SFRH or SFRR circuit
C0226/21
0.05 sec. or more. S Brake actuator
Open or short circuit in SFLH or SFLR circuit continues for S SFLH or SFLR circuit
C0236/22
Open or short circuit in SRR or SRH circuit continues for S SRR or SRH circuit
C0246/23
Open or short circuit in SMC1 circuit continues for 0.05 sec. S SMC1 circuit
C1217/25
or more. S Brake actuator
Open or short circuit in SMC2 circuit continues for 0.05 sec. S SMC2 circuit
C1218/26
or more. S Brake actuator
Open or short circuit in SS circuit continues for 0.05 sec. or S SS circuit

C1219/27
more. S Brake actuator
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–330
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
14 7
W–R Y–B Y–B
IA2 B10 R1+
3 3 Engine Room
3 R/B No. 3
Engine Room 1 4
2 R/B No. 3
2
3
ABS No. 1
ABS
1 3 6 Solenoid Relay
3 3 3
19
B–L
W R B9 SR
W–B
B2 1 Brake Actuator
BS
F10 1 9 1
FL SFRH R–B
B3 B9 SFRH
Block No. 1 W–B
(LHD) 5 2
W–B SFRR R–W
DC/DC B3 B9 SFRR
A (RHD)
10 21
J7 SFLH Y–B
F13 1 B3 B9 SFLH
J/C
A 2 7
SFLR R–G
B–G B2 B9 SFLR
W–B
1 (LHD) 12 8
FL SRRH R–Y
Block No. 2 B3 B9 SRRH
A
3 9
MAIN SRRR R–L
A B2 B9 SRRR
J1 4 4
J/C SMC1 G–W
B3 B9 SMC1
11 3
SMC2 G–B
B3 B9 SMC2
Battery IE 3 5
SS G–O
B3 B9 SS
F12695
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–331
1 Check brake actuator solenoid.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the 2 connectors from the brake actuator.
SMC1
CHECK:
SFRR SS
Check continuity between the terminal BS and each of termi-
nals SFRH, SFRR, SFLH, SFLR, SRRH, SRRR, SMC1, SMC2
SFRH BS and SS of brake actuator connector.
SFLR
OK:
Continuity
SRRH SMC2 SFLH SRRR F12666 HINT:
Resistance of each solenoid at 20 °C (68 °F)
SFRH, SFLH, SRRH: approx. 6.6 Ω
SFRR, SFLR, SRRR: approx. 2.2 Ω
SMC1, SMC2, SS: approx. 16 Ω
NG Replace brake actuator.
OK
2 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between brake ECU
and brake actuator (See page IN–40).
OK
If the same code is still output after the DTC is deleted, check the contact condition of each con-
nection. If the connections are normal, the ECU may be defective.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–332
DI7MS–01
DTC C0278/11, C0279/12 ABS Solenoid Relay Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This relay supplies power to each ABS solenoid. After the ignition switch is turned ON, if the initial check is
OK, the relay goes on.
When the terminal SR in brake ECU is 2 V or less, the ter-
C0278/11 minal AST in brake ECU continues to be in other than the
range from 10 – 14 V for 0.2 sec. more. S ABS solenoid relay
When the voltage of the terminal SR in brake ECU is 10 – S ABS solenoid relay circuit
C0279/12 14 V, the terminal AST in brake ECU continues to be in the
range from 10 – 14 V for 0.2 sec. more.
WIRING DIAGRAM

Brake ECU
ABS No. 1
W 14 7
3 3 W–R Y–B Y–B
IA2 B10 R1+
1 2
3 3 Engine Room
F10 1 R/B No. 3
FL 1 4
Block No. 1 W–B W–B 2
3
(*2) (*1)
DC/DC ABS Solenoid
W–B 3 6 Relay
F13 1
B–G A 3 3
1 19
FL J7 B–L
J/C R B9 SR
Block No. 2
A W–B (*1) B2 1 Brake Actuator
MAIN A
BS
J1
A J/C
Brake ECU
Battery
IE
6 6
AST B–O
B3 B12 AST
*1: LHD
*2: RHD
F12696
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–333
HINT:
1 Check ABS solenoid relay operation.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check the operation sound of the ABS solenoid relay when operating it with the hand–held tester.
OK:
The operation sound of the ABS solenoid relay should be heard.
OK Go to step 4.
NG
2 Check voltage between terminals 1 and 2 of engine room R/B No. 3 (for ABS so-
lenoid relay).
Engine Room R/B No. 3 PREPARATION:

Remove the ABS solenoid relay from engine room R/B No. 3.
CHECK:
LOCK
Measure the voltage between terminals 1 and 2 of engine room
2
R/B No. 3 (for ABS solenoid relay).
OK:
1
F12662
NG Check and repair harness or connector.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–334
3 Check ABS solenoid relay.
CHECK:
3 2 1 Check continuity between each terminal of ABS solenoid relay.
OK:
Continuity
Terminals 4 and 6
(Reference value 80 Ω)
6 5 4
Open 2 1
3
Continuity
CHECK:
6 5 4
Continuity (a) Apply battery voltage between terminals 4 and 6.
(b) Check continuity between each terminal of ABS solenoid
relay.
Continuity 3 2 1 OK:
Open
(–) 6 5 4
(+)
F00042
NG Replace ABS solenoid relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–335
4 Check continuity between terminals 3 of engine room R/B No. 3 (for ABS sole-
noid relay) and terminal AST of brake ECU.
CHECK:
Engine Room R/B Check continuity between terminal 3 of engine room R/B No. 3
ABS Solenoid No. 3
(for ABS solenoid relay) and terminal AST of brake ECU.
Relay
OK:
3 Continuity
BS HINT:
There is a resistance of approx. 33 Ω between terminals BS and
AST of the brake actuator.
Brake
Actuator AST
AST
Brake ECU
AST
F12443
NG Repair or replace harness or brake actuator.
OK
5 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS sole-
noid relay and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–336
DI7MT–01
DTC C1202/58 Brake Fluid Warning Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The brake fluid level warning switch sends the appropriate signal to the ECU when the brake fluid level drops.
HINT:
Depressing the parking brake pedal also turns on the brake warning light but does not diagnose DTC No.
C1202/58.
When any of the following 1. 2. or 3. is detected:
1. When the ignition switch is ON, an open condition in the
reservoir level switch circuit continues for 2 sec. or
more. S Brake fluid level
C1202/58 2. While a vehicle is driven at a speed of 3 km/h (5 mph) or S Brake fluid level warning switch
more, decrease in the reservoir level continues for 10 S Brake fluid level warning switch circuit
sec. or more.
3. While a vehicle is stopped, decrease in the reservoir
level continues for 5 sec. or more.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Instrument
FL Block No. 1 Panel J/B Brake ECU
1 DC/DC 1
B–G Body ECU 2
F13 F11 5
R–Y
2K B10 BRL
10 B8 11 B8 4
Ignition Switch
W
GR–B GR
Multiplex Communication Circuit 7

2 4 L
B–Y W–G B11 LBL
6 2D 3 2B 1 2H 5 2A
C10 22 C11 2 C11 3
AM1
LG–R
FL 1 5
Block GAUGE
IG1 Brake
1 No. 2
Relay
2 3 7
MAIN L
2A 14
C10
2K 8 2B 6
W–B Instrument Combination Meter
A Panel J/B
J11 BR W–B W–B 2
J/C A A A 1
Battery J1 J7 Brake Fluid
ID IH IE
J/C J/C Level Warning
Switch
F12673
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–337
1 Check brake fluid level.
CHECK:
Check the amount of fluid in the brake reservoir.
NG Check and repair brake fluid leakage and add

fluid.
OK
2 Check brake fluid level warning switch (See page BE–2).
NG Replace brake fluid level warning switch.
OK
3 Check for open circuit in all the harness and components connected to brake
fluid level warning light (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–338
DI7MU–01
DTC C1211/61, C1212/62 Linear Solenoid Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S SLA+ or SLA– circuit
C1211/61
When the ignition switch is ON, an oopen
en or short circuit of S Brake actuator
solenoid continues for 0.1 sec. or more. S SLR+ or SLR– circuit
C1212/62
S Brake actuator
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake Actuator Brake ECU
2 1
L
B3 B12 SLA+
1 8
LG
B3 B12 SLA–
8 16
P
B3 B12 SLR+
7 7
V
B3 B12 SLR–
F12674
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–339
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector (B3) from the brake actuator.
CHECK:
B3 Check continuity between each of terminals SLA+ and SLA–,
and terminals SLR+ and SLR– of brake actuator.
SLA–
OK:
SLA+
Continuity
SLR– HINT:
SLR+ Resistance of each solenoid approx. 2.3 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F).
F10936
OK
and brake actuator (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–340
DI7MV–01
DTC C1213/63 HV ECU Communication Circuit

Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The circuit is used to send RBS control information from the brake ECU to the HV ECU (HVI+, HVI–), and
HV control information from the HV ECU to the brake ECU (HVO+, HVO–).
S HVI+ or HVI– circuit
When the ignition switch is ON, abnormal communication
C1213/63 S HVO+ or HVO– circuit
with HV ECU continues for 0.5 sec. or more.
S HV ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
HV ECU (Shielded) (Shielded) Brake ECU

20 24
LG
HTB+ H18 B10 HVI+
30 (LHD) (RHD) 16
V
HTB– H18 B10 HVI–
(Shielded) (Shielded)
18 14
G
BTH+ H18 B10 HVO+
17 (LHD) (RHD) 22
R
BTH– H18 B10 HVO–
J11 J17
J/C A W–B A W–B B B J/C
(LHD) W–B J10 J27 W–B (RHD)
A A J/C J/C B A
ID (LHD) (RHD) IG
F12697
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–341
1 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between terminals
HVI+, HVI–, HVO+ and HVO– of brake ECU and HV ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace HV ECU or brake ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–342
DI7MW–01
DTC C1214/64 Hydraulic System Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
While the brake pedal is depressed, the condition that out- S Each pressure sensor
C1214/64 put values from each pressure sensor are not equal contin- S Each pressure sensor circuit
ues for 1 sec. or more. S Fluid leakage
1 Check each pressure sensor (See page DI–348).
OK
2 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between each pres-
sure sensor and brake ECU and brake actuator (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check for fluid leakage (See page DI–407).
NG Repair fluid leakage.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–343
DI7MX–01
DTC C1215/15, C1216/16 Linear Solenoid Voltage Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When any of the following 1. or 2. is detected:
1. When the ignition switch is ON, the condition that the
voltage of the terminal +BS in brake ECU is 2.5 V or
less continues for 0.5 sec. or more.
C1215/15
2. While a vehicle is driven at a speed of 3 km/h (5 mph) or S Battery
more, the condition that the voltage of the terminal +BS S Charging system
in brake ECU is 9 V or less continues for 10 sec. or S Power source circuit
more.
When the ignition switch is ON, the condition that the volt-
C1216/16 age of the terminal +BS in brake ECU is 17 V or more con-
tinues for 1.2 sec. or more.
WIRING DIAGRAM
FL Block No. 1 Engine Room R/B No. 3 Brake ECU

1 DC/DC 1 ABS No. 4 22
B–G W L
F13 F10 3 3 B12 +BS
1 2
1
2 1
FL L
Block MAIN B3 B12 SLA+
No. 2 1 8
LG
B3 B12 SLA–
8 16
P
B3 B12 SLR+
Battery
7 7
V
B3 B12 SLR–
Brake Actuator F12676
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–344
1 Check ABS No. 4 fuse.
PREPARATION:
Engine Room R/B No. 3 Remove the ABS No. 4 fuse from engine room R/B No. 3.
CHECK:
Check continuity of ABS No. 4 fuse.
OK:
Continuity
ABS No. 4
F12445
NG Check for short circuit in all the harness and

components connected to ABS No. 4 fuse (See
attached wiring diagram).
OK
2 Check battery voltage.
OK:
NG Check and repair the charging system (See

page HV–39).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–345
3 Check voltage of the ECU +BS power source.
In case of using the hand–held tester:

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check the voltage condition output from the ECU displayed on the hand–held tester.
OK:
”Normal” is displayed.
In case of not using hand–held tester:

PREPARATION:
Remove the brake ECU with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals +BS and GND of brake
ECU connector.
OK:
GND +BS Voltage: 10 – 14 V
F10937
NG
4 Check for open circuit (to +BS) in harness and connector between brake ECU
and battery (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–346
5 Check continuity between terminal GND of brake ECU connector and body
ground.
LOCK
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the 2 connectors (B9, B10) from the brake ECU.
B9 CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals GND of brake ECU har-
B10 ness side connector and body ground.
OK:
Resistance: 1 Ω or less
GND
F12406
OK
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector (B3) from the brake actuator.
CHECK:
B3 Check continuity between each of terminals SLA+ and SLA–,
and terminals SLR+ and SLR– of brake actuator.
SLA–
OK:
SLA+
Continuity
SLR– HINT:
SLR+ Resistance of each solenoid approx. 2.3 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F).
F10936
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–347
7 Check for short circuit in harness and connector between brake ECU and brake
actuator (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–348
DI7MY–01
DTC C1220–C1222/C1246/46 Each Hydraulic Pressure Sensor Cir-

cuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Either of the following 1. or 2. is detected:
voltage of the terminal PREG in brake ECU is 0.14 V or
less or 4.85 V or more, or that of terminal VREG is 4.4 V
S Regulator (REG) pressure sensor
or less or 5.6 V or more continues for 1.2 sec. or more.
C1220/46 S Regulator (REG) pressure sensor circuit
2. At a vehicle speed of 15 km/h (24 mph) or more, when
S Brake actuator
both the brake switch and hydro motor are OFF, the
voltage ratio of the terminal PREG to VREG of brake
ECU is 0.06 or less or 0.14 or more continues for 8 sec.
and this condition occurs consecutively 10 times.
voltage of the terminal PFR in brake ECU is 0.14 V or
less or 4.85 V or more, or that of terminal VFR is 4.4 V
S Front (FR) pressure sensor
C1221/46 S Front (FR) pressure sensor circuit
S Brake actuator
voltage ratio of the terminal PFR to VFR of brake ECU is
0.06 or less or 0.14 or more continues for 8 sec. and this
condition occurs consecutively 10 times.
voltage of the terminal PRR in brake ECU is 0.14 V or
less or 4.85 V or more, or that of terminal VRR is 4.4 V
S Rear (RR) pressure sensor
C1222/46 S Rear (RR) pressure sensor circuit
S Brake actuator
voltage ratio of the terminal PRR to VRR of brake ECU
is 0.06 or less or 0.14 or more continues for 8 sec. and
this condition occurs consecutively 10 times.
voltage of the terminal PMC in brake ECU is 0.14 V or
less or 4.85 V or more, or that of terminal VMC is 4.4 V
S Master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor
C1246/46 S Master cylinder (M/C) pressure sensor circuit
S Brake actuator
voltage ratio of the terminal PMC to VMC of brake ECU
is 0.06 or less or 0.14 or more continues for 8 sec. and
this condition occurs consecutively 10 times.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–349
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake Actuator
Brake ECU
2 20
R
B1 B12 ERR
6 13
W
B1 B12 PRR
10 5
B
B1 B12 VRR
19
(Shielded)
B12 SG4
3 27
R
B1 B11 EFR
7 28
W
B1 B11 PFR
11 9
B
B1 B11 VFR
18
(Shielded)
B11 SG3
4 24
R
B1 B11 EREG
8 25
W
B1 B11 PREG
12 16
B
B1 B11 VREG
15
(Shielded)
B11 SG2
1 23
R
B1 B9 E2
5 22
W
B1 B9 PMC
9 10
B
B1 B9 VCM
12
(Shielded)
B9 SG1
F12677
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–350
HINT:
1 Check output value of the each pressure sensor.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check that the brake fluid pressure value of the master cylinder pressure sensor, regulator pressure sensor,
front pressure sensor and rear pressure sensor displayed on the hand–held tester is changing when de-
pressing the brake pedal.
OK:
Brake fluid pressure value must be changing.
OK Go to step 4.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–351
2 Check each pressure sensor.
PREPARATION:
ON
(a) Install the LSPV gauge to the front caliper bleeder plug
FRR portion, and bleed LSPV gauge.
PREG SST 09709–29018
E2 (b) Remove the brake ECU with connectors still connected.
PFR CHECK:
Turn the ignition switch ON and depress the brake pedal, then
check the relation between the fluid pressure and voltage of ter-
minals of each pressure sensor shown below with the connec-
EFR ERR tor still connected.
PMC
EREG Pressure sensor name Symbols
Master cylinder pressure sensor PMC – E2
Regulator pressure sensor PREG – EREG
F12669
Front pressure sensor PFR – EFR
Rear pressure sensor PRR – ERR
OK:
Front brake caliper fluid pressure Voltage
0 kPa (0 Kgf/cm2, 0 psi) 0.37 – 0.63 V
5,883 kPa (60 kgf/cm2, 853 psi) 1.57 – 1.83 V
11,768 kPa (120 kgf/cm2, 1,706 psi) 2.77 – 3.03 V
HINT:
It should be taken into account that the difference in voltage be-
tween terminals is caused by the slightly different pressure ap-
plied to each pressure sensor.
OK Go to step 4.
NG
sure sensor and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
Replace brake actuator.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–352
4 Check whether or not the brake ECU terminal STP input voltage is changed
when the stop light switch is turned on and off.
NO Check the stop light switch circuit (See page

BE–2).
YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–353
DI7MZ–01
DTC C1241/41 IG Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Either of the following 1. 2. or 3. is detected:
1. While a vehicle is driven at a speed of 3 km/h (5 mph),
the condition that the voltage of the terminal IG1 in brake
ECU is 9 V or less continues for 10 sec. or more.
S Battery
2. When the solenoid relay is ON, the contact point of the
C1241/41 S Charging system
relay becomes OFF for 0.2 sec. or more due to the volt-
age decrease of the terminal IG1 in brake ECU.
3. When ignition switch is ON, the voltage of terminal IG1
in brake ECU remains in 17 V or more for 1.2 sec. or
more.
WIRING DIAGRAM
FL Block No. 1 Brake ECU

1 DC/DC 1
W
F13 F11
J/C
D E 6
B–Y B–Y
J14 J15 B10 IG1
Ignition Switch
B–G
2 4 W–G
B–Y 8
W–B GND3
6 2D 3 2B 1 2H 2 2I B10
17
W–B
1 FL B10 GND4
Block 31
AM1 W–B
No. 2 B9 GND1
6
MAIN A B9 GND2
1 5 W–B
J11
ECU–IG A J/C
IG1
Relay A
2 3
J1
J/C
8 2K
Battery ID IE
W–B
F12678
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–354
1 Check ECU–IG fuse.
Instrument Panel J/B PREPARATION:

Remove the ECU–IG fuse from instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of ECU–IG fuse.
OK:
Continuity
ECU–IG
F12428

components connected to ECU–IG fuse (See
OK
OK:

page HV–39).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–355
3 Check voltage of the ECU IG power source.

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
In case of not using the hand–held tester:
ON
IG1 PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Turn the ignition switch ON, measure voltage between termi-
nals IG1 and GND of brake ECU connector.
OK:
GND
F12405
NG
ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
B9 CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminal GND of brake ECU har-
B10
ness side connector and body ground.
OK:
GND
F12406
OK
Check for open circuit in harness and connector between brake ECU and battery (See page
IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–356
DI7N0–01
DTC C1242/42 IG2 Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the vehicle is driven at a speed of 3km/h (5 mph) or S Battery
C1242/42 more, an open condition in IG2 circuit in brake ECU contin- S Charging system
ues for 7 sec. or more. S Power source circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
Instrument Panel J/B Instrument Panel J/B

Ignition Switch
1 2 5 12 1
W–R W–R B–W B–W
2G 2C 2B 2G B11 IG2
7 6
31
W–B
Engine Room J/B B9 GND1
6
AM2 W–B
9 2 B9 GND2
B
IJ IB 8
W–B
B10 GND3
17
W–B
B10 GND4
MAIN B–G 1 1
F13 F12 A A
1 J1 J11
J/C J/C
Battery
IE ID
F12679
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–357
OK:

page HV–39).
OK

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
ON In case of not using the hand–held tester:
IG2 PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
GND
F10935
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–358
ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
B9 CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals GND of brake ECU har-
B10
OK:
GND
F12406
OK
IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–359
DI7N1–01
DTC C1249/49 Stop Light Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the ignition switch is ON, the condition that the termi-
S Stop light switch
C1249/49 nal STP in brake ECU is 3 – 12 V continues for 1 sec. or
S Stop light switch circuit
more.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Instrument Panel J/B J14 Brake ECU

Stop Light Switch
1 STOP 9 J/C 1
W R–B G–W G–W
2H 2K B10 STP
2 1 E E
E G–W
F11 1
FL Block IB1 9
R7
No. 1 J/C Stop Light LH J/C
C A C G–W
W–B G–W
DC/DC J32 J30 J29
F13 1 5 2
B C A C
B–G W–B G–W
1 J31 J32 J30 J29
2 1
FL Block H19
No. 2 High Mounted
W–B Stop Light
MAIN
R8
Stop Light RH
W–B W–B G–W
5 2
Battery BI BK
F12680
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–360
1 Check operation of the stop light switch.
CHECK:
Check that the stop light lights up when brake pedal is depressed and turns off when the brake pedal is re-
leased.
OK Go to step 3.
NG
2 Check stop light circuit (See page BE–2).
NG Repair or replace stop light circuit.
OK
3 Check voltage between terminal STP of brake ECU and body ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
STP Remove the brake ECU with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal STP of brake ECU and body
ground when brake pedal is depressed.
OK:
Voltage: 8 – 14 V
F12407
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–361
4 Check for open circuit in harness and connector between brake ECU and stop
light switch (See page IN–40).
OK
Proceed to next circuit inspection on prob-

lem symptoms table (See page DI–321).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–362
DI7N2–01
DTC C1251/51 Hydraulic Brake Booster Pump Motor

Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1. After turning the ignition switch ON, the current of more
than 28A flows to the motor for more than 1 sec.
C1251/51 Hydraulic brake booster pump motor
2. After turning the ignition switch ON, less than 7A
change in current is detected more than 3 times in a row
when the motor is ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
14 7
B Y–B Y–B B10
IA2 R1+
3
W–L L–O B12 R2+
1K 4 1K 6 2 2 2 2
A Engine Room
2 1 3 1 3 R/B No. 2
Hydro Hydro
ABS ABS Motor Motor
No. 2 No. 3 Relay Relay
1 2 4 No. 1 2 4 No. 2
2 2 2 2
29
LG–R
1B 2 B9 MR1
Engine Room J/B G–W G 2
B Y–G
B12 MR2
F12 1 H9 2 H8 2 Hydraulic
FL Brake Booster
Block No. 1 3 27
W–L
F13 1 H9 B9 MTT
3 28
B–G Y–G
H8 B9 MT+
1
FL 6 18
Y
Block No. 2 H8 B9 MT–
MAIN H8 5 H9 1
W–B W–B W–B (RHD)
W–B
A (LHD) A W–B (LHD) A
J7 A
Battery J/C A W–B (LHD) J1
A J/C IE
W–B (RHD)
F12698
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–363
1 Check operation of hydraulic brake booster pump motor.
PREPARATION:
LHD:
Disconnect the 2 connectors from the hydraulic brake booster.
BM2 CHECK:
BM1 Connect battery positive ę lead to BM1 or BM2 terminal and
battery negative Ĝ lead to GND1 or GND2 terminal of the hy-
GND2 draulic brake booster (pump motor) connector.
GND1 OK:
The operation sound of the pump motor should be
heard.
RHD:
BM2
GND2
BM1
GND1
F12408
F12439
F12689
NG Go to step 4.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–364
2 Check hydraulic brake booster resistance.
CHECK:
LHD:
Check resistance between terminals MT+ and MT–, BM1 and
GND1 GND2 MTT, BM2 and MTT, GND1 and MT+, GND2 and MT+ of the hy-
draulic brake booster connector.
BM1
OK:
30 – 36 Ω
MT+
MT– MTT
RHD:
MT+ BM1
GND2
MT– GND1
MTT
F12409
F12440 F12690
NG Replace the hydraulic brake booster assembly.
OK
3 Check for open circuit in harness and connector between hydraulic brake boost-
er and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–365
4 Check for open or short circuit in harness and connector between hydraulic
brake booster pump motor and hydraulic brake booster (See page IN–40).
NG Replace wire harness.
OK
5 Check hydraulic brake booster pump motor (See page BR–57).
NG Replace hydraulic brake booster pump motor.
OK
Replace hydraulic brake booster.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–366
DI7N3–01
DTC C1252/52 Hydraulic Brake Booster Pump Motor

ON Time Abnormally Long
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
After turning the ignition switch ON, when the power is sup-
C1252/52 S Hydraulic brake booster pump motor circuit
plied to the pump motor for more than 5 minutes.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
14 7
B Y–B Y–B B10
IA2 R1+
3
W–L L–O B12 R2+
1K 4 1K 6 2 2 2 2
A Engine Room
2 1 3 1 3 R/B No. 2
Hydro Hydro
ABS ABS Motor Motor
1 2 4 No. 1 2 4 No. 2
2 2 2 2
29
LG–R
1B 2 B9 MR1
B Y–G
B12 MR2
FL Brake Booster
Block No. 1 3 27
W–L
F13 1 H9 B9 MTT
3 28
B–G Y–G
H8 B9 MT+
1
FL 6 18
Block No. 2 Y
H8 B9 MT–
MAIN H8 5 H9 1
W–B
J7 A
A J/C IE
W–B (RHD)
F12698
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–367
PREPARATION:
LHD:
BM2 CHECK:
GND1 OK:
heard.
RHD:
BM2
GND2
BM1
GND1
NG Go to step 9.
F12408
F12439
F12689
OK
2 Check for short circuit in harness and connector between BM1 or BM2 of hy-
draulic brake booster and hydro motor relay (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check for short circuit in harness and connector between MTT of hydraulic
brake booster and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–368
4 Check pressure switch (PH).

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Depress the brake pedal more than 40 times with the ignition switch OFF then turn the ignition switch ON
and check the pressure switch (PH) condition.
HINT:
When a pressure in power supply system is released, reaction force becomes heavy and stroke becomes
shorter.
OK:
”OFF” turns to ”ON”.
HINT:
OFF: Low pressure
ON: High pressure
LHD: In case of not using the hand–held tester:
PREPARATION:
LOCK ON PH (a) Disconnect the connector (H8) from the hydraulic brake
PHG
booster.
(b) With the ignition switch OFF, depress the brake pedal more than
40 times to decrease the accumulator pressure.
HINT:
When a pressure in power supply system is released, reaction
H8 force becomes heavy and stroke becomes shorter.
CHECK:
RHD:
PH PHG Measure resistance between terminals PH and PHG of hydrau-
lic brake booster connector.
H8
LOCK ON OK:
Resistance: 1.0 kΩ
PREPARATION:
(a) Connect the connector (H8) to the hydraulic brake boost-
er.
F12410
F12441 (b) Disconnect the connector (H8) after ignition switch has
F12691 been ON and the pump motor has stopped.
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals PH and PHG of hydrau-
OK:
Resistance: 0 Ω
HINT:
After inspection, connect the connector and clear the DTC (See
page DI–308).
NG Replace hydraulic brake booster assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–369
OK
5 Check pressure switch (PL).
In case of using hand–held tester:

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Depress the brake pedal more than 40 times with the ignition switch OFF then turn the ignition switch ON
and check the pressure switch (PL) condition.
HINT:
shorter.
OK:
”OFF” turns to ”ON”.
HINT:
OFF: Low pressure
ON: High pressure
LHD: In case of not using hand–held tester:
PL
PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the connector (H9) from the hydraulic brake
LOCK ON PLG booster.
(b) With the ignition switch OFF, depress the brake pedal
more than 40 times to decrease the accumulator pres-
sure.
HINT:
H9 When a pressure in power supply system is released, reaction
force becomes heavy and stroke becomes shorter.
RHD: CHECK:
PL
PLG
Measure resistance between terminals PL and PLG of hydrau-
LOCK ON lic brake booster connector.
H9 OK:
PREPARATION:
(a) Connect the connector (H9) to the hydraulic brake boost-
F12411 er.
F12442
F12692 (b) Disconnect the connector (H9) after ignition switch has
been ON and the pump motor has stopped.
CHECK:
OK:
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–370
HINT:
page DI–308).
OK
6 Check for short circuit in harness and connector between pressure switch and
brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–371
7 Check hydro motor relay No. 1 and No. 2.
PREPARATION:
Remove the hydro motor relay No. 1 and No. 2 from the engine
2 1 room R/B No. 2.
CHECK:
4 3 Check continuity between each pair of terminal of motor relay.
OK:
Open
Continuity
1 Terminals 3 and 4
(Reference value ∗)
2 Terminals 1 and 2 Open

* Reference
value:
Hydro motor relay No. 1 62 Ω
4
Continuity Hydro motor relay No. 2 54 Ω
3
Continuity
1
2 CHECK:
(a) Apply battery voltage between terminals 3 and 4.
(b) Check continuity between terminals.
(–)
OK:
4 3
(+)
F00044
NG Replace hydro motor relay.
OK
8 Check for short circuit in harness and connector between hydro motor relay No.
1, No. 2 and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–372
OK
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–373
DI7N4–01
DTC C1253/53 Hydro Motor Relay Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The hydro motor relay supplies power to the hydraulic brake booster pump motor. While the ABS & EBD &
RBS are activated, the ECU switches the motor relay ON and operates the hydraulic brake booster pump
motor.
When any of the following 1. through 4. is detected:
1. After turning the ignition switch ON, open in the relay
coil is detected for more than 1 sec.
2. When the pressure switch does not control motor
driving, the status that the motor relay is always ON
continues for more than 1 sec. due to short circuit.
S Hydro motor relay
C1253/53 3. When the pressure switch (PH) detects the low
S Hydro motor relay circuit
pressure or while the pump motor operates to increase
the pressure, the status that the motor relay does not
turn ON continues for more than 0.2 sec.
4. When pressure switch does not control motor driving,
the status that the motor relay is always ON due to the
welded contact continues for more than 2 sec.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–374
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
14 7
B Y–B Y–B B10
IA2 R1+
3
W–L L–O
B12 R2+
1K 4 1K 6 2 2 2 2
A Engine Room
2 1 3 1 3 R/B No. 2
Hydro Hydro
ABS ABS Motor Motor
1 2 4 No. 1 2 4 No. 2
2 2 2 2
29
LG–R
1B 2 B9 MR1
B Y–G
B12 MR2
FL Brake Booster
Block No. 1 3 27
W–L
F13 1 H9 B9 MTT
3 28
B–G Y–G
H8 B9 MT+
1
FL 6 18
Block No. 2 Y
H8 B9 MT–
MAIN H8 5 H9 1
W–B
J7 A
A J/C IE
W–B (RHD)
F12698
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–375
HINT:
Start the inspection from step 1, in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 3, in case of not
using hand–held tester.
1 Check hydro motor relay operation.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check the operation sound of the hydro motor relays individually when operating it with the hand–held tester.
OK:
The operation sound of the hydro motor relay should be heard.
NG Go to step 3.
OK
2 Check for short circuit in harness and connector between MTT of hydraulic
brake booster and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–376
3 Check voltage between terminal 1 of engine room R/B No. 2 (for hydro motor re-
lays) and body ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
1 Remove the hydro motor relay No. 1 and No. 2 from the engine
room R/B No. 2.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal 1 of engine room R/B No. 2
1 (for hydro motor relays) and body ground.
(+) (–)
OK:
F12663
NG Check and repair harness or connector.
OK
4 Check hydro motor relay.
CHECK:
Check continuity between each pair of terminal of motor relay.
2 1 OK:
Continuity
4 3 Terminals 3 and 4
(Reference value ∗)

Open *
1
Reference value:
Hydro motor relay No. 1 62 Ω
2 Hydro motor relay No. 2 54 Ω
4
Continuity CHECK:
3 (a) Apply battery voltage between terminals 3 and 4.
(b) Check continuity between terminals.
Continuity OK:
1
(–) 4 3
(+)
F00044 NG Replace hydro motor relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–377
5 Check continuity between each terminal 2 of engine room R/B No. 2 (for hydro
motor relay) and terminal MTT of brake ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity betwee terminal 2 of engine room R/B
Motor Relay Relay No. 2 (for hydro motor relay No. 1) and terminal MTT of
Relay No. 1 No. 2
2 brake ECU.
2 (b) Check continuity between terminal 2 of engine room R/B
No. 2 (for hydro motor relay No. 2) and terminal MTT of
BM2
brake ECU.
BM1
OK:
Continuity
HINT:
There is resistance of 33 ± 3 Ω between terminals BM1or BM2
MTT and MTT of the hydraulic brake booster.
Brake ECU
MTT
F12412
NG Repair or replace harness, connector or hy-

draulic brake booster.
OK
6 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between hydro motor
relay No. 1 and No. 2 and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–378
DI7N5–01
DTC C1254/54 Pressure Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1. After turning the ignition switch ON, short or open circuit
C1254/54 in pressure switch (PL) continued for more than 1 sec.
S Pressure switch circuit
2. After turning the ignition switch ON open in pressure
switch (PH) continued for more than 1 sec.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hydraulic Brake Booster Brake ECU

High Pressure
Switch
1 11
GR
PH H8 B9 PH
4
W–B
PHG H8
9
Y–R
B12 PL
Low Pressure
Switch
5
PL H9 J7 J1
J/C J/C
4
W–B W–B W–B
PLG H9
(LHD) A A (LHD) A
A IE
W–B (RHD)
F12699
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–379
1 Check pressure switch (PL) resistance.
LHD: PREPARATION:
PL (a) Disconnect the connector (H9) from the hydraulic brake
booster.
LOCK H9 PLG (b) With ignition switch OFF, depress the brake pedal more
than 40 times to decrease the accumulator pressure.
HINT:
CHECK:
RHD: lic brake booster connector.
PL
H9 OK:
LOCK PLG Resistance: 5.1 – 6.3 kΩ
HINT:
page DI–308).
F12668
F12442 F12693
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–380
2 Check pressure switch (PH) resistance.
PREPARATION:
LHD:
(a) Disconnect the connector (H8) from the hydraulic brake
PH PHG booster.
LOCK (b) With ignition switch OFF, depress the brake pedal more
than 40 times to decrease the accumulator pressure.
HINT:
H8 CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals PH and PHG of hydrau-
RHD: lic brake booster connector.
PH OK:
H8 PHG
LOCK Resistance: 0.9 – 1.1 kΩ
HINT:
page DI–308).
F12413
F12441 F12694
OK
sure switch and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–381
DI7N6–01
DTC C1256/56 Accumulator Low Pressure Malfunc-

tion
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Either of the following 1. through 5. is detected:
1. With the vehicle running, when the pressure switch (PL)
detects high pressure, although ABS, EBD or RBS
does not control, the pressure switch (PL) detects low
pressure for more than 1.4 sec.
2. With the vehicle running, when the pressure switch
(PL) detects high pressure, although ABS, EBD or RBS
controls, the pressure switch (PL) detects low pressure
for more than 0.2 sec. S Accumulator
C1256/56 3. After the ignition switch is turned ON, the pressure S Pressure switch (PH or PL)
switch (PL) detects low pressure for more than 60 sec. S Hydraulic brake booster pump motor
4. After the ignition switch is ON, PL (Low pressure switch)
turns ON while PH (High pressure switch) is stuck to
ON, or PL cannot turn OFF for 1.4 sec. or more when
running the vehicle without ABS, EBD or RBS control.
5. After the ignition switch is ON, PL turns ON while PH is
stuck to ON, or PL cannot turn OFF for 0.2 sec. or more
when running the vehicle under ABS, EBD or RBS con-
trol.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hydraulic Brake Booster Brake ECU

High Pressure
Switch
1 11
GR
PH H8 B9 PH
4
W–B
PHG H8
9
Y–R
B12 PL
Low Pressure
Switch
5
PL H9 J7 J1
J/C J/C
4
W–B W–B W–B
PLG H9
(LHD) A A (LHD) A
A IE
W–B (RHD)
F12699
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–382
1 Check accumulator operation.
PREPARATION:
(a) Turn the ignition switch OFF, and depress the brake pedal 40 times or more.
HINT:
shorter.
(b) Install the LSPV gauge (SST) to rear wheel cylinder and bleed air.
SST 09709–29018
CHECK:
Depress the brake pedal with force of more than 343 N (35 kgf, 77 lbf) and turn the ignition switch ON, then
check the rear wheel cylinder pressure when an increase of pressure changes from acutely to mildly.
OK:
5,099 – 8,924 kPa (52 – 91 kgf/cm2, 740 – 1,294 psi) at 20°C (68°F)
HINT:
If the value is not within the standard, cool the engine room and check it again.
NG Replace accumulator.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–383
PREPARATION:
LHD:
BM2 CHECK:
GND1 OK:
heard.
RHD:
BM2
GND2
BM1
GND1
F12408
F12439
F12689
NG Go to step 7.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–384
3 Check pressure switch (PH) operation.
LHD: PREPARATION:
(a) Turn the ignition switch OFF, and depress the brake pedal
PH 40 times or more.
LOCK ON PHG HINT:
(b) Install the LSPV gauge (SST) to the rear brake caliper
and bleed air.
SST 09709–29018
CHECK:
RHD: While checking the voltage between terminals PH and PHG of
PH PHG
hydraulic brake booster, depress the brake pedal with force of
LOCK ON more than 343 N (35 kgf, 77 lbf) and turn the ignition switch ON,
then check the rear brake caliper pressure when voltage
changes from 6 V to 0 V.
OK:
12,553 – 20,104 kpa (128 – 205 kgf·cm2, 1,820 – 2,916
F12410
F12441 psi)
F12691
CHECK:
LHD:
While checking the resistance between terminals PH and PHG,
PH depress the brake pedal changing the force in the range of 197
PHG
LOCK N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) to 343 N (35 kgf, 77 lbf) and check the rear
brake caliper pressure when resistance changes from 0 kΩ to
1 kΩ between PH and PHG.
OK:
11,964 – 18,240 kpa (122 – 186 kgf·cm2, 1,735 – 2,645
psi)
HINT:
RHD: After inspection, connect the connector, fill brake reservoir with
PH brake fluid and clear the DTC (See page DI–308).
PHG
LOCK
F12413
F12441 F12694
OK Go to step 5.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–385
4 Check for open circuit in harness and connector between pressure switch (PH)
and brake ECU (See page IN–40).
OK
Replace hydraulic brake booster assembly.
5 Check pressure switch (PL) operation.
LHD: PREPARATION:
PL
(a) Turn the motor switch OFF, and depress the brake pedal
40 times or more.
LOCK ON PLG HINT:
(b) Install the LSPV gauge (SST) to the rear brake caliper
and bleed air.
SST 09709 –29018
CHECK:
RHD: While checking the resistance between terminals PL and PLG
PL
of hydraulic brake booster, depress the brake pedal with force
PLG
LOCK ON of more than 343 N (35 kgf, 77 lbf) and turn the ignition switch
ON, then check the rear brake caliper pressure when the resis-
tance changes from 5.7 kΩ to 1.0 kΩ.
OK:
9,022 – 15,102 kpa (92 – 154 kgf·cm2, 1,308 – 2,190 psi)
F12411 PREPARATION:
F12442
F12692 Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the connector (8P)
from the hydraulic brake booster.
CHECK:
While checking the resistance between terminals PL and PLG
of hydraulic brake booster, depress the brake pedal changing
the force in the range of 197 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) to 343 N (35 kgf,
77 lbf) and check the rear brake caliper pressure when resis-
tance changes from 1.0 kΩ to 5.7 kΩ.
OK:
8,532 – 13,337 kpa (87 – 136 kgf·cm2, 1,237 – 1,934 psi)
HINT:
After inspection, connect the connector, fill brake reservoir with
brake fluid and clear the DTC (See page DI–308).

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–386
OK
6 Check pressure switch (PH) and pressure switch (PL).
CHECK:
Compare the pressure value of the rear brake caliper measured in check pressure switch (PL) operation with
the one measured in check pressure switch (PH) operation.
OK:
S Pressure when the voltage between PH and PHG becomes 6 to 0 V > pressure when the resis-
tance between PL and PLG becomes 5.7 kΩ to 1.0 kΩ.
S Pressure when the resistance between PH and PHG becomes 0 kΩ to 1 kΩ > pressure when
the resistance between PL and PLG becomes 1.0 kΩ to 5.7 kΩ.
OK
OK
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–387
DI7N7–01
DTC C1257/57 Power Supply Drive Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
After turning the ignition switch ON, open or short circuit in
S Battery
C1257/57 circuit of power supply drive system inside ECU continues
for more than 1.5 sec.
WIRING DIAGRAM

1 DC/DC 1
W
F13 F11
J/C
D E 6
B–Y B–Y
J14 J15 B10 IG1
Ignition Switch
B–G
2 4 W–G
8
B–Y W–B
3 2B B10 GND3
6 2D 1 2H 2 2I
17
W–B
1 FL B10 GND4
Block 31
AM1 W–B
No. 2 B9 GND1
6
MAIN A B9 GND2
1 5 W–B
J11
ECU–IG A J/C
IG1
Relay A
2 3
J1
J/C
8 2K
Battery ID IE
W–B
F12678
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–388

Remove the ECU–IG fuse from instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of ECU–IG fuse.
OK:
Continuity
ECU–IG
F12428

components connected to ECU–IG fuse (See
OK
OK:

page HV–39).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–389

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
ON
IG1 PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
GND
F12405
NG
ground.
LOCK PREPARATION:
B9 CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminal GND of brake ECU har-
B10
OK:
GND
F12406
OK
IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–390
DI7N8–01
DTC C1259/59 Malfunction in HV ECU
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If any trouble occurs in the HV control system, the ECU prohibits RBS control.
The conditions 1. to 3. continues for 0.02 sec.
1. The condition that the voltage of the terminal IG2 in
S HV control system
C1259/59 brake ECU is 10.5 V or more continues for 1.5 sec.
S HV ECU
2. Regenerative malfunction occurs on HV ECU side.
3. Received data is accepted as valid.
1 Check the DTC for the HV control system (See page DI–144).
*1 Repair HV control system according to the out-

put code.
*2
Check that HV ECU is connected to malfunc-

tion indicator light.
*1: Output NG code

*2: Malfunction indicator light remains ON
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–391
DI7N9–01
DTC Always ON Malfunction in ECU
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Battery
S Charging system
Always ON 1. ECU connectors are disconnected from ECU
2. There is a malfunction in ECU internal circuit
S Brake ECU
HINT:
There is a case that hand–held tester cannot be used when ECU is abnormal.
WIRING DIAGRAM

1 DC/DC 1
W
F13 F11
J/C
D E 6
B–Y B–Y
J14 J15 B10 IG1
Ignition Switch
B–G
2 4 W–G
8
B–Y W–B
3 2B B10 GND3
6 2D 1 2H 2 2I
17
W–B
FL B10 GND4
1
Block 31
No. 2 AM1 W–B
B9 GND1
6
MAIN A B9 GND2
1 5 W–B
J11
ECU–IG A J/C
IG1
Relay A
2 3
J1
J/C
8 2K
Battery ID IE
W–B
F12678
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–392
1 Check that brake ECU connectors are securely connected to brake ECU.
NO Connect connectors to brake ECU.
YES
2 Is DTC output?
NO
3 Is normal code displayed?
YES Check ABS solenoid relay. Check for short cir-

cuit in harness and connector between ABS so-
lenoid relay and DLC3 (See page IN–40).
NO
4 Does ABS warning light go off?
YES Check for open or short circuit in harness and

connector between ECU–IG fuse and brake ECU
(See page IN–40).
NO
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–393
CHECK:
Check the battery voltage.
OK:
NG Check and repair charging system (See page

HV–39).
OK
6 Check operation of the ABS warning light.

PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of the ABS warning light can be shown on the combination meter by the hand–
held tester.
(a) Disconnect the connector (B10) from the brake ECU.
(b) Using service wire, connect terminal WA of brake ECU
ON
harness side connector and body ground.
WA (c) Turn the ignition switch ON.
B10
OK:
ABS warning light goes off.
F12444
NG
Check for short circuit in harness and connector between combination meter and brake ECU,
combination meter and DLC3 (See page IN–40).
Check ABS solenoid relay circuit (See page DI–332).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–394
DI7NA–01
ABS Warning Light Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
If the ECU detects trouble, it lights the ABS warning light while at the same time prohibiting ABS control. At
this time, the ECU records a DTC in memory.
Connect terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 to make the ABS warning light blink and output the DTC.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
FL Block No. 1
1
B–G DC/DC 1 W L B–W 18
F13 F11 B10 WA
IP1 2
Ignition Switch
L
2 4
B–Y 22 C10 10 C10
W–G
6 2D 3 2B 1 2H 5 2A
ABS
AM1
1
FL Block GAUGE
No. 2
1 5
MAIN IG1
Relay
2 3
7 C10 14 Commbination
L Mater
2A
8 2K 6 2B
W–B JC
BR
A
Battery ID IH
F12683
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–395
HINT:
Troubleshoot in accordance with the chart below for each trouble symptom.
ABS warning light does not light up *1
ABS warning light remains on *2
*1: Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of
not using hand–held tester.
*2: After inspection with step 4, start the inspection from step 5 in case of using the hand–held tester and
start from step 6 in case of not using hand–held tester.
1 Check operation of the ABS warning light.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of the ABS warning light can be shown on the combination meter on the hand–
held tester.
NG
2 Check ABS warning light.
See combination meter troubleshooting on page BE–2.
NG Repair bulb or combination meter assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–396
3 Check ABS solenoid relay.
PREPARATION:
3 2 1
Remove the ABS solenoid relay from engine room R/B No. 3.
CHECK:
Check continuity between each terminal of ABS solenoid relay.
6 5 4 OK:
Terminals 4 and 6 Continuity (Reference value 80 Ω)
Open
3 2 1 Terminals 2 and 3 Continuity
Continuity
CHECK:
Continuity (a) Apply battery voltage between terminals 4 and 6.
65 4 (b) Check continuity between each terminal of ABS solenoid
relay.
Continuity
OK:
3 2 1
Open
(–) 6 5 4
CHECK:
(+) Connect the ę test lead to terminal 5 and the Ĝ lead to terminal
Continuity 3. Check continuity between the terminals.
3 2 1
OK:
Continuity
(–) (+)
If there is no continuity, connect the Ĝ test lead to terminal 5
and the ę lead to terminal 3. Recheck continuity between ter-
65 4 minals.
F00043
OK
Repair or replace and check for open circuit in harness and connector between DLC3 and ABS
solenoid relay and body ground (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–397
4 Check that the brake ECU connectors are securely connected to the brake ECU.
NO Connect the connector to the brake ECU.
YES
5 Check operation of the ABS warning light (See step 1).
NG
6 Is DTC output?
YES Repair circuit indicated by the output code.
NO
7 Check ABS solenoid relay (See step 3).
OK
Check for short circuit in harness and connector between DLC3 and ABS solenoid relay (See
page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–398
DI7NB–01
Brake Warning Light Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The brake warning light lights up when the brake fluid is insufficient, the parking brake is applied or the EBD
is defective.
The brake warning light also lights up when DTC No. C1259/63 or C1213/13 is detected, however, the EBD
is not inhibited in this case.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Parking
J12 Brake ECU
Brake Switch
J/C 18 13
R–Y R–Y R–Y
IA2 B11 PKB
1 E E
Instrument
Panel J/B
FL Block No. 2 FL Block No. 1 Body ECU 2 5
MAIN 1 DC/DC 1 R–Y
B–G 2K B10 BRL
F13 F11 4
1 10 B8 11 B8
Ignition Switch GR–B GR
W–G B–Y W
Multiplex Communication Circuit
2 4
L 7
Instrument B11 LBL
Panel J/B C10 22 C11 2 C11 3
LG–R
6 2D 3 2B 1 2H 5 2A
Brake Fluid Level

AM1 GAUGE Warning Switch
2 1
1 5 Brake
IG1 Combination Meter W–B
Relay
2 3 7 14 A A
L W–B J7
2A C10
J/C
6
2K 8 2B A
BR J1
W–B J/C
Battery A ID IH IE
J11
J/C
F12684
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–399
HINT:
1 Check operation of the brake warning light.
PREPARATION:
(a) Release the parking brake pedal.
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON, and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.
(d) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.
CHECK:
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of brake warning light can be shown on the combination meter by the hand–held
tester.
NG
2 Check parking brake switch circuit (See page BE–2).
NG Repair or replace parking brake switch circuit.
OK
3 Check brake fluid level warning switch circuit (See page BE–2).
NG Repair or replace brake fluid level warning

switch circuit.
OK
4 Is DTC output for ABS ?
Yes Repair circuit indicated by the output code.
No
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–400
5 Check brake warning light.
See combination meter troubleshooting on page BE–2.
NG Repair or replace combination meter.
OK
6 Check multiplex communication system (See page DI–658).
NG Repair or replace multiplex communication cir-

cuit.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–401
DI7NC–01
Brake Warning Buzzer Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The brake warning buzzer sounds while the accumulator pressure is abnormally low.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU
1 1 13 20
MAIN B–G DC/DC G G
F13 F11 IA2 B11 BZ
1
Ignition Switch Brake Warning Buzzer

W
BUZZER
2 4 1 2
W–G B–Y
J/C
D E
B–Y B–Y
J14 J15
6 2D 3 2B 1 2H 2 2I
8
W–B
AM1 B10 GND3
17
W–B
ECU–IG B10 GND4
1 5
31
IG1 W–B
Relay B9 GND1
2 3 6
W–B
B9 GND2
2K 8
A A
A J11 J1
W–B J/C J/C
Battery ID IE
F12685
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–402
HINT:
1 Check operation of the brake warning buzzer.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Check that brake warning buzzer sounds ”ON” and ”OFF” with the hand–held tester.
NG
2 Check brake warning buzzer.
PREPARATION:
1
2 Disconnect the brake warning buzzer connector.
CHECK:
(+) (–)
Apply battery voltage to the terminals 1 and 2 of brake warning
buzzer connector, check that the brake warning buzzer sounds.
NG Replace brake warning buzzer.

F02192
OK
and brake warning buzzer (See page IN–40).
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–403
DI7ND–01
Tc Terminal Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Connecting terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 causes the ECU to display the DTC by flashing the ABS warn-
ing light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
DLC3 J24 J16 Brake ECU

J/C J/C
2 3
P–B P–B P–B P–B
Tc ID1 B10 Tc
13 E E C C
J22 Instrument Panel J/B J11

J/C 8 8 J/C
W–B W–B W–B
CG 2D 2K
4 A A A
ID
F12686
1 Check voltage between terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.
ON PREPARATION:
DLC3 (+) (–)
Tc CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal Tc and CG of DLC3.
OK:
CG
F09678
OK If ABS warning light does not blink even after Tc

and CG are connected, the ECU may be defec-
tive.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–404
and DLC3, DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–405
DI7NE–01
Ts Terminal Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The sensor check circuit detects abnormalities in the speed sensor signal which cannot be detected by the
DTC check.
Connecting terminals Ts and CG of the DLC3 starts the check.
WIRING DIAGRAM
DLC3 J16 Brake ECU

J/C
3 4
GR–G GR–G GR–G
Ts ID1 B10 Ts
14 B B
J22 Instrument Panel J/B J11

J/C 8 8 J/C
W–B W–B W–B
CG 2D 2K
4 A A A
ID
F12687
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–406
1 Check voltage between terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.
ON CHECK:
DLC3 (+) (–) (a) Turn the ignition switch ON.
Ts (b) Measure voltage between terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.
OK:
CG
F09679
OK If ABS warning light does not blink even after Ts

and CG are connected, the ECU may be defec-
tive.
NG
and DLC3, DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–407
DI7NF–01
Check for Fluid Leakage

Check for fluid leakage from actuator or hydraulic lines.
LHD:
RHD:
F12438
F12399
F12688
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–408
DIAGNOSTICS – ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER STEERING
ELECTRIC MOTOR POWER STEERING

DI7PM–01

Troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the following pages.

1 Customer Problem Analysis the indicated pages for detailed explanations.
P. DI–409
2 Check and Clear DTC (Pre–check)

P. DI–410
Symptom
does not occur
P. IN–29
Symptom
occurs

P. DI–410
Malfunction code

P. DI–416 P. DI–420
9
8 Circuit Inspection Sensor Check
P. DI–421 to DI–449
10
Repair
11
Confirmation Test
Step 2, 5, 8, 9, 11: Diagnostic steps permitting the use of the hand–held tester.
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–409
DI7PN–01
Inspector’s
:
EMPS Check Sheet Name
Registration No.
Customer’s Name Registration Year / /
Frame No.
Date Vehicle Odometer Reading km

/ / miles
Brought In
Frequency Problem Occurs Continuous Intermittent ( times a day)
PS does not operate.
PS does not operate efficiently.
At the time of idling, steering control force is great. (Rest swing is heavy).
Symptoms
Even if the vehicle speed is increased, steering effort does not become greater.
PS Warning Light
Remains ON Does not Light Up
Abnormal
1st Time Normal Code Malfunction Code (Code )

DTC Check
2nd Time Normal Code Malfunction Code (Code )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–410
DI7PO–01
PRE–CHECK
1. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) Check the indicator.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, check that the PS
warning light goes on for 1.5 seconds.
HINT:
S If the indicator check result is not normal, proceed to trou-
bleshooting for the PS warning light circuit (See page
F12845
DI–442).
S When the EMPS system is faulty, the master warning light

in the combination meter and the PS warning light in the
multiinformation display lights up.
F12874
(b) In case of not using hand–held tester:

Tc Check the DTC.
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of the
DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
CG
F12846
PGND (2) Remove the EMPS ECU with connector still con-
WL nected
(3) Connect the both terminals of the 1kΩ resistance
and LED (Light Emitting Diode) circuit to terminals
WL and PGND of the EMPS ECU.
(5) Read the DTC from the PS warning light.
F12873
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–411
Normal Code HINT:

S If no code appears, inspect the diagnostic circuit and PS
0.25 sec. warning light circuit (See page DI–447 or DI–442).
0.25 sec.
S As an example, the blinking patterns for normal code and
codes 21 and 22 are shown on the left.
ON (6) Codes are explained in the DTC chart on page
DI–416.
OFF (7) After completing the check, disconnect terminals Tc
Codes 21 and 22 and CG of the DLC3, and turn off the display.
0.5 sec.
0.5 sec. If 2 or more malfunctions are indicated at the same
2.5 sec.
1.5 sec. 0.5 sec. time, the lowest numbered DTC will be displayed
4 sec.
first.
ON
OFF
Code 21 Code 22
F12870
(c) In case of using hand–held tester:

Hand–held Tester
Check the DTC.
ter screen.
HINT:
DLC3
(d) In case of not using hand–held tester:

Ts Clear the DTC.
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Ts and CG of the
DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
(3) ON and OFF the terminal CG of the DLC3 4 times
or more within 8 seconds, delete DTC of the EMPS
CG ECU.
F12861
(4) Check that the PS warning light shows the normal

code.
(5) Remove the SST from the DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–412
(e) In case of using hand–held tester:

Hand–held Tester
Clear the DTC.
(3) Operate the hand–held tester to erase the codes.
(See hand–held tester operator’s manual.)
DLC3
F12397
2. INPUT SIGNAL CHECK (TEST MODE)

Ts (a) In case of not using hand–held tester:
Tc
Check the input signal.
(1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.
(3) Check the warning light goes off with driving more
than 20 km/h (12 mph).
CG
HINT:
F12827 If the warning light goes off during driving, the sensor can be
judged to normal.
SST 09843–18040
(6) Read the number of blinks of the PS warning light.
(7) Remove the EMPS ECU with connected still con-
nected.
(8) Connect the both terminals of the 1k Ω resistance
and LED circuit to terminals WL and PGND of the
EMPS ECU.
HINT:
S See the list of DTC shown on the next page.
S Even a sensor is normal, it output codes 71 and 72 during
test mode.
Normal Code Malfunction Code (Example Code 72)

7 2
ON ON
OFF OFF
0.25 sec. 1.5 sec. 4 sec.
0.25 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec. Repeat
A Cycle 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
F12871
(9)After doing check, disconnect the SST from the ter-

minals Ts and CG, Tc and CG of DLC3, and turn the
ignition switch OFF.
SST 09843–18040
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–413
(b) In case of using hand–held tester:

Hand–held Tester
Check the input signal.
(2) Check the warning light goes off with driving more
than 20 km/h.
ter screen.
DLC3
HINT:
F12397 S Please refer to the hand–held tester operator’s manual
for further details.
S See the list of DTC shown on the bottom of this page.
S Even a sensor is normal, it output codes 71 and 72 during
test mode.
DTC of input signal check function:

Code No.
Diagnosis Trouble Area
(See page)
C1515/15
Calibration of torque sensor zero point not performed –
(DI–424)
C1516/16
Calibration of torque sensor zero point not completed –
(DI–425)
S Right rear or left rear speed sensor
S Sensor installation
C1571/71
S Right rear or left rear speed sensor rotor
C1572/72 Speed sensor malfunction (Test mode)
S Right rear or left rear speed sensor circuit
(DI–430)
S Brake ECU
S EMPS ECU
3. CALIBRATION OF TORQUE SENSOR ZERO POINT

HINT:
Perform this operation in the following cases.
S When removing and installing ”steering wheel”, ”tilt steer-
ing column”and ”electric power steering gear”.
S When replacing EMPS ECU.
(a) Place front wheels and steering wheel facing straight
ahead.
(b) In case of using hand–held tester:
Perform the torque sensor zero point initialization.
HINT:
If the EMPS ECU is replaced, however, this operation is not
necessary.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–414
Hand–held Tester (2) Hook up the hand–held tester to the DLC3.

(3) Select the ”TRQ SENS ADJUST” mode on the
hand–held tester.
(4) Select the ”ZERO POINT INITIALIZE”.
(5) Following the screen instructions, perform the
torque sensor zero point initialization.
HINT:
(c) In case of not using hand–held tester:

Ts Tc Perform the torque sensor zero point initialization.
HINT:
If the EMPS ECU is replaced, however, this operation is not
necessary.
SST 09843–18040
CG
F12827 (3) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.
SST 09843–18040
(4) ON and OFF the terminal Tc of DLC3 20 times within
Tc
20 seconds.
(5) Check that the DTC C1515/15.
(d) In case of using hand–held tester:
Perform the torque sensor zero point calibration.
HINT:
Don’t touch the steering wheel.
CG (1) Select the ”TRQ SENS ADJUST” mode on the
F12864 hand–held tester.
(2) Select the ”ZERO POINT ADJUST”.
(3) Following the screen instructions, perform the
torque sensor zero point calibration.
HINT:
ther details.
(e) In case of not using hand–held tester:
Perform the torque sensor zero point calibration.
HINT:
S Don’t touch the steering wheel.
S Check the DTC except C1515/15 is not output.
(1) Stop the vehicle and turn the ignition switch OFF.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–415
(2) Using SST, connect terminals Ts and CG of DLC3

Ts and ignition switch ON.
SST 09843–18040
(3) Disconnect the SST.
SST 09843–18040
CG
F12848
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–416
DI7PP–01

HINT:
S Using SST 09843–18040, connect terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3.
S If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for the code. For details
of each code, turn to the page referred to under the ”See page” for respective ”DTC No.” in the DTC
chart.
DTC No.
(See page)
C1511/11
(DI–421)
C1512/12
(DI–421) S Torque sensor
Torque sensor circuit malfunction
C1513/13 S EMPS ECU
(DI–421)
C1514/14
(DI–421)
C1521/21
(DI–427)
C1522/22
(DI–427) S Power steering gear assembly with motor
Motor circuit malfunction
C1523/23 S EMPS ECU
(DI–427)
C1524/24
(DI–427)
C1531/31
(DI–429)
C1532/32
EMPS ECU malfunction EMPS ECU
(DI–429)
C1533/33
(DI–429)
C1541/41
(DI–430)
S Speed sensor
C1542/42
Speed sensor malfunction S Brake ECU
(DI–430)
S EMPS ECU
C1543/43
(DI–430)
S EMPS ECU
C1551/51
IG power source circuit malfunction S Power source circuit
(DI–432)
S Charging system
C1552/52 S EMPS ECU
PIG power source drop voltage malfunction
(DI–435) S Power source circuit
C1553/53
When resetting voltage, vehicle is being driven EMPS ECU
(DI–438)
S EMPS relay
C1554/54
EMPS relay circuit malfunction S EMPS ECU
(DI–439)
S EMPS relay circuit
C1555/55
EMPS ECU malfunction EMPS ECU
(DI–429)
C1556/56 S Multiinformationdisplay
P/S warning light circuit
(DI–442) S EMPS ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–417
DTC No.
(See page)
C1557/57
Memory of overheat prevention control –
(DI–444)
C1558/58
Memory of voltage drop at motor power supply –
(DI–444)
C1559/59
Memory of continuous control under high load –
(DI–444)

Always ON
Malfunction in EMPS ECU S EMPS ECU
(DI–445)
S PS warning light circuit
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–418
DI7PQ–01
PARTS LOCATION
EMPS Fuse
Multiinformation Display DLC3

EMPS Relay
EMPS ECU
ECU–IG Fuse

Electric Power Steering Gear
ECU–B Fuse
F12831
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–419
DI7PR–01
TERMINALS OF ECU
E5 E6 E7 E4
F12872
Symbols (Terminal No.) Wiring Color Condition STD Voltage (V)

TRQV (E4–1) – PGND (E6–2) W – W–B IG switch ON 4.5 – 5.5
TRQ2 (E4–2) – PGND (E6–2) G – W–B IG switch ON, turn the steering wheel to left and right 0.3 – 4.7
TRQG (E4–3) – PGND (E6–2) B – W–B IG switch ON Below 1.0
TRQ1 (E4–4) – PGND (E6–2) R – W–B IG switch ON, turn the steering wheel to left and right 0.3 – 4.7
IG switch ON, turn the steering wheel to left 9 – 14
M1 (E5–1) – PGND (E6–2) Y – W–B
IG switch ON, turn the steering wheel to right Below 1.0
IG switch ON, turn the steering wheel to left Below 1.0

M2 (E5–2) – PGND (E6–2) B–Y – W–B
IG switch ON, turn the steering wheel to right 9 – 14
PIG (E6–1) – PGND (E6–2) B – W–B IG switch ON 9 – 14

W–B – Body
PGND (E6–2) – Body Ground Always Below 1.0
Ground
SIL (E7–1) – PGND (E6–2) W–L – W–B IG switch ON 9 – 14

RLY (E7–2) – PGND (E6–2) GR – W–B IG switch ON, After 1 sec. or more Below 1.0
Tc (E7–3) – PGND (E6–2) P–B – W–B IG switch ON 9 – 14
WRR (E7–4) – PGND (E6–2) B – W–B IG switch ON Below 1.5
IG (E7–5) – PGND (E6–2) B–Y – W–B IG switch ON 9 – 14
After IG switch ON and P/S warning light turns on for 1.5 sec.,
WL (E7–7) – PGND (E6–2) Y – W–B Below 1.0
then it goes off
Ts (E7–9) – PGND (E6–2) GR–G – W–B IG switch ON 9 – 14

WRL (E7–10) – PGND (E6–2) W – W–B IG switch ON Below 1.5
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–420
DI7PS–01

If a normal code is displayed during the DTC check but the problem still occurs, check the circuits for each
problem symptom in the order given in the table below and proceed to the relevant troubleshooting page.
Symptom Suspected Area See page
occurring, replace the EMPS ECU.
At the time of idling, steering control force is great. output.
2. Power source circuit DI–435
3. Brake ECU DI–306
4. Power steering gear assembly with motor SR–18
Even if the vehicle speed is increased, appropriate steering resis- 1. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal code is DI–410
tance cannot be felt. output.
3. Power steering gear assembly with motor SR–18
1. PS warning light circuit DI–442

PS warning light abnormal.
2. EMPS ECU
Only when 1. and 2. are all normal and the problem is still
DTC check cannot be done.
1. PS warning light circuit DI–442
2. Tc terminal circuit DI–447
1. Ts terminal circuit DI–449

Speed sensor signal check cannot be done. 2. EMPS ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–421
DI7PT–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC C1511/11–C1514/14 Torque Sensor Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Steering torque detected from output current of torque sensor.
C1511/11
C1512/12 Torque
q sensor malfunction S Power steering gear assembly with motor
C1513/13 S EMPS ECU
C1514/14 Torque sensor power source malfunction
WIRING DIAGRAM
Steering Shaft Shielded Shielded

Torque Sensor (LHD) (RHD) EMPS ECU
1
2 (LHD) W
VCC E4 TRQV
1 (RHD)
4
R
VT1 1 (LHD) E4 TRQ1
2 (RHD)
2
VT2 3 (LHD) G
E4 TRQ2
4 (RHD)
3
B
GND 4 (LHD) E4 TRQG
3 (RHD)
W–B (LHD)
5 IQ1 J27 J/C J17 J/C

A (RHD) A (RHD) A (RHD)
W–B (RHD)
A (LHD)
IG
W–B (LHD) B (LHD) B (LHD)
W–B (LHD)
J27 J/C
F12833
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–422
1 Check voltage between terminals TRQV and TRQG of EMPS ECU.
PREPARATION:
ON
TRQV Remove the EMPS ECU with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminals TRQV and TRQG of
EMPS ECU connector.
OK:
TRQG
F12270
NG Check and replace the EMPS ECU.
OK
TRQV and TRQG of EMPS ECU connector (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check voltage between terminals VT1 and GND, VT2 and GND of torque sensor
connector.
PREPARATION:
VT1 Remove the torque sensor with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminals VT1 and GND, VT2 and
GND of torque sensor connector.
OK:
Steering Position VT1 VT2
Center position 2.1 – 2.9 V 2.1 – 2.9 V
GND VT2 F12271
Right turned 0.15 – 2.9 V 2.1 – 4.85 V
Left turned 2.1 – 4.85 V 0.15 – 2.9 V
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–423
NG Check and replace the power steering gear as-

sembly with motor (See page SR–18).
OK
VT1 of torque sensor connector and TRQ1 of EMPS ECU connector, VT2 of torque
sensor connector and TRQ2 of EMPS ECU connector (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace the EMPS ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–424
DI7PU–01
DTC C1515/15 Torque Sensor Zero Point Calibration Not

Performed
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC does not indicate trouble. Perform calibration of torque sensor zero point to delete DTC.
When torque sensor zero point calibration not performed,
C1515/15 –
this DTC is detected.
1 Is DTC except C1515/15 output?
YES Repair circuit indicated by code output.
NO
2 Perform calibration of torque sensor zero point (See page DI–410).
3 Is DTC C1516/16 output?
NO No problem.
YES
Repair circuit indicated by DTC C1516/16 (See page DI–425).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–425
DI7PV–01
DTC C1516/16 Calibration of Torque Sensor Zero Point Not

Completed
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC does not indicated trouble. This is detected when the torque sensor zero point calibration is not
completed normally.
This is detected when the torque sensor zero point calibra-
C1516/16 –
tion is not completed normally.
1 Perform calibration of torque sensor zero point (See page DI–410).
2 Is DTC C1516/16 output?
NO No problem.
YES
3 Is DTC C1532/32 output ?
YES Check and replace EMPS ECU.
NO
4 Perform calibration of torque sensor zero point again (See page DI–410).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–426
5 Is DTC C1516/16 output after attempted 3 times or more ?
YES Replace the power steering gear assembly with

motor.
NO
No problem.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–427
DI7PW–01
DTC C1521/21–C1524/24 Motor Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
C1521/21
C1522/22 Short circuit of motor terminal or abnormal voltage or current in S Power steering gear assembly with motor
C1523/23 motor circuit. S EMPS ECU
C1524/24
WIRING DIAGRAM
EMPS ECU
1
Y
E5 M1
DC Motor
1
2
B–Y
E5 M2
F12834
1 Check voltage between terminals M1 and M2 of EMPS ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
ON
M1 S Remove the EMPS ECU with connectors still connected.
S Turn the ignition switch ON.
CHECK:
Turn the steering wheel to left and right and measure the volt-
age between terminals M1 and M2 of EMPS ECU connector.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
M2
F12819
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–428
NG Check and replace the EMPS ECU.
OK
2 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between terminals M1
and M2 of EMPS ECU connector (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check continuity between terminal M1 and M2 of motor connector.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector from the motor.
M1
M2 CHECK:
Measure the resistance between terminals M1 and M2 of motor
connector.
OK:
Resistance: 0.1 – 1 Ω
F12820 NG Check and replace the power steering gear as-

sembly with motor (See page SR–27).
OK
Check and replace EMPS ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–429
DI7PY–01
DTC C1531/31–C1533/33, C1555/55 EMPS ECU Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
C1531/31
C1532/32
EMPS ECU internal malfunction is detected EMPS ECU
C1533/33
C1555/55
1 Clear DTC (See page DI–410).
2 Recheck EMPS ECU Malfunction.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Turn the steering wheel repeatedly to the right and left.
OK:
DTC is not output.
NG Replace EMPS ECU.
OK
Check multiinformation display circuit (See page BE–92).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–430
DI7PZ–01
DTC C1541/41–C1543/43 Speed Sensor Malfunction
DTC C1571/71, C1572/72 Speed Sensor Malfunction (Test Mode)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
C1541/41 SSSpeed
eed sensor
C1542/42 Speed sensor malfunction S Brake ECU
C1543/43 S EMPS ECU
S Right rear or left rear speed sensor

C1571/71 S Sensor installation
S Right rear or left rear sspeed
eed sensor rotor
Speed sensor malfunction (Test mode)
S Right rear or left rear speed sensor circuit
C1572/72 S Brake ECU
S EMPS ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
Brake ECU EMPS ECU

Shielded
15 10
W
RLO B10 E7 WRL
23 4
B
RRO B10 E7 WRR
W–B (RHD)
J27 J/C
(W–B) A (RHD) A (RHD)
A (RHD)
A (LHD)B (LHD) B (LHD)
W–B (LHD)
J17 J/C J27 J/C
IG
F12835
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–431
1 Check continuity between terminals WRR and PGND, WRL and PGND of EMPS
ECU connector.
ON PGND PREPARATION:
PGND
Remove the EMPS ECU with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Turn the ignition switch ON and measure the resistance be-
tween terminals WRR and PGND, WRL and PGND of EMPS
ECU connector.
OK:
WRR WRL
F12822
NG Check and replace EMPS ECU.
OK
WRR of EMPS ECU connector and RRO of brake ECU connector, WRL of EMPS
ECU and RLO of brake ECU connector (See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check the DTC for the ABS with EBD and RBS (See page DI–306).
*1 Repair ABS with EBD and RBS control system

according to the code output.
*1: Out put NG code
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–432
DI7Q0–01
DTC C1551/51 IG Power Source Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The EMPS ECU identifies ON or OFF status of ignition switch by this circuit.
S EMPS ECU
The abnormal
Th b l IG voltage
lt value
l which
hi h iis nott within
ithi th
the specifi-
ifi
C1551/51 S Power source circuit
cation is input to EMPS ECU
ECU.
S Charging system
WIRING DIAGRAM
EMPS ECU
J/C E
D 5
B–Y B–Y
J14 J15 E7 IG

IG1 Relay
2 ECU–IG 1
3 5 W
2I 2H
W–G
AM1 3
2B IG S/W
8 6
W–B 2 1 4 2
2K 2D
B–Y
F18
A 1 1
MAIN DC/DC
1 B–G
J11 J/C F13 F11
J17 J/C 2
A
E6 PGND
W–B
Battery
ID IG
F12837
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–433
PREPARATION:
Remove the ECU–IG fuse from the instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Check the continuity of the ECU–IG.
OK:
ECU–IG Fuse Continuity

F12823
NG Check for short circuit in all harness and com-

ponents connected to ECU–IG fuse (See at-
tached wiring diagram).
OK
2 Check that the battery voltage when engine is stopped.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
NG Charge or replace battery.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–434
3 Check voltage between terminals IG and PGND of EMPS ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
ON IG
CHECK:
Turn the ignition switch ON and measure the voltage between
terminals IG and PGND of EMPS ECU connector.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
PGND
F12824
OK
4 Check continuity between terminals PGND of EMPS ECU connector and body
ground.
CHECK:
LOCK PGND
Measure the resistance between terminals PGND of EMPS
OK:
F12825
OK
Check for open and short circuit harness and connector between EMPS ECU and ECU–IG fuse
(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–435
DI7Q1–01
DTC C1552/52 PIG Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When turning ignition switch ON, battery is supplied to terminal PIG of EMPS ECU by EMPS relay operation.
The abnormal motor power source voltage value which is not S EMPS ECU
C1552/52
within the specification is input to EMPS ECU. S Power source circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM

EMPS ECU
EMPS Relay (LHD) (RHD)
1 7 1
3 5 B B
3 3 IM1 IA1 E6 PIG
(LHD)(RHD)
7 2
1 2 GR GR
3 3 IA2 E7 RLY
B–R R–G Instrument Panel J/B FL Block No. 1

6 ECU–B 1 1
W
2G 2H F11
1 DC/DC 1
W
Engine Room R/B No. 3 F10 F13
EMPS
2 1
3 3 B–G
FL Block No. 2
MAIN
1
J17 J/C
2
A W–B
E6 PGND
Battery
IG
F12838
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–436
1 Check voltage between terminals PIG and PGND of EMPS ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
ON PIG
CHECK:
terminals PIG and PGND of EMPS ECU connector.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
PGND
F12826
OK
2 Check continuity between terminals PGND of EMPS ECU connector and body
ground.
CHECK:
LOCK PGND
Measure the resistance between terminals PGND of EMPS
OK:
F12825
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–437
3 Check EMPS fuse.
PREPARATION:
Engine Remove the EMPS fuse from engine room R/B No. 3.
Room R/B
No. 3
CHECK:
Check continuity of EMPS fuse.
OK:
Continuity
EMPS
Fuse
F12862 NG Check for short circuit in harness and all com-
ponents connected to EMPS fuse (See attached
wiring diagram).
OK
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between EMPS ECU and battery (See
page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–438
DI7Q2–01
DTC C1553/53 When resetting voltage, vehicle is being

driven
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
C1553/53 ECU internal malfunction EMPS ECU
Fail safe function:
When this code is identified, stop the steering assist.
HINT:
S In case the ECU detects that the ignition switch turns ON – OFF – ON while driving and starting the
system, DTC C1553/53 is output.
S Stop the vehicle and start the system by turning the ignition switch OFF – ON. Then DTC 1553/53 will
not be output.
1 Check output DTC C1553/53 when turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON
YES Check and replace the EMPS ECU.
NO
No problem.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–439
DI7Q3–01
DTC C1554/54 EMPS Relay Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S EMPS relay
C1554/54 Open or short circuit of EMPS relay circuit is detected S EMPS ECU
S EMPS relay circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM

EMPS ECU
EMPS Relay (LHD) (RHD)
1 7 1
3 5 B B
3 3 IM1 IA1 E6 PIG
(LHD)(RHD)
7 2
1 2 GR GR
3 3 IA1 E7 RLY
B–R R–G Instrument Panel J/B FL Block No. 1

6 ECU–B 1 1
W
2G 2H F11
1 DC/DC 1
W
Engine Room R/B No. 3 F10 F13
EMPS
2 1
3 3 B–G
FL Block No. 2
MAIN
1
J17 J/C
2
A W–B
E6 PGND
Battery
IG
F12838
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–440
1 Check voltage between terminals RLY and PGND of EMPS ECU connector.
ON
PREPARATION:
RLY
CHECK:
terminals RLY and PGND of EMPS ECU connector.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
PGND
F12828
OK Check or replace the EMPS ECU.
NG
2 Check EMPS relay.
PREPARATION:
Remove the EMPS relay from the engine room R/B No. 3.
CHECK:
5 3
Check the continuity between each terminal of the EMPS relay.
1 2 OK:
Terminals 1 and 2 Continuity (Reference value 80 Ω)
Open 1
CHECK:
5
(a) Apply battery voltage between terminals 1 and 2.
(b) Check the continuity between the terminals.
OK:
3 2 Continuity
Continuity 1
5
3 2
F11788
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–441
NG Replace EMPS relay.
OK
3 Check ECU–B fuse.
PREPARATION:
Remove the ECU–B fuse from instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Instrument
Panel J/B Check the continuity of ECU–B fuse.
OK:
ECU–B
Fuse Continuity
F12863
NG Check for short circuit in harness and all com-
ponents connected to ECU–B fuse (See at-
OK
Check for open and short circuit harness and connector between EMPS ECU and battery (See
page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–442
DI7Q4–01
DTC C1556/56 PS Warning Light Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S Multiinformationdisplay
C1556/56 There is a malfunction is PS warning light circuit
S EMPS ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
EMPS ECU
Multiinformation Display
3 7 WL
22 11 L Y
IP1 E7
L
IG1 Relay
5 GAUGE 1
3 5
2A 2H
W
F18
MAIN 1 DC/DC 1
1 B–G
F13 F11
Battery
F12840
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–443
1 Check voltage between terminals WL of EMPS ECU connector and body ground.
ON
PREPARATION:
WL
CHECK:
terminals WL of EMPS ECU connector and body ground.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
F12829
OK
2 Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between EMPS ECU
and multiinformation display (See page IN–40).
OK
Check multiinformation display circuit (See

page BE–92).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–444
DI7Q5–01
DTC C1557/57 Memory of Overheat Prevention Control
DTC C1558/58 Memory of Voltage Drop at Motor Power Supply
DTC C1559/59 Memory of Continuous Control Under High Load
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
S These DTC do not indicated trouble.
S DTC C1557/57 and C1558/58 :
Steering wheel operation is felt hard to handle when this detected, it is not EMPS failure.
Check the AUXILIARY BATTERY.
S DTC C1559/59:
EMPS ECU records this code in some case, for example, when steering wheel operation under high
load is repeated, there is no failure in EMPS and it does not affect driving afterward.
DTC No Detection Item Trouble Area
C1557/57 Perform the overheat prevention control.
C1558/58 Drop the voltage of motor power source. –
C1559/59 Steering wheel operation under high load is repeated.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–445
DI7Q7–01
DTC Always ON Malfunction in EMPS ECU
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Always ON There is a malfunction in the EMPS ECU internal circuit. S EMPS ECU
S PS warning light circuit
1 Is DTC output?
NO
2 Is normal code displayed?
YES Check and replace EMPS ECU.
NO
3 Does PS warning light goes off?
YES Check for open or short circuit in harness and

connector between ECU–IG fuse and EMPS
NO
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–446
PREPARATION:
Start the engine.
CHECK:
Check the battery voltage.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
NG Check and repair charging system.
OK
5 Check operation of PS warning light.
PREPARATION:
(b) Disconnect the connector from the EMPS ECU.
CHECK:
Check the PS warning light goes OFF.
OK Check and replace EMPS ECU.
NG
Check for short circuit in harness and connector between multiinformation display and EMPS
ECU,multiinformation display and DLC3 (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–447
DI7Q8–01
Tc Terminal Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Connecting terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 causes the EMPS ECU to display the DTC by flashing the PS
warning light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
DLC3 EMPS ECU
J24 J/C J16 J/C

2 3
13 E E C C Tc
Tc ID1 E7
P–B P–B P–B P–B
(LHD) (RHD) (LHD) (RHD)

14 9 14 13
BR BR
SG 5 ID2 IE1 IO1 IK1 BR
EB
F12841
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–448
ON CHECK:
Tc Turn the ignition switch ON and measure the voltage between
terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
CG
F09678
OK If PS warning light does not blink even after Tc

and CG are connected, EMPS ECU may be de-
fective.
NG
2 Turn the ignition switch OFF, and check for open and short circuit in harness
and connector between EMPS ECU and DLC3, and DLC3 and body ground (See
page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–449
DI7Q9–01
Ts Terminal Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The sensor check circuit detects abnormalities in the speed sensor signal which cannot be detected by the
DTC check.
Connecting terminals Ts and CG of the DLC3 starts the check.
WIRING DIAGRAM
DLC3 EMPS ECU
J16 J/C
3 9
GR–G GR–G
Ts 14 ID1
GR–G B B E7 Ts

14 9 14 13
5 BR BR
SG ID2 IE1 IO1 IK1 BR
(LHD)(RHD) (LHD) (RHD)
EB
F12843
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–450
1 Check voltage between terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.
ON
CHECK:
Ts Turn the ignition switch ON and measure the voltage between
terminals Ts and CG of the DLC3.
OK:
Voltage: 9 – 14 V
CG
F09679
OK If PS warning light repeats turning ON and OFF

even after Ts and CG are connected, EMPS ECU
may be defective.
NG
2 Turn the ignition switch OFF, and check for open and short circuit in harness
and connector between EMPS ECU and DLC3, DLC3 and body ground (See page
IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–451
DIAGNOSTICS – SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

DI6OW–02
Vehicle Brought to Workshop Items inside are titles of pages in this manual,
with the page number in the bottom portion. See the
1 Customer Problem Analysis pages for detailed explanations.
P. DI–452
2 Warning Light Check Remains OFF

P. DI–453
Remains ON
3 4
DTC Check (Read Present DTC) DTC Check (Read Past DTC)
P. DI–453 P. DI–453
5 DTC Chart
P. DI–459
6 Circuit Inspection Normal 7 Symptom Simulation

P. DI–464 to DI–545 P. IN–29
Malfunction Code Warning Light Warning Light
Remains OFF ON
Repair 8 DTC Check

P. DI–453
9 Clear DTC (Present and Past DTC)
P. DI–453
10 Warning Light Check Remains ON

P. DI–453
Remains OFF
11 DTC Check (Read Past DTC)

P. DI–453
Confirmation Test
END
Step 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 11 : Diagnostic steps permitting the use
of the hand–held tester.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–452
DI6OX–01

Supplemental Restraint System Check Sheet Inspector’s
Name
Registration No.
Customer’s Name Registration Year / /
Frame No.
km
Date Vehicle Brought In / / Odometer Reading
Miles
Date Problem Occurred / /
Weather Fine Cloudy Rainy Snowy Other
Temperature Approx.
Starting Idling
Vehicle Operation Driving [ Constant speed Acceleration Deceleration
Other ]
Road Conditions
Details Of Problem
Vehicle Inspection, Repair Histo-

ry Prior to Occurrence of Mal-
function (Including Supplemen-
tal Restraint System)
Diagnosis System Inspection
1st Time Remains ON Sometimes Lights Up Does Not Light Up

SRS Warning Light
Inspection
2nd Time Remains ON Sometimes Lights Up Does Not Light Up
1st Time Normal Code Malfunction Code [ Code. ]

DTC Inspection
2nd Time Normal Code Malfunction Code [ Code. ]
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–453
DI6OY–06
LHD: PRE–CHECK
1. SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK
(a) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and check that
the SRS warning light lights up.
(b) Check that the SRS warning light goes out after approx.
6 seconds.
HINT:
S When the ignition switch is at ON and the SRS warning
light remains on or flashes, the airbag sensor assembly
RHD: has detected a malfunction code.
S If, after approx. 6 seconds have elapsed, the SRS warn-
ing light sometimes lights up or the SRS warning light
lights up even when the ignition switch is OFF, a short in
the SRS warning light circuit can be considered likely.
Proceed to ”SRS warning light circuit malfunction” on
page DI-541.
H15217
H15218 H15701
2. DTC CHECK (Using diagnosis check wire)

DLC3
(a) Present troubles codes:
Output the DTC.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait
for approx. 20 seconds.
(2) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of the
DLC3.
CG Tc SST 09843–18020
H10658 NOTICE:
Pay due attention to the terminal connecting position to
avoid a malfunction.
(b) Past troubles codes:
Output the DTC.
(1) Using service wire, connect terminals Tc and CG of
the DLC3.
SST 09843–18020
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait
for approx. 20 seconds.
NOTICE:
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–454
Normal Code (c) Read the DTC.

0.25 Read the 2–digit DTC as indicated by the number of times
the SRS warning light blinks. As an example, the blinking
ON
patterns, normal, 11 and 31 are shown in the illustration.
S Normal code indication
OFF The light will blink 2 times per second.
S Malfunction code indication
0.25 The first blinking output indicates the first digit
of a 2–digit DTC. After a 1.5–second pause,
the second blinking output will indicate the
second digit.
Code 11 and 31
If there are 2 or more codes, there will be a 2.5–second pause
0.5 2.5 4.0
between each code. After all the codes have been output, there
ON will be a 4.0–second pause and they will all be repeated.
OFF HINT:
1.5 0.5 Repeat S In the event of a number of trouble codes, indication will
start from the smallest numbered code.
DTC 11 DTC 31 S If a DTC is not output or a DTC is output without terminal
AT0716
AB0056 H08231 connection, proceed to the Tc terminal circuit inspection
on page DI–545.
Hand–held Tester 3. DTC CHECK (Using hand–held tester)

(a) Hook up the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
(b) Read the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester
screen.
HINT:
ther details.
4. DTC CLEARANCE (Not using service wire)
DLC3 F12397 When the ignition switch is turned off, the diagnostic trouble
code is cleared.
HINT:
DTC might not be cleared by turning the ignition switch OFF.
In this case, proceed to the next step.
5. DTC CLEARANCE (Using service wire)
(a) Connect the 2 service wires to terminals Tc and A/B of
DLC3.
(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait for approx. 6 se-
conds.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–455
(c) Starting with the Tc terminal, ground alternately terminal

Tc and terminal A/B twice each in cycles of 1.0 second.
Make sure that the terminals are grounded. Ensure the
terminal Tc remain grounded.
HINT:
When alternately grounding terminals Tc and A/B, release
ground from one terminal and immediately ground the other ter-
minal within an interval of 0.2 seconds.
If DTCs are not cleared, repeat the above procedure until the
codes are cleared.
Terminal
1 second
OFF
1 second
Tc Body (±0.5 sec.) (±0.5 sec.)
A/B Ground 1 5
3
Tc
OFF
A/B Body
Ground 2 4
H10687
50 m sec.
LHD: Several
ON Seconds
OFF
50 m sec.
RHD:
H15217
H15218
H15702
(d) Several seconds after doing the clearing procedure, the

SRS warning light will blink in a 50 – m sec. cycle to indi-
cate the codes which have been cleared.
Hand–held Tester 6. DTC CLEARANCE (Using hand–held tester)

(b) Clear the DTCs by following the prompts on the tester
screen.
HINT:
Please refer to the hand–held tester operation’s manual for fur-
ther details.
DLC3 F12397
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–456
7. RELEASE METHOD OF AIRBAG ACTIVATION PRE-

VENTION MECHANISM
An airbag activation prevention mechanism is built into the con-
nector for the squib circuit of the SRS.
When release of the airbag activation prevention mechanism is
directed in the troubleshooting procedure, as shown in the il-
lustration of the connectors on the next pages, insert paper
which has the same thickness as the male terminal between the
terminal and the short spring.
CAUTION:
Never release the airbag activation prevention mechanism
on the squib connector.
NOTICE:
S Do not release the airbag activation prevention mech-
anism unless specifically directed by the trouble-
shooting procedure.
S If the inserted paper is too thick the terminal and short
spring may be damaged, so always use paper with
the same thickness as the male terminal.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–457
7 Seat Belt
Pretensioner (RH)
8 9 Front Airbag
Sensor (RH)
6
Front Passenger Airbag
2 Assembly (Squib)
Airbag Sensor 1
Assembly Spiral Cable
3 4 5
Steering Wheel
Pad (Squib)
10 11
Front Airbag
Sensor (LH)
12
Seat Belt
Pretensioner (LH)
H14955
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–458
Airbag Sensor Assembly Connector
2 1 3
Short Spring Short Spring

Short Spring
Before Release After Release
Paper
Connector 4 Connector 7 12
Short Spring
Short Spring
Before Release After Release
Paper
Paper
H01356
H01233
AB0130 H02248
AB0045 AB0046
H02249 H11587
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–459
DI6OZ–05

If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for that code in the table
below (Proceed to the page given for that circuit.).
DTC No. SRS
(See Page) Warning Light
S Short in D squib circuit S Steering wheel pad (squib)

B0100/13 S Spiral cable
ON
(DI–464) S Airbag sensor assembly
S Wire harness
S Open in D squib circuit S Steering wheel pad (squib)

ON
S Wire harness
S Short in D squib circuit (to ground) S Steering wheel pad (squib)
ON
S Wire harness
S Short in D squib circuit (to B+) S Steering wheel pad (squib)

ON
S Wire harness
S Short in P squib circuit S Front passenger airbag assembly (squib)

B0105/53
S Airbag sensor assembly ON
(DI–481)
S Wire harness
S Open in P squib circuit S Front passenger airbag assembly (squib)
B0106/54
(DI–485)
S Wire harness
S Short in P squib circuit (to ground) S Front passenger airbag assembly (squib)
B0107/51
(DI–488)
S Wire harness
S Short in P squib circuit (to B+) S Front passenger airbag assembly (squib)
B0108/52
(DI–491)
S Wire harness
S Short in P/T squib (RH) circuit S Seat belt pretensioner RH (squib)
B0130/63
S Airbag sensor assembly Blink
(DI–494)
S Wire harness
S Open in P/T squib (RH) circuit S Seat belt pretensioner RH (squib)
B0131/64
(DI–498)
S Wire harness
B0132/61
(to ground) S Airbag sensor assembly Blink
(DI–501)
S Wire harness
B0133/62
(to B+) S Airbag sensor assembly Blink
(DI–504)
S Wire harness
S Short in P/T squib (LH) circuit S Seat belt pretensioner LH (squib)
B0135/73
(DI–507)
S Wire harness
S Open in P/T squib (LH) circuit S Seat belt pretensioner LH (squib)
B0136/74
(DI–511)
S Wire harness
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–460
DTC No. SRS

(See Page) Warning Light

B0137/71
(to ground) S Airbag sensor assembly Blink
(DI–514)
S Wire harness
B0138/72
(to B+) S Airbag sensor assembly Blink
(DI–517)
S Wire harness
B1100/31 S Airbag sensor assembly malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
ON
(DI–520)
S Front airbag sensor (RH) malfunction S Front airbag sensor (RH)

B1156/B1157/
S Airbag sensor assembly
15 ON
S Instrument panel wire harness
(DI–522)
S Engine room No. 2 wire harness
S Front airbag sensor (LH) malfunction S Front airbag sensor (LH)

B1158/B1159/
16 ON
S Instrument panel wire harness
(DI–530)
S Engine room main wire harness
S System normal – OFF

Normall
N
S Voltage source drop S Battery
(DI–538) ON
HINT:
S When the SRS warning light remains lit up and the DTC is the normal code, this means a voltage source
drops.
This malfunction is not stored in memory by the airbag sensor assembly and if the power source volt-
age returns to normal, the SRS warning light will automatically go out.
S When 2 or more codes are indicated, the codes will be displayed in numeral order starting from the
lowest numbered code.
S If a code not listed on the chart is displayed, the airbag sensor assembly is faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–461
DI6P0–05
PARTS LOCATION
Steering Wheel Pad

(with Airbag)
Front Airbag Sensor (RH)
Front Passenger Airbag Assembly
Front Airbag Sensor (LH) Seat Belt Pretensioner (RH)
Spiral Cable
Seat Belt
Pretensioner (LH)
H15523
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–462
DI6P1–06
TERMINALS OF ECU
A18 A19 A20
B A 6 5 4 B A 3 2 1 B A
6 5 4 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 12 11 10 9 8 7
H01357
No. Symbol Terminal Name

A – Electrical Connector Check Mechanism
B – Electrical Connector Check Mechanism
A19 – 3 LA SRS Warning Light
A19 – 5 IG2 Power Source
A19 – 6 ACC Power Source
A19 – 9 +SR Front Airbag Sensor (RH)
A19 – 10 P+ Squib (Passenger)
A19 – 11 P– Squib (Passenger)
A19 – 12 SIL Diagnosis
A19 – 13 D– Squib (Driver)
A19 – 14 D+ Squib (Driver)
A19 – 15 +SL Front Airbag Sensor (LH)
A19 – 19 Tc Diagnosis
A19 – 20 –SR Front Airbag Sensor (RH)
A19 – 23 GSW2 ECM
A19 – 26 –SL Front Airbag Sensor (LH)
A19 – 27 E1 Ground
A19 – 28 E2 Ground
A18 – 1 PL– Squib (Seat Belt Pretensioner, LH)
A18 – 2 PL+ Squib (Seat Belt Pretensioner, LH)
A20 – 5 PR+ Squib (Pretensioner, RH)
A20 – 6 PR– Squib (Pretensioner, RH)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–463
DI6P2–01

Proceed with troubleshooting of each circuit in the table below.
S With the ignition switch in ON position, the SRS warning light
sometimes lights up after approx. 6 seconds have elapsed.
S SRS warning light is always lit up even when ignition switch is in
S SRS warning light circuit DI–541
the LOCK position.
S With the ignition switch in ON position, the SRS warning light
does not light up.
S DTC is not displayed.
S SRS warning light is always lit up at the time of DTC check pro-
S Tc terminal circuit DI–545
cedure.
S DTC is displayed without Tc and E1 terminal connection.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–464
DI6P3–05
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC B0100/13 Short in D Squib Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The D squib circuit consists of the airbag sensor assembly, spiral cable and steering wheel pad.
It causes the airbag to deploy when the airbag deployment conditions are satisfied.
For details of the function of each component, see OPERATION on page RS–2.
DTC B0100/13 is recorded when a short is detected in the D squib circuit.
S Short circuit between D+ wire harness and D– wire har-
S Steering wheel pad (D squib)
ness of squib
S Spiral cable
B0100/13 S D squib malfunction
S Spiral cable malfunction
S Wire harness
S Airbag sensor assembly malfunction
WIRING DIAGRAM
Airbag Sensor Assembly
D Squib
14
1 Y–B
A19 D+
13
2 Y
A19 D–
Spiral
Cable
H01451
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–465
1 Prepare for inspection (See step 1 on page DI–538).
2 Check D squib circuit.
PREPARATION:
Release the airbag activation prevention mechanism of the
Spiral Airbag connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) between the
Sensor
Cable airbag sensor assembly and the spiral cable (See page
Assembly
D Squib DI–453).
CHECK:
For the connector (on the spiral cable side) between the spiral
cable and the steering wheel pad, measure the resistance be-
D– D+ tween D+ and D–.
OK:
Resistance: 1 MΩ or Higher
(–) (+)
H01001
H02142 H02193
NG Go to step 5.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–466
3 Check airbag sensor assembly.
PREPARATION:
(a) Connect the connector to the airbag sensor assembly.
(b) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
Airbag
Spiral wait at least for 2 seconds.
Sensor
Cable CHECK:
Assembly
D Squib (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
→←
(b) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See page DI–453).
ON (c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0100/13 (e) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
OK:
DTC B0100/13 is not output.
HINT:
Codes other than code B0100/13 may be output at this time, but
CG Tc
H01002
they are not relevant to this check.
AB0119
H10600 FI1390 H10598
NG Replace airbag sensor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–467
4 Check D squib.
PREPARATION:
(a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
→←
(b) Disconnect negative (–) terminal cable from the battery,
Spiral Airbag and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Cable Sensor
Assembly (c) Connect the steering wheel pad connector.
D Squib (d) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
wait at least for 2 seconds.
CHECK:
ON
(a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
DTC B0100/13
conds.
DLC3
(c) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See page DI–453).
(d) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
(e) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
CG Tc conds.
(f) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
H01003
AB0119
H10600 FI1390 H10599 OK:
HINT:
NG Replace steering wheel pad.
OK
From the results of the above inspection, the malfunctioning part can now be considered normal.
To make sure of this, use the simulation method to check.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–468
5 Check spiral cable.
PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the connector between the airbag sensor as-
Spiral
Airbag sembly and the spiral cable.
Sensor (b) Release the airbag activation prevention mechanism of
Cable
Assembly
D Squib ←→ the spiral cable connector on the airbag sensor assembly
side (See page DI–453).
CHECK:
D– D+
tween D+ and D–.
OK:
(–) (+)
H01000
H02142 H02195 NG Repair or replace spiral cable.
OK
6 Check harness between airbag sensor assembly and spiral cable.
PREPARATION:
connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) between the
Airbag airbag sensor assembly and the spiral cable (See page
Spiral Sensor
Cable Assembly
DI–453).
CHECK:
D Squib
For the connector (on the spiral cable side) between the airbag
sensor assembly and the spiral cable, measure the resistance
D– between D+ and D–.
D+
OK:
(–) (+)
NG Repair or replace harness or connector be-
H01004 tween airbag sensor assembly and spiral cable.
R14286 H01138
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–469
DI6P4–03
DTC B0101/14 Open in D Squib Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
It causes the airbag to deploy when the airbag deployment conditions are satisfied.
DTC B0101/14 is recorded when an open is detected in the D squib circuit.
S Open circuit in D+ wire harness or D– wire harness of
S Steering wheel pad (D squib)
squib
S Spiral cable
B0101/14 S D squib malfunction
S Spiral cable malfunction
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–464.
CHECK:
Airbag
Spiral
Sensor tween D+ and D–.
Cable
Assembly OK:
D Squib
←→ Resistance: Below 1 Ω
D– D+
(–) (+)
H01001
H02196
NG Go to step 5.
H02142
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–470
PREPARATION:
Spiral
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect D+ and D– of the connector
Sensor (on the spiral cable side) between the spiral cable and the
Cable
Assembly
D Squib steering wheel pad.
→← (c) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
CHECK:
ON
(a) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
D– D+
conds.
(c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
DLC3 DTC B0101/14
conds.
(e) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
OK:
CG Tc
H01002
H02144 AB0119 HINT:
H10600 W02044 H10602
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–471
4 Check D squib.
PREPARATION:
D Squib Airbag
Spiral Sensor
and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Cable Assembly (c) Connect the steering wheel pad connector.
→← (d) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
CHECK:
ON (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0101/14 seconds.
conds.
OK:
CG Tc
H01003 DTC B0101/14 is not output.
AB0119
H10600 W02044 H10603 HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–472
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector between the airbag sensor assembly
Spiral Airbag and the spiral cable.
Cable Sensor CHECK:
D Squib ←→ Assembly
tween D+ and D–.
OK:
D– D+
Resistance: Below 1 Ω
(–) (+)
H01000
H02195
NG Repair or replace spiral cable.
H02142
OK
CHECK:
For the connector (on the spiral cable side) between the airbag
sensor assembly and the spiral cable, measure the resistance
Airbag between D+ and D–.
Spiral
Cable Sensor OK:
D Squib Assembly Resistance: Below 1 Ω
D– D+
(–) (+)
tween airbag sensor assembly and spiral cable.
H01004
R14286 H01138
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–473
DI6P5–03
DTC B0102/11 Short in D Squib Circuit (to Ground)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
It causes the SRS to deploy when the SRS deployment conditions are satisfied.
DTC B0102/11 is recorded when a ground short is detected in the D squib circuit.
S Short circuit in D squib wire harness (to ground) S Steering wheel pad (D squib)
S D squib malfunction S Spiral cable
B0102/11
S Spiral cable malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
S Airbag sensor assembly malfunction S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–464.
CHECK:
Airbag cable and the steering wheel pad, measure the resistance be-
Spiral
Cable Sensor tween D+ and body ground.
Assembly
D Squib OK:
D+
(–) (+)
H01001 H02198
H02145
NG Go to step 5.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–474
PREPARATION:
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect D+ and D– of the connector
Spiral (on the spiral cable side) between the spiral cable and the
Sensor
Cable
Assembly steering wheel pad.
D Squib
(c) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
→←
CHECK:
D– D+ ON (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
(b) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See step 5 on page
DI–453).
DLC3 DTC B0102/11 (c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01002 OK:
H02144 AB0118
H10600 W02042 H10605 DTC B0102/11 is not output.
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–475
4 Check D squib.
PREPARATION:
→←
Airbag
Spiral Sensor and wait at least for 90 seconds.
D Squib
(d) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
ON CHECK:
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0102/11 DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01003 OK:
AB0119
HINT:
OK
To make sure of this, use the simulation method to check. If the malfunctioning part can not be
detected by the simulation method, replace all SRS components including the wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–476
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector between the airbag sensor assembly
Airbag and the spiral cable.
Spiral Sensor CHECK:
Cable Assembly
D Squib For the connector (on the spiral cable side) between the steer-
←→
ing wheel pad and the spiral cable, measure the resistance be-
tween D+ and body ground.
OK:
D+
(–) (+)
H01000
H02200
H02145
OK
CHECK:
cable and the airbag sensor assembly, measure the resistance
Spiral Airbag between D+ and body ground.
Sensor
Cable Assembly
OK:
D Squib Resistance: 1 MΩ or Higher
D+
(–) (+)
H01004
R14301 H06304
NG Repair or replace harness between airbag sen-
sor assembly and spiral cable.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–477
DI6P6–03
DTC B0103/12 Short in D Squib Circuit (to B+)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0103/12 is recorded when a B+ short is detected in the D squib circuit.
S Short circuit in D squib wire harness (to B+) S Steering wheel pad (D squib)
S D squib malfunction S Spiral cable
B0103/12
S Spiral cable malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–464.
ON
CHECK:
(a) Turn ignition switch to ON.
(b) For the connector (on the spiral cable side) between the
Spiral
Airbag spiral cable and the steering wheel pad, measure the volt-
Sensor
Cable age between D+ and body ground.
Assembly
D Squib OK:
Voltage: 0 V
D+
(–) (+)
AB0119 NG Go to step 5.
H01001
H02146 H11570
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–478
→← PREPARATION:
D Squib (a) Connect the connector to the airbag sensor assembly.
Airbag
Spiral Sensor (b) Using a service wire, connect D+ and D– of the connector
Cable Assembly (on the spiral cable side) between the spiral cable and the
steering wheel pad.
CHECK:
D– D+
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc OK:
H01002
H02144 AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–479
4 Check D squib.
PREPARATION:
→← (b) Disconnect negative (–) terminal cable from the battery,
Airbag
Spiral and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Sensor
D Squib (d) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
DTC B0103/12 (c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
DLC3
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc (e) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
H01003
OK:
AB0019
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–480
PREPARATION:
Spiral
Airbag (b) Disconnect the connector between the airbag sensor as-
Sensor sembly and the spiral cable.
Cable
Assembly
D Squib CHECK:
←→
(a) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
ON
spiral cable and the steering wheel pad, measure the volt-
age between D+ and body ground.
D+
OK:
Voltage: 0 V
(–) (+)
H01000
AB0119
H02202
H02146
OK
ON CHECK:
Spiral Airbag spiral cable and airbag sensor assembly, measure the
Sensor
Cable Assembly
voltage between D+ and body ground.
D Squib OK:
Voltage: 0 V
D+
(–) (+)
NG Repair or replace harness between airbag sen-
sor assembly and spiral cable.
AB0119
H01004
R14288 H08261
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–481
DI6P7–05
DTC B0105/53 Short in P Squib Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The P squib circuit consists of the airbag sensor assembly and front passenger airbag assembly.
DTC B0105/53 is recorded when a short is detected in the P squib circuit.
S Short circuit in P squib wire harness S Front passenger airbag assembly (P squib)
B0105/53 S P squib malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
WIRING DIAGRAM
P Squib
10
1 Y–R
A19 P+
11
2 Y–G
A19 P–
H01454
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–482
2 Check P squib circuit.
PREPARATION:
P Squib Release the airbag activation prevention mechanism of the
Airbag connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) between the
Sensor front passenger airbag assembly and the airbag sensor assem-
Assembly bly (See page DI–453).
CHECK:
For the connector (on the front passenger airbag assembly
side) between the front passenger airbag assembly and the air-
P– P+
bag sensor assembly, measure the resistance between P+ and
P–.
OK:
(–) (+) Resistance: 1 MΩ or Higher
R14286
H02142 H02251 NG Repair or replace harness or connector be-
tween front passenger airbag assembly and air-
bag sensor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–483
PREPARATION:
P Squib (a) Connect the connector to the airbag sensor assembly.
Airbag (b) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
Sensor wait at least for 2 seconds.
Assembly CHECK:
(a) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait at least for 20 se-
→← conds.
ON (c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0105/53
OK:
HINT:
CG Tc Codes other than code B0105/53 may be output at this time, but
H01023 they are not relevant to this check.
AB0119
H10600 H01077 H10611
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–484
4 Check P squib.
PREPARATION:
P Squib Airbag
Sensor and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Assembly (c) Connect the front passenger airbag assembly connector.
→←
CHECK:
ON
(a) Turn the ignition switch to LOOK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0105/53 (c) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See page DI–453).
seconds.
CG Tc conds.
H01024 (f) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
AB0119
H10600 H01077 H10612 OK:
HINT:
NG Replace front passenger airbag assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–485
DI6P8–01
DTC B0106/54 Open in P Squib Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0106/54 is recorded when an open is detected in the P squib circuit.
S Open circuit in P+ wire harness or P– wire harness of
S Front passenger airbag assembly (P squib)
squib
B0106/54 S Airbag sensor assembly
S P squib malfunction
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–481.
CHECK:
For the connector (on the front passenger airbag assembly
P Squib
Airbag side) between the front passenger airbag assembly and the air-
Sensor bag sensor assembly, measure the resistance between P+ and
Assembly P–.
OK:
P– P+
(–) (+) NG Repair or replace harness or connector be-

R14286
tween front passenger airbag assembly and air-
H02142 H02251 bag sensor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–486
PREPARATION:
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect P+ and P– of the connector
Sensor (on the front passenger airbag assembly side) between
Assembly the front passenger airbag assembly and the airbag sen-
sor assembly.
→← (c) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery, and
ON
P– P+ CHECK:
conds.
DLC3 (c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
Code B0106/54
seconds.
conds.
H01023
OK:
H02144 AB0119
H10600 H01078 H10613 DTC B0106/54 is not output.
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–487
4 Check P squib.
PREPARATION:
P Squib
Airbag (b) Disconnect negative (–) terminal cable from the battery,
→←
CHECK:
conds.
DTC B0106/54 seconds.
DLC3
conds.
OK:
CG Tc
H01024
AB0119
H10600 H01078 H10614 HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–488
DI6P9–01
DTC B0107/51 Short in P Squib Circuit (to Ground)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0107/51 is recorded when ground short is detected in the P squib circuit.
S Short circuit in P squib wire harness (to ground) S Front passenger airbag assembly (P squib)
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–481.
CHECK:
P Squib For the connector (on the front passenger airbag assembly
Airbag side) between the front passenger airbag assembly and the air-
Sensor
Assembly
bag sensor assembly, measure the resistance between P+ and
body ground.
OK:
P+
(–) (+)
H01227
H02145 H02254 tween front passenger airbag assembly and air-
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–489
PREPARATION:
(b) Using a service wire, connect P+ and P– of the connector
P Squib Airbag (on the front passenger airbag assembly side) between
Sensor
the front passenger airbag assembly and the airbag sen-
Assembly
sor assembly.
→←
ON CHECK:
P– P+ (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
Code B0107/51 DI–453).
DLC3
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01023 (e) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
H02144 AB0118
H10600 H01075 H10615 OK:
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–490
4 Check P squib.
PREPARATION:
P Squib (a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
→← Assembly
(c) Connect the front passenger airbag assembly connector.
CHECK:
ON
conds.
DTC B0107/51
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
H01024 OK:
AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–491
DI6PA–01
DTC B0108/52 Short in P Squib Circuit (to B+)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0108/52 is recorded when a B+ short is detected in the P squib circuit.
S Short circuit in P squib wire harness (to B+) S Front passenger airbag assembly (P squib)
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–481.
CHECK:
Airbag (b) For the connector (on the front passenger airbag assem-
Sensor bly side) between the front passenger airbag assembly
Assembly and the airbag sensor assembly, measure the voltage be-
P Squib
tween the P+ and body ground.
OK:
ON Voltage: 0 V
P+
(–) (+)
H01022
AB0119 NG Repair or replace harness or connector be-
H02146 H04524 tween front passenger airbag assembly and air-
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–492
PREPARATION:
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect P+ and P– of the connector
Sensor (on the front passenger airbag assembly side) between
Assembly
the front passenger airbag assembly and the airbag sen-
sor assembly.
→←
ON
CHECK:
P– P+
conds.
DTC B0108/52 DI–453).
DLC3
seconds.
CG Tc conds.
H01023
H02144 AB0118
H10600 H01076 H10617 OK:
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–493
4 Check P squib.
PREPARATION:
P Squib (b) Disconnect negative (–) terminal cable from the battery,
Airbag
→←
CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
H01024
OK:
AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–494
DI6PJ–05
DTC B0130/63 Short in P/T Squib (RH) Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The P/T squib (RH) circuit consists of the airbag sensor assembly and seat belt pretensioner (RH).
DTC B0130/63 is recorded when a short is detected in the P/T squib (RH) circuit.
S Short circuit between PR+ wire harness and PR– wire
S Seat belt pretensioner (RH)
harness of squib
S P/T squib (RH) malfunction
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
P/T Squib (RH)
5
2 Y–B
A20 PR+
1 6
Y
A20 PR–
H01454
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–495
2 Check P/T squib (RH) circuit.
PREPARATION:
Airbag
P/T Squib (RH) Sensor connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) between the
Assembly airbag sensor assembly and the seat belt pretensioner (RH)
CHECK:
For the connector (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between
PR+ PR– the seat belt pretensioner (RH) and the airbag sensor assem-
bly, measure the resistance between PR+ and PR–.
OK:
(+) (–)
H01019 H02203
H02141

tween seat belt pretensioner (RH) and airbag
sensor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–496
PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (RH) Sensor
Assembly
CHECK:
→← (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
ON (b) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See page DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
OK:
HINT:
H01020
AB0119
H10600 H01082 H10619
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–497
4 Check P/T squib (RH).
PREPARATION:
Assembly and wait at least for 90 seconds.
(c) Connect the seat belt pretensioner (RH) connector.
→←
ON
CHECK:
second.
DLC3 DTC B0130/63 conds.
(c) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See page DI–453).
seconds.
CG Tc
conds.
H01021
(f) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
AB0119
H10600 H01082 H10620 OK:
HINT:
NG Replace seat belt pretensioner (RH).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–498
DI6PK–03
DTC B0131/64 Open in P/T Squib (RH) Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The P/T squib circuit (RH) consists of the airbag sensor assembly and seat belt pretensioner (RH).
DTC B0131/64 is recorded when an open is detected in the P/T squib (RH) circuit.
S Open circuit in PR+ wire harness or PR– wire harness of
squib
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–494.
CHECK:
Airbag
Sensor the seat belt pretensioner (RH) and the airbag sensor assem-
P/T Squib (RH)
Assembly bly, measure the resistance between PR+ and PR–.
OK:
PR+ PR–
(+) (–) NG Repair or replace harness or connector be-

H01019
H02141 H02205 sensor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–499
PREPARATION:
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect PR+ and PR– of the con-
P/T Squib (RH) Sensor nector (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between the
Assembly
seat belt pretensioner (RH) and the airbag sensor assem-
bly.
→←
PR+ PR– CHECK:
ON
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0131/64
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01020
OK:
H02139 AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–500
PREPARATION:
Airbag
Sensor
P/T Squib (RH)
Assembly (c) Connect the seat belt pretensioner (RH) connector.
→←
CHECK:
conds.
conds.
OK:
CG Tc
H01021
AB0119
H10600 H01083 H10622 HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–501
DI6PL–03
DTC B0132/61 Short in P/T Squib (RH) Circuit

(to Ground)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0132/61 is recorded when a ground short is detected in the P/T squib (RH) circuit.
S Short circuit in P/T squib (RH) wire harness (to ground) S Seat belt pretensioner (RH)
B0132/61 S P/T squib (RH) malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–494.
CHECK:
the seat belt pretensioner (RH) and the airbag sensor assem-
Airbag
bly, measure the resistance between PR+ and body ground.
Assembly OK:
PR+
(–) (+)

H01019 sensor assembly.
H08392 H08393
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–502
PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (RH) Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect PR+ and PR– of the con-
Sensor
Assembly
nector (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between the
→← bly.
PR+
PR– ON
CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01020
H02139
AB0118 AB0119
H10600 H01079 H10623 OK:
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–503
PREPARATION:
Airbag
→← wait at least for 2 seconds.
CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
OK:
H01021
AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–504
DI6PM–03
DTC B0133/62 Short in P/T Squib (RH) Circuit (to B+)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0133/62 is recorded when a B+ short is detected in the P/T squib (RH) circuit.
S Short circuit in seat belt pretensioner (RH) wire harness
(to B+)
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–494.
ON CHECK:
(b) For the connector (on the seat belt pretensioner side) be-
Airbag tween the seat belt pretensioner (RH) and the airbag sen-
Assembly sor assembly, measure the voltage between PR+ and
body ground.
OK:
Voltage: 0 V
PR+
(–) (+)

H01019
AB0119
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–505
PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (RH) Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect PR+ and PR– of the con-
Sensor
Assembly
nector (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between the
→← bly.
PR+ PR– wait at least for 2 seconds.
ON CHECK:
conds.
DTC B0133/62 DI–453).
DLC3
seconds.
CG Tc conds.
H01020
H02139 AB0119
H10600 H01081 H10625 OK:
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–506
PREPARATION:
(a) Turn ignition switch to LOCK.
Airbag and wait at least for 90 seconds.
P/T Squib (RH)
Sensor
→← wait at least for 2 seconds.
CHECK:
ON
conds.
DI–453).
DTC B0133/62
seconds.
conds.
H01021
OK:
AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–507
DI6PN–05
DTC B0135/73 Short in P/T Squib (LH) Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The P/T squib (LH) circuit consists of the airbag sensor assembly and seat belt pretensioner (LH).
DTC B0135/73 is recorded when a short is detected in the P/T squib (LH) circuit.
S Short circuit between PL+ wire harness and PL– wire har-
S Seat belt pretensioner (LH)
ness of squib
S P/T squib (LH) malfunction
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
P/T Squib (LH)
2
2 Y–B
A18 PL+
1 1
Y
A18 PL–
H01454
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–508
2 Check P/T squib (LH) circuit.
PREPARATION:
Airbag connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) between the
P/T Squib (LH) Sensor
Assembly airbag sensor assembly and the seat belt pretensioner (LH)
CHECK:
PL+ PL– the seat belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sensor assembly,
measure the resistance between PL+ and PL–.
OK:
(+) (–)
H01016
H02141 H02211

tween seat belt pretensioner (LH) and airbag
sensor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–509
P/T Squib (LH) PREPARATION:

→← (a) Connect the connector to the airbag sensor assembly.
Sensor wait at least for 2 seconds.
Assembly CHECK:
conds.
ON
seconds.
conds.
OK:
HINT:
H01017
AB0119
H10600 H01086 H10627
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–510
4 Check P/T squib (LH).
PREPARATION:
→←
P/T Squib (LH) Sensor and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Assembly
(c) Connect the seat belt pretensioner (LH) connector.
ON CHECK:
second.
conds.
DLC3 DTC B0135/73 (c) Clear the DTC stored in memory (See page DI–453).
seconds.
CG Tc
conds.
H01018 (f) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
AB0119
H10600 H01086 H10628 OK:
HINT:
NG Replace seat belt pretensioner (LH).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–511
DI6PO–03
DTC B0136/74 Open in P/T Squib (LH) Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The P/T squib circuit (LH) consists of the airbag sensor assembly and seat belt pretensioner (LH).
DTC B0136/74 is recorded when an open is detected in the P/T squib (LH) circuit.
S Open circuit in PL+ wire harness or PL– wire harness of
squib
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–507.
CHECK:
Airbag
P/T Squib (LH)
the seat belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sensor assembly,
Sensor
Assembly measure the resistance between PL+ and PL–.
OK:
PL+ PL–
(+) (–) NG Repair or replace harness or connector be-

H01016
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–512
PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (LH)
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect PL+ and PL– of the connec-
Sensor tor (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between the seat
Assembly belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sensor assembly.
PL+ PL– CHECK:
ON (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
seconds.
DLC3 DTC B0136/74 (d) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
OK:
CG Tc DTC B0136/74 is not output.
H01017
H02139 AB0119
H10600 H01087 H10629 HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–513
PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (LH) (a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
Airbag
→← Sensor and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Assembly (c) Connect the seat belt pretensioner (LH) connector.
CHECK:
conds.
conds.
CG Tc OK:
H01018
AB0119
H10600 H01087 H10630 HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–514
DI6PP–03
DTC B0137/71 Short in P/T Squib (LH) Circuit

(to Ground)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0137/71 is recorded when a ground short is detected in the P/T squib (LH) circuit.
S Short circuit in P/T squib (LH) wire harness (to ground) S Seat belt pretensioner (LH)
B0137/71 S P/T squib (LH) malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–507.
CHECK:
the seat belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sensor assembly,
Airbag
Sensor measure the resistance between PL+ and body ground.
P/T Squib (LH) OK:
Assembly
PL+
(–) (+)

H01016 sensor assembly.
H08392 H08396
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–515
P/T Squib (LH) →← PREPARATION:

Airbag
(b) Using a service wire, connect PL+ and PL– of the connec-
Sensor
Assembly tor (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between the seat
belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sensor assembly.
PL+ PL–
ON CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
DLC3 DTC B0137/71
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01017
OK:
H02139 AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–516
→← PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (LH) Sensor
Assembly
(c) Connect the seat belt pretensioner (LH) connector.
ON CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
H01018
OK:
AB0118 AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–517
DI6PQ–03
DTC B0138/72 Short in P/T Squib (LH) Circuit (to B+)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DTC B0138/72 is recorded when a B+ short is detected in the P/T squib (LH) circuit.
S Short circuit in seat belt pretensioner (LH) wire harness
(to B+)
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–507.
ON CHECK:
(b) For the connector (on the seat belt pretensioner side) be-
Airbag tween the seat belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sen-
P/T Squib (LH) Sensor sor assembly, measure the voltage between PL+ and
Assembly body ground.
OK:
Voltage: 0 V
PL+
(–) (+)

AB0119 tween seat belt pretensioner (LH) and airbag
H01016
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–518
P/T Squib (LH) →←

PREPARATION:
Airbag (b) Using a service wire, connect PL+ and PL– of the connec-
Sensor
tor (on the seat belt pretensioner side) between the seat
Assembly
belt pretensioner (LH) and the airbag sensor assembly.
PL+ PL–
ON CHECK:
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
CG Tc
H01017
OK:
H02139 AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–519
PREPARATION:
P/T Squib (LH) (a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
Airbag
→← Sensor and wait at least for 90 seconds.
Assembly (c) Connect the seat belt pretensioner (LH) connector.
CHECK:
ON
conds.
DI–453).
seconds.
conds.
H01018 OK:
AB0119
HINT:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–520
DI6PR–04
DTC B1100/31 Airbag Sensor Assembly Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a airbag sensor, safing sensor, drive circuit, diagnosis circuit and
ignition control, etc.
It receives signals from the airbag sensor, judges whether or not the SRS must be activated, and detects
diagnosis system malfunction.
DTC B1100/31 is recorded when occurrence of a malfunction in the airbag sensor assembly is detected.
B1100/31 S Airbag sensor assembly malfunction S Airbag sensor assembly
HINT:
When a malfunction code other than code B1100/31 is displayed at the same time, first repair the malfunction
indicated by the malfunction code other than code B1100/31.
2 Check voltage at IG1 and IG2 of airbag sensor assembly.
Airbag Sensor Assembly CHECK:

ON
(b) Measure the voltage between body ground and each of
terminals ACC and IG2 of the airbag sensor assembly
ACC IG2 connector.
(–) (+) OK:
AB0119
H01298 H01299 NG Check that an abnormality occurs on the battery
and charging system.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–521
3 Is DTC B1100/31 output again?
PREPARATION:
ON Clear the DTC (See step 5 on page DI–453).
CHECK:
(a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
conds.
DLC3 DTC B1100/31 (c) Repeat operation in step (a) and (b) at least 5 times.
(d) Check the DTC (See page DI–453).
HINT:
CG Tc they are not relevant to this check.
AB0119
H10600 FI1394 H10635 NO Using simulation method, reproduce malfunc-
tion symptoms (See page IN–29).
YES
Replace airbag sensor assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–522
DI6PW–05
DTC B1156/B1157/15 Front Airbag Sensor (RH) Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The front airbag sensor (RH) circuit consists of the airbag sensor assembly and front airbag sensor (RH).
DTC B1156/B1157/15 is recorded when a malfunction is detected in the front airbag sensor (RH) circuit.
S Front airbag sensor (RH)
B1156/B1157/15 S Front airbag sensor (RH) malfunction
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Front Airbag Sensor (RH) Airbag Sensor Assembly
3 9
2 B–W B–W
+SR IL1 A19 +SR
4 20
1 BR–W BR–W
–SR IL1 A19 –SR
H16901
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–523
2 Check wire harness (to B+).
CHECK:
Airbag (b) For the connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side)
Sensor
between the front airbag sensor (RH) and the airbag sen-
Assembly
sor assembly, measure the voltage between body ground
Front Airbag
Sensor (RH) and each of +SR and –SR.
Airbag Sensor
Assembly OK:
ON Voltage: Below 1 V
+SR
(+)
H03355
(–) –SR
AB0119
H03363 H03445 NG Go to step 8.
OK
3 Check wire harness (to ground).
CHECK:
For the connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) be-
Airbag tween the front airbag sensor (RH) and the airbag sensor as-
Sensor sembly, measure the resistance between body ground and
Assembly
each of +SR and –SR.
Front Airbag OK:
Sensor (RH) Airbag Sensor
Assembly Resistance: 1 MΩ or Higher
+SR
(+)
(–) –SR
H03353
H03443
NG Go to step 9.
H03361
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–524
4 Check wire harness.
Front Airbag CHECK:

Sensor (RH) For the connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) be-
Airbag tween the front airbag sensor (RH) and the airbag sensor as-
Sensor sembly, measure the resistance between +SR and –SR.
Assembly
OK:
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
(+) +SR
(–)
–SR
H03355
H03356 H09518
NG Go to step 10.
OK
Front Airbag PREPARATION:

Sensor (RH)
Using a service wire, connect +SR and –SR of the connector
Airbag (on the front airbag sensor (RH) side) between the airbag sen-
Sensor
sor assembly and the front airbag sensor (RH).
Assembly
CHECK:
Airbag Sensor
+SR –SR tween the front airbag sensor (RH) and the airbag sensor as-
Assembly
sembly, measure the resistance between +SR and –SR.
OK:
(+) +SR Resistance: Below 1 Ω
(–)
–SR
H03353
H03360 H03356 H16296
NG Go to step 11.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–525
6 Check front airbag sensor (RH).
Front Airbag CHECK:

Sensor (RH) For the connector of the front airbag sensor (RH), measure the
Airbag
resistance between +SR and –SR.
Sensor OK:
Assembly Resistance: 300 – 1500 Ω
+SR –SR
(+) (–)
H04504
H01062 H08346
NG Replace front airbag sensor (RH).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–526
PREPARATION:
Front Airbag
Sensor (RH) (a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
Airbag
Sensor
Assembly (c) Connect the front airbag sensor (RH) connector and air-
bag sensor assembly connector.
→←
ON CHECK:
conds.
DLC3 DTC B1156/B1157/15 (c) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK, and wait at least for 20
seconds.
conds.
H02757
OK:
AB0119
H10600 H01063 H10638 DTC B1156/B1157/15 is not output.
HINT:
Codes other than code B1156/B1157/15 may be output at this
time, but they are not relevant to this check.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–527
8 Check engine room main wire harness (to B+).

Sensor (RH) Disconnect the engine room main wire harness connector on
←→ Airbag the airbag sensor assembly side.
Sensor CHECK:
Assembly (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
Engine Room Main (b) For the connector (on the RH front door wire harness
Wire Harness
side) between the airbag sensor assembly and the en-
ON gine room main wire harness, measure the voltage be-
+SR –SR tween body ground and each of +SR and –SR.
OK:
(–) (+) Voltage: Below 1 V
H03354
NG Repair or replace engine room main wire har-
AB0119 ness.
H06141 H08272
OK
Repair or replace harness or connector between airbag sensor assembly and engine room main
wire harness.
9 Check engine room main wire harness (to ground).

Airbag the airbag sensor assembly side.
Sensor CHECK:
Assembly For the connector (on the engine room main wire harness side)
between the airbag sensor assembly and the engine room main
Engine Room Main wire harness, measure the resistance between body ground
Wire Harness and each of +SR and –SR.
+SR –SR
OK:
(–) (+)
H03354
ness.
H06140 H08258
OK
wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–528
10 Check engine room main wire harness.
Front Airbag Engine Room Main PREPARATION:

Wire Harness
Sensor CHECK:
wire harness, measure the resistance between +SR and –SR.
+SR –SR OK:
(+) (–)
H03354
H09519 H09520
ness.
OK
wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–529
Engine Room Main PREPARATION:

Front Airbag
Wire Harness (a) Disconnect the engine room main wire harness connector
Sensor (RH)
on the airbag sensor assembly side.
Airbag
Sensor (b) Using a service wire, connect +SR and –SR of the con-
Assembly nector (on the engine room main wire harness side) be-
←→
tween the engine room main wire harness and the front
airbag sensor (RH).
CHECK:
+SR –SR +SR –SR
For the connector (on the engine room main wire harness side)
wire harness, measure the resistance between +SR and –SR.
OK:
(+) (–)
H03352
H09521 H09519 H09522

ness.
OK
wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–530
DI6PX–05
DTC B1158/B1159/16 Front Airbag Sensor (LH) Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The front airbag sensor (LH) circuit consists of the airbag sensor assembly and front airbag sensor (LH).
DTC B1158/B1159/16 is recorded when malfunction is detected in the front airbag sensor (LH) circuit.
S Front airbag sensor (LH)
B1158/B1159/16 S Front airbag sensor (LH) malfunction
S Wire harness
WIRING DIAGRAM
Front Airbag Sensor (LH) Airbag Sensor Assembly
1 15
2 W–R W–R
+SL IL1 A19 +SL
1 2 26
BR BR
–SL IL1 A19 –SL
H16901
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–531
2 Check wire harness (to B+).
CHECK:
Airbag (b) For the connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side)
Sensor
between the front airbag sensor (LH) and the airbag sen-
Assembly
sor assembly, measure the voltage between body ground
Front Airbag
and each of +SL and –SL.
Sensor (LH) Airbag Sensor
Assembly OK:
ON Voltage: Below 1 V
(+) +SL
H03355
(–) NG Go to step 8.
AB0119 –SL
H08065 H10972
OK
3 Check wire harness (to ground).
CHECK:
tween the front airbag sensor (LH) and the airbag sensor as-
Airbag
Sensor sembly, measure the resistance between body ground and
Assembly each of +SL and –SL.
Front Airbag OK:
Sensor (LH) Airbag Sensor Resistance: 1 MΩ or Higher
Assembly
+SL
(+)
(–) NG Go to step 9.
H03353 –SL
H08399 H10973
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–532
Front Airbag CHECK:

Sensor (LH) For the connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) be-
Airbag tween the front airbag sensor (LH) and the airbag sensor as-
Sensor sembly, measure the resistance between +SL and –SL.
Assembly
OK:
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
(+) +SL
(–) –SL
H03355
H08058 H10974
NG Go to step 10.
OK

Sensor (LH) Using a service wire, connect +SL and –SL of the connector (on
Airbag the front airbag sensor (LH) side) between the airbag sensor
Sensor
assembly and the front airbag sensor (LH).
Assembly
CHECK:
Airbag Sensor For the connector (on the airbag sensor assembly side) be-
+SL –SL Assembly tween the front airbag sensor (LH) and the airbag sensor as-
sembly, measure the resistance between +SL and –SL.
OK:
(+) +SL Resistance: Below 1 Ω
(–) –SL
H03353
H03360 H03356 H16296
NG Go to step 11.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–533
6 Check front airbag sensor (LH).
CHECK:
For the connector (on the front airbag sensor (LH)), measure
Airbag the resistance between +SL and –SL.
Sensor OK:
Assembly Resistance: 300 – 1500 Ω
Front Airbag
Sensor (LH)
+SL –SL
(+) (–)
H03354 NG Replace front airbag sensor (LH).

H16253 H16297
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–534
PREPARATION:
Front Airbag
Sensor (LH) (a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
Airbag
Sensor
Assembly (c) Connect the front airbag sensor (LH) connector and air-
bag sensor assembly connector.
→←
ON CHECK:
conds.
DTC B1158/B1159/16
seconds.
conds.
H02757
OK:
AB0119
H10600 H01064 H10647 DTC B1158/B1159/16 is not output.
HINT:
Codes other than code B1158/B1159/16 may be output at this
time, but they are not relevant to this check.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–535
8 Check engine room main wire harness (to B+).

Sensor (LH) Disconnect the engine room main wire harness connector on
Sensor CHECK:
Assembly (a) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
Engine Room Main (b) For the connector (on the LH front door wire harness side)
Wire Harness
between the airbag sensor assembly and the engine
ON
room main wire harness, measure the voltage between
+SL –SL body ground and each of +SL and –SL.
OK:
Voltage: Below 1 V
(–) (+)
H03354
AB0119 ness.
H16253 H16902
OK
wire harness.
9 Check engine room main wire harness (to ground).

Airbag the airbag sensor assembly side.
Sensor CHECK:
Engine Room Main wire harness, measure the resistance between body ground
Wire Harness and each of +SL and –SL.
+SL –SL OK:
(–) (+)
H03354
ness.
H16252 H16298
OK
wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–536
Front Airbag Engine Room Main PREPARATION:

Wire Harness
Sensor CHECK:
wire harness, measure the resistance between +SL and –SL.
OK:
+SL –SL Resistance: 1 MΩ or Higher
H03354 (+) (–)

H16251 H16299

ness.
OK
wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–537
Engine Room Main PREPARATION:

Front Airbag
Wire Harness (a) Disconnect the engine room main wire harness connector
Sensor (LH)
on the airbag sensor assembly side.
Airbag
Sensor (b) Using a service wire, connect +SL and –SL of the connec-
Assembly tor (on the engine room main wire harness side) between
←→
the engine room main wire harness and the front airbag
sensor (LH).
CHECK:
+SL –SL +SL –SL For the connector (on the engine room main wire harness side)
wire harness, measure the resistance between +SL and –SL.
OK:
(+) (–) Resistance: Below 1 Ω
H03352
H03360 H16251 H16300

ness.
OK
wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–538
DI6PY–06
DTC Normal Source Voltage Drop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The SRS is equipped with a voltage–increase circuit (DC–DC converter) in the airbag sensor assembly in
case the source voltage drops.
When the battery voltage drops, the voltage–increase circuit (DC–DC converter) functions to increase the
voltage of the SRS to normal voltage.
The diagnosis system malfunction display for this circuit is different from other circuits that is when the SRS
warning light remains lit up and the DTC is a normal code, source voltage drop is indicated.
Malfunction in this circuit is not recorded in the airbag sensor assembly, and the source voltage returns to
normal, the SRS warning light automatically goes off.
DTC No. Diagnosis
(Normal) Source voltage drop
WIRING DIAGRAM
Airbag Sensor
Instrument Panel J/B Assembly
5 2 5
B–W B–O
2B 2E A19 IG2
ACC Relay 10A SRS ACC 6
1 4
W GR
2H 2E A19 ACC
5 3
8 8
W–B
2C 2K
1 2
5A AM1 3
2B
I15 Ignition SW
P–L ACC AM1 W–G
3 2
IG2 AM2 W–R
6 7
Engine Room J/B Instrument Panel J/B
A
2 15A AM2 9 1 2
B W–R J11
1B 1J 2G 2C J/C
1 FL Block No. 1 1 FL Block No. 2

B–G 120A
F12 F13 1 MAIN
1 100A
DC/DC Battery
F11 ID
H15524
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–539
1 Prepare for inspection.
LOCK PREPARATION:
Airbag Sensor (a) Disconnect negative (–) terminal cable from the battery,
Assembly
P/T Squib (RH)
(b) Remove the steering wheel pad (See page SR–6).
(c) Disconnect the connector of the front passenger airbag
Front Airbag assembly (See page RS–26).
Sensor (RH) (d) Disconnect the connector of the seat belt pretensioner
D Squib RH and LH (See page BO–87).
Spiral (e) Disconnect the connectors of the airbag sensor assembly
Cable
(See page RS–39).
(f) Disconnect the connector of the front airbag sensor RH
P Squib and LH (See page RS–44).
CAUTION:
Front Airbag When storing the steering wheel pad and front passenger
Sensor (LH) airbag assembly, keep the upper surface of the airbag de-
ployment side facing upward.
P/T Squib (LH)
AB0117
H03372 H04512
2 Check source voltage.
Airbag Sensor Assembly PREPARATION:

ON Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery.
CHECK:
(a) Turn ignition switch ON.
ACC IG2 (b) Measure the voltage between body ground and each of
(–) (+) ACC and IG2 on the sensor and operate electric system
(defogger, wiper, headlight, heater blower, etc.).
OK:
AB0119
H01298 H01299 Voltage: 10 – 14 V
NG Check harness between battery and airbag sen-

sor assembly, and check battery and charging
system.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–540
3 Does SRS warning light turn off?
PREPARATION:
ON
(b) Connect the steering wheel pad connector.
(c) Connect the front passenger airbag assembly connector.
(d) Connect the seat belt pretensioner connectors.
(e) Connect the airbag sensor assembly connectors.
(f) Connect the front airbag sensor connectors.
(g) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
H01249 CHECK:
Operate electric system (defogger, wiper, headlight, heater
blower, etc.) and check that SRS warning light goes off.
NO Check for DTCs. If a DTC is output, perform trou-

bleshooting for the DTC. If a normal code is out-
put, replace airbag sensor assembly.
YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–541
DI7QA–01
SRS Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The SRS warning light is located on the combination meter.
When the SRS is normal, the SRS warning light lights up for approx. 6 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned from the LOCK position to ON position, and then turns off automatically.
If there is a malfunction in the SRS, the SRS warning light lights up to inform the driver of the abnormality.
When terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 are connected, the DTC is displayed by blinking the SRS warning
light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Airbag
15 Combination Meter
L Sensor
C10 Instrument Panel J/B Assembly
9 1 3
L B–Y
2A 2E A19 LA
D5
16 DLC3
C10 4
B–Y
5 2B AB
GR–R C11 6
J24
J/C C J/C C 2 10A ACC
GR–R GR–R
J26 J25 2D
B B
8 8
W–B
2A 2K
Fl Block
No. 1 1 ACC Relay
1 1
100A W
F13 F11 2H
B–G DC/DC 5 3
Ignition Switch 8
1 A
F18 P–L
2C J11
FL 2 3 1 2
Block AM1 ACC 5A AM1 J/C
No. 2
100A W–G
MAIN 3
2B
Battery
ID
H15525
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–542
Always lights up, when ignition switch is in LOCK position
2 Does SRS warning light turn off?
LOCK Airbag Sensor Assembly PREPARATION:

(c) Disconnect the airbag sensor assembly connector.
(d) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery.
CHECK:
Check operation of SRS warning light.
AB0117 H01293 H01295
NO Check SRS warning light circuit or terminal A/B

circuit of DLC3.
YES
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–543
Does not light up, when ignition switch is turned to ON
1 Check AM2 Fuse.
PREPARATION:
Fuse
Remove the AM2 fuse.
CHECK:
Check continuity of the AM2 fuse.
OK:
Continuity
HINT:
S Fuse may be burnt out even if it appears to be OK during
N14677 visual inspection.
S If fuse is OK, install it.
NG Go to step 4.
OK
3 Check SRS warning light circuit.
Airbag Sensor Assembly PREPARATION:

ON (a) Disconnect the airbag sensor assembly connector.
(b) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery.
(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(+) LA CHECK:
Measure the voltage between body ground and LA terminal of
(–) the harness side connector of the airbag sensor assembly.
OK:
AB0119
H01300 H01301 Voltage: 10 – 14 V
NG Check SRS warning light bulb or repair SRS

warning light circuit.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–544
4 Is new AM2 fuse burnt out again?
NO Using simulation method, reproduce malfunc-

tion symptoms (See page IN–29).
YES
Check harness between AM2 fuse and SRS

warning light.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–545
DI6Q0–05
Tc Terminal Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
By connecting terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 the airbag sensor assembly is set in the DTC output mode.
The DTCs are displayed by blinking the SRS warning light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
J22 J24
J/C DLC3
J/C 19
W–B W–B P–B P–B
CG Tc A19 Tc
A A 4 13 E E
2D 8
Instrument
Panel J/B
2K 8
W–B
A
J11
J/C
ID
H15526
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–546
If the DTC is not displayed, do the following troubleshooting.
1 Does SRS warning light light up for approx. 6 seconds?
PREPARATION:
LOCK ON Check operation of the SRS warning light after ignition switch
is turned from LOCK position to ON position.
AB0117 AB0119
H15217
H15218 H15704
NO Check SRS warning light system (See page

DI–541).
YES
PREPARATION:
ON
Turn the ignition switch to ON.
CG CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.
OK:
Tc
(–) (+)
AB0119
H10688 H10654
OK Go to step 4.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–547
3 Check voltage between terminal Tc of DLC3 and body ground.
CHECK:
ON
Measure the voltage between terminal Tc of DLC3 and body
Tc
ground.
OK:
(–) (+)
OK Check harness between terminal E1 of DLC3

AB0119
H10656
and body ground.
H10689
NG
PREPARATION:
LOCK ON (a) Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.
Airbag Sensor Assembly (c) Disconnect the airbag sensor assembly connector.
(d) Insert service wire into terminal Tc from back side as
shown in the illustration.
(e) Connect the airbag sensor assembly connector with ser-
vice wire.
(f) Connect negative (–) terminal cable to the battery.
(g) Turn the ignition switch to ON and wait at least for 20 se-
conds.
Tc
(h) Connect service wire of terminal Tc to body ground.
AB0117 AB0119
H01302 H12918 CHECK:
Check operation of the SRS warning light.
OK:
SRS waning light comes on.
NOTICE:
OK Check harness between the airbag sensor as-

sembly and DLC3.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–548
If the DTC is displayed without a DTC check procedure, perform the following
troubleshooting.
1 Check resistance between terminal Tc of airbag sensor assembly and body

ground.
LOCK Airbag Sensor Assembly PREPARATION:

Tc (c) Disconnect the airbag sensor assembly connector.
CHECK:
(–) (+) Check resistance between terminal Tc of the airbag sensor as-
sembly connector and body ground.
AB0119
H01304 H01305 OK:
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–549
DIAGNOSTICS – THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

DI611–02

HINT:
Troubleshooting of the theft deterrent system is based on the premise that the door lock control system is
operating normally. Accordingly, before troubleshooting the theft deterrent system, first make certain that
the door lock control system is operating normally.
For troubleshooting use a volt/ohm meter.
Be sure to use troubleshooting procedure appropriate to the diagnostic tool being used.
Perform troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the following page.

Titles inside are titles of pages in this
manual with the page number indicated in the
bottom portion. See the indicated pages
1 Customer Problem Analysis for detailed explanations.
P. DI–550
Symptom does not occur 3

2 Symptom Simulation
P. IN–29
Symptom occur
4
Problem Symptom Table
P. DI–556
5
Circuit Inspection
P. DI–572 ∼ DI–570
6
Repair
7 Confirmation Test
Step 5, 7 : Diagnostic steps permitting the use
of the hand–held tester and break–
out–box.
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–550
DI612–02

THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM Check Sheet Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Customer’s Name Registration Year
Frame No.
Date Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile
j Constant j Sometimes ( Times per day, month)

Frequency Problem Occurs
j Once only
j Fine j Cloudy j Rainy j Snowy
Weather Conditions Weather
j Various/Others
When Problem
j Hot j Warm j Cool
Occurred Outdoor temperature
j Cold (Approx. °F ( °C))
j Theft deterrent system cannot be set.

j Indicator light does not flash when the theft deterrent system is set.
(It stays ON or does not light at all.)
j Theft deterrent system j When unlocked using the Malfunction
does not operate. door lock knob. j Horns only
j When the engine hood is j Interior light only
opened. j Door lock operation only
Problem Symptom
j System cannot be j When door is unlocked using key or wireless door lock control system.
canceled once set.
j System cannot be j When door is unlocked using key or wireless door lock control system.
canceled during warning
operation.
j Others.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–551
DI7PX–01
PRE–CHECK
1. OUT LINE OF THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
When the theft deterrent system detects any theft, it informs
people around with flashing lights and sound.
This system is designed to be upgraded by featuring an option-
al intrusion sensor and siren. (Dealer option)
All initial setting are performed in active mode.
HINT:
There are 4 conditions in this system which are disarmed state,
arming preparation, armed state and alarm sounding.
(1) Disarmed state
S When the alarming function does not oper-
ate.
S When theft deterrent function is not per-
formed.
(2) Arming preparation
S Time until transferring to armed state.
S Theft deterrent function is not performed.
(3) Armed state
When theft deterrent function is possible.
(4) Alarm sounding:
In this condition, once theft is detected, it is in-
formed using light and sound to people around the
vehicle.
Refer to the table for alarming method or time.
Horn
Siren (Dealer option)
Alarmingmethod
Alarming method
Hazard
Interior light
Alarming time 27.5 seconds
Continuous 0.25 secs. (ON)
Alarming output
0.25 secs. (OFF)
HINT:
Alarming output for hazard is same as the one for the hazard
on the vehicle.
In the arming condition when either of doors is unlocked with
key not in the key cylinder, force lock signal is output.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–552
2. ACTIVE ARMING MODE
Disarmed state (Key not inserted in ignition.)
Perform any of the following and the system will go no to ”Arming preparation”:
D With all the doors, engine hood and luggage compartment door closed, lock all doors with the
wireless remote.
Arming preparation
Perform any of the following and the system Perform the following and the system will
will return to ”Disarmed state”: go on to ”Armed state”:
D Open any of the doors, engine hood or luggage D Let 30 seconds elapse with all the doors,
compartment door. engine hood and luggage compartment door
D Unlock any of the doors. closed and locked.
D Put the key in the ignition.
D Reconnect the battery.
Armed state
Perform any of the following and the system Perform any of the following and the system
will return to ”Disarmed state”: will go on to ”Alarm sounding”:
D Unlock any of the doors with the wireless D Unlock any of the doors with anything other than
remote. the wireless remote.
D Open the luggage compartment door
(Including key operation).
D Open any of the doors.
D Lift the engine hood.
D Reconnect the battery.
D When input from optional intrusion sensor is de-
tected. (Dealer option)
D Ignition switch is conneted directly.
Alarm sounding
Perform any of the following and the system The vehicle’s horn and self–power siren* will
will return to ”Disarmed state”: sound, and the hazard and Interior lights flash for
D Unlock any of the doors with the wireless 27.5 seconds.
remote. *: is optional
After the alarm has ended, the system will
return to ”Armed state”.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–553
Indicator light output:

Condition Indicator light
Disarmed state OFF
Arming preparation ON
Armed state OFF
Alarm sounding ON
HINT:
Even in disarmed state, the indicator light flash. (Due to the sig-
nal output form immobilizer system). The indicator always
flashes receiving the signal from the immobilizer system at any
time in the armed state.
Flashing frequency:
0.2 seconds (ON)
1.8 seconds (OFF)
Answer back:
The hazard lights flush as answer back under the following
conditions.
(1) When the system is set.
When arming preparation is set from disarmed state
using the wireless door lock, the hazard lights flush
once.
(2) When the system is released.
When disarmed state is set from either arming prep-
aration, armed state or alarm sounding using the
wireless door lock, the hazard lights flush twice.
3. ECU TERMINAL VALUES MEASUREMENT BY USING

TOYOTA hand–held tester
TOYOTA BREAK–OUT–BOX AND TOYOTA HAND–
ECU
HELD TESTER
(a) Hook up the TOYOTA break–out–box and TOYOTA
hand–held tester to the vehicle.
(b) Read the ECU input/output values by following the
prompts on the tester screen.
(c) Please refer to the TOYOTA hand–held tester has a
TOYOTA Break–out–box N09348 ”Snapshot” function. This records the measured data and
is effective in the diagnosis of intermittent problems.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–554
DI614–02
PARTS LOCATION
Engine Room Junction Block

D HORN Relay
Horn
D HORN Fuse
Engine Hood Theft Deterrent ECU

Courtesy Switch
Instrument Panel Junction Block

D ECU–IG Fuse
D DOOR Fuse
D GAUGE Fuse
Door Lock Assembly

D Door Lock Motor
D Door Unlock Detection Switch
D Door Key Lock and Unlock Switch
Ignition Switch
Luggage Compartment Door

Coutesy Switch
I17857
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–555
DI615–02
TERMINALS OF ECU
T4 T3
Connector ”B” Connector ”A” I01920
Symbols (Terminals No.) Wiring Color Condition STD Value

Engine hood courtesy switch position is ON.
Below 1 V
DSWH ↔ E (Engine hood opened)
R W ↔ W–B
R–W W B
(T3–4 ↔ T3–22) Engine hood courtesy switch position is OFF.
7–9V
(Engine hood closed)
Luggage compartment door courtesy switch position is ON.
Below 1 V
DSWL ↔ E (Door closed)
R W ↔ W–B
R–W W B
(T3–12 ↔ T3–22) Luggage compartment door courtesy switch position is OFF.
7–9V
(Door opened)
IG ↔ E Ignition switch position is LOCK or ACC. Below 1 V

B Y ↔ W–B
B–Y W B
(T3–10 ↔ T3–22) Ignition switch position is ON. 10 – 14 V
+B1 ↔ E
L–Y ↔ W–B Constant 10 – 14 V
(T3–11 ↔ T3–22)
KSW ↔ E Key is inserted. Below 1 V

L B ↔ W–B
L–B W B
(T3–19 ↔ T3–22) Key is not inserted. 10 – 14 V
E ↔ Body ground W–B ↔ Body
Constant Below 1 V
(T3–22 ↔ Body ground) ground
HORN ↔ E Horn switch position is ON. Below 1 V

B R↔W
B–R W–B
B
(T4–4 ↔ T3–22) Horn switch position is OFF. 10 – 14 V
IND ↔ E
LG–B ↔ W–B During set preparation. 3–5V
(T4–12 ↔ T3–22)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–556
DI616–03

Proceed to the reference page shown in the matrix chart below for each malfunction symptom and trouble-
shoot for each circuit.
HINT:
Troubleshooting of the theft deterrent system is based on the premise that the door lock control system is
operating normally. Accordingly, before troubleshooting the theft deterrent system, first make certain that
the door lock control system is operating normally.
4. Indicator light circuit DI–564
6. Key unlock warning switch circuit DI–568
7. Luggage compartment door courtesy switch circuit DI–572
The theft deterrent system cannot be set 8. Door key lock and unlock switch circuit DI–646
9. Door courtesy switch circuit DI–628
10.Door unlock detection switch circuit DI–644
11.Engine hood courtesy switch circuit DI–570
12.Theft deterrent ECU IN–40
1. Indicator light circuit
The indicator light does not blink when system is set. DI–564
2. Theft deterrent ECU
When the system is set 1. Door unlock detection switch circuit
DI–644
(The system does not operate when the rear door is unlocked). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
When the system is set

1. Luggage compartment door courtesy switch circuit
(The system does not operate when the luggage compartment DI–572
door is opened by a method other than the key).
When the system is set 1. Engine hood courtesy switch circuit
DI–570
(The system does not operate when the engine hood is lifted). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
* When the system is set

1. * Radar sensor circuit
(The system does not operate when after 30 seconds put your –
hand through the window and shake it near the sensor).
While the system is in warning operation 1. Horn relay circuit
DI–566
(Horns do not sound). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
* While the system is in warning operation 1. * Self power siren circuit

–
(Siren does not sound). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
* While the system is in warning operation 1. * Self power siren battery

–
(When the siren does not sound or stops soon after it starts). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
While the system is in warning operation 1. Illumination circuit

DI–622
(Interior light does not light). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
While the system is in warning operation 1. Hazard switch circuit
DI–635
(Hazard lights do not flash). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
While the system is in warning operation 1. Door unlock detection switch circuit
DI–644
(The door lock is not locked). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
1. Door courtesy switch circuit

System is still set even when a rear door is open DI–628
Even when the system is not set 1. Horn relay circuit

DI–566
(Horns sound). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
* Even when the system is not set 1. * Self power siren circuit
–
(Siren sounds). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
* Even when the system is not set 1. * Self power siren battery
–
(when the siren does not sound or stops soon after it starts). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
Even when the system is not set 1. Hazard switch circuit

DI–635
(Hazard lights do not flash). 2. Theft deterrent ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–557
*: Dealer option
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–558
DI618–02
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
ECU Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit provides power to operate the theft deterrent ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Theft Deterrent ECU

J/C
B C 7 11
L–Y L–Y
J22 J23 IP2 T3 +B1
L–Y Instrument Panel J/B Engine Room J/B

4 2 7 15A DOME 2
L–Y
2D 2G 1J 1B
FL Block No.2 FL Block No.1

120A MAIN 1 1
1 B–G
F13 F12
Battery
I15517
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–559
1 Check DOME.
PREPARATION:
Engine room J/B Remove DOME fuse from engine room junction block.
CHECK:
Check continuity of DOME fuse.
OK:
Continuity
DOME Fuse
I19044
NG Check for short in all the harness and compo-

nents connected to the DOME fuse (See at-
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals +B and E of theft deterrent ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the theft deterrent ECU connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals +B and E of theft deterrent
(+) ECU connector.
OK:
Voltage: 10∼14V
(–)
+B2
E I11485 OK Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in
problem symptom table (See page DI–556).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–560
3 Check for open in harness and connector between ECU and body ground
(See page IN–40).
OK
Check and repair harness and connector be-

tween ECU and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–561
DI619–02
Ignition Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the ignition switch is turned to the ACC position, battery positive voltage is applied to the terminal ACC
of the ECU. Also, if the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, battery positive voltage is applied to the
terminals ACC and IG of the ECU. When the battery positive voltage is applied to the terminal ACC of the
ECU while the theft deterrent system is activated, the warning stops. Furthermore, power supplied from the
terminals ACC and IG of the ECU is used as power for the door courtesy switch, and position switch, etc.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Instrument Panel J/B J14 Theft Deterrent ECU

J/C
5A ECU–IG 2 D 10
D
2I T3 IG
B–Y B–Y
IG1
Relay
5A AM1 3
3 5
2B
W–G
Ignition Switch
8 6
2 1 4 IG1 AM1 2
2K 2D
B–Y
W–B
A
J11 J/C ID
I15518
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–562
1 Check AM1 fuse.
PREPARATION:
Instrument Panel J/B (a) Remove the fuse box opening cover.
(b) Remove AM1 fuse from instrument panel junction block.
CHECK:
Check continuity of AM1 fuses.
OK:
Continuity
AM1 Fuse
I19045

nents connected to the AM1 fuse
(See attached wiring diagram).
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals IG of theft deterrent ECU and body ground.
PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect the theft deterrent ECU connectors.
CHECK:
(+)
Measure voltage between terminals IG of theft deterrent ECU
OK:
(–)
Voltage: 10∼14V
IG I11484

tween theft deterrent ECU and battery
(See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–563
Check and replace theft deterrent ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–564
DI617–02
Indicator Light Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the theft deterrent system is preparing to set, this circuit lights up the indicator light. When the system
has been set, it continually turns the indicator light ON for 0.2 second and turns it OFF for 1.8 second, thus
blinking the indicator light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Theft Deterrent ECU
J18 J/C
3 12
B B
IP2 T4 IND
LG–B LG–B
C7
Center
Cluster SW
6
LG–B
I15522
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–565
1 Check indicator light (center cluster module control) (See page DI–777).
NG Replace the bulb or meter wire harness.
OK
2 Check harness and connector between theft deterrent ECU and indicator light,
indicator light and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace theft deterrent ECU.*1
*1: When there is a malfunction that the theft deterrent system

cannot be set, proceed to the next numbered circuit inspection
shown in problem symptom table (See page DI–556).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–566
DI61A–02
Horn Relay Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the theft deterrent system is activated, it causes the transistor in the ECU to switch ON and OFF in
approximately 0.4 sec. cycles. This switches the horn relay ON and OFF, thus the horns blow (See the wiring
diagram below).
In this condition, if any of the following operations is done, the transistor in the ECU goes OFF and the horn
relay switches OFF, thus stopping the horns from blowing:
(1) Unlock the doors with the wireless door lock control system.
(2) Wait for approximately 27.5 seconds.
WIRING DIAGRAM
B–R (RHD)
B–R (LHD) Theft Deterrent ECU
J16 J/C
A
8 4
B–R B–R A A B–R
IA2 T4 HORN
(RHD) (RHD)
19
Engine Room J/B
Horn Relay
9
B–W 3 5
1F
2
2 1
1J
2 10A Horn
B
1B
FL Block No. 1
1 1 120A MAIN
6 B–G 1
F12 F13
C14 B–W
Horn SW Battery F18
FL Block No. 2 1 H7 1 H6
(Comb SW)
Horn Horn
(Low) (High)
I15521
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–567
HINT:
The flow chart below is based on the premise that the horns blow normally whenever the horn switch is oper-
ated. If horn operation is not normal when the horn switch is operated, check the horn switch.
1 Check voltage between terminal HORN of theft deterrent ECU connector and
body ground.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the theft deterrent ECU connectors.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal HORN of theft deterrent
(+) ECU connector and body ground.
OK:
Voltage: 10∼14V
(–)
HORN I11488

tween theft deterrent ECU and horn relay
(See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace theft deterrent ECU

(See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–568
DI61F–02
Key Unlock Warning Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The key unlock warning switch goes ON when the ignition key is inserted in the key cylinder and goes OFF
when the ignition key is removed.
The ECU operates the key confinement prevention function while the key unlock warning switch is ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM
J18 Theft Deterrent System

J/C
4 19
A A
IP2 T3 KSW
L–B L–B
U1
L–B Unlock
J/C Warning SW
D B
2 1
J26 J25
L–B
Instrument Panel J/B W–B

J/C
8 8 A A
2K 2D J22 J23
W–B
W–B
A
J11 J/C
ID
I15519
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–569
1 Check key unlock warning switch.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect key unlock warning switch connector.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminal 1 and 2 of key unlock warn-
ing switch connector, when the key is inserted into the key cylin-
der or removed.
2 1 OK:
Switch position Tester connection Specified condition
e–4–2–B I11309
ON (Key inserted) 1–2 Continuity
OFF (Key removed) – No continuity
NG Replace key unlock warning switch.
OK
2 Check harness and connectors between ECU and key unlock warning switch,
key unlock warning switch and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace theft deterrent ECU.*1

shown in problem symptom table (See page DI–556).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–570
DI61H–02
Engine Hood Courtesy Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The engine hood courtesy switch is built into the engine hood lock assembly and goes ON when the engine
hood is opened and goes OFF when the engine hood is closed.
WIRING DIAGRAM
E2 Theft Deterrent ECU

Engine Hood
Courtesy SW
1 4
2 1
IA2 T3 DSWH
R–W R–W
W–B
J1 J/C
A
IE
I15523
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–571
1 Check engine hood courtesy switch.
PREPARATION:
1 (+) 2 (–) (a) Remove engine hood lock assembly.
(b) Disconnect engine hood courtesy switch connector.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 when engine hood
lock is locked and unlocked.
OK:
Engine hood lock Tester connection Specified condition
N14878
LOCK – No continuity
UNLOCK 1–2 Continuity
NG Replace engine hood courtesy switch.
OK
2 Check harness and connector between theft deterrent ECU and switch, switch
OK
Check and replace theft deterrent ECU (See

page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–572
DI7Q6–01
Luggage courtesy switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The luggage courtesy switch goes on when luggage compartment door is opened and goes off when lug-
gage compartment door is closed.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Theft Deterrent ECU
6 16 12
R–W R–W R–W
IH1 IA2 T3 DSWL
L4
Luggage
Compartment
J/C Light SW
D D
R–W 1
J29 J29
I15
I15520
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–573
1 Check luggage courtesy switch (See page BE–31).
NG Replace the luggage courtesy switch.
OK
2 Check wire harness and connector between luggage courtesy switch and Body
ECU. (See page IN–40)
NG Repair or replace wire harness or connector.
OK
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on

problem symptoms table.
(See page DI–615)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–574
DIAGNOSTICS – CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

DI26R–15

Troubleshoot in accordance with the procedure on the following page.

Items inside are titles of pages in this
1 Customer Problem Analysis bottom portion. See the indicated pages
for detailed explanations.
P. DI–575
2 Check and Clear DTC (Precheck)

P. DI–576

P. IN–29
Symptom occurs
5 Normal code
DTC Check
P. DI–576
Malfunction code
6 7
DTC Chart Problem Symptom Table
P. DI–579 P. DI–582
9
8 Input Signal Check
Circuit Inspection
Parts Inspection
P. DI–583 – DI–594
Repair
NG
10 Confirmation Test
Step 2, 5, 8, 10: Diagnostic steps permitting the use
OK of the hand–held tester or break–
out–box.
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–575
DI26S–12
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM Check Sheet Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date of Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile
Date of Problem
Occurrence / /
Condition of Frequency
Problem Occurrence Problem Occurs? "" Continuous "" Intermittent ( Times a day)
Vehicle Speed when km

Problem Occurred Mile
"" Auto cancel D Driving condition

occurs j City driving j Freeway j Up hill j Down hill
D After cancel occurred, did the driver activate cruise control
again?
j Yes j No
j Cancel does not j With brake ON
occur j Except D position shift
j When control SW turns to CANCEL position
j Cruise control j Slip to acceleration side
Symptoms
malfunction j Slip to deceleration side
j Hunting occurs
j O/D cut off does not occur
j O/D does not return
j Switch
j SET j ACCEL j COAST j RESUME j CANCEL
malfunction
j
j Remains ON j Does not light up j Blinks
1st Time j Normal Code j Malfunction Code (Code )

DTC Check
2nd Time j Normal Code j Malfunction Code (Code )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–576
DI7NG–02
Hand–held tester PRE–CHECK

1. ECU TERMINAL VALUES MEASUREMENT BY USING
BREAK–OUT–BOX AND HAND–HELD TESTER
(a) Hook up the break–out–box and hand–held tester to the
vehicle.
(b) Read the ECU input/output values by following the
prompts on the tester screen.
(c) Please refer to the hand–held tester has a ”Snapshot”
Break–out–box N09348
function. This records the measured data and is effective
in the diagnosis of intermittent problems.
2. USING HAND–HELD TESTER

(b) Monitor the ECU data by following the prompts on the tes-
ter screen.
HINT:
Hand–held tester has a ”Snapshot” function which records the
monitored data.
DLC3 F12397 ther details.
3. DTC CLEARANCE
DTC can be deleted using a hand–held tester. If there is no
hand–held tester or it cannot be used, disconnect the auxiliary
battery for 1 min. or more and connect it again.
4. PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION

(ROAD TEST)
(a) Inspect the SET switch.
(1) Push the main switch ON.
(2) Drive at a desired speed (40 km/h (25 mph) or high-
er).
(3) Press the control switch to the SET/COAST.
(4) After releasing the switch, check that the vehicle
N17520 cruises at the desired speed.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–577
(b) Inspect the ACCEL switch.

er).
(3) Check that the vehicle speed increases while the
control switch is turned to RES/ACC, and that the
vehicle cruises at the set speed when the switch is
released.
N17520 (4) Momentarily press the control switch upward in the
RES/ACC and then immediately release it. Check
that the vehicle speed increases by about 1.5 km/h
(Tap–up function).
(c) Inspect the COAST switch.

er).
(3) Check that the vehicle speed decreases while the
control switch is turned to SET/COAST, and the ve-
hicle cruises at the set speed when the switch is re-
leased.
N17520 (4) Momentarily press the control switch is turned to
SET/COAST, and then immediately release it.
Check that the vehicle speed decreases by about
1.5 km/h (Tap–down function).
(d) Inspect the CANCEL switch.

er).
(3) When operating one of the followings, check that
the cruise control system is cancelled and that the
normal driving mode is reset.
S Depress the brake pedal
N17520 S Shift to except D range (A/T)
S Push the main switch OFF
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–578
S Pull the cruise control switch to CANCEL
(e) Inspect the RESUME switch.

er).
(3) When operating one of the followings, check that
the cruise control system is cancelled and that the
normal driving mode is reset.
S Depress the brake pedal
N17520 S Shift to except D range (A/T)
S Pull the cruise control switch to CANCEL
(4) After the control switch is turned to RES/ACC at the
driving speed of more than 40 km/h (25 mph), check
that the vehicle restores the speed prior to the can-
cellation.
5. INPUT SIGNAL CHECK

(Using hand–held tester)
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3
(b) Check the control switch (MAIN, CANCEL, SET/COAST,
RES/ACC)
N17520
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–579
DI26U–15

below and proceed to the appropriate page.
DTC No.
Circuit Inspection Trouble Area
(See Page)
S Stop light switch

P1520 S Harness or connector between hybrid vehicle control ECU
Stop Light Switch Circuit malfunction
(DI–583) and stop light switch circuit
S Hybrid vehicle control ECU
P1566
Input Signal Circuit S Hybrid vehicle control ECU
(DI–587)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–580
DI7NH–02
PARTS LOCATION
Cruise Control Indicator

(in Combination Meter)
Hybrid Vehicle
Control ECU
Cruise Control Switch
Stop Light Switch
I17812
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–581
DI3MK–05
TERMINALS OF ECU
H18 H17 H16
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 X 5 4 3 2 1
21 X X 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 X X 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 12 11 10 9 8 7
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 X X 22 21 2019 18 17 17 X 15 X X
H15 H14
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
19 18 17 1615 14 13 12 11 10 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
X 2726 25 24 23 22 21 20 22 21 2019 18 17 16
I09944
STP ↔ GND1 Depress brake pedal 10 – 16 V

G W ↔ W–B
G–W W B
(H18–1 ↔ H18–31) Release brake pedal Below 1 V
Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
Ignition switch ON
6.9 – 9.8 V
CANCEL switch hold ON
Ignition switch ON
CCS ↔ GND1 4.7 – 6.9 V
L ↔ W–B SET/COAST switch hold ON
(H18 16 ↔ H18–31)
(H18–16 H18 31)
Ignition switch ON
2.4 – 3.8 V
RES/ACC switch hold ON
Ignition switch ON
Below 1 V
MAIN switch hold ON
ST1 ↔ GND1
ST1– Depress brake pedal Below 1 V
B Y ↔ W–B
B–Y W B
(H18–2 ↔ H18–31) Release brake pedal 10 – 14 V
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–582
DI26X–15

1. Input Signal Circuit DI–587
2. Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit DI–86
SET not occurring or CANCEL occurring.
3. Stop Light Switch Circuit DI–583
(DTC is Normal)
4. Park/Neutral Position Switch Circuit DI–179
5. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
SET not occurring or CANCEL occurring.
(DTC is not output)

Actual vehicle speed deviates above or below the set speed.
Gear shifting occurs frequently between 3rd and O/D when driving
on uphill road. (Hurting)
Cruise control not cancelled, even when brake pedal is de- 1. Stop Light Switch Circuit DI–583
pressed. 2. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
Cruise control not cancelled, even when transmission is shifted to 1. Park/Neutral Position SwitchCircuit DI–179
”N” position. 2. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
Control switch does not operate. 1. Cruise Control Switch Circuit DI–590
(SET/COAST, ACC/RES, CANCEL not possible) 2. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
SET possible at 40 km/h (25 mph) or less, or CANCEL does not 1. Input Signal Circuit DI–587
operate at 40 km/h (25 mph) or less. 2. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
Poor response is ACCEL and RESUME modes. 1. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
O/D does not resume, even though the road is not uphill. 1. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
DTC memory is erased. 1. Hybrid vehicle control ECU IN–40
1. Diagnosis Circuit –
DTC is not output, or is output when should not be.
Cruise MAIN indicator light remains ON or falls to light up.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–583
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DI7NI–02
DTC P1520 Stop light switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the brake pedal is depressed, the stop light switch sends a signal to the hybrid vehicle control ECU.
When the hybrid vehicle control ECU receives this signal, it cancels the cruise control.
A fail–safe function is provided so that the cancel functions normally, even if there is a malfunction in the stop
light signal circuit.
The cancel condition is that battery voltage is supplied to terminal STP.
When the brake is on, battery voltage is normally applied through the STOP fuse and stop light switch to
terminal STP of the hybrid vehicle control ECU, and the hybrid vehicle control ECU turns the cruise control
OFF.
If the harness connected to terminal STP has an open circuit, terminal STP will have battery voltage and
the cruise control will be turned OFF.
S Stop light switch
S Harness or connector between hybrid vehicle control ECU
P1520 Stop light switch circuit.
and stop light switch circuit
S Hybrid vehicle control ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–584
WIRING DIAGRAM
I15 Hybrid Vehicle

Ignition SW S3 Control ECU
J/C Stop Light SW
2
W–R AM2 IG2 B–W B–W B–W B–Y
J22 J23 ID1 H18 ST1–
7 6 3 4
C B 6
Instrument Panel J/B S3

Stop Light SW J/C
2 1 1
W–R G–W G–W
2C 2G J14 J15 H18 STP
2 1
E D
Engine Room J/B Instrument Panel J/B

2 15A AM2 9 9 15A STOP 1
B R–B W
1B 1J 2K 2H

1 1 1 1
B–G B–G 100A DC/DC
F12 F13 F13 F11
FL Block No. 2
1 120A MAIN
F18
Battery
I15477
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–585
1 Check operation of stop light.
CHECK:
Check that stop light comes on when brake pedal is depressed, and turns off when brake pedal is released.
NG Check stop light system (See page BE–2).
OK
2 Check voltage between terminal STP of hybrid vehicle control ECU connector
and body ground.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the hybrid vehicle control ECU with connectors
still connected.
ON
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal STP of hybrid vehicle con-
trol ECU connector and body ground, when the brake pedal is
depressed and released.
OK:
(+) (–) Depressed 10 – 14 V
Released Below 1 V
STP
OK Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in
I19096 problem symptom table (See page DI–582).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–586
3 Check voltage between terminal ST1– of hybrid vehicle control ECU connector
and body ground.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the hybrid vehicle control ECU with connectors
still connected.
ON
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal ST1– of hybrid vehicle con-
trol ECU connector and body ground, when the brake pedal is
depressed and released.
OK:
(+) (–) Depressed Below 1 V
Released 10 – 14 V
ST1–
I19096

NG
4 Check wire harness and connector between terminal STP of hybrid vehicle con-
trol ECU and stop light switch, and terminal ST1– of hybrid vehicle control ECU
and stop light switch (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace hybrid vehicle control

ECU (See page DI–141).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–587
DI3CL–07
DTC P1566 Input Signal Circuit abnormal
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

P1566 S Stop light switch input signal circuit abnormal. S Hybrid vehicle control ECU

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–588
DI7NJ–02
Power source circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit provides power to operate the hybrid vehicle control ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–124.
1 Check IGN and EFI fuse.
CHECK:
Check continuity of IGN and EFI fuse.
OK:
Continuity
NG Replace the failure fuse.
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals IGSW, BATT and GND of hybrid vehicle control
ECU connector (See page IN–40).
PREPARATION:
(a) Turn ignition switch OFF.
(b) Disconnect the hybrid vehicle control ECU connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals IGSW, BATT and GND
OK:

NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–589
3 Check wireharness and connector between hybrid vehicle control ECU and body
ground (See page IN–40).
NG Repair or replace wireharness or connector.
OK
Check and repair wireharness and connector

between hybrid vehicle control ECU and bat-
tery (See page IN–40).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–590
DI7NK–02
Cruise Control Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit carries the SET/COAST, RESUME/ACCEL and CANCEL signal (each voltage) to the ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Hybrid Vehicle
Control ECU
C14
Cruise Control SW (Comb. SW)
J/C
A A
W–B 4
J27 J27
W–B ECC
RES/
SET/ ACC
CANCEL COAST
CRUISE
16
CCS 5
H18 CCS
L
J17
J/C
A
IG
I15478
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–591
1 Check voltage between terminals CCS of hybrid vehicle control ECU connector
and body ground.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove the hybrid vehicle control ECU with connector
ON still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals CCS of hybrid vehicle con-
trol ECU connector and body ground, when each of the SET/
COAST, RESUME/ACCEL and CANCEL is turned ON.
Switch position Resistance (V)
(+) (–) Neutral 10 –16 V
RES/ACC 2.4 – 3.8 V
CCS SET/COAST 4.7 – 6.9 V

CANCEL 6.9 – 9.8 V
I19096
NG Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in

OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–592
2 Check control switch continuity.
PREPARATION:
RES/ACC (a) Remove steering wheel center pad.
(b) Disconnect the control switch connector.
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals 4 and 5 of control switch
connector when control switch is operated.
Switch position Resistance (Ω)
Neutral ∞ (No continuity)
CANCEL SET/COAST RES/ACC 220 – 260
SET/COAST 600 – 660
4 3
CANCEL 1,500 – 1,600
I05156
NG Replace control switch.
OK
3 Check main switch continuity.
PREPARATION:
CRUISE MAIN (a) Remove steering wheel center pad. (See page SR–6)
Switch (b) Disconnect the control switch connector.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals 4 and 5 of control switch
connector when main switch is held ON and OFF.
OK:
Switch position Tester connection Specified condition
4 3 OFF – No continuity
Hold ON 4–5 Continuity
I05126
NG Replace control switch.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–593
OK
4 Check harness and connector between hybrid vehicle control ECU and cruise
control switch, cruise control switch and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–594
DI7NL–02
CRUISE MAIN Indicator Light Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the cruise control main switch is turned ON, CRUISE MAIN indicator light lights up.
WIRING DIAGRAM

6 7
Combination Meter
2B 2A
BR
14
1 C10
W IG1
2H
5A AM1 Relay 10A GAUGE
3 8 22
W–G L
2B 2A C10
5 3
8
B–Y 6 W–B CRUISE
2D 2K
1 2
I15 Ignition SW GR–B (LHD)

2
GR–B (RHD)
2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y to Body ECU C11
J11
J/C
FL Block No. 1 FL Block No. 2 W–B A
100A DC/DC B–G 120A MAIN
F11 F13 F11
1 1 1
Battery
IH ID
I15479
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–595
1 Check combination meter (See page BE–2).
NG Replace combination meter.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–596
DIAGNOSTICS – COMBINATION METER SYSTEM
COMBINATION METER SYSTEM

DI611–04

Troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the following page.

1 Customer Problem Analysis for detailed explanations.
P. DI–597

P. IN–29
Symptom occur
4
Problem Symptom Table
P. DI–602
5
Circuit Inspection
P. DI–604 – DI–609
6
Repair
7 Confirmation Test
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–597
DI2BI–09
COMBINATION METER SYSTEM Check Sheet
Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile

"" Constant "" Sometimes ( times per day, month)
Frequency Problem Occurs "" Once only
"" Fine "" Cloudy ""Rainy ""Snowy
Weather Conditions Weather "" Various/ Others
When Problem
Occurred "" Hot ""Warm "" Cool
Outdoor Temperature
"" Cold (Approx. °F ( °C))
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–598
DI7XP–02
PRE–CHECK
1. BEFORE CHECK
Since a trouble symptom may result from multiple causes, check not only the part where a user complains
of but also the following items in order to be sure no other trouble is identified.
S Fuse related parts
S Wire harness related parts
S Valve related parts
NOTICE:
S Setting the ignition switch to START temporarily stops all meter operation, however, this is not
an error.
S When replacing the combination meter ECU, carefully avoid any contact with the IC.
S Removing a battery terminal during engine operation may cause a reversed current and lead
to malfunction.
S When disconnecting any connector or terminal, be sure to disconnect the battery terminal.
2. FUEL GAUGE DIAGNOSIS CHECK
(a) Fuel emergency display
HINT:
If FR voltage input to the fuel sender gauge is abnormal (4.8 V or more, or 0.06 V or less) due to any error,
an emergency will be displayed.
(b) Display:
Immediately after the ignition switch is ON, all of the segments flash.
Diagnosis display Trouble Item Plausible Cause
All segments flashing Multiple communication error Communication is cut off.
(Flashing pattern No. 1) 3. Body ECU faulty
Cycle: 1.2 sec 4. Engine ECU faulty
Duty: 50 % 5. Open or short in wire harness for communica-
tion
HINT:
Referring to the attached reference material 1 or
2, specify the main cause
All segments flashing Sender gauge related trouble 1. Sender gauge faulty
(Flashing pattern No. 2) 2. Open or short in wire harness
300 msec. ON
300 msec OFF x 2 + 1.2 sec. OFF
Display segments and ”E” flashing. Temperature sensor (located in the tank) related 1. Temperature sensor faulty
(Flashing pattern No. 1) trouble 2. Open or short in wire harness
Cycle: 1.2 sec
Duty: 50 %
Display segments and ”E” flashing. Indication sensor (located in the meter ) trouble Combination meter faulty
(Flashing pattern No. 2)
300 msec. ON
300 msec. OFF x 2 + 1.2 sec. OFF
Segment No. 1 flashing This does not mean any failure. This occurs when the battery is turned ON.
(Flashing pattern No. 1) When a battery is connected, it continues flash- HINT:
Cycle: 1.2 sec ing until the volume is confirmed. Low fuel warning: Cycle: 0.6 sec.;
Duty: 50 % Duty: 50 %
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–599
DI7XZ–01
PARTS LOCATION
Brake Master Cylinder

D Brake Fluid Level Warning Switch
Engine Room J/B

D DOME Fuse
Combination Meter Assembly

D Meter Circuit Multi Display

D Body ECU
D GAUGE Fuse
Stop Light Switch
Ignition Switch
I17783
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–600
DI7XR–02
TERMINALS OF ECU
Disconnect connector ”A” and ”B” from the combination meter and inspect the connectors on the wire har-
ness side as shown in the table.
COMBINATION METER
Connector ”A” Connector ”B”
(LHD model) (RHD model)
I17804
Tester connection Condition Specified condition

A1 – Ground Ignition switch ON and tail cancel switch ON or
Below 1V or 4.5 – 5.5 V
(ILL – Body ground) OFF
A2 – Ground
Constant Continuity
(E – Body ground)
A3 – Ground Ignition switch ON and trip reset switch ON or

Below 1V or 4.5 – 5.5 V
(OPO – Body ground) OFF
A9 – Ground
Ignition switch ON and slowly turn drive wheel Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(SI – Body ground)
A10 – Ground
Ignition switch ON and ABS indicator ON or OFF Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(LP – Body ground)
A11 – Ground
Ignition switch ON Pulse generation
(L – Body ground)
A13 – Ground Below 1V or 10 – 14 V

Ignition switch ON and slowly turn drive wheel
(+S – Body ground) Below 1V or 4.5 – 5.5 V
A14 – Ground
Constant Continuity
(ES – Body ground)
A15 – Ground
Constant Continuity
(EP – Body ground)
A16 – Ground Ignition switch ON and air bag indicator light ON
Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(SW – Body ground) or OFF
A17 – Ground
Headlight dimmer switch Hi or Low Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(S – Body ground)
A18 – Ground
Ignition switch ON and turn signal switch right Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(B – Body ground)
A19 – Ground
Ignition switch ON and turn signal switch left Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(B – Body ground)
A21 – Ground
Constant 10 – 14 V
(B – Body ground)
A22 – Ground
Ignition switch OFF or ON Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(IG – Body ground)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–601
B1 – Ground Ignition switch ON and shift lever position is ”R”

Below 1V or 10 – 14 V
(ROUT – Body ground) or except ”R”
B2 – Ground
(MPX+ – Body ground)
B3 – Ground
(MPX – Body ground)
B5 – Ground
Ignition switch ACC 10 – 14 V
(ACC – Body ground)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–602
DI7XS–02

General:
Symptom Suspect area
Meter display does not properly function. 1. Combination meter ECU
Entirely black screen appears. 1. Fuse
2. Wire harness and connector
3. Combination meter ECU
Turning the light control switch ON does not dim the light. 1. Illumination switch
Brightness cannot be changed by the illumination switch operation. 1. Illumination switch
Speedometer:
Improper display (Remained as 0 km/h) 1. Accessory that utilizes vehicle speed signals
2. Brake ECU
Speedometer only does not light up. 1. Combination meter ECU

Abnormal display (Incomplete numbers displayed) 1. Combination meter ECU
DIsplayed value changes frequently or sharply. 1. Accessory that utilizes vehicle speed signals
2. Brake ECU
Margin of error in speedometer is large. 1. Accessory that utilizes vehicle speed signals
2. Brake ECU
Fuel gauge:
Fuel gauge only does not light up. 1. Combination meter ECU
Some of segments remains ON or cannot light up. 1. Combination meter ECU
DIsplayed level is higher or lower than the actual level. 1. Fuel sender gauge
4. Multiplex communication circuit
Although the fuel level is full, it does not indicate as ”FULL”. 1. Refueling with the ignition switch ON
2. Fuel sender gauge
Fuel gauge display is not stabilized. 1. Fuel sender gauge
Fuel gauge warning does not light. 1. Combination meter ECU
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–603
Although 2 segments or more are ON, the fuel warning light remains ON. 1. Combination meter ECU
Flashing with the ignition switch ON and after 2 min., ”Empty” is displayed 1. Fuel sender gauge
(Fuel Emergency Display is ON). 2. Wire harness and connector
ODO/TRIP Meter:
ODO/TRIP only does not light up. 1. Combination meter ECU
Abnormal display (Incomplete number displayed) 1. Combination meter ECU
Both meters do not integrate values. (When speedometer is normal) 1. Combination meter ECU
Trip meter only does not integrate values. 1. ODO/TRIP switch
Trip meter cannot be reset. 1. ODO/TRIP switch
Display cannot be shifted among ODO, TRIPA and TRIPB. 1. ODO/TRIP switch
Without resetting, the display returns to 0.0 km. 1. ODO/TRIP switch

2. +B wire harness
Error of accumulated distance is large. 1. Accessory that utilizes vehicle speed signals.
2. GND wire harness
3. Brake ECU
Others:
Some indicators or warning lights are always ON. 1. Meter circuit plate
2. Corresponding switch and ECU
Some indicators or warning lights do not light up. 1. Bulb
2. Meter circuit plate
Buzzer does not stop. 1. Combination meter ECU
TROUBLESHOOTING:
Flow chart No. Symptom See page
Check the communication between the combination meter and the multiplex com-
1 DI–604
munication circuit.
2 The whole meter does not function DI–605

3 The margin of error in speedometer is large. Or it remains as 0 km/h. DI–606
4 Fuel receiver gauge is inoperative or improper. DI–607
5 Indicators or warning lights do not light up. DI–609
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–604
DI7XT–02
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1. Check the communication between the combination meter and

the multiplex communication circuit.
1 Inspect indicator.
CHECK:
Turn ON and OFF the switch corresponding to the following indicators and check if the indicator lights up
or goes off accordingly.
S Door indicator (Open/close operation of any of doors)
S Brake indicator (ON/OFF operation of the parking brake)
S Seat belt indicator (ON/OFF operation of the buckle switch)
NO
Yes Normal communication.
2 Any of them do not light.
NO
Yes Flow chart No. 5.
3 All of them do not light.
Communication error. Wire harness faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–605
DI7XU–01
2. Whole meter does not function.
1 Check the meter operation.
CHECK:
With the ignition switch ON, nothing is displayed.
2 Check the positive terminal of IG.
CHECK:
Check if the fuse (GAUGE 10A) is normal or not. Turn the ignition switch ON and check that a voltage of 10
– 14 V is applied between the meter connector terminal A22 (IG+) and the body ground.
Yes
No Fuse faulty. Wire harness faulty.
3 Check the grounding.
CHECK:
Disconnect the meter connector and check that there is continuity between terminal A15/A14 on the vehicle
side connector and the body ground.
Yes
No Body ground faulty. Wire harness faulty.
Improper connection of the meter connector.

Communication meter ECU faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–606
DI7XV–01
3. Margin of error in speedometer is large, or it remains as 0 km/h
1 Check the brake ECU.
CHECK:
Perform a diagnosis check of the brake system.
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in problem symptoms table (See page DI–306).
No
Yes Replace brake ECU.
2 Check the vehicle speed signal input.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
Disconnect the meter connector, drive the vehicle at a speed of 2 – 4 km/h and check that continuity between
terminal A9 on the vehicle side connector and the body ground is repeatedly turned ON and OFF.
Yes
No Wire harness faulty. Speed output terminal in

brake ECU faulty.
Combination meter ECU faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–607
DI7XW–02
4. Fuel receiver gauge is inoperative or improper
1 Fuel gauge diagnosis check (See page DI–602).
2 Communication check.
CHECK:
Check if the communication between the combination meter and the multiplex communication circuit is nor-
mal or not.
Yes
No Communication error. Wire harness faulty.
3 Check the fuel sender gauge.
CHECK:
Check if the fuel sender gauge is normal or not.
Yes
No Fuel sender gauge faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–608
4 Check the fuel receiver gauge.
CHECK:
Check if the fuel receiver gauge is normal or not.
Yes
No Fuel receiver gauge faulty.
5 Check the body ECU.
CHECK:
With the fuel sender gauge connector connected, check if the voltage between each of terminal 1 (FV), 5
(FR) and 6 (FE) of the vehicle side wire harness and connector and the body ground is normal or not.
S Terminal 1 (FV): 4.5 – 5.5 V (When the ignition switch is ON)
S Terminal 5 (FR): 0.5 – 5.5 V (When the ignition switch is ON)
S Terminal 6 (FE): Continuity is always identified.
Yes
No Body ECU faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–609
DI7XX–01
5. Indicators or warning lights do not light up. (*multiplex communication circuit input
indicator or warning)
1 Multiplex communication circuit input indicator or warning.
2 Communication check.
CHECK:
Check if the communication between the combination meter and the multiplex communication circuit is nor-
mal or not.
Yes
No Communication error. Wire harness faulty.
3 Check the bulb or circuit plate.
CHECK:
Check if the bulb circuit plate is normal or not. Check open or short circuit in wire harness.
Yes
No Bulb or circuit plate faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–610
4 Check the corresponding switch or ECU.
CHECK:
Check if the corresponding switch or ECU is normal or not.
Yes
No Corresponding switch or ECU faulty.
*:
Multiplex communication input Single Communication Input
OPEN DOOR WARNING HI–BEAM INDICATOR
BRAKE WARNING TURN SIGNAL IND
OUTPUT CONTROL INDICATOR SRS WARNING
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR ABS WARNING
SEAT BELT WARNING CHECK ENGINE WARNING
READY INDICATOR
WATER TEMPERATURE WARNING
OIL PRESSURE WARNING
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
TAIL INDICATOR
DISCHARGE WARNING
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–611
DIAGNOSTICS – BODY CONTROL SYSTEM
BODY CONTROL SYSTEM

DI7QE–01

HINT:
This ECU is connected to the multiplex communication system. Therefore, be sure to check that there is no
troubles in the multiplex communication system before performing the trouble shooting.
Vehicle Brought to Workshop manual, with the page number indicated in
the bottom portion. See the indicated pages
1
Customer Problem Analysis
P.DI–612
Symptom does not

3
2 occur
Symptom Simulation
P. IN–29
Symptom
occur
4
Problem Symptoms Table
P. DI–615
5
Circuit Inspection
P.DI–616 – DI–635
6
Repair
7
Confirmation Test
End
Step 6, 8 : Diagnostic steps permitting the use of the
hand–held tester .
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–612
DI7QF–01
BODY CONTROL SYSTEM Check Sheet
Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile

When Problem
Outdoor Temperature
"" Key Reminder System
"" Daytime Running Light System
"" Combination Meter (Open door warning light)
Malfunction "" Light–On Warning System

System
"" Illuminated Entry System
"" Seat Belt Warning
"" Power Window Control System
"" Power Door Lock Control System
"" Wireless Door Lock Control System
"" Others
"" Theft Deterrent System
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–613
DI7QG–01
PARTS LOCATION
Wireless Door Lock Receiver
Light Control Switch

D ECU–B Fuse
D Door Fuse
Ignition Switch
D GAUGE Fuse
D IG1 Relay
Power Window Switch
Power Window Switch
Door Lock Assembly
Interior Light D Door Lock Motor
Power Window Master Switch D Door Key Lock and Unlock Switch
Door Lock Assembly

D Door Lock Motor
D Door Unlock Detection Switch Luggage Compartment
Door Courtesy Switch
D Door Key Lock and Unlock Switch
Licence Light
Door Courtesy Switch
I17840
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–614
DI7QH–01
TERMINALS OF ECU
BODY ECU
B8
I17085
HAZ – E Hazard warning light is not light Below 1 v

G R–W
G–R W–B
B
(1 – 7) Hazard warning light is light 10 – 14 v
FLD – E Power window (FR LH) is not operating Below 1 v

G B–W
G–B W–B
B
(3 – 7) Power window (FR LH) is operating downward 10 – 14 v
B – Body ground R–G –
Constant 10 – 14 v
(5 – Body ground) Body ground
E – Body ground W–B –
Constant Below 1 v
(7 – Body ground) Body ground
RX (9) Y AVC–LAN communication circuit –

MPX+ (10) GR–B Multiplex communication circuit –
MPX– (11) GR Multiplex communication circuit –
PRG (12) B–R Wireless door lock ECU communication circuit –
RDA (13) L Wireless door lock ECU communication circuit –
FLU – E Power window (FR LH) is not operating Below 1 v

R W–W
R–W W–B
B
(14 – 7) Power window (FR LH) is operating upward 10 – 14 v
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–615
DI7QI–01

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM
All the power windows does not operate. 1. Driver door ECU with master switch DI–636
Each power window does not operate. 1. Power window switch circuit DI–624
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
3. Door lock control switch circuit DI–630
Lock or unlock cannot be operated with door lock control S/W. (Master switch)
4. Body ECU IN–40
1. Door key lock and unlock switch circuit DI–630
Door key linked function does not operate.
2. Body ECU IN–40
1. Key unlock switch circuit DI–620

Key confinement prevention function does not operate.
2. Body ECU IN–40
1. Door lock motor circuit DI–632

Does not lock and unlock each door only.
2. Body ECU IN–40
1. Luggage component door courtesy switch circuit DI–572

Luggage compartment door opener function does not operate.
2. Body ECU IN–40
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

1. Transmitter BE–78
2. Wireless tuner circuit DI–626
All function of wireless door lock control system do not operate.
3. Key unlock warning switch circuit DI–620
4. Body ECU IN–40
1. Door key lock and unlock switch circuit DI–630
Lock (or unlock) function does not operate. 2. Door unlock detection switch circuit DI–630
3. Body ECU IN–40
Automatic lock function operates even if any door is opened within
1. Door courtesy switch circuit DI–628
30 seconds after all doors are unlocked by wireless door lock
2. Body ECU IN–40
control system .
ILLUMINATED ENTRY
1. Illumination circuit DI–622
Illuminated entry does not operate.
2. Body ECU IN–40
HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT SYSTEM:

1. Door courtesy switch circuit (Driver side) DI–628
Light–on warning system does not operate.
2. Body ECU IN–40
OTHERS
Body ECU does not operate.
2. Ignition switch power source circuit DI–618
3. Body ECU IN–40
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–616
DI7QJ–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit provides power to operate the Body ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Body ECU
R–G
J25
J/C 5
5 7.5A ECU–B 30A DOOR
F F B8
2C B
R–G
1
8
2H B
W
IG1 Relay
3 5A AM1 10A GAUGE
5 3 15
2B IG
W–G
I15
Ignition Switch
6 8 7
2 AM1 IG1 4 1 2 W–B
2D 2D B8 E
B–Y
8
FL Block No. 1 2K
W–B
1 100A DC/DC 1
F11 F13 A
J11 J/C
B–G
120A MAIN Battery

1 ID
F18
FL Block No. 2
I17112
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–617
1 Check ECU–B, DC/DC, GAUGE and DOOR fuse.
CHECK:
Check continuity of ECU–B, DC/DC, GAUGE and DOOR fuse.
OK:
Continuity
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals B, BDR and E of body ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
(b) Disconnect the Body ECU connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals B, BDR and E.
OK:
Voltage: 10 – 14V

NG
3 Check wireharness and connector between body ECU and body ground (See
page IN–40).
OK

between Body ECU and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–618
DI7QK–01
Ignition Switch Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the ignition switch is turned to the ACC position, battery voltage is applied to the terminal ACC of the
ECU and when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, battery voltage is applied to the terminal IG
of the ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Body ECU
R–G
J25
J/C 5
5 7.5A ECU–B 30A DOOR
F F B8
2C B
R–G
1
8
2H B
W
IG1 Relay
3 5A AM1 10A GAUGE
5 3 15
2B IG
W–G
I15
Ignition Switch
6 8 7
2 AM1 IG1 4 1 2 W–B
2D 2D B8 E
B–Y
8
FL Block No. 1 2K
W–B
1 100A DC/DC 1
F11 F13 A
J11 J/C
B–G
120A MAIN Battery

1 ID
F18
FL Block No. 2
I17112
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–619
1 Check AM1 fuse.
CHECK:
Check continuity of AM1 fuse.
OK:
Continuity
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals 8, 15 and E of body ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
Turn ignition switch ON.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals 8, 15 and E.
OK:
Voltage: 10 – 14V

NG
3 Check wireharness and connector between body ECU and body ground (See
page IN–40).
OK

between body ECU and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–620
DI7QL–01
Key unlock warning switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The key unlock warning switch goes on when the ignition key is inserted in the key cylinder and goes off when
the ignition key is removed.
The ECU operates the key confinement prevention function while the key unlock warning switch is on.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Body ECU

J/C
B B 9
12
J25 J25 2C KSW
L–B
U1
L–B Key Unlock
Warning Switch J/C
A A
2 1
J23 J22
W–B
W–B
J/C 8 8
A
2K 2D
W–B
ID
I15502
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–621
1 Check key unlock warning switch (See page BE–17).
NG Replace the key unlock warning switch.
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between key unlock warning switch and body
OK

problem symptoms table
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–622
DI7QS–01
Illumination Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
When the theft deterrent system is preparing to set, this circuit lights up the indicator light. When the system
has been set, it continuously turns the indicator light on for 0.75 secs. and turns it off for 1.25 secs., thus
blinking the indicator light.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Body ECU
J/C I16 Interior Light
D E 1
L–Y 2 1 7
J30 J29 2N LP
L–Y R–B
2 L3
Luggage P4 Personal Light
E D
Compartment Light 1 2
1 J29 J30
(RHD) L–Y W–B
(LHD) L–Y Instrument Panel J/B Engine Room J/B
R–W 15A DOME
3 2 7 2
J30 E 2N 2G 1J 1B
R–W L–Y
J/C
B
FL Block No. 1
J29 D 1 1
120A MAIN 1
F13 F12
B–G
R–W
F18 FL Block No. 2
1
B B
L4
Luggage W–B
Battery J32 J/C
Compartment BI
Light Switch
I17115
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–623
1 Check illumination light (Interior light system)(See page BE–31).
NG Replace the failure light.
OK
2 Check harness and connector between body ECU and illumination light, illu-
mination light and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace body ECU.*1

shown on problem symptom table (See page DI–556).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–624
DI7QM–01
Power window switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Power window switch circuit can be checked using DTC check. (Refer to DI–672)
WIRING DIAGRAM
P5
Power Window Control
Switch Passenger Side (RHD)(LHD) Body ECU
6 7 14
2 (LHD) 5 6 R–W
U SU IG1 IN1 B8 FLU
P10 1 (RHD) Y R–W
Power Window
Motor 3
Passenger Side 1 (LHD) 2 1 G–B
D SD IG1 IN1 B8 FLD
2 (RHD) G–B
G 5 5
(RHD)(LHD)
P7
Switch Rear RH (RHD)(LHD)
3 4 10
5 6 W W 14
P12 U SU BB2 BB1 2J RRU
Power Window 2 Y
Motor
Rear RH 5
1 2 1 B–W B–W 1
D SD BB2 BB1 2K RRD
G
4 5
(RHD)(LHD)
P6
Switch Rear LH (RHD)(LHD)
3 4 2
5 6 L–O L–O 5
P11 U SU BA2 BA1 2L RLU
1 Y
Power Window
Motor
Rear LH 1
2 2 1 G–R G–R 10
D SD BA2 BA1 2L RLD
G
4 5
(RHD)(LHD)
I15505
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–625
1 Check the power window switch (See page BE–60).
NG Replace the power window switch.
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between power window switch and body ECU
(See page IN–40).
OK
3 Check wireharness and connector between power window switch and body ECU
(See page IN–40).
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–626
DI7QN–01
Wireless door lock tuner circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The signal from the transmitter will be input to the body ECU through RDA line. RDA line is diagnosed by
the body ECU, so check DTC also in case of the failure of the wireless function.
WIRING DIAGRAM
W5
Wireless Door
Lock Control Receiver Body ECU
13
2
RDA B8 RDA
L
12
3
PRG B8 PRG
B–R
I15506
1 Check that DTC 42 is not output
NG Check the RDA line.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–627
2 Check wireharness
PREPARATION:
Disconnect connectors of wireless door lock tuner and of body ECU.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals RCO of wireless door lock tuner and RCO of body ECU.
OK:
Continuity
NG Repair or replace wireharness
OK
3 Check the wireless door lock tuner
CHECK:
Replace the wireless door lock tuner and check if it recovers normally.
OK:
Must be recovered normally.
NG Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on

problem symptoms table.(See page DI–615)
NG
Failure of the original wireless door lock tun-

er.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–628
DI7QO–01
Door Courtesy Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The door courtesy switch goes on when the door is opened and goes off when door is closed.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Body ECU
D4
DIODE Instrument Panel J/B
(Door Courtesy No. 2) 7
4
2 1
IB1 2L
R R
R–W
J/C
D F 1
3
A J12 J13 2K DCTY
R–W R–W
J16
J/C
A 6
6
2L PCTY
R–G
IB1 3
R–W 3
R–W 2K
R
1 1 D8 1 1
D9 D10
D11
Door Door Door
Door
Courtesy Courtesy Courtesy
Courtesy Switch
Switch Switch Switch
Rear RH
Front RH Front LH Rear LH
I15507
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–629
1 Check courtesy switch (See page BE–31).
NG Replace the courtesy switch.
OK
2 Check that there is a grounding malfunction caused by looseness of the tighten

screw.
NG Install screw.
OK
3 Check wireharness and connector between courtesy switch and body ECU (See
page IN–40).
OK

problem symptoms table (See page
DI–615).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–630
DI7QP–01
Power window master switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Power window master switch circuit can be checked using DTC check. (See page DI–672)
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8
Power Window
Master Switch Body ECU
5 5 9
18
MPX1 IG1 IN1 B8 RX
Y Y
(LHD) (RHD)
I17113
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–631
1 Check the power window master switch circuit using DTC check.
(See page DI–669)

problem symptom table
OK
2 Check the power window master switch (See page BE–60).
NG Replace the power window master switch.
OK
3 Check wireharness and connector between power window master switch and
body ECU (See page IN–40).
OK

problem symptom table
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–632
DI7QQ–01
Door lock motor circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
LHD models
Body ECU
6
1 IC1
R R
D19
Door Lock Motor
Front LH 5
2 IC1
G G
5 A C
D16 2 IQ1 J15 J14
G G
Door Lock Motor B
6 B
Front RH
1 IQ1 J15 J14
R R
3 A C 4
9
D18 2 BB1 J15 J14 2I ACT+
G G G
Door Lock Motor
6 B B 1
Rear RH 16
1 BB1 J15 J14 2J ACT–
R R R
3 8
2 BA1 2L
D17 G G
Door Lock Motor 9
6
Rear LH
1 BA1 2L
R R
I15504
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–633
RHD models
6 Body ECU
IQ1
4 R R
D13
Door Lock Motor
Front LH
5 G 5 G
IQ1
G
R
R
G
5 A C G
IC1 J15 J14
4 G G
D12 R
Door Lock Motor 6 B B
Front RH
5 IC1 J15 J14
R R
2 A C 4
9
1 BB2 J15 J14 2I ACT+
G G G
D15
Door Lock Motor
6 B B 1
Rear RH 2 16
BB2 J15 J14 2J ACT–
R R R
2 8
D14 1 BA2 2L
G G
Door Lock Motor
Rear LH 9
2 6
BA2 2L
R R
I17114
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–634
1 Check door lock motor (See page BE–66).
NG Replace the door lock motor.
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between door lock motor and body ECU
(See page IN–40).
OK

DI–615).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–635
DI7QR–01
Turn Signal Flasher Circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
T6
Turn Signal Flasher Relay Body ECU
J/C
8 4 A E 1
HAZ ID1 J25 J26 B8 HAZ
G–R G–R G–R
I15500
1 Check wireharness and connector between turn signal flasher and body ECU
(See page IN–40).
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–636
DIAGNOSTICS – DRIVER DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM

DI2BH–11

HINT:
This ECU is connected to the multiplex communication system. Therefore, be sure to check that there is no
troubles in the multiplex communication system before performing the troubleshooting.
1
P. DI–637
Symptom does not

3
2 occur
Symptom Simulation
P. IN–29
Symptom
occur
4
Multiplex communication system inspection *
P. DI–656
*: Confirm that there is no trouble by

basic inspection and DTC check.
5
P. DI–640
6
Circuit Inspection
P.DI–641 – DI–654
7
Repair
8
Confirmation Test
End
hand–held tester.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–637
DI2BI–08
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM Check Sheet
Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile

When Problem
Outdoor Temperature
"" Power Window Control System
Malfunction "" Power Door Lock Control System

System
"" Theft Deterrent System
"" Jam Protection System
"" Others
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–638
DI2BJ–10
PARTS LOCATION

D PW1 Fuse
D AM1 Fuse
D GAUGE Fuse
Driver Door ECU

D Power Window Master Switch
Door Lock Assembly

D Door Lock Motor
D Door Key Lock and Unlock Switch Door Courtesy Switch
I17811
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–639
DI2BK–11
TERMINALS OF ECU
DRIVER DOOR ECU
P8
I15529
DU ↔ E Ignition switch ON and driver’s window switch OFF Below 1.0

(P8 8 ↔ P8–9)
(P8–8 P8 9) LHD Y ↔ W–B
W B
(P8–20 ↔ P8–9) RHD Ignition switch ON and driver’s window switch UP 10 – 14
KL ↔ E Door key lock and unlock switch OFF or UNLOCK 10 – 14

(P8 6 ↔ P8–9)
(P8–6 P8 9) LHD G Y ↔ W–B
G–Y W B
(P8–15 ↔ P8–9) RHD Door key lock and unlock switch LOCK Below 1.0
LMT ↔ SGND Driver’s door window fully–closed position 10 – 14

P L↔O
P–L
(P8–13 ↔ P8–11) Driver’s door window except fully–closed position Below 1.0
B↔E
W–R ↔ W–B Constant 10 – 14
(P8–1 ↔ P8–9)
DON ↔ E Ignition switch ON and driver’s window switch OFF Below 1.0
(P8 20 ↔ P8–9)
(P8–20 P8 9) LHD G ↔ W–B
W B
(P8–8 ↔ P8–9) RHD Ignition switch ON and driver’s window switch DOWN 10 – 14
LSWD ↔ E Driver’s door is locked 10 – 14

W ↔ W–B
W B
(P8–10 ↔ P8–9) Driver’s door is unlocked Below 1.0
CPUB ↔ E
L–Y ↔ W–B Constant 10 – 14
(P8–5 ↔ P8–9)
KUL ↔ E Door key lock and unlock switch OFF or LOCK 10 – 14

(P8 15 ↔ P8–9)
(P8–15 P8 9) LHD L B↔L
L–B L–B
B
(P8–6 ↔ P8–9) RHD Door key lock and unlock switch UNLOCK Below 1.0
During the driver’s door power window is operate. Pulse generation

PLS ↔ SGND
GR ↔ O Driver’s door power window not operate with switch ON Below 1.0
(P8 12 ↔ P8
(P8–12 P8–11)
11)
Driver’s door power window not operate with switch OFF 10 – 14
DCTY ↔ E Driver’s door closed Below 1.0

R Y↔W
R–Y W–B
B
(P8–16 ↔ P8–9) Driver’s door open 10 – 14
*: Power window master switch
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–640
DI2BL–10

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM
All the power windows does not operate. 1. Driver door ECU with master switch –
Power window does not operate. 1. Driver door ECU with master switch –
Auto up (or down) function does not operate. 1. Driver door ECU with master switch –
1. Jam protection limit switch circuit DI–652
Jam protection function and auto up (or down) function does not
2. Jam protection pulse switch circuit DI–654
operate.
3. Driver door ECU with master switch –
OTHERS
Parts of the door does not function.
2. Driver door ECU with master switch –
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–641
DI2BM–12
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Power source circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit provides power to operate the driver door ECU.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Instrument Panel J/B P9 Power Window
J/C C Master SW
2 4 B 1 1
5
2G 2D J24 J25 IG1 IN1 CPUB
L–Y L–Y L–Y
LHD RHD
J13 J/C (RHD only) 3
3 1
A A
IC1 IQ1 B
Instrument Panel J/B W–R W–R
LHD RHD
11 20A PWR1 J/C
A A 8 8
2J 4
J13 J12 IC1 IQ1 IG
R–L R–L
1 R–L LHD RHD
2H
IG1 Relay
3 5A AM1 10A GAUGE
5 3 10
2B 2K
L–Y
I15 Ignition Switch

6 8
2 AM1 IG1 4 1 2
2D 2K
W–G W B–Y
FL Block No. 1
Engine Room J/B 1
1 100A DC/DC
7 15A DOME 2 F11 F13
1J 1B
B 1
F12
F18 FL Block No. 2 B–G
120A MAIN 1
J11 J/C
A
W–B
1 1
A 9
IC1 IQ1 E
Battery W–B W–B
LHD RHD
ID J11 J/C (LHD)
J17 J/C (RHD)
ID (LHD)
IG (RHD)
I17120
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–642
1 Check PWR1, AM1 and DOME fuse.
CHECK:
Check continuity of PWR1, AM1 and DOME fuse.
OK:
Continuity
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals B, CPUB, IG and GND of driver door ECU con-
nector.
PREPARATION:
Turn ignition switch ON.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals IG, and GND.
OK:
Voltage: 10 – 14V
PREPARATION:
(b) Disconnect the driver door ECU connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals B, CPUB and GND.
OK:
Voltage: 10 – 14V

NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–643
3 Check wireharness and connector between ECU and body ground.
NG Repair or replace wireharness or connector
OK

between ECU and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–644
DI2BP–09
Door unlock detection switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The door unlock detection switch is built in the door lock motor assembly. This switch is ON when the door
lock knob is in the unlock position and OFF when the lock knob is in the lock position. The ECU detects the
door lock knob conditions is this circuit. It is used as one of the operating conditions for the key confinement
prevention function.
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8 Power Window
D13 (LHD)
Master SW
D19 (RHD)
Door Unlock Detection
Switch Front LH
2 2
3 4 10
IG1 IN1 LSWD
W–B W
(LHD) (RHD)
W–B
W–B (LHD)
(RHD) Instrument Panel J/B
J/C
A A 8 8
J22 J22 2D 2K
W–B
A
J23
J11 W–B
J/C
A
ID
I17117
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–645
1 Check door unlock detection switch (See page BE–66).
NG Replace the door lock motor.
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between door unlock detection switch and
driver door ECU.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–646
DI2BQ–09
Door key lock and unlock switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The door key lock and unlock switch is built in the door key cylinder. When the key is turned to the lock side,
terminal 3 of the switch is grounded and when the key is turned to the unlock side, terminal 2 of the switch
is grounded.
Door key lock and unlock switch can be checked using DTC check. (Refer to DI–672)
WIRING DIAGRAM
D13 (LHD)
D19 (RHD)
Door Key Lock and P8 Power Window
Unlock Switch Master SW
LH (LHD) 5 (LHD)
RH(RHD) 11 (RHD) 6 (LHD)
KUL
L–B 15 (RHD)
2 2 UNLOCK
3
IG1 IN1
W–B LOCK
(LHD) (RHD)
15 (LHD)
6 (LHD) KL
W–B W–B G–Y 6 (RHD)
2 (RHD)
(RHD) (LHD)
A J/C A 8 8
J22 J22 2D 2K
W–B
A
W–B
J11
ID
J/C
I17116
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–647
1 Check the door key lock and unlock switch using DTC check

NG
2 Check the door key lock and unlock switch (See page BE–66).
NG Replace the door key lock and unlock switch.
NG
3 Check wireharness and connector between door key lock and unlock switch and
driver door ECU.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–648
DI2BR–11
Door courtesy light and courtesy switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The door courtesy switch goes on when the door is opened and goes off when door is closed.
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8 Power Window
Master SW
R
(LHD) D3 DIODE
(Door Courtesy)
7 7 16
IC1 IQ1 DCTY
3 2 R–Y R–Y
(LHD) (RHD)
17 IA2
R R–W
(LHD) (LHD) D9 (LHD)
D8 (RHD)
J16 (LHD) Door Courtesy SW
J33 (RHD) Front RH (LHD)
10 IH1 Front LH (RHD)
J/C
A A 1
R–W
R
(LHD)
I17119
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–649
1 Check operation of door courtesy light.
CHECK:
Check that door courtesy light comes on when door opened, and goes off when door is closed.
OK:
Must be operated normally.

problem symptom table (See page DI–640).
NG
2 Check courtesy light (See page BE–31).
NG Replace the courtesy light.
OK
3 Check courtesy switch (See page BE–31).
NG Replace the courtesy switch.
OK
4 Check wireharness and connector between courtesy light and driver door ECU,
courtesy switch and driver door ECU.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–650
DI2BS–11
Power window motor circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8 Power Window
Master SW
P9
Power Window Motor
1 (LHD) 8 (LHD)
2 (RHD) Y 20 (RHD)
DU
2 (LHD) 20(LHD)
1 (RHD) G 8 (RHD)
DON
5 O 11
SGND
4 P–L 13
LMT
3 GR 12
PLS
I15516
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–651
1 Check power window motor (See page BE–60).
NG Replace the power window motor.
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between power window motor and driver door
ECU.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–652
DI2BT–10
Jam protection limit switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Jam protection limit switch is built–in the power window motor. This switch functions to turn ”OFF” before the
top dead center, and ECU reads this ”OFF” signal resulting in closing the window fully.
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8 Power Window
Master SW
P9
Power Window Motor
1 (LHD) 8 (LHD)
2 (RHD) Y 20 (RHD)
DU
2 (LHD) 20(LHD)
1 (RHD) G 8 (RHD)
DON
5 O 11
SGND
4 P–L 13
LMT
3 GR 12
PLS
I15516
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–653
1 Check jam protection limit switch (See page BE–60).
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between jam protection limit switch and driv-
er door ECU.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–654
DI2BU–10
Jam protection pulse switch circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Jam protection pulse switch is built–in the power window motor. Pulse switch outputs ON/OFF pulse when
the motor rotates.
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8 Power Window
Master SW
P9
Power Window Motor
1 (LHD) 8 (LHD)
2 (RHD) Y 20 (RHD)
DU
2 (LHD) 20(LHD)
1 (RHD) G 8 (RHD)
DON
5 O 11
SGND
4 P–L 13
LMT
3 GR 12
PLS
I15516
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–655
1 Check jam protection pulse switch (See page BE–60).
OK
2 Check wireharness and connector between jam protection pulse switch and
driver door ECU.
OK

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–656
DIAGNOSTICS – MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

DI7RG–01

Perform troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the following page.

1
P. DI–657
Problem does not

3
2 occur
Symptom Simulation
P. IN–29
Problem
occurs
4 5
Malfunction code
Check DTC (Pre–check) Circuit Inspection
P. DI–658 P. DI–669 – DI–699
Normal code
6
* *
System See page
Engine DI–1
Body Control System DI–611
Driver Door System DI–636
Air Conditioning System DI–777
7
Theft Deterrent System DI–549
Repair
Navigation System DI–702
8
Confirmation Test
End

hand–held tester.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–657
DI7RH–01
MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Check Sheet
Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile

When Problem
Outdoor Temperature
"" Engine
"" Body Control System
"" Driver Door System

Malfunction
System "" Air Conditioning System
""Theft Deterrent System
""Navigation System
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–658
DI7RI–01
PRE–CHECK
1. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
(a) As shown in the following illustration, each ECU of this ve-
hicle is connected by communication bus and it transmits
each signal by communication. This communication bus
is self–diagnosed by Body ECU and it memorizes DTC
when it detects communication stop to ECU or commu-
nication bus +B short or GND short. There is a possibility
that Body ECU cannot self–diagnose accurately unless
it doesn’t work normal. So, please note that the trouble-
shooting of Body Electrical System should be done after
confirming if Body ECU and Open door indicator works
normal by 2. ”BASIC INSPECTION” described later.
DLC3
Double Locking Engine ECU Gateway ECU

Door Control Relay
Body ECU
Power Window Master Switch

(Driver Door Control ECU) Theft Deterrent ECU Combination Meter A/C Amplifier
I15527
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–659
(b) If DTC of ECU communication stop is output, there is a

ECU
possibility of connector disconnection or 2 communica-
tion buses open. It will not become abnormal with only 1
ECU communication bus open.
ECU
Disconnection (DTC is detected)
ECU
ECU
Open
Open
ECU
Open (DTC is detected)
ECU
ECU
Open
ECU
I03343
I03344 Open (DTC is not detected)
I03345 I03977
(c) If 2 communication buses are open at the position as

Example
shown in the illustration, DTC of ECU communication stop
between those 2 buses is output.
Body ECU
Open
Open
Detect the DTC of commu-

nication stop of the 3 ECUs.
I03346
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–660
2. BASIC INSPECTION
INSPECT BODY ECU
1 Check room light operation.
HINT:
With this inspection body ECU CPU can be diagnosed if it works normal or not.
CHECK:
Check if the room light works normal at DOOR position.
OK Go to next step”OPEN DOOR INDICATOR LIGHT

INSPECTION”.
NG
2 Check interior light system (Except body ECU) (See page BE–31).
OK Replace the body ECU.
NG
Repair of replace malfunction part.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–661
INSPECT OPEN DOOR INDICATOR LIGHT
1 Check open door indicator light.
CHECK:
D LHD models
Check if open door Indicator light is turned on when either door
open.
HINT:
If open door Indicator light is not turned on, DTC will not be out-
put.
D RHD models
I15595
OK Go to step 3. ”DTC CHECK”.
NG
Repair the open door indicator light

(See page BE–46).
DLC3 CG 3. DTC CHECK (Using diagnosis check wire)

(a) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.
SST 09843–18020
(c) Read the DTC on the open door indicator light.
Tc
A04550
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–662
As an example, the blinking patterns for codes; normal, 12, and

11 and 12 are shown in the illustration.
Normal Code (d) Check for the problem using the DTC table on the next
page.
(e) After completing the check, turn the ignition switch off,
0.25 sec. and disconnect terminals Tc and E1.
0.25 sec.
Malfunction Code 12
1.5 sec. 4.5 sec.
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
Malfunction Code 11 and 12

2.5 sec. 4.5 sec.
N13628
4. DTC CHECK (Using hand–held tester)

(a) Prepare the hand–held tester.
(b) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3.
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the hand–held tes-
ter main switch ON.
(d) Use the hand–held tester to check the DTCs, note them
down. (For opening instructions, see the hand–held tes-
DLC3 ter’s instruction book.)
F12397 (e) See page DI–663 to confirm the details of the DTCs.
5. DTC CLEARANCE
DTC will be cleared when the trouble output to DTC is recov-
ered normally.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–663
DI7RJ–01

below (Proceed to the page given for that circuit).
DTC No.
(See Page)
B1211/11 S Wireharness
Driver door ECU communication stop
(DI–669) S Driver door ECU
B1221/21 S Power window master switch

Power window switch circuit on driver door
(DI–672) S Wireharness
S Door lock control switch
B1222/22
Door lock switch circuit on driver door S Door key lock and unlock switch
(DI–672)
S Wireharness
B1241/41 S Stop light switch
Body ECU switch circuit diagnosis
(DI–672) S Wireharness
Wireless door lock tuner circuit malfunction
(DI–673) S Wireless door lock tuner
AVC–LAN circuit communication stop
(DI–675) S Gateway ECU
Double locking ECU communication stop
(DI–677) S Double locking ECU
Engine ECU communication stop
A/C amplifier communication stop
(DI–682) S A/C amplifier
Instrument panel system communication bus malfunction
B1266/66 (+B short) S Wireharness
B1267/67
Instrument panel system communication bus malfunction S ECU (Instrument panel system)
(DI–683)
(GND short)
Theft deterrent ECU communication stop
(DI–691) S Theft deterrent ECU
Combination meter ECU communication stop
(DI–693) S Combination meter ECU
Multi display communication stop
(DI–695) S Multi display
(DI–697) Gateway ECU communication circuit S Power source circuit
(DI–699) S Gateway ECU
HINT:
DTC 21, 22, and 41 don’t mean switch abnormal but notify how switch works.
If DTC is not output when operating switch, it means failure of switch contact.
If DTC is output when not opening switch, it means stick of switch.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–664
DI7RK–01
PARTS LOCATION
A/C ECU
Engine ECU
Gateway ECU

D Body ECU
Driver Door ECU

(Power Window Master Switch)
I17813
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–665
TERMINALS OF ECU
BODY ECU
B8
MPX2 MPX1
I17085
DRIVER DOOR ECU
P8
MPX1
I15529
Engine ECU
E8 E9 E10 E11
MPX1 MPX2
I15592
DI7RL–01
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–666
A/C amplifier A8 A7
A9
MP2+
MPX+
I15590
Combination Meter ECU
C10 C11 MP2+
MPX–
I15589
Multi Display
M2 M3 M4
TX1+ TX3+
TX1– TX3–
I15528
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–667
Theft Deterrent ECU
T4 T3
MPX2 MPX1
I01920
Double Locking Relay

D8
MPX2 MPX1
I17093
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–668
Gateway ECU
GTX+ G1 MPD1
GTX– MPD2
I17261
Symbols (Terminals No.) Wiring Color Condition STD Value (V)
IG ↔ GND Ignition switch OFF or ACC Below 1 V

B Y ↔ W–B
B–Y W B
(2 ↔ 14) Ignition switch ON 10 – 14 V
MDP1 (4) GR–B A/C ECU communication circuit –
GTX+ (5) R AVC–LAN communication circuit –
CG ↔ Body ground W–B ↔
Constant Below 1 V
(7 ↔ Body ground) Body ground
BATT ↔ GND
R–G ↔ W–B Constant 10 – 14 V
(8 ↔ 14)
ACC ↔ GND Ignition switch OFF Below 1 V

GR R ↔ W–B
GR–R W B
(9 ↔ 14) Ignition switch ACC or ON 10 – 14 V
MDP2 (11) GR–L Engine and ECT ECU communication circuit –
GTX– (12) G AVC–LAN communication circuit –
GND ↔ Body ground W–B ↔
Constant Below 1 V
(14 ↔ Body ground) Body ground
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–669
DI7RM–01
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC B1211 / 11 Driver door ECU communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between driver door ECU and body ECU.
No communication from driver door ECU more than 10 se-

se S Driver door ECU
B1211/11
conds. S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
P8
Power Window
Master Switch Body ECU
5 5 9
18
MPX1 IG1 IN1 B8 RX
Y Y
(LHD) (RHD)
I17113
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–670
1 Check driver door ECU.
CHECK:
Check if the driver door window glass auto up.
HINT:
With this inspection, the driver door ECU CPU can be diagnosed if it works normally or not.
NG Replace the driver door ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–671
2 Check wireharness.
PREPARATION:
Body ECU
Disconnect connector ”B8” of body ECU and ”P9” of driver door
ECU.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminal RX of body ECU and MPX1
of driver door ECU.
OK:
Driver
Door There is a continuity in wireharness.
ECU HINT:
RX If there is OPEN in wireharness, please repair it.
MPX1
I15549
NG Repair or replace wireharness.
OK
Replace the driver door ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–672
DI7RN–01
DTC B1221 / 21 Power window switch circuit on driver

door
DTC B1222 / 22 Door lock switch circuit on driver door
DTC B1241 / 41 Body ECU switch circuit diagnosis
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
These DTC notify how switch works as follows:
If DTC is not output when operating switch, it means failure of switch contact. If DTC is output when not oper-
ating switch, it means stick of switch. When something wrong is found by this diagnosis, inspect each switch.
Then, replace the switch if there is a problem, or check the wireharness if there is no problem.
Stick of either of the power window master switch S Power window master switch
B1221/21
(except window lock switch) S Wireharness
S Door lock control switch
B1222/22 Stick of door key lock and unlock switch S Door key lock and unlock switch
S Wireharness
S Stop light switch
B1241/41 Stick of switch
S Wireharness
HINT:
Please refer to BE–2 for switch inspection, and to each door system of DI–636 for wireharness inspection.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–673
DI7RO–01
DTC B1242 / 42 Wireless door lock tuner circuit mal-

function
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when GND short of RDA terminal is detected.
S Wireharness
B1242/42 GND short of RDA terminal S Wireless door lock tuner
S Body ECU
WIRING DIAGRAM
W5
Wireless Door Control
Receiver Body ECU
13
2
RDA B8 RDA
L
12
3
PRG B8 PRG
B–R
I15506
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–674
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector of tuner and body ECU.
CHECK:
Check the continuity between wireharness and body ground.
RDA
Tuner Body ECU OK:
No continuity.
I03347
NG Repair or replace the wireharness.
OK
2 Check body ECU.
PREPARATION:
Connect the connector of body ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
B1242/42 is not output.
Tuner Body ECU
I03348
NG Replace the body ECU.
OK
Replace the tuner.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–675
DI7RP–01
DTC B1248/48 AVC–LAN circuit communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between gateway ECU and AVC–LAN circuit.
The body ECU performs the diagnosis check of the gateway ECU communication error to ”AVC–LAN”.
The condition of registration can be checked by DTC of the body ECU.
S Gateway ECU
B1248/48 Condition that the gateway ECU cannot register to AVC–LAN.
AVC LAN
S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
G1
Multi Display Gateway ECU
4
5
TX3+ M4 GTX+
R
11
12
TX3– M4 GTX–
G
I15475
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–676
1 Check ”Service check mode” of audio system. (AVC–LAN diagnosis check)

(See page DI–704)
CHECK:
Connection of the gateway ECU can be checked by AVC–LAN diagnosis. (”Servive check mode” of audio
system)
OK:
Display
G/W: OK (System is normal)
G/W: NG (Communication error)
G/W: None (Never registered)
NG Replace the gateway ECU.
OK
2 Check wireharness
Multi Display PREPARATION:

Disconnect connector ”G1” of gateway ECU and ”M2” of multi
display.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals GTX+ of gateway
TX3+ ECU and TX3+ of multi display.
(b) Check continuity between terminals GTX– of gateway
ECU and TX3– of multi display.
Gateway ECU OK:
TX3– There is a continuity in wireharness of both (a) and (b), or either
(a) or (b).
HINT:
If there is OPEN in wireharness of either (a) or (b), please repair
it.
GTX+
GTX–
I15538 NG Repair or replace wireharness.
OK
Replace the gateway ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–677
DI7RQ–01
DTC B1249/49 Double locking ECU communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between double locking ECU and body ECU.
No communication from double locking ECU more than 10 S Double locking ECU
B1249/49
seconds. S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–683.
1 Check double locking ECU.
CHECK:
Check that the double locking system operate normally.
HINT:
With this inspection, the double locking ECU CPU can be diagnosed if it works normally or not.
NG Replace the double locking ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–678
2 Check wireharness
Double Locking Relay PREPARATION:

Body ECU
Disconnect connector ”D8” of double locking ECU, ”E11” of en-
gine ECU and ”B8” of body ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals MPX1 of double lock-
ing ECU and terminal RX of body ECU.
(b) Check continuity between terminals MPX2 of double lock-
ing ECU and terminal RX of engine ECU.
RX MPX1
Double Locking
OK:
Engine ECU Relay There is a continuity in wireharness of both (a) and (b), or either
(a) or (b).
HINT:
it.
RX
MPX2
I17094
OK
Replace the double locking ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–679
DI7RR–01
DTC B1261 / 61 Engine ECU communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between Engine ECU and body ECU.
S Engine ECU
B1261/61 No communication from Engine ECU more than 10 seconds.
seconds
S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
D6
Double Lock Door E10 G1
Control Relay Engine ECU Gateway ECU
9
9 10 GR GR 13 14 11
MPX1 MPX2 IP2 MPX2 MPX1 MPD2
(RHD) (RHD) GR–L
GR B8
(LHD) Body ECU GR–B
10 (LHD)
GR GR
IP2 MPX– MPX+
(RHD) (RHD) 11 10 GR–B
(RHD)
T4 IP2 12
Theft Deterrent ECU
11 GR–B
GR–R 8 7
IP2 MPX2 MPX1 (RHD)
(RHD)
C11 A8
Combination Meter A/C Amplifier
GR–R GR GR–B 4
MPX+ MPX– MPX+ MP2+ MPD1
(RHD) 2 3 11 4
I15513
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–680
1 Check Engine ECU.
CHECK:
Check that the engine starts normally.
HINT:
With this inspection, Engine ECU CPU can be diagnosed if it works normally or not.
NG Replace the Engine ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–681
2 Check wireharness
Body ECU PREPARATION:

Disconnect connector ”B8” of body ECU, ”E11” of Engine ECU
and ”G1” of gateway ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals MPX– of body ECU
and MPX2 of Engine ECU.
(b) Check continuity between terminals MPX1 of Engine
MPX– ECU and MPX1 of gateway ECU.
Engine ECU
OK:
There is a continuity in wireharness of both (1) and (2), or either
(1) or (2).
Gateway HINT:
ECU If there is OPEN in wireharness of either (1) or (2), please repair
it.
MPX1 MPX2
MPX1
I15537
OK
Replace the Engine ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–682
DI7RS–01
DTC B1262 / 62 A/C amplifier communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between A/C amplifier and body ECU.
S A/C am
amplifier
lifier
B1262/62 No communication from A/C amplifier more than 10 seconds.
seconds
S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–682.
1 Check wireharness
PREPARATION:
Gateway ECU A/C amplifier Disconnect connector ”G1” of gateway ECU, ”A7” of A/C ampli-
fier and ”C11” of combination meter ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals MPD1 of gateway
ECU and MP2+ of A/C amplifier.
(b) Check continuity between terminals MPX+ of A/C amplifi-
er and MPX– of combination meter ECU.
MPD1 MP2+ OK:
Combination Meter A/C amplifier There is a continuity in wireharness of both (a) and (b) or (a) and
(c), (a) or either (b) or (c).
HINT:
If there is OPEN in wireharness of either (a), (b) or (c), please
repair it.
MPX– MPX+
I15547
OK
Replace the A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–683
DI7RT–01
DTC B1266 / 66 Instrument panel system communica-

tion bus malfunction (+B short)
DTC B1267 / 67 Instrument panel system communica-

tion bus malfunction (GND short)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when +B or GND short occurs on instrument panel system communication bus. If +B or
GND short is detected on instrument panel system communication bus, separate it by bus cut relay in body
ECU to prevent while communication buses’ failure.
WIRING DIAGRAM
D6
Double Lock Door E10 G1
Control Relay Engine ECU Gateway ECU
9
9 10 GR GR 13 14 11
MPX1 MPX2 IP2 MPX2 MPX1 MPD2
(RHD) (RHD) GR–L
GR B8
(LHD) Body ECU GR–B
10 (LHD)
GR GR
IP2 MPX– MPX+
(RHD) (RHD) 11 10 GR–B
(RHD)
T4 IP2 12
Theft Deterrent ECU
11 GR–B
GR–R 8 7
IP2 MPX2 MPX1 (RHD)
(RHD)
C11 A8
Combination Meter A/C Amplifier
GR–R GR GR–B 4
MPX+ MPX– MPX+ MP2+ MPD1
(RHD) 2 3 11 4
I15513
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–684
HINT:ȡ
On the system structure point of view, this DTC cannot display meter. In case of checking DTC, please use
hand–held tester.
1 Check the communication circuit inside double locking relay. (RHD models)
Double locking relay PREPARATION:

Disconnect the connector ”D8” of double locking relay.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
D8 Code B1266 or B1267 is not output
I17092
OK Replace the double locking relay.
NG
2 Check the communication circuit inside Engine ECU.
Engine ECU PREPARATION:

Disconnect the connector ”E11” of Engine ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
E11 Code B1266 or B1267 is not output
I15546
OK Replace the Engine ECU.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–685
3 Check the communication circuit inside gateway ECU.
PREPARATION:
Gateway (a) Connect the connector ”E11” of Engine ECU.
ECU (b) Disconnect the connector ”G1” of gateway ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
G1 OK:
Code B1266 or B1267 is not output
I15545
OK Replace the gateway ECU.
NG
4 Check the communication circuit inside A/C amplifier.
PREPARATION:
A/C (a) Connect the connector of ”G1” of gateway ECU.
Amplifier (b) Disconnect the connector ”A7” of A/C amplifier.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
A7 OK:
I15544
OK Replace the A/C amplifier.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–686
5 Check the communication circuit inside combination meter ECU.
PREPARATION:
Combination (a) Connect the connector ”A7” of A/C amplifier.
Meter (b) Disconnect the connector ”C11” of combination meter
ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
C11
OK:
I15543
OK Replace the combination meter ECU.
NG
6 Check the communication circuit inside theft deterrent ECU. (RHD models)
Theft deterrent ECU PREPARATION:

Disconnect the connector ”T4” of theft deterrent ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
T4 Code B1266 or B1267 is not output
I17090
OK Replace the theft deterrent ECU.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–687
7 Check for short circuit between combination meter ECU (LHD models) and body ECU.
Check for short circuit between theft deterrent ECU (RHD models) and body ECU.
PREPARATION:
Body ECU
Disconnect the connector ”B8” of body ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
B8
I15542
OK Repair or replace the wireharness between

combination meter ECU and body ECU.
NG
8 Check for short circuit between double locking relay and body ECU.
(RHD models)
Double locking relay PREPARATION:

Connect the connector ”B8” of body ECU.
Disconnect the connector ”D8” of double locking relay.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
D8 OK:
I17092

double locking relay and body ECU.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–688
9 Check for short circuit between body ECU and Engine ECU. (LHD Models)
PREPARATION:
Body ECU
Disconnect the connector ”E11” of Engine ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
B8 Code B1266 or B1267 is not output
Engine ECU

body ECU and Engine ECU.
I15542
I15546 I18344
NG
10 Check for short circuit between Engine ECU and gateway ECU.
PREPARATION:
Gateway Disconnect the connector ”G1” of gateway ECU.
ECU
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
G1 OK:
I15545
OK Repair or replace the wireharness between En-

gine ECU and gateway ECU.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–689
11 Check for short circuit between gateway ECU and A/C amplifier.
PREPARATION:
Connect the connector ”E11” of Engine ECU.
A/C
Amplifier Disconnect the connector ”A7” of A/C amplifier.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
A7 OK:
I15544
OK Repair or replace the wireharness between En-

gine ECU and A/C amplifier.
NG
12 Check for short circuit between A/C amplifier and combination meter ECU.
(LHD models)
PREPARATION:
Combination Connect the connector ”A7” of A/C amplifier.
Meter Disconnect the connector ”C11” of combination meter ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
C11 OK:
I15543
OK Repair or replace the wireharness between A/C

amplifier and combination meter ECU.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–690
13 Check for short circuit between theft deterrent ECU and combination meter ECU.
(RHD models)
Theft deferrent ECU PREPARATION:

Disconnect the connector ”T4” of theft deterrent ECU.
CHECK:
Check the DTC.
OK:
T4 Code B1266 or B1267 is not output
I17090
OK Replace the theft deterrent ECU.
NG
Replace the body ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–691
DI7RU–01
DTC B1269 / 69 Theft deterrent ECU communication stop
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between theft deterrent ECU and body ECU.
No communication from theft deterrent ECU more than 10 S Theft deterrent ECU
B1249/49
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–691.
1 Check theft deterrent ECU.
CHECK:
Check that the theft deterrent system operate normally.
HINT:
With this inspection, the theft deterrent ECU CPU can be diagnosed if it works normally or not.
NG Replace the theft deterrent ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–692
2 Check wireharness
PREPARATION:
Theft deferrent ECU Body ECU
Disconnect connector ”T4” of theft deterrent ECU, ”C11” of
combination meter ECU and ”B8” of body ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals MPX1 of theft deter-
rent ECU and terminal MPX1 of body ECU.
(b) Check continuity between terminals MPX2 of theft deter-
rent ECU and terminal 2 of combination meter ECU.
MPX1 OK:
MPX1
There is a continuity in wireharness of both (a) and (b), or either
Combination meter Theft deferrent ECU (a) or (b).
HINT:
it.
C11
2 MPX2
I17091
OK
Replace the theft deterrent ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–693
DI7RV–01
DTC B1271 / 71 Combination meter ECU communica-

tion stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between combination meter ECU and body ECU.
No communication from Combination meter ECU more than 10 S Combination meter ECU
B1271/71
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–683.
1 Check combination meter ECU.
CHECK:
Start the engine and check that the speed meter and tacometer operate normally.
HINT:
With this inspection, the combination meter ECU CPU can be diagnosed if it works normally or not.
NG Replace the combination meter ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–694
2 Check wireharness
PREPARATION:
Combination Meter A/C amplifier
Disconnect connector ”A7” of A/C amplifier, ”C11” of combina-
tion meter ECU and ”B8” of body ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals MPX+ of A/C amplifi-
MPX+
er and MPX– of combination meter ECU.
(b) Check continuity between terminals MPX+ of combina-
tion meter ECU and MPX1 of body ECU.
MPX– OK:
Body ECU Combination There is a continuity in wireharness of both (a) and (b), or either
Meter
(a) or (b).
HINT:
it.
”C6”
MPX+
MPX1
I15539
OK
Replace the combination meter ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–695
DI7RW–01
DTC B1274/74 Multi display communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between multi display and body ECU.
S Multi display
dis lay
B1274/74 No communication from multi display more than 10 seconds.
seconds
S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–675.
1 Check multi display ECU.
CHECK:
Check that the multi display operate normally.
HINT:
With this inspection, the multi display CPU can be diagnosed if it works normally or not.
NG Replace the multi display.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–696
Multi Display PREPARATION:

Disconnect connector ”M2” of multi display and ”G1” of gateway
ECU.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals TX3+ of multi display
TX3+ and GTX+ of gateway ECU.
(b) Check continuity between terminals TX3– of multi display
and GTX– of gateway ECU.
Gateway ECU OK:
TX3– There is a continuity in wireharness.
HINT:
If there is OPEN in wireharness, please repair it.
GTX+
GTX–
I15538
OK
Replace the multi display.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–697
DI7RX–01
DTC B1293/93 Gateway ECU communication stop
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This DTC is output when communication stops between gateway ECU and body ECU.
S Gateway ECU
B1293/93 No communication from gateway ECU more than 10 seconds.
seconds
S Wireharness
WIRING DIAGRAM
See page DI–683.
1 Check open door warning light.
CHECK:
Connection that the gateway ECU and BEAN (Body Electrical Area Network) can be checked by DTC trans-
mitted by the body ECU.
See ”INSPECT OPEN DOOR INDICATOR LIGHT¨on page BE–2.
NG Replace the gateway ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–698
2 Check wireharness
PREPARATION:
Body ECU Disconnect connector ”B8” of body ECU, ”E11” of engine ECU
and ”G1” of gateway ECU.
MPX– CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminals MPX– of body ECU
and MPX2 of engine ECU.
(b) Check continuity between terminals MPX1 of engine ECU
Engine ECU and MPX1 of gateway ECU.
OK:
There is a continuity in wireharness of both (a) and (b), or either
Gateway ECU (a) or (b).
HINT:
it.
MPX1 MPX2
MPX1 I15537
OK
Replace the gateway ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–699
DI7RY–01
Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit provides power to operate the gateway ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–700
WIRING DIAGRAM
G1
GR–R Gateway ECU
R–G
Instrument Panel J/B J/C C

C
9
J25 J26 ACC
ACC Relay GR–R
2 10A ACC
5 3
2D
8
1 2
2C
5 7.5 A ECU–B
2C F J/C H
8
J25 J26 BATT
P–L R–G R–G
1
2H
W
IG1 Relay
3 5A AM1 5A ECU–IG 2
5 3
2B 2I
B–Y
6 8
1 2
2D 2K J14
J/C
D D
B–Y
B–Y
I15 Ignition Switch FL Block No.1
1 1 5
2 AM1 100A DC/DC
IG1 4 F11 ID1
F13
W–G
B–Y
ACC 3 B–G
J19
F18 FL Block No.2 J/C
D D
W 120A MAIN FL 1
W–B
W–B B–Y 2
IG
14
GND
W–B
J19
A E J/C D J/C
7
J22 A E E
A J20 J21 CG
J/C W–B W–B W–B
A A
J/C 8 8
A
2D 2K
Battery W–B W–B
ID J11 ID
J/C
I17118
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–701
1 Check ECU–B and ECU–IG fuse.
CHECK:
Check continuity of ECU–B and ECU–IG fuse.
OK:
Continuity
OK
2 Check voltage between terminals BATT, IG and GND of body ECU connector.
PREPARATION:
(b) Disconnect the gateway ECU connector.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals BATT and GND.
OK:
OK Replace the gateway ECU.
NG
3 Check wireharness and connector between gateway ECU and body ground (See
page IN–40).
OK

between gateway ECU and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–702
DIAGNOSTICS – NAVIGATION SYSTEM
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
DI27W–06

HINT:
The ECU of this system is connected to the multiplex communication system. Therefore, before starting trou-
bleshooting, make sure to check that there is no trouble in the multiplex communication system.

1 Customer Problem Analysis the pages for detailed explanations.
P. DI–703
2 Check and Clear DTC (Pre check)

P. DI–704
Symptom
does not occur
P. IN–29
Symptom
occurs

P. DI–704
Malfunction code

P. DI–721 P. DI–732
8 Terminal of ECU
P. DI–728
9
Repair
10
Confirmation Test
End
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–703
DI27X–06

NAVIGATION SYSTEM Check Sheet Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date of Vehicle / / km
Odometer Reading
Brought in Mile
Frequency Problem Occurs j Constant j Intermittent ( Times a day)
j Cursor movement is defective.

j Cursor does not move.
Navigation
j GPS mark does not appear.
malfunction
j Map is not displayed.
j Others ( )
Problem Symptom
j Screen is dark.
j Screen is white.
Display j Color is not uniform.
malfunction
j Screen is in disorder.
j Others ( )
j Can not operate with panel switches.
Control
Switch j Can not operate with touch switches.
malfunction
j Others ( )
Parts name 1st time malfunction code. 2nd time malfunction code.
DTC Check
Navigation ECU
Multi Display
Radio receiver assembly
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–704
DI7OR–02
PRE–CHECK
1. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM MODE
HINT:
Diagnosis System Mode is operated as follows.
Navigation system normal operation
Diagnosis start–up. (refer to next page)
to 2. SYSTEM CHECK MODE SCREEN
HINT:
When Diagnosis Sys-
tem mode is started,
system check is per-
formed at first and the
check result is dis-
played.
to 3. NAVIGATION to 4. DISPLAY
CHECK MODE SCREEN CHECK MODE SCREEN
I17101
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–705
(a) DIAGNOSIS START–UP

To start the diagnosis menu, there are 2 ways: using a
diagnosis check wire and using a switch.
(b) START–UP BY SWITCH OPERATION

(1) Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph).
(2) Parking brake switch is pressed.
(3) Press the Display switch to display the Screen Ad-
justment screen.
I15593
(4) Repeatedly touch the upper and lower bottom parts

Concealed of the left end of the screen 3 times.
touch
switch
I17110
(c) FINISHING DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM MODE

Turn the ignition switch from ACC to OFF to finish the
mode. If it is started by switch operation.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–706
2. SERVICE CHECK MODE

HINT:
Service Check Mode is operated as follows.
DTC memory and history clear
DTC memory clear
Recheck
to 1. Diagnosis
MENU screen
Yes
When there are individual DTC data.
No
DTC clear
I15446
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–707
(a) SERVICE CHECK SCREEN
Diagnosis MENU
screen switch
Components name
Recheck
DTC clear switch

Check result Memory clear switch
I15447
(1) By performing system check and collecting data of diagnosis memory, this mode checks the cur-
rent and past condition of the vehicle.
(2) List of all components name or physical addresses.
It displays only the components that have been connected at least once.
(3) The check result is displayed for all components.
(4) The check result is displayed by 6 abbreviations: ”OK”, ”EXCH”, ”CHEK”, ”NCON”, ”NRES” and
”Old”. (”EXCH”, ”CHEK” and ”Old” have a function as switches.)
(5) Based on all information obtained from ”System Check Request”, ”Diagnosis Memory Request”
and ”Current Diagnosis Result” command, the following results are displayed:
OK: No error is identified.
EXCH: One or more error codes requesting for exchange are detected in any check result.
CHEK: Except the conditions for ”EXCH”, one or more error codes requesting for check are de-
tected in any check result.
(6) The other check results are as follows:
NCON: No response to ”Diagnosis ON Instruction” command and it is not connected when the
system is started.
Old: One or more error codes are detected when responding to ”Diagnosis ON Instruction” com-
mand because of the old version .
NRES: No response to all commands of ”System Check Request”, ”Diagnosis Memory Request”
and ”Current Diagnosis Result”. Or no error is detected by any one of ”System Check Request”
or ”Diagnosis Memory Request” when no response to the other command.
(7) ”EXCH”, ”CHEK” and ”Old” are functioned as switches any by pressing these, LAN Check Mode
and Unit Check Mode are activated.
(8) Memory Clear Switch
Pressing this switch for 3 sec. deletes all information about master component registration and
diagnosis memory of all components.
(9) DTC Clear Switch
Pressing this switch for 3 sec. deletes diagnosis memory of all components.
(10) Recheck Switch
Pressing this switch rechecks the system.
(11) Menu Switch
Pressing this switch activated the Diagnosis Menu Screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–708
(b) LAN CHECK MODE SCREEN
Components name
Service check mode

screen switch
Unit check mode

screen switch
Number of occurrence
DTC clear switch
Connection confirmation number

Segment DTC
Related components parts
I15448
(1) As a detailed screen in the System Check Mode, LAN Check Mode is displayed.
(2) Communication codes (logical address ”01”) are extracted from the diagnosis data obtained by
”Diagnosis Memory Request” and displayed.
(3) Component Name
Names of the components to be checked are displayed.
(4) Segment
Logical address codes corresponding to DTC are displayed.
(5) DTC
DTC displayed.
(6) Related components address
Physical address codes corresponding to DTC are displayed.
(7) Connection Confirmation Number
Connection confirmation numbers corresponding to DTC is displayed.
(8) Number of Occurrence
The number of occurrence of the same DTC is displayed.
Pressing this switch for 3 sec. deletes DTC memory of the selected diagnosis component. When
returning to the System Check Mode, the check result is shown as a blank.
(10) Unit Check Mode Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Unit Check Mode screen.
(11) System Check Mode Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the System Check Mode screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–709
(c) UNIT CHECK MODE SCREEN

Components name
System check mode

screen switch
LAN check mode

screen switch
DTC clear switch

Segment
Segment DTC Year/Month/Day
DTC Hour/Minute/Second
I15449
(1) As a detailed screen in the System Check Mode, the Unit Check Mode is displayed.
(2) Up to 6 error codes detected by ”The DTC obtained during the system check (including when
starting the diagnosis mode)” can be displayed as ”Current”.
(3) Up to 6 error codes detected by ”DTC stored in the past” can be displayed as ”Memory”.
(4) Component Name
Names of the components are displayed.
(5) Segment
Logical address numbers corresponding to DTC are displayed.
(6) DTC
DTC is displayed.
(7) Year/Month/Day/Hour/Minute/Second
The date and time stamped at the time of code occurrence is displayed in the order of year–
month–day–hour–minute–second. (Year is shown in 2–digit number.) If the date and time data
is invalid, it is displayed as a blank.
HINT:
Time data is obtained after turning the ignition from ACC to ON. Until the valid time data is obtained, the data
shown in the display shall be considered as invalid.
If stored before a valid time data is obtained, the data shall not be displayed.
Pressing this switch for 3 sec. deletes all diagnosis memory of the component. When returning
to the System Check Mode, the check result is displayed as a blank.
(9) Lan Check Mode Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the LAN Check Mode screen.
(10) System Check Mode Screen .Switch
Pressing this switch activates the System Check Mode screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–710
3. NAVIGATION CHECK MODE

HINT:
Navigation Check Mode is operated as follows.
to 1. Diagnosis
MENU screen
I17108
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–711
(a) NAVIGATION CHECK MODE SCREEN
Diagnosis MENU
GPS information screen switch
mode screen switch
Vehicle sensor mode
screen switch
Color bar check

mode screen switch
I17105
(1) Various check screens for the Navigation ECU can be started from this menu screen.
(2) GPS Information Mode Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates GPS Information Mode Screen.
(3) Vehicle Sensor Mode Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Vehicle Signal Mode screen.
(4) Color Bar Check Mode Screed Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Color Bar Check Mode screen.
(5) Diagnosis Menu Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Diagnosis Menu screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–712
(b) GPS INFORMATION MODE SCREEN
Navigation Check
screen switch
Time data
Satellite
Information
Measurement Status Position data

I17104
(1) This screen displays GPS related data.

HINT:
Data are updated every 1 sec.
(2) Satellite Information
The angle of elevation of relevant satellite, azimuth signal level, and receiving condition of sig-
nals are displayed.
HINT:
The reception status shows receiving.
”T”: means in operation but measurement is not being used for positioning.
”P”: means measurement is being used for positioning.
”–”: means no data can be received.
Display area for up to 8 satellites is ensured.
Data shall be updated corresponding to change of information.
(3) Time data: The time data obtained from a GPS receiver is displayed in month, day, year, hour
and minute.
(4) The displayed time is Greenwich Mean Time.
(5) Position Data: The latitude and longitude of the current location are displayed in degree and min-
ute.
(6) Measurement Status is displayed in the following 5 items.
2D: 2 dimensions.
3D: 3 dimensions.
NG: GPS information cannot be used.
error: Receiving error occurs.
–: Other than the above.
(7) Navigation Check Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Navigation Check screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–713
(c) VEHICLE SIGNAL CHECK MODE SCREEN
Navigation check
screen switch
I17106
(1) Status of the vehicle sensor which are input to the Navigation ECU is checked in this screen.
HINT:
Data are updated every 1 sec.
(2) ACC signal status: Displayed as ON/OFF.
(3) REV signal status: Displayed as ON/OFF.
(4) SPD signal status: The following is displayed:
S The cumulative value of the input pulse after displaying this screen. (shown in 5 digits)
S Vehicle speed (Unit: km/h, mph)
(5) Output condition of the gyro sensor: The following is displayed:
S Voltage (Unit: mV, LSB: 1mV)
S Relative azimuthal angle to the current point (0 degree).
Assuming the angle at a point when this screen is activated as 0 degree.
(6) Navigation Check Menu Screen Switch
Pressing this switch displays the Navigation Check screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–714
(d) COLOR BAR CHECK MODE SCREEN
Navigation check
screen switch
I17107
(1) Color display of the Navigation ECU is checked in this screen.

(2) Color Bars:
Five colors of ”BLACK”, ”RED”, ”GREEN”, ”BLUE” and ”WHITE” are displayed as bars.
(3) Navigation Check Screen Switch
Pressing this switch displays the Navigation Check screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–715
4. DISPLAY CHECK MODE

HINT:
Display Check Mode is operated as follows.
to 1. Diagnosis MENU
mode screen switch
I15454
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–716
(a) DISPLAY CHECK MENU SCREEN
Color bar
check mode switch to 1. Diagnosis MENU
screen switch
Touch switch
check mode switch
Touch point
check mode switch
Vehicle signal
check mode switch
I15453
(1) Various screens to check the display are started from this screen.
(2) Color Bar Check Mode Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Color Bar Check Mode screen.
(3) Touch Switch Check Mode Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Touch Switch Check Mode screen.
(4) Touch Point Check Mode Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Touch Point Check Mode screen.
(5) Vehicle Signal Check Mode Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Vehicle Signal Check Mode screen.
(6) Diagnosis MENU Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Diagnosis MENU screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–717
(b) COLOR BAR CHECK MODE SCREEN
to Display
check screen switch
I15456
(1) Color display is checked in this screen.

(2) Color Bar:
Black, Red, Green, Blue, White and Stripe is displayed in bars.
If a bar is touched, color or stripe of the bar is appeared all over the screen. When touched again, it returns
to the previous screen.
(3) Display Check Screen Switch
Pressing this switch activates the Display Check Mode screen.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–718
(c) TOUCH SWITCH CHECK MODE SCREEN

Horizontal line
Display
check screen switch
check screen switch
I15458 I15459 I18203
(1) Operating condition is checked line by line in the Touch Switch Check Mode screen.
(2) Check Line:
Lines are displayed by using infrared beams in this screen.
Once a beam is blocked off by touching the screen with a fingertip, the blocked part of the line
is deleted.
(3) Horizontal Line Check Screen Switch:
Pressing this switch activates a screen in which beams of horizontal lines are checked.
(4) Display Check Mode Switch
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–719
(d) TOUCH POINT CHECK MODE SCREEN
Display
check screen switch
Press point
I15462
(1) In this screen, the position detected by the pressure sensing touch switch is checked.
(2) Press point:
The detected point is indicated by a cross–hair cursor.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–720
(e) VEHICLE SIGNAL CHECK MODE SCREEN
Display
check screen switch
I15461
(1) Status of the Vehicle Signal which has been loaded into the display is checked in this screen.
(2) Signal Description
Battery: Displays battery voltage in V.
IG: Displays ON or OFF of the ignition switch.
PKB: Displays ON (applied) or OFF (released) of the parking brake.
SPEED: Displays the vehicle speed in km/h.
TAIL: Displays ON or OFF of the tail light switch.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–721
DI27Z–06

Terms Meaning
Physical address Three–digit code (shown in hexadecimal) which is given to each component comprising the
AVC – LAN
Corresponding to the function, individual symbols are specified..
Logical address Two–digit code (shown in hexadecimal) which is given to each function comprising the inner system
of the AVC – LAN.
Physical address: 110 Multi display
DTC Diagnosis item Diagnosis content Countermeasure and

Logical address
inspected parts
21 *1 10 Panel Switch Error in panel switch input part is de- D Inspect all switches on touch
(Switch) Error tected. switch test screen in display check
(Error in switch control part, or inter- mode. If any of lines and point does
nal communication error with switch not react, replace multi–display as-
control part is detected.) sembly.
D If all switches function without
problem, observe them for a while.
21 11 Touch Switch Error in touch switch sensor is de- D Inspect all touch switches on
(Switch) Error tected. touch switch test screen in display
check mode. If any of lines does
not react, replace multi–display as-
sembly.
D If all of vertical and horizontal
lines react normally, observe them
for a while.
34 10 Error in Picture Error in power supply system for Replace multi–display assembly.
(Front passenger Circuit picture circuit (abnormal voltage) is
monitor) detected.
34 11 Backlight Error Decline in power output from in- Replace multi–display assembly.
(Front passenger (No current) verter circuit for backlight.
monitor)
34 12 Backlight Error Excess power output from inverter Replace multi–display assembly.
(Front passenger (Excess circuit for backlight.
monitor) current)
01 21 ROM Error Abnormal condition of ROM is de- Replace multi–display assembly.

(Communication tected.
control)
01 22 RAM Error Abnormal condition of RAM is de- Replace multi–display assembly.

(Communication tected.
control)
*1: Check if the operation in Touch Point Check or Touch Switch Check screen is normal. If it operates without any
problem, see how things go for a while.
Although this code is defined as Panel Switch Error, there are touch switches only on the display. If the internal com-
munication is erroneous, however, this code is stored.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–722
01 *2 D5 Registered Component shown by auxiliary D Check harness for power supply

(Communication component code is or was disconnected from of component shown by auxiliary
Control) disconnected system with ignition switch in ACC code
or ON. D Check harness for communica-
Communication with component tion system of component shown by
shown by auxiliary code is not es- auxiliary code
tablished when engine is started.
01 *3 D8 No response to Component shown by auxiliary D Check harness for power supply
(Communication connection code is or was disconnected from of component shown by auxiliary
Control) check system after engine is started. code
D Check harness for communica-
tion system of component shown
by auxiliary code
01 *2 D9 Last Mode Component operated (sound and/ D Check harness for power supply
(Communication Error or image was provided) before en- of component shown by auxiliary
Control) gine stop is or was disconnected code
with ignition switch in ACC or ON. D Check harness for communica-
tion system of component shown
by auxiliary code
01 DA No Response No response is identified when D Check harness for power supply

(Communication to ON/OFF changing mode (audio and visual of component shown by auxiliary
Control) Instruction mode change). Detected when code.
sound and picture does not change D Check harness for communica-
by button operation. tion system of component shown by
auxiliary code.
D If error occurs again, replace
component shown by auxiliary
code.
01 *2 DB Mode Status Dual sound is detected. D Check harness for power supply
(Communication Error system of component shown by
Control) auxiliary code.
tion system of component shown by
auxiliary code.
01 *4 DC Transmission Transmission to component shown If same component shown by auxil-
(Communication Error by auxiliary code has been failed. iary code is recorded in other com-
Control) (This code does not necessarily ponent(s), check harness for power
mean actual failure.) supply and communication system
of components shown sub code.
01 *5 DE Slave Reset After engine start, slave component D Check harness for power supply
(Communication (Momentary has been disconnected. system of component shown by
Control) Interruption) DB auxiliary code.
auxiliary code.
01 *1 E4 Multiple Frame Multiple frame transmission is Since this DTC is provided for engi-
(Communication Abort aborted. neering, it may be detected when
Control) no actual failure exists.
*2: Even if no failure is detected, it may be stored depending on the battery condition or voltage for starting an engine.
*3: It is stored when 180 sec. has passed after the power supply connector is pulled out after engine start.
*4: It may be stored when the engine key is turned again 1 min. after engine start.
*5: It may be stored when the engine key is turned again after engine start.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–723
Physical address: 190 Radio receiver assembly
Diagnosis content Countermeasure and

Logical address DTC Diagnosis item
inspected parts
01 21 ROM Error Error is detected in internal ROM. Replace radio receiver assembly.
(Communication
Control)
01 22 RAM Error Error is detected in internal RAM. Replace radio receiver assembly.
(Communication
Control)
01 *2 D6 Absence of Component in which this code is re- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication Master corded has been disconnected from system of multi display.
Control) system with ignition in ACC or ON. D Check harness for communica-
Or, when this code was recorded, tion system of multi display.
multi–display assembly was discon- D Check harness for power supply
nected. system of radio receiver assembly.
tion system of radio receiver as-
sembly.
01 *3 D8 No Response Component shown by auxiliary code D Check harness for power supply
(Communication to Connection is or had been disconnected from system of component shown by
Control) Check system after engine start. auxiliary code.
D9 D Check harness for communica-
auxiliary code.
01 *2 D9 Last Mode Error Component operated (sounds and/ Check harness for power supply
(Communication or images were provided) before en- system of component shown by
Control) gine stop is or has been discon- auxiliary code.
nected with ignition switch in ACC or Check harness for communication
ON. system of component shown by
auxiliary code.
01 DA No Response No response is identified when D Check harness for power supply
(Communication to ON/OFF changing mode (audio and visual of component shown by auxiliary
Control) Instruction mode change). Detected when code.
sound and picture does not change D Check harness for communica-
by button operation. tion system of component shown by
auxiliary code.
D If error occurs again, replace
component shown by auxiliary
code.
01 *2 DB Mode Status Dual alarm is detected. D Check harness for power supply
(Communication Error of component shown by auxiliary
Control) code.
auxiliary code.
01 *4 DC Transmission Transmission to component shown D If same auxiliary code is recorded
(Communication Error by auxiliary code has been failed. in other component, check harness
Control) (Detecting this DTC does not nec- for power supply and communica-
essary mean actual failure.) tion system of components shown
sub code.
01 *5 DD Master Reset After engine is started, multi–dis- D If this error occurs frequently, re-
(Communication (Momentary play assembly was disconnected place multi–display assembly.
Control) Interruption) from system.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–724
01 *5 DE Slave Reset After engine is started, slave com- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication (Momentary ponent was disconnected from sys- of component shown by auxiliary
Control) Interruption) tem. code.
auxiliary code.
01 *6 DF Master Error Due to defective condition of multi D Check harness for power supply
(Communication display, master function is switched of multi–display assembly.
Control) to audio equipment. D Check harness for communica-
Error occurs in communication be- tion system of multi–display assem-
tween sub–master (audio) and mul- bly.
ti display. D Check harness for communica-
tion system between multi–display
assembly and sub–master compo-
nent.
01 E0 Registration ”Registration Completion Instruc- D Since this DTC is provided for en-
(Communication Completion tion” command from multi display gineering purpose, it may be de-
Control) Instruction cannot be received. tected when no actual failure exists.
Error
01 *2 E1 Audio While source equipment is operat- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication processor ON ing, AMP output is stopped. of multi–display assembly.
Control) error D Check harness for communica-
tion system of multi–display assem-
bly.
01 E2 ON/OFF Error occurs in ON/OFF controlling D Replace multi–display assembly.
(Communication Instruction command from multi–display as-
Control) Parameter sembly.
Error
01 E3 Registration Registration Request command is D Since this DTC is provided for en-
(Communication Request output from slave component. gineering purpose, it may be de-
Control) Transmission Receiving Connection Check tected when no actual failure exists.
Instruction, Registration Request
command is output from sub–mas-
ter component.
01 E4 Plural Frame Plural frame transmission is D Since this DTC is provided for en-
(Communication Abort aborted. gineering purpose, it may be de-
Control) tected when no actual failure exists.
60 43 AM Tuner Error Abnormal condition is detected in Replace radio receiver assembly.
(Radio receiver AM tuner.
assembly) Inspect radio receiver assembly.
60 44 FM Tuner Error Abnormal condition is detected in Replace radio receiver assembly.
(Radio receiver FM tuner.
assembly)
61 40 Mechanical or Malfunction due to mechanical fail- Inspect cassette tape.
(Cassette Media Error ure is identified. Or, cassette tape is
switch) cut or entangled.
61 41 EJECT Malfunction due to mechanical fail- Replace radio receiver assembly.
(Cassette Malfunction ure.
switch)
62 42 No Disc Disc cannot be read. Inspect CD.
(CD player) Readout
62 44 CD Error Error is detected in CD player. Replace radio receiver assembly.
(CD player)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–725
62 45 EJECT Error Magazine cannot be ejected. Replace radio receiver assembly.

(CD player)
62 46 Scratched/ Scratches or dirt is found on CD sur- Inspect CD.
(CD player) Reversed Disc face or CD is set upside down.
*2: Even if no failure is detected, it may be stored depending on the battery condition or voltage for starting an engine.
*3: It is stored when 180 sec. has passed after the power supply connector is pulled out after engine start.
*4: It may be stored when the engine key is turned again 1 min. after engine start.
*5: It may be stored when the engine key is turned again after engine start.
*6: When 210 sec. has passed after pulling out the power supply connector of the master component with the ignition
switch in ACC or ON, this code is stored.
Physical address: 178 Navigation ECU

58 10 Gyro Error Error in gyro sensor is detected. D Check the Gyro voltage in the
(Navigation ECU) (Abnormal value in voltage output diagnosis system mode.
from sensor is detected for more
than specified time.)
58 11 GPS Receiver Operation error of GPS receiver is D At an outdoor site with a clear
(GPS receiver) Error detected. view, operate to display the GPS in-
formation screen of the diagnosis
system. If GPS time stamp is not
properly displayed after 15 min. or
more, replace navigation ECU.
58 40 GPS Antenna Operation condition of GPS anten- D Check if the GPS antenna is cor-
(GPS receiver) Error na cable is detected. (Open circuit, rectly connected or positioned or
connection failure of connectors, not. After replacing the antenna, if
etc.) the error remains, replace the navi-
gation ECU.
58 41 Power Supply Abnormal voltage of GPS antenna D Inspect GPS antenna and replace
(GPS receiver) Error of GPS cable or short circuit is detected. if necessary. (When no continuity is
Antenna identified between connector’s core
and sealed part, GPS antenna is
normal.)
D If GPS antenna is normal, replace
navigation ECU.
58 42 Map Disc Error Data cannot be read for a specified D Inspect disc and replace if neces-
(Navigation ECU) time due to scratches or dirt on disc sary. (Visually check disc surface
surface or insertion of music CD. and wipe it with soft cloth.)
58 43 Vehicle speed Input error of vehicle speed sensor D Check the vehicle speed signal in
(Navigation ECU) sensor Signal signal is detected. (When no vehicle the diagnosis system mode.
Error speed sensor signal has been input D Inspect wire harness for vehicle
for a specified time.) speed signal.
D If wire harness is normal, replace
navigation ECU.
58 44 Player Error Malfunction of player continues for a D Check if disc can be inserted/tak-
(Navigation ECU) specified length of time. en out or not. If not , replace naviga-
tion ECU.
D When the same code is detected
in recheck after deleting the DTC
memory.
58 45 Player Temp. Readout cannot be done because With IG switch OFF, leave vehicle in
(Navigation ECU) Too High temperature around player’s pickup cool shaded place for a while and
(reading part) is too high. recheck. After deleting the DTC
memory, If same code detected, re-
place navigation ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–726
01 D6 Absence of Component in which this code is re- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication Master corded has been disconnected system of multi display.
Control) from system with ignition in ACC or D Check harness for communica-
ON. Or, when this code was re- tion system of multi display.
corded, multi–display assembly D Check harness for power supply
was disconnected. system of navigation ECU.
tion system of navigation ECU.
01 *6 D7 Connection Component in which this code is re- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication Check Error corded has been disconnected system of multi display.
Control) from system after engine start. D Check harness for communica-
Or, when this code was recorded, tion system of multi display.
multi–display assembly was dis- D Check harness for power supply
connected. system of navigation ECU.
D6 D Check harness for communica-
tion system of navigation ECU.
01 DC Transmission Transmission to component shown If same auxiliary code is recorded in
(Communication Error by auxiliary code has been failed. other component(s), check harness
Control) (This code does not necessarily for power supply and communica-
mean actual failure.) tion system of components shown
sub code.
01 DD Master Reset After engine is started, multi–dis- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication (Momentary play assembly was disconnected system of multi–display assembly.
Control) Interruption) from system. D Check harness for communica-
tion system of multi–display assem-
bly.
D If error occurs frequently, replace
multi–display assembly.
01 DF Master Error Due to defective condition of com- D Check harness for power supply
(Communication ponent with a display, master func-of multi–display assembly.
Control) tion is switched to audio equip- D Check harness for communica-
ment . Error occurs in communication system of multi–display assem-
tion between sub–master (audio) bly.
and master component. D Check harness for communica-
tion system between multi–display
assembly and sub–master compo-
nent.
01 E0 Registration ”Registration Completion Instruc- Since this DTC is provided for engi-
(Communication Completion tion” command from multi display neering, it may be detected when
Control) Instruction cannot be received. no actual failure exists.
Error
01 E2 ON/OFF Error is detected in ON/OFF control Replace multi–display assembly.
(Communication Instruction command from multi–display as-
Control) Parameter sembly.
Error
01 E3 Registration D Registration Request command Since this DTC is provided for engi-
(Communication Request is output from slave component. neering, it may be detected when
Control) Transmission D By reception of connection check no actual failure exists.
Instruction, Registration Request
command is output from sub–mas-
ter component.
01 E4 Plural Frame Plural frame transmission is D Since this DTC is provided for en-
(Communication Abort aborted. gineering purpose, it may be de-
Control) tected when no actual failure exists.
*6: When 210 sec. has passed after pulling out the power supply connector of the master component with the ignition
switch in ACC or ON, this code is stored.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–727
DI7OS–02
PARTS LOCATION
Engine Room J/B

D DOME Fuse
Multi Display
Navigation Antenna
Navigation ECU
Driver Side J/B Radio Assembly
D ACC Fuse
D ECU–B Fuse
D ECU–IG Fuse
I17807
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–728
DI7OT–02
TERMINALS OF ECU
MULTI DISPLAY
M5 M6 M7
I15528
Problem symptom when

Symbols open circuit is detected.
Condition STD Voltage (V)
(Terminals NO. ) Problem symptom when
short circuit is detected.
TX+ (M5–3) Ignition switch About 2.5 V Screen is in disorder.

ACC or ON
TX3+ (M5–4) Ignition switch About 2.5 V Screen is in disorder.

ACC or ON
SPD – GND Ignition switch ON, and driving Repeatedly changes from below 1 Fuel efficiency cannot be calcu-
(M5–5 – M7–6) wheel rotated slowly to 9 V lated.
Ignition switch About 2.5 V Screen is in disorder.

TX– (M5–10)
ACC or ON
Ignition switch About 2.5 V Screen is in disorder.

TX3– (M5–11)
ACC or ON
PKB – GND Parking brake switch ON (parking 5V The system cannot enter Diagno-
(M5–13 – M7–6) brake lever released) sis System mode.
TC – GND Ignition switch OFF and connect Continuity Navigation system is normal.
(M5–14 – M7–6) thermals TC and E1 of diagnosis The system cannot exit Service
check connector Check mode.
VR – VG Constant Continuity Screen noise or other types of
(M6–1 – M6–6) noise occur.
R – VG Diagnosis display check screen is 0.7 V ± 0.1 V *2 Screen color turns to blue.
(M6–2 – M6–6) white (Using an oscilloscope)
B – VG Diagnosis display check screen is 0.7 V ± 0.1 V *2 Screen color turns to yellow.
TX1+ (M6–5) AVC–LAN – Navigation system does not oper-

communication circuit ate.
VG – GND Constant Continuity Screen noise or other types of

(M6–6
(M6 6 – M7
M7–6)
6) noise occur.
Navigation system does not op-
eration.
G – VG Diagnosis display check screen is 0.7 V ± 0.1 V *2 Screen color turns to red–purple.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–729
SYNC – VG Display ON 0.5 V – 1.3 V *1 Screen is in disorder

(M6–8 – M6–6) (Using an oscilloscope)
AVC–LAN – Navigation system does not oper-

TX1– (M6–10)
communication circuit ate.
+B1 – GND Constant 10 – 14 V Navigation system does not oper-
(M7–1 – M7–6) ate.
IG – GND Ignition switch ON 10 – 14 V Navigation system does not oper-

(M7–2 – M7–6) ate.
DR – GND Light control switch TAIL or HEAD 9 V or more No problem is identified in the dis-
(M7–3 – M7–6) and cover the top of automatic play.
light control sensor
ACC – GND Ignition switch ACC 10 – 14 V Navigation system does not oper-
(M7–4 – M7–6) ate.
GND – Body ground Constant Below 1 V Audio system is normal.
(M7–6 – Body ground)
TAIL – GND Light control switch TAIL or HEAD 9 V or more Switching between Night and Day
(M7–8 – M7–6) mode cannot be done.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–730
NAVIGATION ECU
N2 N3
I15499
Problem symptom when

Symbols open circuit is detected.
Condition STD Voltage (V)
(Terminals NO. ) Problem symptom when
short circuit is detected.
AUI+ – GND Radio switch ON 5–7V Driver’s side speaker does not
(N2–1 – N2–17) sound.
AUO+ – GND Radio switch ON 5–7V Driver’s side speaker does not
(N2–2 – N2–17) sound.
SPD – GND Ignition switch ON and driving Repeatedly changes from below 1 Navigation operation is available
(N2–5 – N2–17) wheel rotated slowly to 9 V during, or a cursor on present site
does not move.
+B – GND Constant 10 – 14 V The set route can not be memo-

(N2–9 – N2–17) rized. (The route disappears by
turning the ignition switch OFF.)
Fuse is blown.
AUI– – GND Radio switch ON 5–7V Driver’s side speaker does not
(N2–10 – N2–17) sound.
AUO– – GND Radio switch ON 5–7V Driver’s side speaker does not
(N2–11 – N2–17) sound.
The direction of advance of the ve-

REV – GND A/T shift position R 5V
hicle is different from that of the
(N2–14 – N2–17)
cursor.
GND – Body ground Constant Below 1 V Audio system is normal.
(N2–17 – Body ground)
ACC – GND Ignition switch ACC or ON 10 – 14 V Audio system does not sound.
(N2–18 – N2–17)
VR – VG Constant Continuity Screen noise or other types of

(N3–1
(N3 1 – N3
N3–6)
6) noise occur.
eration.
R – VG Diagnosis display check screen is 0.7 V ± 0.1 V*1 Screen color turns to blue.
(N3–2 – N3–6) white (Using an oscilloscope)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–731
+B – GND Constant 10 – 14 V The set route can not be memo-

(N3–3 – N2–17) rized. (The route disappears by
turning the ignition switch OFF.)
Fuse is blown.
B – VG Diagnosis display check screen is 0.7 ± 0.1 V*2 Screen color turns to yellow.
TX1+ – GND Ignition switch ACC or ON 2–3V Navigation system does not oper-
(N3–5 – N2–17) ate.
VG – GND Constant Continuity Screen noise or other types of

(N3–6
(N3 6 – N2
N2–17)
17) noise occur.
eration.
G – VG Diagnosis display check screen is 0.7 ± 0.1 V*2 Screen color turns to red–purple.
SYNC – VG Display ON 0.5 - 1.3 V*1 Screen is in disorder.

(N3–8 – N3–6) (Using an oscilloscope)
TX1– – GND Ignition switch ACC or ON 2–3V Navigation system does not oper-
(N3–10 – N2–17) ate.
Oscilloscope
*1: wave1
D Measure terminal: SYNC ↔ GND1

D Measure set: 500 mV/DIV 10 µs/DIV
D Condition: Navigation display is displayed
GND
I15531
*2: wave2
D Measure terminal: R, G, B ↔ GND1

D Measure set: 200 mV/DIV 10 µs/DIV
D Condition: Navigation map is switched
GND
I15532
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–732
DI282–06

Flow chart No. Symptom See page
1 Black screen (Nothing displayed) DI–733
2 No sound with POWER switch pressed. (”Audio OFF” on audio screen) DI–734
No navigation screen displayed when ”MAP”, ”Menu”, or ”DEST” switch pressed.
3 DI–735
(Screen cannot be switched.)
4 No corresponding screen displayed when ”Audio” or ”Information” switch pressed. DI–738
5 No navigation displayed, ”Audio OFF” on audio screen and no audio sound. DI–739
6 Screen cannot be dimmed in night time. DI–741
7 Navigation screen not stabilized. (Synchronous error) DI–743
8 Color on navigation screen is unusual (RGB signal error) DI–744
9 Black screen appears when ”MAP”, ”Menu” or ”DEST” switch pressed. DI–746
10 Sound of radio, cassette tape or CD only cannot be heard from speaker. DI–747
No sound (radio, cassette tape, CD) can be heard from driver side door speaker
11 DI–748
only.
12 Map DISC cannot be inserted. DI–750

MAP screen display does not appear.
13 DI–752
(Disc Caution screen does not change.)
Map is displayed in white or blue screen. (Switches and vehicle position mark is
14 DI–753
displayed.)
15 Touch switch does not function. (Navigation screen only) DI–754

16 The screen cannot change to the night mode color. DI–756
17 Vehicle position is deviated from correct point badly. DI–757
18 GPS mark does not appear. DI–760
19 No voice navigation. DI–762
20 Vehicle position rotates without control. (Map rotates without control) DI–763
21 Driving direction is opposite to moving direction of vehicle position mark. DI–765
22 Radio reception poor. DI–766
23 Cassette tape cannot be inserted. DI–767
24 Cassette tape cannot be eject. DI–768
25 CD cannot be inserted. DI–769
26 CD cannot be eject. DI–770
27 No AM. FM or CD screen is displayed. DI–771
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–733
DI7OU–02
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1. Black screen (Nothing displayed)
1 Check the ECU–IG fuse.
NG Replace the fuse.
OK
2 Check multi display.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the multi display connector.
CHECK:
Check voltage terminals +B.
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
Check voltage terminal ACC when turn ignition switch ACC or ON position.
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
Check continuity terminal GND.
OK:
GND: Continuity
NG Replace or repair wire harness or connector.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–734
DI7OV–02
2. No sound with POWER switch pressed. (”Audio OFF” on audio

screen)
1 Service check mode. (Check radio receiver assembly)
NG Troubleshoot for each diagnosis.
OK
2 Check the radio receiver assembly.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the radio receiver assembly connector.
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
Replace the radio receiver assembly.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–735
DI7OW–02
3. No navigation screen displayed when ”MAP”, ”Menu”, or ”DEST”

switch pressed. (Screen cannot be switched.)
1 Service check mode. (Check the navigation ECU)
OK Go to step 6.
Ncon
2 Check the navigation ECU.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the navigation ECU connector.
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–736
CHECK:
Check terminal R, G and B.
OK:
R, G, B: See ”Naavigation ECU” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”.
NG Replace the navigation ECU.
OK
4 Check the multi display.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
CHECK:
Check terminal R, G and B.
OK:
R, G, B: See ”multi display” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–737
6 All of the switches (MAP, Menu, DEST etc.) does not function.
No Replace the center cluster module control.
Yes
7 Check each switch (A/C switch e.t.c.) of the center cluster module control does
not function.
No Replace the center cluster module control.
Yes
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–738
DI7OX–02
4. No corresponding screen displayed when ”Audio” or ”Informa-

tion” switch pressed.
1 Check ”AVC–LAN communication circuit” (See page DI–773).
NG Replace or repair AVC–LAN circuit.
OK
2 ”Audio” and ”Information” switch does not function.
NG Replace the center cluster mudule control.
OK
3 Check each switch (A/C switch e.t.c.) of the center cluster module control does
not function.
NG Replace the center cluster mudule control.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–739
DI7OY–02
5. No navigation displayed, ”Audio OFF” on audio screen and no

audio sound.
1 Service check mode.
OK
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
NG Replace or repair wire harness.
OK
NG Replace the AVC–LAN circuit or radio receiver

assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–740
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–741
DI7OZ–02
6. Screen cannot be dimmed in night time.
1 Check if the screen is dimmed at night. (With the light control switch ON), do all
screens except the navigation screen appear in Night Mode?)
NG Check the light control switch.
OK
CHECK:
Check terminal TAIL.
OK:
TAIL: See ”Multi display” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”.
OK
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–742
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–743
DI7P0–02
7. Navigation screen not stabilized (Synchronous error).
CHECK:
Check terminals +B.
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
Check terminal ACC when turn ignition switch ACC or ON position.
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
Check terminal SYNC, VR or VG.
OK:
SYNC, VR, VG: See ”Navigation ECU” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”
NG Replace the wire harness when all terminals are

faulty. Replace the wire harness when the SYNC
terminal is faulty.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–744
DI7P1–02
8. Color on navigation screen is unusual (RGB signal error).
1 Display check mode (Color bar check).
2 Navigation check mode (Color bar check).
NG Go to step 4.
OK
3 Check the screen setting. (Day or Night mode)
OK Normal.
NG
CHECK:
Check terminals +B.
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
Check terminal R, G, B, VR or VG.
OK:
R, G, B, VR or VG: See ”Navigation ECU” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”

faulty. Replace the wire harness when SYNC ter-
minal is faulty.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–745
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–746
DI7P2–02
9. Black screen appears when ”Present Location”, ”Menu” or ”Set

Designation” switch pressed.
CHECK:
Check terminals +B.
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
Check terminal R, G, B, VR or VG.
OK:
R, G, B, VR or VG: See ”Navigation ECU” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”

faulty. Replace the wire harness when SYNC ter-
minal is faulty.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–747
DI7P3–02
10. Sound of radio, cassette tape or CD only cannot be heard

from speaker.
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–748
DI7P4–02
11. No sound (radio, cassette tape, CD) can be heard from driver
side door speaker only.
1 Service check mode.
OK
2 Check wire harness (between navigation ECU and radio receiver assembly).
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the navigation ECU and radio receiver assembly connector.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminal AUI+ of navigation ECU connector and terminal FL+ of radio receiv-
er assembly.
(b) Check continuity between terminal AUI– of navigation ECU connector and terminal FL– of radio receiv-
er assembly.
OK:
Continuity
OK
3 Check the navigation system voice.
OK Go to step 6.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–749
4 Check wire harness (between navigation ECU and driver side door speaker).
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the navigation ECU and driver side door speaker connector.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminal AUO+ of navigation ECU connector and terminal 1 of driver side
door speaker.
(b) Check continuity between terminal AUO– of navigation ECU connector and terminal 2 of driver side
door speaker.
OK:
Continuity
OK
5 Check the driver side door speaker.
NG Replace the speaker.
OK
Replace the navigation ECU.
CHECK:
Check terminal AUO+, AUO–, AUI+ and AUI–.
OK:
AUO+, AUO–, AUI+ and AUI–: See ”Navigation ECU” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”.
NG Replace the navigation ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–750
DI7P5–02
12. Map DISC cannot be inserted.
1 Check the MAP DISC.
NG Replace the MAP DISC.
OK
2 Insert a MAP DISC without tilt.
OK Normal.
NG
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the navigation ECU connector.
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–751
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–752
DI7P6–02
13. MAP screen display does not appear. (Disc Caution screen
does not change)
1 Take appropriate measures according to the caution screen.
OK Normal.
NG
2 Check map DISC.
NG Replace the disc.
OK
CAUTION SCREEN
CAUTION MESSAGE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
Cover is open.
The cover of the map disk slot is open. Close the cover,
Close it.
No disc is set.
No map disk is inserted. Insert a proper map disc.
Set a map disc.
Data cannot be read properly. Data cannot be read because the map disc is Wipe off dirt on the both disc surface with soft
Check it for scratches or dirt. dirty or scratched. cloth.
Data cannot be read.
Something other than map disc is inserted. Insert a correct map disc.
Check the correct map disc is set.
Stop the vehicle at a shaded cool place and turn

the ignition switch OFF.
Due to high temperature of the player, Pick–up part of the player is heated to a high
When confirming that the temperature of the navi-
data cannot be read. temperature.
gation ECU has been lowered, turn the ignition
switch ON.
Data cannot be read. The player cannot read data from the map disc
Turn the ignition switch OFF and ON.*1
Contact your sales dealer. temporarily.
*1: If the same caution screen appears again after turning the ignition switch ON, replace the navigation
ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–753
DI7P7–02
14. Map is displayed in white or blue screen. (Switches and ve-

hicle position mark is displayed)
1 Set the map scale to the max.
OK Normal.
HINT:
Correct the current position and check it again.
NG
2 Wipe the disc with a soft cloth, insert it again, and turn the ignition switch ON
from OFF.
NG Replace the disc.
OK
Normal.
HINT:
If the trouble still occurs, replace the navigation ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–754
DI7P8–02
15. Navigation screen cannot change to the night mode color.
1 Check the setting. (Is it set to Day Mode in screen adjustment?)
Yes Normal.
No
2 Check if the screen is dimmed at night. (With the light control switch ON, do all
screens except the navigation screen appear in Night Mode?)
NG Go to step 5.
OK
3 Does the beep sound by operating switches on the navigation screen?
OK Replace the navigation ECU.
NG
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–755
CHECK:
Check terminal TAIL.
OK:
TAIL: See ”Multi Display” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”.
OK Replace the multi display.
NG
Replace or repair wire harness.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–756
DI7P9–02
16. Touch switch does not function. (Navigation screen only)
1 Display check mode (Touch switch, Touch point screen).
OK
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–757
DI7PA–02
17. Vehicle position is deviated from correct point badly.
1 Check the mark display. (At a place with a fine view, is GPS mark displayed or
not?)
No Go to step 7.
Yes
2 Does the trouble occur in the specific area or not?
Yes Normal. (If the vehicle is positioned in the place

where it is difficult to be identified, the current
vehicle position may be incorrectly displayed.)
No
3 Check the setting (Color of the automatic calibration button on the calibration
screen).
Green Normal. (Drive the vehicle (10 km or more) until

calibration is completed.
Blue
4 Service check mode. (Is ”58–43” displayed in the unit check mode of the navigation
ECU?)
Yes Troubleshoot for each diagnosis.
No
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–758
5 Navigation check mode (vehicle signal check mode: SPD).
NG Replace or repair speed sensor wire harness.
OK
6 Recurrence Test (Confirm the phenomenon) (Correct the current position and
drive the vehicle for a while with the GPS mark displayed).
OK Normal.
NG
7 Check if the harness is caught or sharply bent or not.
NG Navigation antenna is surely connected.
OK
8 Check optional components. (Does it become if the optionals such as the theft
deterrent system is removed?)
Yes Remove or change the position of the compo-

nents.
HINT:
Some optionals receive radio signals, and if this happens, GPS
reception may be affected.
No
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–759
9 Is there anything such as a film stuck to the window?
Yes Reception may be affected by a screen such as

a film.
No
10 Service check mode. (Is ”80–40, 41” is displayed in the unit check mode of the
navigation ECU?)
No
Replace the navigation antenna.
HINT:
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–760
DI7PB–02
18. GPS mark does not appear.
1 Check the mark display. (At a place with a fine view, is GPS mark displayed or
not?)
Yes Normal.
No
2 Check if the harness is caught or sharply bent or not.
NG Navigation antenna is surely connected.
OK
3 Check optional components. (Does it become normal if the optionals such as the
theft deterrent system is removed?)
Yes Remove or change the position of the compo-

nents.
HINT:
Some optionals receive radio signals, and if this happens, GPS
reception may be affected.
No
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–761
4 Is there anything such as a film stuck to the window?
Yes Reception may be affected by a screen such as

a film.
No
5 Service check mode. (Is ”80–40, 41” is displayed in the unit check mode of the
navigation ECU?)
No
Replace the navigation antenna.
HINT:
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–762
DI7PC–02
19. No voice navigation.
1 Set the volume to the max in the menu screen.
OK Normal. (Voice navigation is not available. No

destination is set, or the vehicle is running off
the route.)
NG
2 Check wire harness (navigation ECU and driver side door speaker).
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the navigation ECU connector and driver side door speaker connector.
CHECK:
(a) Check continuity between terminal AUO+ of navigation ECU connector and terminal 1 of driver side
door speaker.
(b) Check continuity between terminal AUO– of navigation ECU connector and terminal 2 of driver side
door speaker.
OK:
Continuity
OK
3 Check the sound. (Check if the radio sound can be heard from the driver side
door speaker.)
NG
Replace the speaker.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–763
DI7PD–02
20. Vehicle position rotates without control. (Map rotates without

control)
1 Recheck. (While not rotating the vehicle, turn the ignition switch ON from OFF
again.)
OK Normal. (While the vehicle was turning, the igni-

tion switch was turned ON.)
NG
2 System check mode. (Is ”58–10” is displayed in the unit check mode of the navi-
gation ECU?)
Yes Replace the navigation ECU.
No
3 System check mode. (Is ”58–43” is displayed in the unit check mode of the navi-
gation ECU?)
Yes Replace and repair SPD terminal wire harness.
No
4 Navigation check mode (vehicle signal check mode: SPD and gyro).
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–764
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–765
DI7PE–02
21. Driving direction is opposite to moving direction of vehicle

position mark.
1 Navigation check mode (vehicle signal check mode REV).
NG
CHECK:
Check terminal REV.
OK:
REV: See ”Navigation ECU” of ”TERMINAL OF ECU”.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–766
DI7PF–02
22. Radio reception poor.
1 Check the reception. (Select an AM or FM station band which signals are strong)
Yes An electric wave environment is bad.
No
2 Are there any additional installation parts? (Telephone antenna, etc.)
Yes Does the condition get better if removing them?

Influence of additional installation parts.
No
3 Is the contact of the plug jack of the radio OK?
NG Take a measure for contact.
OK
Is the antenna cord caught or broken?
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–767
DI7PG–02
23. Cassette tape cannot be inserted.
1 Is there a foreign object inside tape player?
Yes Remove foreign object.
No
2 Is auto search button radio operating normally?
NG Radio assembly faulty.
OK
3 Check the cassette tape for deformation or peeling–off of the label.
NG Replace cassette.
OK
4 Is the tape slack?
NG Remove slack before using.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–768
DI7PH–02
24. Cassette tape cannot be eject.
1 Check if ACC or DOME fuse is OK?
NG Replace fuse.
OK
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
HINT:
When sending it for repair, leave as it is without attempting to
take it out by force.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–769
DI7PI–02
25. CD cannot be inserted.
1 Check that a proper CD is inserted. (Is it a music CD and free from scratches or
dirt?)
NG Replace the CD.
OK
2 Check that the CD is not set upside down.
NG Use a proper CD.
OK
HINT:
When sending it for repair, leave as it is without attempting to take it out by force.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–770
DI7PJ–02
26. CD cannot be eject.
1 Check if ACC or DOME fuse is OK?
NG Replace fuse.
OK
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
HINT:
When sending it for repair, leave as it is without attempting to take it out by force.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–771
DI7PK–02
27. No AM, FM or CD screen is displayed.
1 Check the sound. (Check if the sound of the radio, cassette or CD can be heard.)
OK System check mode. (Check radio receiver as-

sembly)
NG
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
+B: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
ACC: 10 – 14 V
CHECK:
OK:
GND: Continuity
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–772
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–773
DI7PL–02
AVC–LAN (Communication bus) Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Each unit of navigation system connected with AVC–LAN (communication bus) transfers the signal of each
switch by communication.
When +B short and GND short occur in this AVC–LAN, navigation system will not function normally as the
communication is discontinued.
In this AVC–LAN, multi display becomes the master of the communication, and the radio receiver assembly
has a terminator necessary for transmitting the communication.
multi display is connected between navigation ECU and radio receiver assembly, navigation system has the
structure that makes communication impossible without navigation ECU, multi display or radio receiver as-
sembly.
AVC–LAN
Radio Receiver Assembly Multi Display Navigation ECU
Terminator
I11572
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–774
WIRING DIAGRAM
AVC–LAN circuit
Multi Display Navigation ECU
TX1– 10 7 10
M5 IJ1 N4 TX–
G G
TX
5 6 5
1+
M5 IJ1 N4 TX+
R R
10 F14 (LHD) 3 3 6 2
M4 F15 (RHD) 1 IG1 IN1 IJ2 N3 AUO+
TX– G P (LHD) (RHD) G G
Front Door
3
Speaker 4 4 7 11
M4 LH (LHD) 2
TX+ R IG1 IN1 IJ2 N3 AUO–
RH (RHD) V R R
(LHD) (RHD)
C7
Center Cluster SW 6
FL–
R3
C F V (LHD)
10 5 9 10
7 C C FR–
TX+ R4 TX+ R3 IJ2 N3 AUI–
R R L (RHD) V (LHD)
9 L (RHD)
8 F F 2
TX– R4 TX– R3
G G FL+ P (LHD)
J24 1 8 1
J/C R3 IJ2 N3 AUI+
FR+ LG (RHD) P (LHD)
LG (RHD)
Radio Receiver Assembly
I17111
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–775
1 Check wire harness and connector between radio receiver assembly and naviga-
tion ECU (See page IN–40).
NG Repair or replace wire harness or connector be-

tween radio receiver assembly and navigation
ECU.
OK
2 Check wire harness and connector between multi display and navigation ECU
(See page IN–40).
NG Repair or replace wire harness or connector be-

tween multi display and navigation ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–776
3 Skip radio receiver assembly and check AVC–LAN.
Multi Display Radio Receiver

PREPARATION:
Navigation ECU Assembly (a) Connect Multi Display connector.
TX+ (b) Disconnect radio receiver assembly ”R” connector.
(c) Using SST (Navigation Check Wire P/N 09843–18050),
TX– connect the terminal TX+ to terminal TX– of ”R4” connec-
Radio receiver assembly connector ”R4” tor of radio receiver assembly.
CHECK:
TX+ TX– Operate the panel switch and the touch switch of the display
and check that the navigation functions.
(Check that AVC–LAN is recovered.)
SST I12172
OK Replace the radio receiver assembly.
NG
Replace the Navigation ECU.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–777
DIAGNOSTICS – AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

DI1BX–06

Perform troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the fowling page.
Items inside are titles of pages in this

Vehicle Brought to Workshop manual with the page number indicated in the
1 Customer Problem Analysis
P. DI–778
2 Check and Clear DTC (Pre–check)

P. DI–779
Symptom does not

3 occur 4 Symptom Simulation
P. IN–29
5
DTC Check Normal code
P. DI–779
Malfunction code

P. DI–782 P. DI–787
9 10
8 Circuit Inspection Actuator Check
Parts Inspection
P. DI–789 – DI–863
11
Repair
12 End
Confirmation Test
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–778
DI1BY–01
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Check Sheet Inspector’s name:
Registration No.
Frame No.
Date vehicle km
Brought In / / Odometer Reading Miles
Date of Problem Occurrence / /
How Often does Problem Occur? j Continuous j Intermittent ( times a day)
Weather j Fine j Cloudy j Snowy j Various / Other

°F
Outdoor Temperature j Hot j Warm j Cool j Cold (Approx. )
°C
j Blower motor does not operation

Air Flow Control is
Faulty j Blower motor speed does not change
(Always Hi, Always Med, Always Lo)
Temperature j Cabin temperature does not go down

Control is Faulty j Cabin temperature does not rise
Symptoms j Response is slow
Air Inlet Control is j Cannot change between FRS and REC
Faulty (Always Fresh or always Recirculating)
Vent Control is j Mode will not change
Faulty j Will not enter the desired mode
1st Time j Normal Code j Malfunction Code (Code )

DTC Check
2nd Time j Normal Code j Malfunction Code (Code )
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–779
DI7MA–01
0.5 Seconds PRE–CHECK

1. WARNING FOR A/C COMPRESSOR LOCK
If compressor lock occurs during A/C operation, the A/C switch
ON indicator on the A/C control assembly starts blinking.
When this occurs, check for compressor lock (DTC 22) using
OFF
diagnosis trouble code check then proceed to inspect the circuit
or the component.
Compressor lock sensor circuit. → (See page DI–804)
0.5 Seconds AT0716
2. LIST OF OPERATION METHODS

By operating each of the A/C control switches as shown in the diagram below, it is possible to enter the diag-
nosis check mode.
With in 5 sec. after turning the ignition on,

press the A/C switch 3 times and turn the
blower switch from OFF to AUTO.
If both A/C switch and blower

switch are not operated.
Indicator check (See step 3)

Actuator check (See step 5)
After indicators blink 4 times
Auto
DTC check (See step 4)
Actuator check (See step 5)
Except Auto
Auto Except Auto
Cancel check mode and can start

A/C control.
: Indicates a blower switch operation
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–780
3. INDICATOR CHECK
A/C Switch Blower Switch
(a) Within 5 sec. after turning the ignition switch on, press the
A/C switch 3 times and turn the blower switch from OFF
to AUTO.
I18151
Blinking Pattern (b) Check that all the indicators light up and go off at 1 second
intervals 4 times in succession.
4 times
HINT:
1 sec.
1 sec. S After the indicator check is ended, the system enters the
DTC begins automatically.
ON
S Operate the blower switch from AUTO to except AUTO
position when desiring to cancel the check mode.
OFF
I00339
No Malfunction 4. DTC CHECK (SENSOR CHECK)

(a) Perform an indicator check. After the indicator check is
1 sec.
completed, the system enters the DTC check mode auto-
0.5 sec. matically.
ON (b) Read the DTC as indicated by the number of blinks of the
A/C indicator.
HINT:
OFF The illustration shows the blinking pattern associated with the
DTC 12 and 23. If 2 or more DTCs (abnormalities) are indicated,
the lowest number (code) is output first.
Malfunction Detected (c) Identify the problem using the chart of the DTC.
0.5 1.5 sec 2.5 sec. 1.5 sec.

sec.
ON
OFF
4.5 sec. ← →
Repeat
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–781
5. ACTUATOR CHECK
Blower Switch (a) Actuator check mode is started at the same time with DTC
check mode.
(b) Check visually on by hand that the air flow, amount of
damper operating and operation of the compressor
changes according to the set temperature of the A/C con-
trol panel, as shown in the chart.
HINT:
I18151 To cancel the check mode, turn blower switch from AUTO to ex-
cept AUTO.
Step Temp. setting Air Mix Damper Air Inlet Air Outlet
Blower Level Compressor
No. °C Damper Damper
*1 *2
Max. Cool ↔ –10 % –10 % REC FACE

1 4 ON
17.5 (Cool) (Cool) (–1 %) (–10 %)
18.0 ↔ 20.5 → R/F B/L

→
→
→
2 (82.0 %) (15 %)
21.0 ↔ 23.0 50 % 50 % R/F FOOT

3 17 OFF
(Cool/Warm) (Cool/Warm) (102.0 %) (50 %)
FRS DEF
→
→
→
4 23.5 ↔ 26.0 (110.0 %) (110 %)
26.5 110 % 100 % FRS F/D
→
5 31 (110.0 %)
↔ Max. Warm (Warm) (Warm) (90 %)
*1: Except LHD Standard heater

*2: LHD Standard heater
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–782
DI7MB–01

DTC No.
(See Page)
S Room temp. sensor

11*1 S Harness or connector between room temp. sensor and A/C
Room temp. sensor circuit
(DI–789) amplifier
S A/C amplifier
S Ambient temp. sensor

S Harness and connector between ambient temp. sensor and
engine ECU
12*2
Ambient temp. sensor circuit S Engine and ECT ECU
(DI–792)
S Harness and connector between engine ECU and A/C ampli-
fier
S A/C amplifier
S Evaporator temp. sensor
13 S Harness and connector between evaporator temp. sensor
Evaporator temp. sensor circuit
(DI–795) and A/C amplifier
S A/C amplifier
S Harness and connector between water temp. sensor and
engine ECU
14
Water temp. sensor circuit S Engine ECU
(DI–798)
fier
S A/C amplifier
S Solar sensor
21*3 S Harness or connector between room temp. sensor and A/C
Solar sensor circuit
(DI–801) amplifier
S A/C amplifier
S Engine ECU
All conditions below are detected for 3 sec. or more fier
22*4 (g) Engine speed: 500 rpm or more S Compressor drive belt
(DI–804) (h) Ratio between engine and compressor rpm deviates 20 % S Compressor lock sensor
or more in comparison to normal operation S Compressor
S Harness and connector between compressor lock sensor and
A/C amplifier
Open in pressure switch circuit S Pressure switch
23 Abnormal refrigerant pressure S Harness or connector between pressure switch and A/C am-
(DI–807) [below 196 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) over plifier
3,140 kPa (32.0 kgf/cm2, 455 psi)] S A/C amplifier
S Air mix control servomotor

31 S Harness or connector between air mix control servomotor
Air mix damper position sensor circuit
S A/C amplifier
S Air inlet control servomotor
32 S Harness or connector between air inlet control servomotor
Air inlet damper position sensor circuit
S A/C amplifier
S Air outlet control servomotor

33 S Harness or connector between air outlet control servomotor
Air outlet damper position sensor circuit
S A/C amplifier
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–783
S Air mix control servomotor

S Air mix damper position sensor
41
Air mix control servomotor circuit S Harness or connector between air mix control servomotor
(DI–819)
and A/C amplifier
S A/C amplifier
S Air inlet control servomotor
S Air inlet damper position sensor
42
Air inlet control servomotor circuit S Harness or connector between air inlet control servomotor
(DI–823)
and A/C amplifier
S A/C amplifier
S Air outlet control servomotor
S Air outlet damper position sensor
43
Air outlet control servomotor circuit S Harness or connector between air outlet control servomotor
(DI–827)
and A/C amplifier
S A/C amplifier
HINT:
S *1: If the room temp. is approx. –18.6°C (–3.7°F) or lower, trouble code 11 may be output even though
the system is normal.
S *2: If the ambient temp. is approx. –52.9°C (–61.4°F) or lower, a malfunction code may be output even
though the system is normal.

S *3: If the check is being performed in a dark place, DTC 21 (solar sensor circuit abnormal) could be
displayed.
S *4: To confirm DTC 22, perform the following steps.
(1) With the engine is running, enter the DTC check mode.
(2) Enter actuator check mode and set the operation to step NO. 1.
(3) Check that the DTC 22 is output.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–784
DI7MD–01
TERMINALS OF ECU
A10 A9 A8
I18176

IG ↔GND
R ↔ W–B IG ON. 10 – 14
(A8–1 ↔ A8–7)
BLW ↔ GND
V ↔ W–B IG ON. Blower motor: Operate Pulse generation
(A8–3 ↔ A8–7)
MP2+ ↔ GND
GR–B ↔ W–B IG ON. Pulse generation
(A8–4 ↔ A8–7)
GND ↔ Body ground W–B ↔
Always Continuity
(A8–7 ↔ Body ground) Body ground
+B ↔ GND
R–G ↔ W–B Always 10 – 14
(A8–8 ↔ A8–7)
IDH ↔ GND IG ON. Head lamp: ON

(A8–10 ↔ A8–7) Rear defogger: ON 10 – 14
Y↔W
W–B
B Set temp.: MAX. WARM
IG ON. Head lamp: OFF
Below 1.0
Rear defogger: OFF
MPX+ ↔ GND
GR ↔ W–B IG ON. Pulse generation
(A8–11 ↔ A8–7)
RF ↔ GND Start engine. Water temp.: Below 90°C

10 – 14
(A9 1 ↔ A8
(A9–1 A8–7)
7) Refrigerant pressure: Below 1,230 kPa
R W ↔ W–B
R–W W B
Start engine. Water temp.: Approx. 90°C
Below 1.0
Refrigerant pressure: Above 1,520 kPa
CF ↔ GND Start engine. A/C compressor: ON Below 1.0

V Y ↔ W–B
V–Y W B
(A9–2 ↔ A8–7) Start engine. A/C compressor: OFF 10 – 14
WP ↔ GND Engine speed: Below 500 rpm

(A9–3 ↔ A8–7) Set temp.: Max. WARM Below 1.0
L R↔W
L–R W–B
B Blower motor: Operate
Engine speed: Above 500 rpm
10 – 14
Blower motor: Not operate
NE ↔ GND
LG ↔ W–B Start engine A/C compressor: ON Pulse generation
(A9–4 ↔ A8–7)
ACT ↔ GND
P–G ↔ W–B Engine speed: Idle speed 10 – 14
(A9–5 ↔ A8–7)
HTR0 ↔ GND(*) Start engine

(A9–6 ↔ A8–7) Head lamp: OFF
Rear defogger: OFF
P–B ↔ W–B Set temp.: MAX. WARM Below 0.7
Blower switch: HI
Air flow selector: F/D
Water temp.: Below 50 °C
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–785
LOCk ↔ SGLOCK
W–L ↔ BR–W Start engine. A/C compressor ON. Pulse generation
(A9–9 ↔ A9–18)
MGC ↔ GND Start engine. A/C compressor: ON Below 1.0

LG R ↔ W–B
LG–R W B
(A9–11 ↔ A8–7) Start engine. A/C compressor: OFF 10 – 14
PSW ↔ GND A/C refrigerant pressure: less than 0.19 Mpa (2.0 kgf/cm2) or From 10 – 14 to
11 ↔ A8–7)
(A9–11
(A9 A8 7) more than 3.14 Mpa (3,140 kgf/cm2) Below 1.0
L Y ↔ W–B
L–Y W B
A/C refrigerant pressure: Except less than 0.19 Mpa (2.0 kgf/
Below 1.0
cm2) or more than 3.14 Mpa (3,140 kgf/cm2)
HTR2 ↔ GND(*) Start engine

(A9–13 ↔ A8–7) Head lamp: OFF
Rear defogger: OFF
P ↔ W–B Set temp.: MAX. WARM Below 1.0
Blower switch: HI
Air flow selector: F/D
Water temp.: 60°C
SGLOCK ↔ GND
BR–W ↔ W–B Always Continuity
(A9–18 ↔ A8–7)
TE ↔ SGTE IG ON. Ambient temp. 25°C (77°F) 1.35 – 1.75

W↔W
(A10–1 ↔ A10–2) IG ON. Ambient temp. 40°C (104°F) 0.85 – 1.25
SGTE ↔ GND
W ↔ W–B Always Continuity
(A10–2 ↔ A8–7)
SGTR ↔ GND
(A10–3 ↔ A8–7)
TR ↔ SGTR IG ON. Room temp. 25°C (77°F) 1.8 – 2.2

W↔W
(A10–4 ↔ A10–3) IG ON. Room temp. 40°C (104°F) 1.2 – 1.6
TS ↔ S5TS IG ON. Solar sensor subject to electric light 1.0 or more

W↔W
(A10–5 ↔ A10–6) IG ON. Solar sensor cover by a cloth Below 1.0
S5TS ↔ GND
W ↔ W–B IG ON. 4.5 – 5.5
(A10–6 ↔ A8–7)
S5TPM ↔ SGTPM
W↔W IG ON. 4.5 – 5.5
(A10–7 ↔ A10–9)
TPM ↔ SGTPM IG ON. Air flow selector: FACE Above 4.0

W↔W
(A10–8 ↔ A10–9) IG ON. Air flow selector: DEF Below 1.0
SGTPM ↔ GND
(A10–9 ↔ A8–7)
AOF ↔ GND IG ON. Air flow selector: FACE 10 – 14

W ↔ W–B
W B
(A10–10 ↔ A8–7) IG ON. Air flow selector: DEF Below 1.0
AOD ↔ GND IG ON. Air flow selector: FACE Below 1.0

W ↔ W–B
W B
(A10–11 ↔ A8–7) IG ON. Air flow selector: DEF 10 – 14
AMH ↔ GND IG ON. Set temp.: Max. COOL Below 1.0

W ↔ W–B
W B
(A10–13 ↔ A8–7) IG ON. Set temp.: Max. WARM 10 – 14
AMC ↔ GND IG ON. Set temp.: Max. COOL 10 – 14

W ↔ W–B
W B
(A10–14 ↔ A8–7) IG ON. Set temp.: Max. WARM Below 1.0
SGTP ↔ GND
(A10–15 ↔ A8–7)
TP ↔ SGTP IG ON. Set temp.: Max. COOL Above 4.0

W↔W
(A10–16 ↔ A10–15) IG ON. Set temp.: Max. WARM Below 1.0
S5TP ↔ SGTP
W↔W IG ON. 4.5 – 5.5
(A10–17 ↔ A10–15)
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–786
S5TPI ↔ SGTPI
W↔W IG ON. 4.5 – 5.5
(A10–18 ↔ A10–20)
TPI ↔ SGTPI IG ON. Air intake selector: FRESH Below 1.0

W↔W
(A10–19 ↔ A10–20) IG ON. Air intake selector: RECIRCULATE 4.5 – 5.5
SGTPI ↔ GND
(A10–20 ↔ A8–7)
AIR ↔ GND IG ON. Air intake selector: FRESH Below 1.0

W ↔ W–B
W B
(A10–21 ↔ A8–7) IG ON. Air intake selector: RECIRCULATE 10 – 14
AIF ↔ GND IG ON. Air intake selector: FRESH 10 – 14

W ↔ W–B
W B
(A10–22 ↔ A8–7) IG ON. Air intake selector: RECIRCULATE Below 1.0
(*): Europe LHD cold area
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–787
DI7MC–01

Whole function of the does not operate 4. A/C amplifier IN–40
Air Flow Control: No blower operation 1. IG power source circuit DI–832

2. Heater main relay circuit DI–837
3. Blower motor circuit DI–840
4. A/C amplifier IN–40
Air Flow Control: No blower control 1. Heater main relay circuit DI–837
2. Blower motor circuit DI–840
Air Flow Control: Insufficient air flow 1. Blower motor circuit DI–840
1. Refrigerant volume AC–3
Temperature Control: No cool air comes out
2. Drive belt tension AC–15
3. Refrigeration system inspection with manifold gauge set AC–3
4. Compressor circuit DI–843
5. Pressure switch circuit DI–807
6. Compressor lock sensor circuit DI–804
7. Air mix damper position sensor circuit DI–810
8. Air mix damper control servomotor circuit DI–819
9. Room temperature sensor circuit DI–787
10.Ambient temperature sensor circuit DI–792
11.Evaporator temperature sensor circuit DI–795
12.A/C amplifier IN–40
Temperature Control: No warm air comes out 1. Air mix damper position sensor circuit DI–810
3. DC/DC converter circuit DI–850
4. PTC heater circuit DI–853,
DI–858
6. Ambient temperature sensor circuit DI–792
7. Evaporator temperature sensor circuit DI–795
8. Water temperature sensor circuit DI–798
9. Water pump circuit DI–847
10.Engine ECU IN–40
Temperature Control: Output air is warmer or cooler that the set 1. Refrigerant volume AC–3
temperature or response is slow 2. Drive belt tension AC–15
3. Refrigeration system inspection with manifold gauge set AC–3
4. Radiator fan and condenser fan circuit DI–863
5. Solar sensor circuit DI–801
7. Ambient temperature sensor circuit DI–792
8. Evaporator temperature sensor circuit DI–795
10.Air mix damper control servomotor circuit DI–819
11.Evaporator AC–29
12.Heater radiator AC–29
13.Expansion valve AC–53
14.Solar sensor circuit DI–801
15.Water temperature sensor circuit DI–798
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–788
Temperature Control: No temperature control (only Max. cool or 1. Room temperature sensor circuit DI–789
Max. warm) 2. Ambient temperature sensor circuit DI–792
No air inlet control 1. Air inlet damper position sensor circuit DI–813
2. Air inlet damper control servomotor circuit DI–823
Engine idle up does not occur, or is continuous 1. Compressor circuit DI–827
Blinking of A/C indicator 1. Compressor lock sensor circuit DI–804

PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–789
DI6S2–03
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
DTC 11 Room Temperature Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This sensor detects the temperature inside the cabin and sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier.
S Room temperature sensor.
S Harness or connector between room temp. sensor and A/C
11 Open or short in room temperature sensor circuit.
amplifier.
amplifier
S A/C amplifier.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
3
W
A10 SGTR
2
A11
A/C Room Temp.
Sensor
4
W
A10 TR
I18376
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–790
1 Check voltage between terminals TR and SGTR of A/C amplifier connector.
ON PREPARATION:
TR SGTR
(a) Remove center cluster module control with connectors
still connected.
CHECK:
Check voltage between terminals TR and SGTR of A/C amplifi-
er connector at each temperature.
(+) (–) OK:
I18162 at 25 °C (77 °F) : 1.8 – 2.2 V
at 40 °C (104 °F) : 1.2 – 1.6 V
HINT:
As the temperature increases, the voltage decreases.
NG Go to step 2.
OK
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on problem symptoms table (See page DI–787). Howev-
er, if DTC 11 is output, check and replace A/C amplifier.
2 Check room temperature sensor.
PREPARATION:
Remove room temperature sensor (See page AC–61).
CHECK:
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of room tempera-
ture sensor connector at each temperature.
OK:
at 25 °C (77 °F) : 1.6 – 1.8 kΩ
at 40 °C (104 °F) : 0.5 – 1.7 kΩ
I00317 HINT:
As the temperature increases, the resistance decreases.
NG Replace room temperature sensor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–791
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and room temperature sen-
sor (See page IN–40).
OK
Check and replace A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–792
DI6S3–03
DTC 12 Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This sensor detects the ambient temperature and sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier.
S Ambient temperature sensor.

S Harness or connector between ambient temperature sensor
and engine ECU.
12 Open or short in ambient temperature sensor circuit. S Engine ECU.
S Harness or connector between engine ECU and A/C amplifi-
er.
S A/C amplifier.
WIRING DIAGRAM
T4
Theft Dterrent ECU
12 11
MPX1 GR–R
IP2 IP2
MPX2
GR–R GR–R C11 A/C amplifier
Body ECU (*2)
GR–R Combination Meter
10 1
MPX+
MPX+ B8 A8 MPX+
GR–B (*1) 2 MPX– 3 G–R
G1 Gateway ECU
4
11 2MPD 4 GR–B
1MPD
A8 MP2+
GR–L Engine ECU

14 23 5
E10 1MPX TAM E8 IA2
W–G W–G
2
A7
GR Ambient Temp.
(*1) Sensor
11 13 18 2 1
10 GR GR 9 W–G
MPX– B8 IP2 IP2 E10 2MPX E2 E8 IK1
GR GR W–G
D6
(*2) Double Lock Door (*1): LHD models
Control Relay (*2): RHD models I18397
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–793
1 Check voltage between terminals TAM and E2 of engine ECU connector.
ON PREPARATION:
TAM E2
(a) Remove engine ECU with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Check voltage between terminals TAM and E2 of engine ECU
connector at each temperature .
OK:
(+) (–)
Voltage
I18175 at 25 °C (77 °F) : 1.35 – 1.75 V
at 40 °C (104 °F) : 0.85 – 1.25 V
HINT:
NG Go to step 2.
OK
Proceed to the next circuit inspection shown on problem symptoms table (See page DI–787).
However, if DTC 12 is displayed, check and replace A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–794
2 Check ambient temperature sensor.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect ambient temperature sensor connector.
CHECK:
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of ambient tem-
perature sensor connector at each temperature.
OK:
1
2 Resistance
at 25 °C (77 °F) : 1.6 – 1.8 kΩ
at 40 °C (104 °F) : 0.5 – 0.7 kΩ
HINT:
As the temperature increases, the resistance decreases.
I05262
NG Replace ambient temperature sensor.
OK
Check multiplex communication system (See page DI–656).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–795
DI6S4–03
DTC 13 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This sensor detects the temperature inside the cooling unit and sends the appropriate signals to the A/C
amplifier.
S Evaporator temperature sensor.
S Harness or connector between evaporator temperature sen-
13 Open or short in evaporator temperature sensor circuit.
sor and A/C amplifier.
amplifier
S A/C amplifier.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
2
W
A10 SGTE
2
A13
A/C Thermistor
1
W
A10 TE
I18376
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–796
1 Check voltage between terminals TE and SGTE of A/C amplifier connector.
ON TE PREPARATION:
SGTE
still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals TE and SGTE of A/C am-
plifier connector at each temperature.
(+) (–) OK:
I18161 Voltage
at 0 °C (32 °F) : 2.0 – 2.4 V
at 15 °C (59 °F) : 1.4 – 1.8 V
HINT:
NG Go to step 2.
OK
er, if DTC 13 is displayed, check and replace A/C amplifier.
2 Check evaporator temperature sensor.
PREPARATION:
Thermometer
Remove evaporator temperature sensor (See page AC–28).
Ice
CHECK:
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of evaporator tem-
perature sensor connector at each temperature.
OK:
Resistance
More
than at 0 °C (32 °F) : 4.6. – 5.1 kΩ
10 cm Ohmmeter
Thermistor (3.94 in.) AC0175 at 15 °C (59 °F) : 2.1 – 2.6 kΩ
HINT:
NG Replace evaporator temperature sensor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–797
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and evaporator tempera-
ture sensor (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–798
DI7ME–01
DTC 14 Water Temperature Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This sensor detects the water temperature and sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier. These
signals are used for warm up control when the engine is cold.
S Water temperature sensor

S Harness or connector between water temp. sensor and en-
14 Open or short in water temperature sensor circuit.
circuit gine ECU
S Harness or connector between engine ECU and A/C amplifier
S A/C amplifier
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
14
W
E9 THW
E2
Water Temp. Sensor
18
E9 E2
B–R
I18376
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–799
1 Check water temp. sensor using hand–held tester.
PREPARATION:
Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.
CHECK:
Check the water temp. sensor using DATA LIST.
OK Check or replace A/C amplifier.
NG
2 Check water temp. sensor.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the water temp. sensor connector.
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals.
OK:
Resistance is within acceptable zone on chart.
Water temperature Resistance
20°C (68°F) 2 – 3 kΩ
S05502
80°C (176°F) 0.2 – 0.4 kΩ
NG Replace water temp. sensor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–800
water temp. sensor (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–801
DI6S6–03
DTC 21 Solar Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Resistance of photodiode A photo diode in the solar sensor detects solar radiation and
High sends signals to the A/C amplifier.
Low
Weak Strong
Strength of solar radiation

S Solar sensor
Open or short in solar sensor circuit
circuit.
S Harness or connector between solar sensor and A/C amplifi-
21 (Please
( note that displayy of DTC 21 is not abnormal when the
er
er.
sensor is not receiving solar radiation.)
S A/C amplifier.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
6
W
A10 S5TS
1
A12
A/C Solar
Sensor
2
5
W
A10 TS
I18378
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–802
1 Check voltage between terminals S5TS and TS of A/C amplifier connector.
ON TS
PREPARATION:
still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals S5TS and TS of A/C ampli-
S5TS fier connector when the solar sensor is subjected to an electric
(+) (–) light, and when the sensor is covered by a cloth.
I18163 OK:
Condition Voltage
Sensor subjected to electric light Below 4.0 V
Sensor covered by a cloth 4.0 – 4.5 V
HINT:
As the inspection light is gradually moved away from the sen-
sor, the voltage increases.
NG Go to step 2.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–803
2 Check solar sensor.
PREPARATION:
Remove solar sensor (See page AC–60).
CHECK:
(a) Cover the sensor by a cloth.
(b) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of solar
sensor connector.
HINT:
Connect positive (+) lead of ohmmeter to terminal 2 and nega-
tive (–) lead to terminal 1 of the solar sensor.
OK:
Resistance : ∞ Ω (No continuity)
PREPARATION:
Remove the cloth from the solar sensor and subject the sensor
I00325 to electric light.
CHECK:
Measure resistance.
OK:
Resistance : Below 10 kΩ (Continuity)
HINT:
As the electric light is moved gradually away from the sensor,
the resistance increases.
NG Replace solar sensor.
OK
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and solar sensor
(See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–804
DI7IG–02
DTC 22 Compressor Lock Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This sensor sends 1 pulse par engine revolution to the A/C amplifier. If the number ratio of the compressor
speed divided by the engine speed is smaller than a predetermined value, the A/C amplifier turns the com-
pressor off. And, the indicator flashes at about 1 sec. intervals.
S Com
Compressor
ressor
All conditions
diti b
below
l are detected
d t t d for
f 3 secs. or more.
S Com
Compressor
ressor drive belt
( ) Engine
(a) E i speed d : 450 rpm or more.
22 S Com
Compressor
ressor lock sensor
(b) Ratio between engine and compressor speed deviates
S Harness or connector between compressor
com ressor and A/C amplifier
am lifier
20 % or more in comparison to normal operation.
operation
S A/C amplifier
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
4 4 9
W–L W–L LOCK
IK1 IE1 A9
W–L
4
Compressor
Lock Sensor
2
BR–W
5 5 18
BR–W BR–W
IK1 IE1 A9 SG LOCK
I18379
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–805
1 Check compressor.
PREPARATION:
(a) Check compressor drive belt tension (See page AC–15).
(b) Check if the compressor does not lock during operation with engine started and blower switch and A/C
switch ON.
NG Adjust drive belt tension or repair compressor.
OK
2 Check compressor lock sensor.
2 PREPARATION:
Disconnect compressor lock sensor connector.
CHECK:
4 Measure resistance between terminals 2 and 4 of compressor
lock sensor connector.
OK:
Resistance : at 20 °C (68 °F) : 65 – 125 Ω
I18005
Reference : Inspection using oscilloscope

LOCK signal waveform During cranking or idling, measure voltage between terminals
LCK1 LOCK and SGLOCK of A/C amplifier.
HINT:
The correct waveform appears as shown in the illustration on
0V 0.2 V/Din. the left.
20 msec/Division (Idling) N02774
NG Replace compressor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–806
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and compressor lock sen-
sor (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–807
DI7IH–02
DTC 23 Pressure Switch Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This pressure switch sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier when the A/C refrigerant pressure
drops too low or rises too high. When the A/C amplifier receives these signals, if outputs signals via the A/C
amplifier to switch off the compressor relay and turns the magnetic clutch off.
S Pressure switch
S Open in pressure sensor circuit
circuit.
S Harness or connector between pressure switch and A/C am-
S Abnormal refrigerant pressure.
ressure.
23 plifier
below 196 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2. 28 psi)
S Refrigerant pipe
i e line
over 3
3,140
140 kP
kPa (32
(32.0 f/ 2. 4
0 kkgf/cm 455 psi)
i)
S A/C amplifier
WIRING DIAGRAM
A3 A/C Amplifier
A/C Dual
Pressure SW 15 11
(*2) L–Y L–Y PSW
IE1 A9
W–B (*1)
1 4
W–B
A
J7
J/C
A
W–B
(*1)
A A
J1
J/C
IE
(*1): LHD models

(*2): RHD models
I18382
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–808
1 Check voltage between terminals PSW of A/C amplifier and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
PSW
(a) Install the manifold gauge set (See page AC–18).
(b) Remove the center cluster module control with connec-
tors still connected.
(c) Turn ignition switch ON.
CHECK:
Check voltage between terminals PSW of A/C amplifier con-
(+) (–) nector and body ground when refrigerant pressure is changed.
I18170 OK:
The voltage changes refrigerant pressure, as shown
in the chart below.
Low Pressure Cut Side Referaence : High Pressure Cut SIde
ON (0 V) ON (0 V)
225 kPa 2,550 kPa

3,140 kPa
196 kPa
OFF (12V) OFF (12V)

NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–809
2 Check pressure switch.
PREPARATION:
Disconnect pressure switch connector.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 4 of pressure switch
1 when refrigerant is changed.
OK:
3 2 The continuity changes with refrigerant pressure as
shown in the chart below.
4 I18025 Low Pressure Cut Side Referaence : High Pressure Cut SIde
ON (Continuity) ON (Continuity)
225 kPa 2,550 kPa

3,140 kPa
196 kPa
OFF (No continuity) OFF (No continuity)
NG Replace pressure switch.
OK
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and pressure switch, pres-
sure switch and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–810
DI6S8–03
DTC 31, 41 Air Mix Damper Position Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TPI terminal voltage (V) This sensor detects the position of the air mix damper and
sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier. The position
4 sensor is built into the air mix control servomotor.
0
Damper opening angle 100%
Short to ground or power source circuit in air mix damper posi- S Air mix damper position sensor.
31
tion sensor circuit. S Harness of connector between air mix control servomotor and
A/C amplifier.
Air mix damper
dam er position
osition sensor value does not change even if
41 S A/C amplifier.
lifi
A/C amplifier operates air mix control servomotor.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A16
Air Mix Control
Servomotor A/C Amplifier
6 17
W–R W
II1 A10 S5TP
1
8 15
BR–W W
II1 A10 SGTP
2
3 B
7 16
Y–R W
II1 A10 TP
V
I18402
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–811
1 Check voltage between terminals TP and SGTP of A/C amplifier connector.
ON SGTP
PREPARATION:
still connected.
CHECK:
Change the set temperature to activate the air mix damper, and
TP measure the voltage between terminals TP and SGTP of A/C
(+) (–) amplifier connector each time when the set temperature is
I18165 changed.
OK:
Set Temperature Voltage
Max. COOL 3.5 – 4.5 V
Max. WARM 0.5 – 1.8 V
HINT:
As the set temperature increases, the voltage decreases grad-
ually without interruption.
NG Go to step 2.
OK
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on problem symptoms table (See page DI–787).
However, if DTC 31 or 41 is displayed, check and replace A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–812
2 Check air mix damper position sensor.
LHD models:
PREPARATION:
Remove air mix control servomotor (See page AC–57).
CHECK:
WARM
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of air mix control
servomotor connector.
OK:
Resistance : 4.2 – 7.8 kΩ
CHECK:
While operating air mix control servomotor as shown in the pro-
COOL 1
RHD models: cedure on page DI–819, measure resistance between termi-
nals 2 and 3 of air mix control servomotor connector.
OK:
WARM 2
Position Resistance
Max. COOL 3.6 – 6.7 kΩ
3 Max. WARM 0.6 – 1.1 kΩ
HINT:
As the air mix control servomotor moves from cool side to hot
COOL side, the resistance decreases gradually without interruption.
I18147
NG Replace air mix control servomotor.
OK
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and air mix control servo-
motor (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–813
DI7II–02
DTC 32, 42 Air Inlet Damper Position Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TPI terminal voltage (V) This sensor detects the position of the air inlet damper and
sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier. The position
4 sensor is built into the air inlet control servomotor.
0.7 V
1
0
Damper opening angle100%
Short to ground or power

ower source circuit in air inlet damper
dam er posi-
osi S Air inlet dam
damper
er position
osition sensor
32
tion sensor circuit. S Harness or connector between air inlet control servomotor
Air inlet damper position sensor value does not change even if and A/C amplifier
42 S A/C amplifier
A/C amplifier operates air inlet control servomotor.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A15
Air Inlet Control
Servomotor A/C Control Assembly
19
3 W
A10 TPI
18
1 W
A10 SGTPI
18
2 W
A10 S5TPI
I14169
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–814
1 Check voltage between terminals TPI and SGTPI of A/C amplifier connector.
ON PREPARATION:
SGTPI
still connected.
CHECK:
Press REC/FRS switch to change air inlet between fresh and
TPI recirculation air and measure voltage between terminals TPI
(+) (–)
and SGTPI of A/C amplifier when the air inlet servomotor oper-
I18164 ates.
OK:
REC/FRS Switch Voltage
REC 3.5 – 4.5 V
FRS 0.5 – 1.8 V
HINT:
As the air inlet control servomotor is moved from REC side to
FRS side, the voltage decreases gradually without interruption.
NG Go to step 2.
OK
er, if DTC 32 or 42 is displayed, check and replace A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–815
2 Check air inlet damper position sensor.
LHD models:
PREPARATION:
Remove air inlet control servomotor (See page AC–34).
REC
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of air inlet con-
trol servomotor connector.
FRS OK:
CHECK:
While operating air inlet control servomotor as in the procedure
RHD models: 1 on page DI–823, measure resistance between terminals 2 and
3 of air inlet control servomotor connector.
FRS
OK:
2 Resistance :
REC
Damper Position Resistance
3
REC side 3.4 – 6.2 kΩ
FRS side 0.8 – 1.6 kΩ
HINT:
As the air inlet control servomotor is moved from REC side to
I18144
FRS side, the resistance decreases gradually without interrup-
tion.
NG Replace air inlet control servomotor.
OK
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and air inlet control servo-
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–816
DI6S9–03
DTC 33, 43 Air Outlet Damper Position Sensor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TPM terminal voltage This sensor detects the position of the air outlet damper and
(V) sends the appropriate signals to the A/C amplifier.
4.3 The position sensor is built into the air outlet damper control ser-
vomotor assembly.
0.7
0 100 %
Damper opening angle

Short to ground or power source circuit in air outlet damper S Air outlet damper position sensor.
33
position sensor circuit. S Harness or connector between air outlet damper
dam er control ser-
ser
Air outlet damper position sensor value does not change even vomotor assembly and A/C amplifier.
43 S A/C amplifier.
if A/C amplifier operates air outlet damper control servomotor.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A17
Air Outlet Control Servomotor A/C Amplifier
5 7
1 W
II1 A10 S5TPM
W
3 9
2 W
II1 A10 SGTPM
BR–W
4 8
GR–L W
II1 A10 TPM
I18402
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–817
1 Check voltage between terminals TPM and SGTPM of A/C amplifier connector.
ON SGTPM PREPARATION:
still connected.
CHECK:
Measure the voltage between terminals TPM and SGTPM of
TPM
A/C amplifier.
(+) (–) OK:
I18166 Air inlet selector Voltage
FACE 3.5 – 4.5 V
DEF 0.5 – 1.5 V
HINT:
As the air outlet damper control servomotor is moved from
FACE side to DEF side, the voltage decreases gradually with-
out interruption.
NG Go to step 2.
OK
er, if DTC 34 or 44 is displayed, check and replace A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–818
2 Check air outlet damper position sensor.
LHD models:
PREPARATION:
DEF Remove air outlet servomotor (See page AC–58).
CHECK:
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of air outlet ser-
FACE vomotor assembly connector.
OK:
CHECK:
While operating air outlet damper control servomotor as in the
1
RHD models: procedure on page DI–827, measure resistance between ter-
DEF minals 2 and 3 of air outlet damper control servomotor.
OK:
2
Resistance:
FACE Damper Position Resistance
3
DEF 3.6 – 6.7 kΩ
FACE 0.6 – 1.1 kΩ
HINT:
As the air outlet servomotor moves from DEF side to FACE side,
I18141
the resistance decreases gradually without interruption.
NG Replace air outlet control servomotor assem-

bly.
OK
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and air outlet control servo-
motor assembly (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–819
DI7IJ–02
DTC 41 Air Mix Control Servomotor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This air mix control servomotor is controlled by the A/C amplifier and moves the air mix damper to the desired
position.
S Air mix control servomotor.

S Air mix damper position sensor.
Air mix damper
dam er position
osition sensor value does not change even if
41 S Harness or connector between A/C amplifier and air mix con-
con
A/C amplifier operates air mix control servomotor.
trol servomotor, air mix dam
damper
er position
osition sensor.
S A/C amplifier.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
9 14
4
A16 II1 A10 AMC
L W
Air Mix Control
Servomotor
10 13
5
II1 A10 AMH
BR–R W
Instrument Panel J/B J20
J/C
HTR 3 1
C C
2D A8 IG
IG1 Relay R R
1
2H
3 5
6 B–Y
2 1 2D 4
8 W
IG1 I15
2K
Ignition
SW
AM1 3 AM1
W–G 2
2B
J/C
8 A A 7
2D J22 J23 A8 GND
W–B
F18
FL Block No. 2 W–B
FL Block No. 1
1 1 A
MAIN 1
F13 F11 J11
DC/DC J/C
Battery ID
I18391
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–820
1 Actuator check.
PREPARATION:
(a) Warm up the engine.
(b) Set to the actuator check mode (See page DI–779).
CHECK:
Operate the temperatur control switch and check the operation of the air mix damper and the condition of
the blower.
OK:
Air Mix Damper

Temp. Setting °C Condition
*1 *2
Max. COOL ↔ 17.5 –10 % (Fully closed) –10 % (Fully closed) Cool air comes out
→
18.0 ↔ 20.5
→
21.0 ↔ 23.0 50 % 50 %
23.5 ↔ 26.0
→
26.5 ↔ Max. WARM 110 % (Fully opened) 100 % (Fully opened) Warm air comes out
*1: Except LHD standard heater

*2: LHD standard heater

NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–821
2 Check air mix control servomotor.
LHD models:
PREPARATION:
Remove air mix control servomotor (See page AC–57).
CHECK:
Connect positive (+) lead to terminal 4 and the negative (–) lead
to terminal 5.
OK:
To COOL The lever turns smoothly to COOL side.
4
5
RHD models:
(+) (–)
To COOL
I18149
LHD models:
CHECK:
Connect negative (–) lead to terminal 4 and positive (+) lead to
terminal 5.
OK:
The lever turns smoothly to WARM side.
To WARM
4
5
RHD models:
(+) (–)
To WARM
NG Replace air mix control servomotor.
I18148
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–822
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and air mix control servo-
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–823
DI7IK–02
DTC 42 Air Inlet Control Servomotor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The air inlet control servomotor is controlled by the A/C amplifier and moves the air inlet damper to the de-
sired position.
S Air inlet damper position sensor
Air inlet damper position sensor value does not change even if S Harness or connector between air inlet control servomotor
42
A/C amplifier operates air inlet control servomotor.
servomotor and A/C amplifier
S A/C amplifier
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
22
4 W
A10 AIF
A15
Air Inlet Control
Servomotor 21
5 W
A10 AIR

J/C
HTR 3 1
C C
2D A8 IG
IG1 Relay R R
1
2H
3 5
6
B–Y
2D
2 1 4
8 W IG1
2K I15
Ignition
SW
AM1 3 AM1
W–G
2B 2
J/C
8 A A 7
2D J22 J23 A8 GND
W–B
F18 W–B
1 1 A
MAIN 1 DC/DC
F13 F11 J11
B–G J/C
ID
Battery
I18403
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–824
1 Actuator check.
PREPARATION:
(a) Remove glove compartment door to see and check the air
inlet damper operation.
(b) Set to the actuator check mode (See page DI–779).
(c) Operate the temperature control switch and change it to
step operation.
CHECK:
FRS Operate the temperature control switch and check the opera-
REC
I18150 tion air inlet damper.
OK:
Temp. setting °C Air Inlet Damper
Max. COOL ↔ 17.5 REC
18.0 ↔ 23.0 REC/FRS
23.5 ↔ Max. WARM FRS

NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–825
2 Check air inlet control servomotor.
LHD models:
PREPARATION:
Remove air inlet control servomotor (See page AC–34).
To FRS CHECK:
4 Connect positive (+) lead from the battery to terminal 4 and neg-
5 ative (–) lead to terminal 5.
OK:
The lever moves smoothly to FRS position.
RHD models:
To FRS
4
5
I18146
LHD models:
CHECK:
Connect negative (+) lead from the battery to terminal 5 and
To REC positive (–) lead to terminal 4.
OK:
4
The lever moves smoothly to REC position.
5
(+) (–)
RHD models:
To REC
5
(+) (–)
I18145
NG Replace air inlet control servomotor assembly.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–826
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and air inlet control servo-
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–827
DI7IL–02
DTC 43 Air Outlet Damper Control Servomotor Cir-

cuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This circuit turns the servomotor and changes each mode damper position by the signals from the A/C ampli-
fier. When the AUTO switch is on, the A/C amplifier changes the mode automatically between (FACE), (BI–
LEVEL) and (FOOT) according to the temperature setting.
S Air outlet damper control servomotor.

S Air outlet damper position sensor.
Air outlet dam
damperer position
osition sensor value does not change even
43 S Harness or connector between A/C amplifier air outlet damper
if A/C amplifier operated air outlet damper control servomotor.
control servomotor, air outlet dam
damper
er position
osition sensor.
S A/C amplifier.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–828
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
2 10
4
A13 II1 A10 AOF
L W
Air Outlet
Servomotor
1 10
5
II1 A10 AOD
BR–R W
J/C
HTR 3 1
C C
2D A8 IG
IG1 Relay R R
1
2H
3 5
6 B–Y
2 1 2D 4
8 W
IG1 I15
2K
Ignition
SW
AM1 3 AM1
W–G 2
2B
J/C
8 A A 7
2D J22 J23 A8 GND
W–B
F18
FL Block No. 2 W–B
FL Block No. 1
1 1 A
MAIN 1 DC/DC
F13 F11 J11
J/C
Battery ID
I18391
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–829
1 Actuator check.
Temp. setting °C Air Flow PREPARATION:

(a) Set to the actuator check mode (See page DI–779).
Max. COOL ↔ 17.5 FACE (b) Press the DEF switch and change to step operation.
18.0 ↔ 20.5 B/L CHECK:
Press the DEF switch in order and check the condition of air flow
21.0 ↔ 23.0 FOOT
mode.
23.5 ↔ 26.0 DEF OK:
26.5 ↔ Max. WARM FOOT/DEF The mode changes with the change in the tempera-
ture setting as shown in the table.

NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–830
2 Check air outlet control servomotor.
LHD models:
PREPARATION:
Remove air outlet control servomotor (See page AC–58).
To FACE
CHECK:
Connect positive (+) lead to terminal 4 and negative (–) lead to
terminal 5.
OK:
The lever moves smoothly to FACE position.
4
RHD models:
5
To FACE
I18142
LHD models:
CHECK:
Connect positive (+) lead to terminal 5 and negative (–) lead to
To DEF terminal 4.
OK:
The lever moves smoothly to DEF position.
RHD models:
To DEF
5
(+) (–)
I18143
NG Replace air outlet servomotor.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–831
3 Check for open and short in harness and connector between A/C amplifier and
air outlet servomotor (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–832
DI1CG–06
IG Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This is the power source for the A/C amplifier (contains the ECU) and servomotors, etc.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
J/C
HTR 3 1
2D C C
A8 IG
R R
IG1 Relay 1
2H
3 5
6
B–Y
2D
2 1 4
8 IG1
I15
2K
Ignition
SW
AM1
AM1 3
W 2
2B
J/C
8 A A 7
W–B
2D J22 J23 A8 GND
F18
FL Block No. 2 FL Block No. 1 W–B
MAIN 1 1
4 DC/DC A
F13 F11
B–G J11
J/C
Battery ID
I18389
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–833
1 Check voltage between terminals IG and GND of A/C amplifier connector.
ON PREPARATION:
IG (a) Remove center cluster module control with connectors
still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminals IG and GND of A/C amplifi-
er.
(–) (+) OK:
I18168 Voltage : 10 – 14 V

NG
2 Check continuity between terminal GND of A/C amplifier and body ground.
CHECK:
GND
Measure resistance between terminal GND of A/C amplifier and
body ground.
OK:
Resistance : Below 1 Ω
(+) (–)
I18167
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–834
3 Check HTR fuse.

Remove HTR fuse from instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of HTR fuse.
OK:
Continuity exists.
HTR Fuse
I18410
NG Check for shot in all the harness and compo-

nents connected to the HTR fuse.
OK
Check and repair harness and connector between A/C amplifier and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–835
DI1CH–06
Back Up Power Source Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This is the back–up power source for the A/C amplifier. Power is supplied even when the ignition switch is
off.
WIRING DIAGRAM

J/C A/C Amplifier
1 ECU–B 5 8
W F F
2H 2C A8 +B
R–G R–G
1 F11
DC/DC
FL Block No. 1
1 F13
B–G
MAIN F18
FL Block No. 2
Battery
I18385
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–836
1 Check voltage between terminal +B of A/C amplifier connector and body ground.
PREPARATION:
+B Remove A/C amplifier with connectors still connected.
CHECK:
Measure voltage between terminal +B of A/C amplifier connec-
tor and body ground.
OK:
Voltage : 10 – 14 V
(–) (+)
I18172 OK Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on
NG
2 Check ECU–B fuse.

Remove ECU–B fuse from instrument panel J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of ECU–B fuse.
OK:
Continuity exists.
ECU–B Fuse
I18410

nents connected to the ECU–B fuse (See page
IN–40).
OK
Check and repair harness and connector between A/C amplifier and battery.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–837
DI7MF–01
Heater Main Relay Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The heater main relay is switched on by signals from the A/C amplifier. It supplies power to the blower motor.
WIRING DIAGRAM
T4
Theft Deterrent ECU
12 11
GR–B MPX1 GR–R C11
IP2 IP2 Combination Meter A/C Amplifier
10 GR–B MPX2 GR–B (*2) 11
GR
MPX+ B8 GR–B
MPX1 8
A8 MPX+
D6 Door Control Relay (*1) 7 MPX2
10 9
9 MPX1 10 C1
IP2 IP2 Gateway ECU
GR GR MPX2 GR
11 4
MPD2 14 11 MPD2 4
MPX– B8 A8 MP2+
GR 13 GR–L GR–B MPD1 MPD1
Engine Room J/B J6

J/C
18 6 13 HTR Relay 4
L–O R R
HRLY 2F 1J 1F
3 5 B B
8 HTR
To Blower Motor 1K 13 IE1
2 1 2 1
3 4 R
W
1B
A J21
3
1K J/C
FL Block
1 F11 No. 1 Instrument Panel J/B C J20
W 1 AM1 3 I15
W–G Ignition
DC/DC 2H 2B
2 SW
1 F13 IG1 AM1
Relay
1 B–G
(*1)
W–B 3 5 IG1
MAIN
8 6 R
4
2K 2D
2 1 B–Y
F18 W–B HTR 3
FL Block
No. 2 2D
W–B A J11
Battery A
J/C
A A J1
J/C
J7 J/C ID
IE
(*1): LHD models

(*2): RHD models
I18400
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–838
1 Check heater main relay.
PREPARATION:
3 4 5
Remove heater main relay from engine room J/B.
3 4 5 CHECK:
Check continuity between each pair of terminals of heater main
relay shown below.
OK:
1 2 Tester connection Specified condition
1 2 1–4 No continuity
BE1850 BE1844 I00312
2–4 Continuity
3–5 62.5 – 90.9 Ω
PREPARATION:
Apply battery positive voltage between terminals 3 and 5.
CHECK:
Check continuity between each pair of terminal shown below.
OK:
Tester connection Specified condition
1–2 Continuity
2–4 No continuity
NG Replace hater main relay.
OK
2 Check HTR fuse

Remove HTR fuse from engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of HTR fuse.
OK:
Continuity exists.
HTR
Fuse
I18394
nents connected to the HTR fuse (See page
IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–839
3 Check harness and connector between heater main relay and body ground, heat-
er main relay and battery heater main relay and body ECU (See page IN–40).
NG Check and replace harness and connector.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–840
DI7IN–02
Blower Motor Circuit
Blower Level CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The blower motor is operated by signals from the A/C amplifier.
HI
Blower motor speed signals are transmitted by changes in the
M2 Duty Ratio.
Duty Ratio
The duty ratio is the ratio of the period of continuity in one cycle.
M1
For example, if A is the period of continuity in one cycle, and B
LO
is the period of non–continuity, then.
0 30 43 67 100
Si duty (%)
A
Duty Ratio = x 100 (%)
A+B
A
ON
OFF B
1 cycle
WIRING DIAGRAM
J6
J/C A/C Amplifier
21 3
C C
IE1 A8 BLW
V V V
B7
Blower Motor Liner Controller
SI GND
A J/C A
From
J2 J3 +B W–B
HTR Relay
A
J2
A
J1
J/C
VM
B6 Blower Motor IE
I18383
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–841
1 Check blower motor.
PREPARATION:
Remove blower motor (See page AC–34).
CHECK:
Connect positive (+) lead connected to terminal 2 of blower mo-
tor connector, negative (–) lead to terminal 1.
OK:
Blower motor operates smoothly.
N16333
NG Replace blower motor.
OK
2 Check harness and connector between battery and blower motor, blower motor
OK
3 Check harness and connector between blower motor linear controller and A/C
amplifier (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–842
4 Check A/C amplifier (See page IN–40).
NG Replace A/C amplifier.
OK
Replace blower motor linear controller.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–843
DI7MI–01
Compressor Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A/C amplifier switches the A/C magnetic clutch relay ON, thus turning the A/C compressor magnetic clutch
ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine ECU A/C Amplifier

22 5
ACT E10 A9 ACT
Engine Room J/B
CLR MG Relay 3 8 10
LG–R LG–R
1F IE1 A9 MGC
1 2
5 B–L
5 1A
3 J6
J/C
4 13
A A
1F IE1
R R
Instrument Panel J/B R
J/C
HTR 3 C A
R
2D J20 J21
IG1 Relay 1
2H
3 5
6
W B–Y
2D
2 1 4
8 IG1
I15
2K Ignition
AM1 SW
AM1 3
2
2B 1
W–G
A2
A/C Magnetic
W–B Clutch
F18
1 1 A
MAIN 1 DC/DC
F13 F11 J11
B–G
J/C
Battery ID
I18387
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–844
1 Check voltage between terminal MGC of A/C amplifier and body ground.
CHECK:
ON MGC
(a) Start engine.
(b) Turn blower switch to AUTO.
(c) Measure voltage between terminal MGC of A/C amplifier
connector and body ground when A/C switch is On and
OFF.
(+) (–) OK:
A/C switch Voltage
I18169
ON Below 0.7 V
OFF 10 – 14 V
OK Go to step 5.
NG
2 Check magnetic clutch relay.
PREPARATION:
2 3 Remove magnetic clutch relay from engine room J/B.
CHECK:
5 3
Check continuity between each pair of terminals shown below
1 2 of magnetic clutch relay.
OK:
1 5
1–2 62.5 – 90.9 Ω
Z18060
3–5 No continuity
PREPARATION:
Apply battery positive (+) voltage between terminals 1 and 2.
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
OK:
Continuity exists.
NG Replace magnetic clutch relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–845
3 Check A/C magnetic clutch.
1 PREPARATION:
Disconnect magnetic clutch connector.
CHECK:
Connect positive (+) lead connected to battery to magnetic
clutch connector terminal 3 and negative (–) lead to body
ground.
OK:
Magnetic clutch is energized.
I18006
NG Repair A/C magnetic clutch.
OK
4 Check harness and connector between magnetic clutch relay and A/C amplifier,
A/C compressor and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK

problem symptons table (See page DI–787).
5 Check voltage between terminal ACT of A/C amplifier connector side and body
ground.
PREPARATION:
(a) Disconnect A/C amplifier connector.
CHECK:
Check voltage between terminal ACT of A/C amplifier harness
side connector.
OK:
Voltage : 10 – 14 V
ACT
I18156
NG Check and replace engine ECU.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–846
6 Check voltage between terminal ACT of A/C amplifier connector and body
ground.
PREPARATION:
ON
(a) Remove center cluster module control with connector still
connected.
(b) Start the engine and turn blower switch to AUTO.
CHECK:
Check the voltage between terminal ACT of A/C amplifier con-
ACT (+) (–) nector and body ground when magnetic clutch is ON and OFF
by A/C switch.
I18157 OK:
Magnetic clutch Voltage
ON 10 – 14 V
OFF Below 1.0 V
NG Check and replace A/C amplifier.
OK
7 Check harness and connector between magnetic clutch relay and A/C amplifier
(See page IN–40).
OK

DI–787).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–847
DI7MH–01
Water Pump Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This is hte power source for the water pump motor.
WIRING DIAGRAM
A/C Amplifier
A/C W/P Relay 20 3
J6 R L–R L–R
3 3 IE1 A9 WP
J/C 1 2
A A L
3 3
R 3 5
R J/C
13 A C
R 1
IE1 J21 J20
W2
Instrument Panel J/B Water Pump
R Motor
HTR 3
2
2D
IG1 Relay (*1)
(*2)
3 5 6
2 1 2D
W–B
3 1 W W–B
2B 2H A
AM1 8
J7
2K J/C
A
W–G 2 4 B–Y A A
AM1 IG1 J11 A
I15 Ignition SW J/C J1
1 1
1 DC/DC J/C
F13 F11
MAIN B–G ID IE
F18 FL Block No. 1
FL Block No. 2
Battery
(*1): LHD models

(*2): RHD models
I18380
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–848
1 Check voltage between terminal WP of A/C amplifier and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
WP
(a) Remove the center cluster module control with connec-
tors still connected.
(b) Start engine.
(c) Operate blower motor.
(d) Set temp. on MAX. WARM.
CHECK:
(+) (–) Measure voltage between terminal WP of A/C amplifier and
I18171 body ground when each condition as shown in the chart.
OK:
condition Voltage
Engine running 10 – 14 V
Engine stop Below 1.0 V

NG
2 Check A/C water pump relay.
PREPARATION:
2 3 Remove the A/C water pump relay from engine room R/B NO.
3.
5 3
CHECK:
1 2 Check continuity between each pair of terminals shown below
of magnetic clutch relay.
OK:
1 5
Z18060
1–2 62.5 – 90.9 Ω
3–5 No continuity
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
Continuity exists.
NG Replace magnetic clutch relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–849
3 Check water pump motor.
PREPARATION:
2 1
Remove the water pump (See page AC–56).
CHECK:
Connect the positive (+) lead from the 6 dry cell batteries (7 –
10.5 V) to terminal 1 and negative (–) lead to terminal 2, then
(–) (+)
check that the motor operation.
6 Dry Cell Batteries NOTICE:
S Do not apply battery voltage.
I18018 S Operate without water should be done within 10 sec.
OK:
Motor operation smoothly.
NG Replace water pump.
OK
4 Check harness and connector between water pump motor and A/C amplifier, wa-
ter pump motor and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–850
DI7MG–01
Converter Circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
C4
A/C Amplifier
Converter
14 10
2 Y Y
IE1 A8 IDH
I18392
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–851
1 Check voltage between terminal IDH of A/C amplifier and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
IDH Remove the center cluster module control with connectors still
connected.
CHECK:
(b) Turn light control switch OFF.
(–) (+) (c) Turn rear defogger switch OFF.
(d) Measure voltage between terminal IDH of A/C amplifier.
I18158 OK:
Voltage: Below 1.0 V

NG
2 Check voltage between terminal IDH of A/C amplifier and body ground.
ON
PREPARATION:
Disconnect the connector from A/C amplifier.
CHECK:
(b) Turn light control switch OFF.
(c) Turn rear defogger switch OFF.
(d) Measure voltage between terminal IDH of A/C amplifier
on wire harness side connector.
IDH
I18398 OK:
Voltage: Below 1.0 V
OK Check and replace A/C amplifier.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–852
3 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and converter (See page
IN–40).
NG Repair and replace harness and connector.
OK
Check and replace converter.
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–853
DI7QB–01
PTC Heater Circuit (Quick Heater)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A/C amplifier switches the HTR3 relay ON by signal from the A/C amplifier. It supplies power to PTC heater
(Quick heater).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–854
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine Room R/B No.3 A/C Amplifier
HTR3 Relay 18 13
R–L P P
3 3 IE1 A9 HTR2
1 2
G 3 3 L–R
3 5 16 6
R–L P–B P–B
HTR2 Relay IE1 A9 HTR0
3 3
1 2
G–W
3 3
3 5
R–L P–B
HTR1 Relay
3 3 L–Y
1 2
3 3
3 5
B–R HTR1
G–R
3
HTR2
3 1 P2 3 P2 1 P1
HTR3
3 PTC Heater
W 2 P2 4 P2 2 P1
3

GAUGE 8
2G
IG1 Relay
3 5 6
W–B
2D
3 2 1
1
2H 5 IA1 W–B W–B
2B
AM1 8
2K
I15
W–B 1 IA1
Ignition SW
W–G 2 4 B–Y W–B
AM1 IG1 W–B
F18 FL Block No.2 FL Block No.1 A A A
1 1
F13 F13 A J1
MAIN J/C
DC/DC 1
F13 J11
Battery W IE J/C ID
I18386
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–855
1 Check converter circuit (See page DI–850).
2 Check voltage between terminal HTR2 of A/C amplifier and body ground.
PREPARATION:
ON
Remove the center cluster module control with connectors still
connected.
CHECK:
(a) Start engine.
(b) Set temperature control switch on ”MAX. WARM” posi-
HTR2 (+) (–) tion.
(c) Set blower switch on ”HI” position.
I18174 (d) Turn light control switch OFF.
(e) Turn defogger switch OFF.
(f) Check voltage between terminal HTR2 of A/C amplifier
and body ground at each conditions, as shown in the
chart.
OK:
Condition Voltage
S Air flow selector: FOOT
Below 1.0 V
S Water temp. : Below 65°C (149°F)
S Air flow selector: FOOT/DEF

Below 1.0 V
S Air flow selector: DEF

Below 1.0 V
S Water temp. : 75°C (167°F)
OK Go to step 6.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–856
3 Check HTR3 fuses.

HTR3 Fuse Remove the HTR3 fuse from engine room R/B No. 3.
CHECK:
Check continuity of HTR1 and HTR2 fuses.
OK:
Continuity exists.
I18396
nents connected to the HTR1 and HTR2 fuses
OK
4 Check HTR3 relay.
PREPARATION:
1 Remove the HTR3 relay from engine room relay block No. 3.
CHECK:
3 5 of magnetic clutch relay.
5 3
OK:
2 Tester connection Specified condition
1–2 62.5 – 90.9 Ω
I05691
3–5 No continuity
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
Continuity exists.
NG Replace HTR3 relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–857
5 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and HTR1 and HTR2 fuses
(See page IN–40).
OK
6 Check PTC heater.
PREPARATION:
Remove the PTC heater (See page AC–28).
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals of PTC heater connector,
as shown in the chart.
OK:
Tester connection Result
1–2 Continuity
I18393
3–4 Continuity
NG Replace heater radiator.
OK
Check harness and connector between PTC heater and HTR1, HT2 relays, PTC heater and body
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–858
DI7QC–01
PTC Heater Circuit (Heater Radiator)
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
A/C amplifier switches the HTR1 relay and HTR2 relay ON by signal from the A/C amplifier. It supplies power
to PTC heater (Heater radiator).
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–859
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine Room R/B No.3 A/C Amplifier
HTR3 Relay 18 13
R–L P P
3 3 IE1 A9 HTR2
1 2
G 3 3 L–R
3 5 16 6
R–L P–B P–B
HTR2 Relay IE1 A9 HTR0
3 3
1 2
G–W
3 3
3 5
R–L P–B
HTR1 Relay
3 3 L–Y
1 2
3 3
3 5
B–R HTR1
G–R
3
HTR2
3 1 P2 3 P2 1 P1
HTR3
3 PTC Heater
W 2 P2 4 P2 2 P1
3

GAUGE 8
2G
IG1 Relay
3 5 6
W–B
2D
3 2 1
1
2H 5 IA1 W–B W–B
2B
AM1 8
2K
I15
W–B 1 IA1
Ignition SW
W–G 2 4 B–Y W–B
AM1 IG1 W–B
F18 FL Block No.2 FL Block No.1 A A A
1 1
F13 F13 A J1
MAIN J/C
DC/DC 1
F13 J11
Battery W IE J/C ID
I18386
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–860
1 Check converter circuit (See page DI–850).
2 Check voltage between terminal HTR0, of A/C amplifier and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
HTR0 Remove the center cluster module control with connectors still
connected.
CHECK:
(a) Start engine.
(b) Set temperature control switch on ”MAX WARM” position.
(+) (–) (c) Set blower switch on ”HI” position.
(d) Turn light control switch to OFF.
I18152 (e) Turn defogger switch OFF.
(f) Check voltage between terminal HTR0 of A/C amplifier
and body ground at each conditions, as shown in the
chart.
OK:
Condition Voltage
S Air flow selector: FOOT
Below 1.0 V
S Air flow selector: FOOT/DEF

Below 1.0 V
OK Go to step 6.
NG
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–861
3 Check HTR1 and HTR2 fuses.

HTR1 Fuse HTR2 Fuse Remove the HTR1 and HTR2 fuses from engine room R/B NO.
3.
CHECK:
Check continuity of HTR1 and HTR2 fuses.
OK:
Continuity exists.
I18396 NG Check for short in all the harness and compo-

nents connected to the HTR1 and HTR2 fuses
OK
4 Check HTR1 and HTR2 relays.
PREPARATION:
2 3 Remove the HTR1 and HTR2 relays from engine room relay
block NO. 3.
5 3
CHECK:
of magnetic clutch relay.
OK:
1 5
Z18060
1–2 62.5 – 90.9 Ω
3–5 No continuity
PREPARATION:
CHECK:
OK:
Continuity exists.
NG Replace HTR1 and (or) HTR2 relay.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–862
5 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and HTR1 and HTR2 fuses
(See page IN–40).
OK
6 Check PTC heater (Heater Radiator).
PREPARATION:
Remove the heater radiator (See page AC–28).
CHECK:
Check continuity between terminals of PTC heater connector.
OK:
Continuity exists.
I18395
NG Replace heater radiator.
OK
Check harness and connector between PTC heater and HTR1, HTR2 relays, PTC heater and body
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–863
DI7QD–01
Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan Circuit
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The electric fan speed is controlled as described below, in accordance with the following signals:
S ON/OFF signal of A/C switch
S ON/OFF signal detected by the pressure switch (that cut out at medium pressure)
S ON/OFF signal detected by water temperature switch
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–864
WIRING DIAGRAM
Engine Room J/B A/C Amplifier

Fan No.2 Relay 10 6 1
1 2 R–W R–W
1J IE1 A9 RF
3 5 11
1A To Engine ECU
4
5 L–W
Fan No.1 Relay
1J
1 2
3
5 3 W–B
1K
Fan No.1 Relay
5 3 J/C E 2
12 7 E V–Y
2 J25 A9 CF
1
1J IE1 J25
5 V–Y V–Y J26
1K E
CDS FAN
A1
G–W
A/C Condenser
2 Fan Motor V–Y
W–G
1K
RDI 1 2
3 From
W
1B DC/DC Fuse
4
L–W From ECU–
1J IG Fuse
7 R1 Radiator Fan Motor
1K 2 1
W4 Water Temp. Switch
W–B 1 2
W–B
A3 A/C Pressure Siwtch
3 2
W–B (*1) W–B

W–B A A
(*2) J7 A W–B (*1) W–B (*1)
J/C
A W–B (*2)
A A
J1 A W–B (*2) W–B (*2)
J/C
IE (*1): LHD models

(*2): RHD models
I18384
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–865
1 Check voltage between terminals RF, CF of A/C amplifier and body ground.
ON PREPARATION:
CF RF Remove the center cluster module control with connectors still
connected.
CHECK:
(a) Start engine.
(b) Turn A/C switch ON.
(–) (+) (c) Measure voltage between terminal RF, CF of A/C amplifi-
er and body ground at each conditions as shown in the
I18160 chart.
OK:
Terminal Condition Voltage

Water temp.: Below 90°C (194 °F)
Refrigerant pressure: 10 – 14 V
RF ↔ Body Below 1,520 kPa (15.5 kgf/cm2, 220 psi)
ground
Water temp.: Above 90°C (194 °F) Below 1.0 V
Refrigerant pressure:
Above 1,520 kPa (15.5 kgf/cm2, 220 psi)
CF ↔ Body A/C switch: ON Below 1.0 V

ground A/C switch: OFF 10 – 14 V
OK Go to step 4.
NG
2 Check Fan No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 relays (See page AC–66).
NG Replace faulty relay
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–866
3 Check RDI fuse and CDS fuse.

Remove RDI fuse and CDS fuse from engine room J/B.
CHECK:
Check continuity of RDI fuse and CDS fuse.
OK:
Continuity exists.
RDI Fuse CDS Fuse
I18394
nents connected to the RDI fuse (See attached
wiring diagram).
OK
Check harness and connector between A/C control amplifier and battery (See page IN–40).
4 Check fan motor operation (See page AC–68).
NG Replace fan motor.
OK
5 Check pressure switch (See page AC–63).
NG Replace pressure switch.
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)
DI–867
6 Check water temp. switch (See page AC–85).
NG Replace water temp. switch.
OK
7 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and pressure switch, pres-
sure switch and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
8 Check harness and connector between A/C amplifier and water temp. switch, wa-
ter temp. switch and body ground (See page IN–40).
OK
PRIUS (RM771E)

Pirus 1 DTC

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pirus 1 DTC

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pirus 1 DTC

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DIAGNOSTICS

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–1 TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–419

HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING

Titles inside are titles of pages in

2 Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3 P. DI–3

3 Check DTC and Freezed Frame Data (Precheck)

4 Clear DTC and Freezed Frame Data P. DI–3

6 Setting the Check (Test) Mode Diagnosis P. DI–3

7 Problem Symptom Confirmation

9 DTC Check P. DI–3

12 Problem Symptom Table P. DI–20

14 Parts Inspection 13 Circuit Inspection P. DI–21 – DI–138

15 Check for Intermittent Problems P. DI–3

CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK

Customer’s Name Model and Model

Driver’s Name Frame No.

Difficult to Engine cranks slowly

Poor Hesitation Back fire Muffler explosion (after–fire) Surging

Soon after starting After accelerator pedal depressed

Weather Fine Cloudy Rainy Snowy Various/Other

Highway Suburbs Inner City Uphill Downhill

Engine Temp. Cold Warming up After Warming up Any temp. Other

Starting Just after starting ( min.) Idling Racing

Condition of check engine warning light

Normal mode Normal Malfunction code(s) (code )

S The diagnosis system operates in normal mode

(b) Check the DLC3.

Terminal No. Connection / Voltage or Resistance Condition

2. INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Normal Mode)

(1) Prepare the hand–held tester.

(c) Clear the DTC.

3. INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Check (Test) Mode)

(6) Switch the hand–held tester normal mode to check

Interface Box (b) Using break–out–box and hand–held tester

P1300 Fuel cut Feturned to normal condition

5. CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

1 Is battery positive voltage 11V or more when engine is stopped ?

NO Charge or replace battery.

NO Proceed to problem table on page DI–20.

3 Does engine start ?

4 Check air filter.

5 Check engine idle speed.

NG Proceed to problem symptoms table on page

6 Check ignition timing.

NG Proceed to page IG–1 and continue to trouble-

Proceed to problem symptoms table on page

7 Check fuel pressure.

NG Proceed to page FI–6, and continue to trouble-

8 Check for spark.

NG Proceed to page IG–1 and continue to trouble-

Proceed to problem symptoms table on page

7. ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

Oxygen Sensor Fuel Trim Bank 1, Sensor 1

Voltage Output of Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor

(b) TOYOTA Enhanced Signals.

Oxygen Sensor Lean Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1: Re-

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

S Open or short in air flow meter circuit